ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION

PUBLICATIONS /

OF ^0 75''/i/4

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

First Series

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

Volume 5
1938-1946

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1946

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION

PUBLICATIONS

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

Volume 5
1938-1946

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1946

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF
VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA-
PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, in 1936, in 1937, and in 1938.

THREE NEW ANOMURAN CRABS FROM THE
GULF OF CALIFORNIA

By STEVE A. GLASSELL

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume 5, Number 1

Issued July, 1938

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

THREE NEW ANOMURAN CRABS FROM THE
GULF OF CALIFORNIA

By Steve A. Glassell

CONTENTS

Family Paguridae

Genus Pylopagurus M. Edwards and Bouvier

Pylopagurus spinicarpus Glassell, new species
Genus Pagurus Fabricus

Pagurus bunomanus Glassell, new species

Family Porcellanidae

Genus Porcellana Lamarck, restricted

Porcellana hancocki Glassell, new species

The three species herein described have already been recorded in publica-
tion under manuscript names. Therefore, it has been thought best to publish
these descriptions at this time, rather than wait for the full report of the
collections now on hand.

PAGURIDAE

Genus PYLOPAGURUS M. Edwards and Bouvier

Pylopagurus spinicarpus Glassell, new species

Pylopagurus spinicarpus Glassell, manuscript name, Zoologica, N. Y.

Zool. Soc, vol. 22 (part 3), no. 16, 1937,
p. 256.

Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 75432, and female, paratype,
U. S. National Museum, from Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia
Island, Gulf of California, Mexico, 65 fathoms; March 4, 1936; col-
lected by Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition of 1936.

Measurements: Male holotype: length from rostrum to tip of
telson 14.2 mm., of carapace 4.2 mm., of precervical portion of cara-
pace 2.2 mm., width 2.1 mm.; length of major cheliped 10.6 mm., of
merus 2.1 mm., of carpus 2.5 mm., of manus 2.8 mm.; length of eye-
stalk 2 mm.

[1]

2 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis: Precervical portion of carapace as broad as long, trans-
versely convex, naked, polished, projections subequal. Inner margin of
major hand w^ith low, blunt teeth, outer margin a granular ridge;
minor hand unarmed. Inner carpal margin of major cheliped armed
with two median spines and one distal spine, a concavity between the
median and distal spines. Eyes as long as width of carapace, constricted
in middle, cornea dilated.

Description: Anterior portion of carapace as long as wide, trans-
versely convex, naked, polished; median projection obtuse, slightly de-
pressed, extending to base of eye-scales; lateral projections armed with
a minute spinule.

Eye-stalks cylindrical, depressed on upper surface, constricted in
middle, cornea dilated, subequal in length to width of carapace. The
ophthalmic scales are bluntly triangular and armed with a sharp sub-
apical spine, margins entire. The third antennular peduncle extends
four fifths its length past the cornea.

The antennal acicle is slight, sharp-pointed, unarmed, lightly setose,
and extends to the middle of the cornea. The third antennal peduncle
extends more than half its length past the cornea; the flagellum is
lightly ciliated.

The major cheliped is three fourths the length of the entire body;
merus trigonal, with upper, distal portion rounded and lightly setose,
inner and outer lower margins entire; carpus increasing in width dis-
tally, inner margin armed with three teeth, two median and one distal,
between these groups a wide sinus; the outer margin is nearly obsolete,
consisting of a slight ridge joining the outer hinge of the manus, the inner
proximal surface is contorted, with a deep, oblique sinus; the hand is
three fifths as wide as long, smooth and slightly concave on its operculi-
form surface and lacks a proximal transverse ridge. The inner margin
of the palm is an upturned low-toothed ridge, the outer margin of the
hand is unarmed, a simple granulate low crest. The pollex is armed on
its cutting edge with a sharp median lobe. The dactyl is crested with
a row of low teeth, the largest is proximal. The minor hand extends
past the carpus of the major and is one third the width of the latter;
merus compressed; carpus with two I'ows of spines, one on the crest,
the other below on the inner side.

The ambulatory legs are unarmed on their upper crests, lightly
setose, surface polished, shorter than major chela. The terminal seg-
ment of the telson is semioval, entire.

NO. 1 glassell: three new anomuran crabs 3

Color in alcohol: Buff with red markings.

Range: Throughout the Gulf of California, at depths ranging
from 40 to 80 fathoms.

Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. guatemoci Glassell,
1937, but differs from that species by the major hand being smooth,' the
inner margin only being armed, the outer a granulated ridge, and with
no proximal ridge, instead of being entirely margined with teeth, the
surface minutely granulate.

Genus PAGURUS Fabricus

Pagurus bunomanus Glassell, new species

Pagurus bunomanus Glassell, manuscript name, Zoologica, N. Y. Zool.

Soc, vol. 22 (part 3), no. 16, 1937, p. 262.

Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 75433, and female, paratype,
U. S. National Museum, from Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia
Island, Gulf of California, Mexico, 15 to 30 fathoms; March 4, 1936;
collected by Allan Hancock Pacific Expedition of 1936.

Measurements: Male holotype: length from rostrum to tip of
telson 44.5 mm., of carapace 13 mm., of precervical portion of cara-
pace 6.9 mm., width 7 mm.; length of major cheliped 32.3 mm., of
merus 7 mm., of carpus 9 mm., of manus 12.8 mm., width of manus
7.5 mm., length of minor cheliped 24.4 mm., of merus 6.2 mm., of
carpus 6.2 mm., of manus 8,5 mm., width 4.6 mm.; length of eye-stalk
5.2 mm.

Diagnosis: Precervical portion of carapace urnal. Median spine
outline on carapace, slightly advanced past margins and lateral spines.
Major hand heavily plated with close-set granules, margined with
heavy dull spines, a boss of granules at base of pollex, another at base
of dactylus, this last the termination of a longitudinal granulated crest
paralleling the inner margin of palm. The minor hand subrhomboidal.
The second left ambulatory differs from its mate.

Description: Precervical portion of carapace urnal, smooth, nude
except for a few tufts of setae, length and breadth subequal; median
tooth short, not reaching base of eye-scales, outlined on upper surface
of carapace and extending past and above the revolute, widely triangu-
lar, distal margin; lateral spines blunt, not advanced past the median.
Eye-stalks stout, two-thirds width of carapace, dilated, with three tufts
of setae on upper surface. Antennal acicle narrow, setaceous on inner

4 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

side, curved, extending to middle of cornea. Ophthalmic scales triangu-
lar, with a subapical spine, upper surface concave.

Major cheliped with merus trigonal, two upper distal spines, outer,
lower distal end spined, inner distal margin and under surface granu-
late and rugose; carpus widest distally, surface rugose, with few setae;
a few spines parallel inner margin, inner margin armed with forward-
pointing spines, twelve or more, outer margin sharply deflexed, rugose
proximally, granular distally; hand rectangular, two thirds as wide as
long, margined with heavy-based, blunt-ended spines, surface paved
with close-fitting, rounded-topped granules, two rows of well-separated
tubercles converge near base of a boss at base of pollex ; a granular ridge
parallels inner margin of palm, ending in a prominent elevation at base
of dactyl; the fingers with a median elevation, on either side of which
the surface is concave. The minor cheliped reaches slightly past the
carpus of the major; the merus is like the major though smaller;
carpus narrow, crested with teeth and granular on outer surface; the
manus is subrhomboidal, with three dull teeth on the inner margin of
palm, the outer margin with six or seven teeth in the median portion,
the surface plated as in the major chela and with a few proximal
tubercles on the tumid median ridge at the proximal end.

The first pair of ambulatory legs are similar, lightly setose; the
carpus with a crest of spines; dactyli compressed, slightly twisted and
nearly as long as the carpus and propodus. In the second pair, except
for the longer ischium, the right leg is similar to those of the first pair,
while that on the left side has a row of heavy granules on the posterior
side of the propodus and dactyl, separated by a deep groove from both
an upper and a lower ridge of setae.

Color in alcohol: Bufif with reds and browns.

Range: Throughout the Gulf of California. Found in from 15
to 50 fathoms.

Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. tannert (Benedict),
1892, but diflfers in that the eye-stalks are longer than the anterior
border of the carapace, instead of subequal in length; by the antennal
acicles being shorter than the eye-stalks, instead of extending past the
cornea; by the hands being plated, instead of tuberculated ; by the
smaller hand being margined with teeth, instead of with spinules; by
the second pair of ambulatory legs being asymmetric, instead of sym-
metric.

In this latter respect P. bunomanus resembles some of the species
in other genera, such as Dardanus, Coenobita, and Diogenes.

NO. 1 glassell: three new anomuran crabs 5

PORCELLANIDAE

Genus PORGELLANA Lamarck, restricted

Porcellana hancocki Glassell, new species

Porcellana hancocki Glassell, manuscript name, Zoologica, N. Y. Zool.

Soc, vol. 22 (part 1), no. 4, 1937, p. 87.

Type: Male, holotype; Cat. No. 72454, and female, paratype,
U.S. National Museum; from entrance to Angeles Bay, Baja Cali-
fornia, Mexico, 25 fathoms; March 3, 1936; collected by Allan Han-
cock Pacific Expedition of 1936.

Measurements : Male holotype: length of carapace 6.3 mm., width
5.8 mm. Female paratype: length 4.8 mm., width 4.2 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace slightly convex, high in center, lateral mar-
gins sharp, upturned. Front tridentate, horizontal. Chelipeds slender.
Ambulatory legs long.

Description: Carapace longer than wide, slightly convex, with
gastric regions highest, slightly rugose, a small whorl on each side of
the cardiac region; lateral margins slightly upturned, a sharp, deep,
narrow, V-shaped notch at terminus of the cervical groove; a trans-
verse line of tomentum behind the front; front tridentate, median tooth
triangular; a shallow median sulcus extends to near the distal end;
it is longer than the lateral teeth and separated from them by a wide,
V-shaped notch ; the lateral teeth slightly diverge, their outer margins
form in a sweeping curve, the upper orbits for the eyes, their inner
margins, with those of the median tooth, form a graceful "W" ; a post-
orbital tooth. Eyes large; stalks thick, short. Antennae long. Epimera
fringed with tomentum.

Chelipeds rather slender, narrow; merus armed at distal inner end
with a vertically pointed, sharp tipped, compressed lobe, its tip exceed-
ing the plane of the carpus; carpus longer than wide, armed with a
single low tooth whose longest margin is proximal, the surface micro-
scopically, transversely striate; the ventral inner surface is also armed
with a tooth, as is the dorsal, a concavity between these surfaces for
the reception of the inner part of the hand; hands similar, unequal,
the right (in the holotype) the larger, a ridge on the inner margin to
base of dactyl, a median ridge from proximal end to gape; from this
ridge to outer margin the hands are tomentose, the margin fringed
with serrate granules and pinnate setae to tip of upturned pollex; the
dactyli are sinuous, with sharp, curved tips; palms of hands smooth.

6 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Ambulatory legs rather long, lightly crested with tomentum in
tufts; the propodi nearly one and one-half times as long as the carpus;
carpus subequal in length to dactyli; dactyli long with slightly curved
corneous tips, and armed on the under side with a row of supplemental
corneous spines.

The outer maxillipeds have their ischium transversely striate.

Color in alcohol: Carapace with orange- red blotches on a cream-
colored ground. Propodi of ambulatories banded. Ventral surface
slightly iridescent.

Range: West coast of Mexico, at depths from 20 to 50 fathoms.

Remarks: This proposed species is allied to P. sigsbeiana A. M.
Edwards, 1880, and is undoubtedly the Pacific analogue of Milne
Edwards' species; it differs in having two small verticils on the cara-
pace, instead of being smooth; by having the ventral inner surface of
the carpus of the chelipeds subsimilar to that of the dorsal surface,
both bearing spines, instead of the dorsal alone; and by the carapace
not being marked with longitudinal stripes. The bathymetric range in
both species is the same.

This proposed species is dedicated to Captain Allan Hancock,
patron of science, whose interest in the marine fauna of the Pacific
coast has been responsible for the extension of our horizons.

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF
VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA-
PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, IN 1936, IN 1937, AND IN 1938.

NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS FROM THE
GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

(Plates 1-10)

By JOHN S. GARTH

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume 5, Number 2

Issued March 10, 1939

The Universiiv of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

CONTENTS

Introductorv Remarks 9

Family MAJIDAE

Genus Anomalothir Miers

Anomalothir hoodensis, new species 9

Genus Podochela Stirapson

Podochela schmitti, new species 11

Genus Eupleurodon Stirapson

Eupleurodon rathbunae, new species 13

Family XANTHIDAE

Genus Glyptoxanthus A. Milne Edwards

Glyptoxanthus hancocki, new species 15

Genus Hexapanopeus Rathbun

Hexapanopeus cartagoensh, new species 17

Genus Kraussia Dana

Kraussia americana, new species 19

Genus Maldivia Borradaile

Maldivia galapagensis, new species 22

Family PINNOTHERIDAE

Genus Parapinnixa Holmes

Parapinnixa glasselli, new species ........ 24

Family CYMOPOLIIDAE

Genus Cymopolia Roux

Cymopolia <velerae, new species 25

Literature Cited 28

NEW BRACK YURAN CRABS FROM THE /^^^^

GALAPAGOS ISLANDS /5^oO»'%- <-r^

(Plates 1-10) '^'

^^

By John S. Garth

Research Associate

Allan Hancock Foundation

The University of Southern California

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

By previous arrangement with Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, preliminary
descriptions of three new species of oxystomatous crabs collected in the
Galapagos Islands by Allan Hancock Expeditions prior to 1935 ap-
peared in the Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington, vol.
46, p. 183, (1933), and vol. 48, pp. 2-3, (1935), and were reviewed
with figures in Bulletin 166 of the U. S. National Museum. In keeping
with the policy of making expedition results immediately available, it
has been thought advisable to publish the corresponding section of the
nonoxystomatous crabs at this time, rather than to await the final report
on the Hancock Brachyura.

Color notes given are according to Ridgway, Color Standards and
Color Nomenclature (1912), and were made from living specimens at
the time of capture by Mr. Anker Petersen, staff artist of the Allan
Hancock Foundation, whose illustrations accompany this paper.

The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Dr. Waldo L.
Schmitt and Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., for facilities placed at his dis-
posal while consulting the collections of the U. S. National Museum
and the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, during the summer
of 1937, and to Dr. Mary J. Rathbun and Mr. Steve A. Glassell for
helpful advice during the preparation of the manuscript.

MAJIDAE

Genus ANOMALOTHIR Miers

Anomalothir hoodensis, new species

Plate 1, Figs. 1-4

Type: Female, holotype, Cat. No. 381, and male, allotype, Allan
Hancock Foundation, The University of Southern California, from
north of Hood Island, Galapagos, Latitude 1°20'S., Longitude 89°40'

[ 9 ]

10 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

W., 140-160 fathoms; January 29, 1938; collected by Allan Hancock
Expedition of 1938 at Station 817-38.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace including
rostrum 10.8 mm., width of carapace 5.6 mm., length of rostrum meas-
ured from level of preorbital spines 3.4 mm., width of rosti'um at same
level 1.5 mm., length of cheliped 12.6 mm., of first ambulatory 21.8
mm. Male allotype: length 9.6 mm., width 5.0 mm.

Diagnosis: Postorbital spine longer than preorbital. Third and
fourth legs of approximately equal length. A single spine on the carpus
of the cheliped. Merus of the third leg entire. Carapace little produced
posteriorly; no tubercle in front of posterior margin.

Description: Carapace smooth and bare, regions faintly indicated.
Cardiac area slightly more elevate than gastric when seen in profile.
Rostrum curving gently downward, its length little more than twice its
breadth measured from the bases of the preorbital spines; horns cleft to
base but contiguous the greater part of their length, diverging slightly
in their distal third and bearing a row of short setae on their outer
margins. Basal article of antenna visible in dorsal view. Preorbital spine
minute, postorbital spine prominent. Eyes large, eyestalks constricted
at base of cornea. A few scattered spinules on hepatic and branchial
areas. Posterior margin but little protruding; no spine or tubercle at
posterior median angle.

Merus of cheliped armed with five stout spines beneath. Carpus
with but one spine, superodistal. Manus moderately inflated in female;
dactyl three fourths as long as propodus; fingers gaping in a broad oval
at base. First ambulatory much the longest, over twice the length of the
carapace, including rostrum; second ambulatory one and two-fifths
times the length of the carapace; third and fourth legs shorter, subequal,
the third being infinitesimally shorter than the fourth, its merus less
robust. Dactyl of first ambulatory more than four fifths the length of
the propodus; that of the second, three fourths the length of the
propodus, dentate; dactyls of legs three and four little more than one
half as long as of leg two, also dentate.

Antennae extending beyond the rostrum, basal article narrow, an-
tennal spine minute. Antennular fossae large, incompletely divided, a
notch at their bases. A prominent tubercle lateral to each green-gland
opening. Several tiny spines on pterygostomian region. Merus of third
maxilliped rounded at outer angle; ischium and merus spinulous along
inner border, joints of palpus shortened, robust.

NO. 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 11

Color in life: Carapace clear pearly gray. Numerous orange- red
dots along mid-line and continued on rostrum. Eye dark purplish red
with green highlights; a few red dots on eyestalk. Merus of ambula-
tories banded with similar dots. Chela with faint tint of orange along
upper surface. (Petersen)

Range: Eight specimens of the species, which was encountered by
the 1938 expedition only, were dredged at Hood, Barrington, and
Daphne Minor islands, Galapagos, in depths of from 20 to 160 fathoms.

Remarks: This species is the Pacific counterpart of the Atlantic
species, A. frontalis (A. Milne Edwards) (1879), from which it may
be distinguished by the equal lengths of the third and fourth legs, the
single carpal spine, and the less produced posterior margin, which is
devoid of a tubercle. Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., has co-operated in the
comparison of Hancock material with specimens in the Harvard Mu-
seum of Comparative Zoolog}^

Genus PODOGHELA Stimpson

Podochela schmitti, new species

Plate 2, Figs. 1-4

Type: Male, holotype, Cat. No. 382, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, and one male and one female,
paratypes, from north of Hood Island, Galapagos, 20-40 fathoms; Jan-
uaiy 28, 1938; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1938 at
Station 814-38.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace including ros-
trum 12.8 mm., width of carapace 7.9 mm., length of rostrum 2.5 mm.,
of cheliped 14.6 mm., of first ambulatory leg 34.0 mm. Female paratype:
length of carapace 12.3 mm., width 4.7 mm.

Diagnosis: Two prominent tubercles, one cardiac, one gastric; in
front of the latter a lesser tubercle. Palms spinulous. Rostrum acumi-
nate, typically bifurcate. First ambulatoiy of male two and one-half
times length of carapace. Postorbital spine large, laciniate ; hepatic spine
cylindrical. Basal antennal article spinulous at outer distal angle.

Description: Carapace smooth, pyriform, elevations separated by
shallow grooves of which the gastrocardiac seems to form a constriction
about the body below the hepatic level. Two prominent setose tubercles
or spines, one cardiac and one gastric; in front of the latter a smaller
tubercle. Gastric region smooth, rounded, declivitous posteriorly, bearing

12 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

four tufts of curved setae arranged in a rectangle. Branchial regions
flattened, a longitudinal row of curved setae traversing their entire
length and a tuft of the same at inner angle. Hepatic region tumid,
having the appearance of a mammary structure, and bearing a short,
forward-directed, cylindrical, truncate spine. Pterygostomian ridge also
provided with a similar, though smaller, spine at its mid-point. Rostrum
thick and broadly triangular at base, transversely convex, nearly twice
as long as broad, acuminate, the apex prolonged into a slender spine
armed with two double rows of curved setae, the outer of which ex-
tend almost to the bifurcate tip. Orbits spinulous above, the largest
spinule in some specimens becoming a minute preorbital spine. Post-
orbital spine large, concave anteriorly, convex posteriorly, outer margin
laciniate.

Basal antennal article narrowed anteriorly, a spine or cluster of
spinules at external angle, bearing a thick, compressed, granular ridge
which parallels the smooth inner, rather than the spinulous outer, margin.
Antennae long, slender, provided with long yellow hairs which interca-
late with those of the rostrum; second movable joint reaching tip of
rostrum. Antennular fossae large, incompletely divided, their anterior
margins granulate ; interantennular septum bearing a prominent, berried
tubercle. Merus of third maxilliped with inner angle produced into a
thin, triangular blade, outer angle rounded ; first joint of palpus moder-
ately compressed. Segments of male sternum convex, deeply separated,
two prominent tubercles at level of coxae of chelipeds. First abdominal
segment bearing two median setose tubercles, the remaining segments
one each, with the exception of the last, which has none.

Chelipeds of male robust, hairy, and spinulous. Merus trihedral, the
curved lower margin armed distally with numerous spines, of which
three or four are particularly conspicuous, and proximally with a fringe
of hairs continued on the ischium. Carpus provided with two or three
prominent tubercles, each bearing a cluster of spinules, of which the
superoproximal is outstanding in the type specimen. Palm inflated,
roughened, a row of five or six spinules along its inner superior margin,
another row of finer spinules along its inferior margin, and a transverse
row across the palm; finer spinules of outer surface irregularly placed
and interspersed with yellow hairs of varying lengths. Fingers gaping
at basal half in a broad oval, broken by a prominent tooth on the mov-
able finger, meeting in distal half, incurving; length of the movable
finger equaling or exceeding length of palm.

NO. 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 13

First ambulatory leg longest, equal to two and one-half times the
length of the carapace, including rostrum, its superior surface provided
with groups of three curved setae evenly spaced, of which 34 may be
counted from coxa to dactyl. Second ambulatory little more than half
the length of the first, third and fourth ambulatory legs subequal in
male type, although less mature male specimens show the fourth leg
relatively shorter. Dactyls of first leg straight and approximately one
third the length of penultimate segment, tip incurving; dactyls of legs
two, three, and four falcate and from one half to two thirds the length
of propodi, successively.

Female chelae slender, fingers almost meeting when closed, finely
dentate, curving inward. First ambulatory twice the length of the
carapace.

Color in life: Deep olive buff. (Petersen)

Range: The 16 specimens collected by Velero III were obtained
from Hood, Chatham, Barrington, James, and the Daphne islands,
Galapagos, in depths of from 20 to 80 fathoms.

Remarks: This species is readily separated from P. margaritaria
Rathbun (1902), the other member of the genus common to the Gala-
pagos, by the acuminate rostrum, that of P. margaritaria being hood-
shaped. It is more nearly related to P. he?nphillii Lockington (1877),
from which it may be distinguished by the bifurcation of the rostral tip,
the more prominent gastric and cardiac tubercles, the large, laciniate
postorbital spine, the cylindrical tubercles of the mammilliform hepatic
prominences, the presence of an anteroexternal spine or spinules on the
basal antennal article, and the two median tubercles on the first ab-
dominal segment.

I take pleasure in naming the species for Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt,
Curator of Marine Invertebrates, U. S. National Museum, and mem-
ber of three Allan Hancock Expeditions, whose untiring zeal, both in
the field and in the laboratory, is a constant source of inspiration to
those who work with him.

Genus EUPLEURODON Stimpson

Eupleurodon rathbunae, new species

Plate 3, Figs. 1-5

Type: Ovigerous female, holotype. Cat. No. 77366, U. S. National
Museum, from a rocky spit at Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos;

14 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

January 25, 1933; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1933 at
Station 27-33.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace including
rostrum 7.1 mm., width of carapace 5.3 mm,, length of rostrum 2.1 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace foreshortened, wider between anterolateral
than between posterolateral lobes. No preocular tooth. No small tooth
on lateral margin between the two lobes. Distance between anterior
lobes greater than distance from the tip of anterior lobe to middle of
posterior border.

Description: Carapace pentagonal, depressed anteriorly and later-
ally, leaving a bold cardiogastric ridge and a cross ridge at the hepatic
level. A single pair of tubercles on the gastric region, anterior to each
a patch of strongly recurved hairs; a small tubercle near the postero-
lateral lobes and a cardiac one at a slightly posterior level. Lobes and
tubercles clavately setose. Hepatic lobes strongly recurved, outer mar-
gins forwardly directed, subparallel, tips rounded; width of carapace
at middle of anterior lobes greater than between posterior lobes and
greater than the distance from the tip of the anterior lobe to the mid-
point of the posterior margin of the carapace. Rostrum more than one
third as long as the postfrontal portion of the carapace and with an
average breadth of one half its length measured from the supraocular
swelling, lateral margins raised near tip only, extremity faintly bilobed,
lobes rounded, a slight median sulcus indicated.

Antennae almost reaching tip of rostrum. Antennular cavity reach-
ing middle of rostrum, not nearly filled with antennules, and very in-
completely divided into two fossae. Merus of outer maxilliped notched
at anterointernal angle to receive palpus, first article of palp enlarged
and flattened, last two articles small and cylindrical, hidden behind
merus.

Cheliped with visible portion of merus and carpus nodose, merus
with a lump on superior margin one third from base, carpus with a
prominent inner node and one or more superior nodules ; propodal finger
deflexed, dentate, teeth more numerous and more prominent than those
of the movable finger, of which but three or four may be counted.

First ambulatory leg exceeding cheliped in length, its dactyl as long
as the propodus. Dactyls of remaining legs shorter, strongly falcate,
finely dentate, digital tooth of propodus strong, blunt, and with a hairy
tip.

Abdomen of female with three tubercles on first segment.

NO. 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 15

Remarks: This species may be distinguished from Eupleurodon
trifurcatus Stimpson (1871) by the absence of a small tooth between
the two lateral lobes, and from E. peruvianus Rathbun (1924) by the
greater proportionate anterolateral width as compared with the postero-
lateral, the less prominently notched front, and the absence of additional
tubercles on the gastric and branchial regions. It bears a superficial re-
semblance to Epialtus peruvianus Rathbun (1923) which is not borne
out by careful measurement, for the distance from tip to tip of the
hepatic lobes is considerably greater than the distance from the tip of
the hepatic to the middle of the posterior margin of the carapace, instead
of equidistant, if we judge from Rathbun's figure 53i (1925). Because
of the depressed carapace, the forward-directed hepatic teeth, and the
dentigerous penultimate articles, the species under consideration falls
logically into the genus Eupleurodon Stimpson rather than Epialtus
Milne Edwards.

This interesting little crab is named for Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, Asso-
ciate in Zoology, U. S. National Museum, whose counsel has been in-
valuable in the preparation of this paper.

XANTHIDAE

Genus GLYPTOXANTHUS A. Milne Edwards

Glyptoxanthus hancocki, new species

Plate 4, Fig. 1 ; Plate 5, Figs, la, 2a, 3a

Type: Female, holotype. Cat. No. 383, Allan Hancock Founda-
tion, The University of Southern California, and male, allotype, from
Sulivan Bay, James Island, Galapagos, shore; January 21, 1938; six
females, paratypes, same locality and date; collected by Allan Hancock
Expedition of 1938 at Station 796-38.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 18.3 mm.,
width 25.9 mm. Largest specimen (female, asymmetrical) : length 25.8
mm., width 38.0 mm. Male allotype: length 18.6 mm., width 26.9 mm.

Diagnosis: Elevations sparsely pitted, 3M (of Dana) having but
two punctae, both median. Gastric areole independent of inner proto-
gastric. Front separated from rest of carapace by a transverse furrow
joining orbits. 5L raised above general level of carapace. Teeth pro-
jecting but little beyond arc of anterolateral margin.

16 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Description: Carapace, chelipeds, and ambulatories covered dor-
sally with a labyrinth of smooth, elevated ridges separated by deep fur-
rows boi'dered with a fine pile. Punctae few in number as compared
with other members of the genus, 3M having but two, both median,
and the cardiac areole also but two, transversely placed. 3M continued
forward as a long median spike, not confluent laterally with the inner
protogastric ridge. Outer protogastric areole independent of inner, 2L
and 3L separated. Front deflexed, the thickened lobes separated from
the adjacent posterior areole by a continuous furrow which communi-
cates with the orbital hiatus. 5L slightly higher than the rest of the
carapace. Teeth N,T (of Dana) not projecting beyond the arc of the
anterolateral border, E,S but slightly projecting. Male abdomen con-
stricted between segments 5 and 6, the transverse ridges of the central
portions parallel and not joined to the corresponding prominences on
the lateral margins of the abdomen.

Chelae subequal, the tubercles of the hand mammilliform, their bases
not tending to coalesce. Fingers of both claws strongly grooved, the
four or five large teeth fitting closely together, the movable finger
smooth at base. Both ischium and merus of the third maxilliped moder-
ately furrowed, merus strongly notched for insertion of palpus. Dactyls
of ambulatories granulate, densely wooly.

Color in life: Dark areas on carapace a rich violet carmine, a little
more reddish on branchial and posterior areas. Light areas cadmium
orange on frontal, gastric, and cardiac regions; branchial and intestinal
regions same color but lighter in tone. Chela violet carmine on dark
areas; fingers very dark seal brown, fading toward tips, which are al-
most white. Ambulatory legs burnt lake on dark areas and light cad-
mium orange on light areas. Nail of dactyl amber. Eyestalk pale orange-
yellow; eye blackish brown. (Petersen)

Range: The 21 specimens secured by Velero III collectors were
from Charles, Albemarle, James, South Seymour, and Tower islands,
Galapagos, under rocks at low tide.

Remarks: While at the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cam-
bridge in the summer of 1937 the writer was afforded the opportunity
of examining, through the courtesy of Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., a
specimen of Glyptoxanthus labyrinthicus (Stimpson) (1860) male,
type (M.C.Z. 1295) and of comparing with it Hancock material taken
in the Galapagos Islands. Additional specimens collected in Panama by
Dr. Maack (M.C.Z. 2218) and S. W. Garman (M.C.Z. 2306) and

NO. 2 garth: new brachyuran crabs 17

identified by W. Faxon as labyrinthicus were also examined, as well as
a female specimen (M.C.Z. 2219) taken in the Galapagos in June,
1872, by the Hassler, of which Rathbun (1930) notes: "slight varia-
tion."

The 20 specimens of Glyptoxanthus taken at 10 stations of Velero
III in the Galapagos from 1933 to 1938 inclusive conform to the
Hassler specimen as regularly as do the Panamanian specimens to the
type of labyrinthicus, and may be distinguished from the mainland
species by a number of distinct features, which are clearly set forth in
the diagnosis above. The removal from synonomy of Lockington's G.
meandricus (1877) by the finding by Glassell of a valid species in the
Gulf of California to which the name is applicable shows that the genus
may well be represented in Pacific waters, as in the Atlantic, by several
species, one of which, according to the evidence now at hand, is indige-
nous to the Galapagos Archipelago and is herewith described. For com-
parative studies of carapace designs, fronts, claws, and male abdomens
of typical specimens of G. hancocki from James Island, Galapagos, G.
labyrinthicus from Port Utria, Colombia, and G. rneandricus from
Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California,
Mexico, see plates 4 and 5.

I take pleasure in naming this species for Captain Allan Hancock,
who has given me the unparalleled opportunity of studying the Gala-
pagos crustacean fauna at first hand on five separate occasions.

Genus HEXAPANOPEUS Rathbun

Hexapanopeus cartagoensis, new species

Plate 6, Figs. 1-4

Type: Male, holotype. Cat. No. 384, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, from Cartago Bay, Albemarle
Island, Galapagos, 15-18 fathoms; January 22, 1938; collected by Allan
Hancock Expedition of 1938 at Station 799-38. Ovigerous female, allo-
type. Cat. No. 384a, Allan Hancock Foundation, and two females, of
which one is ovigerous, paratypes, same locality, 3-6 fathoms; February
14, 1933; dredged by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1933 at Station
74-33. Three males and seven females, of which four are ovigerous,
paratypes, same locality, 8-10 fathoms; January 25, 1934; collected by
Allan Hancock Expedition of 1934 at Station 187-34. >^CiiPj \

18 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Measurefnents: Male holotype: greatest length of carapace 5.4
mm., greatest width 7.3 mm., length of major chela 6.4 mm. Female
allotype: length 3.9 mm., width 5.4 mm.

Diagnosis: Front oblique, lateral lobes prominent. Second antero-
lateral tooth low and fused with first, their combined width little
greater than that of third tooth. Fourth tooth laterally directed, tip
tuberculiform. Fifth tooth reduced, almost postlateral in position. Major
chela of adult male without superior crest.

Description: Regions of dorsal surface of carapace separated by
conspicuous furrows and bearing elevate, transverse ridges. Front ad-
vanced, edges thickened, granulate, oblique, a shallow V meeting the
median epigastric groove, a prominent lobe at the outer extremities.
Inner supraorbital tooth distinctly separated from frontal lobes; space
between closed fissures of orbit low and broad, scarcely attaining the
level of the outer orbital tooth, which is narrow at base, acute at tip,
and outwardly directed. Second anterolateral tooth obsolescent, fused
with the first, the two together occupying little more than the width of
the third. Third tooth largest, its anterior margin transverse and bearing
a suggestion of a denticle at its base, the outer margin straight and pos-
teriorly directed except at base, where it bends sharply inward. Fourth
tooth tuberculiform at tip and laterally directed, its anterior margin
shorter than the posterior; carapace widest at this point. Fifth tooth re-
duced and almost postlateral in position, although not so much as in H.
caribbaeus, and also laterally directed. Posterolateral margins strongly I
converging. Principal elevations of the carapace bearing sparse hairs and
located, in the order of their prominence, as follows: mesobranchial, J
cardiac, metabranchial, protogastric, mesogastric, and epibranchial.

Chelipeds dissimilar but of nearly equal proportions, the larger
strongly inflated, smooth under low magnification, and without the su-
perior crest common in the genus. Carpus also smooth and bare, except
for a prominent spine at anterointernal angle, a lump toward the distal
end, and a faint outer furrow. Minor chela more compressed than major,
its carpus similar. Color of fingers dark brown with white tips; color
of fixed finger of major claw terminating abruptly a very little behind
the interdigital sinus, that of minor claw extending farther on the hand.
Movable finger with a large basal tooth and strongly curved downward
to meet the upturned tip of the fixed finger. Movable finger of minor
chela long, curved, and slender. The fixed finger of this claw is missing
in the type specimen.

NO. 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 19

Male abdomen with basal segment occupying entire width of ster-
num, second segment little more than half the width of first, third seg-
ment again wider; abdomen narrowing to base of sixth segment, which
is broader than long; tip of seventh segment rounded.

In the female allotype the front is more truncate than in the male
holotype, the lateral lobes less advanced. The chelae, particularly the
major, are less inflated and show a granulate superior crest with a well-
defined sulcus.

Remarks: This species may be distinguished from H. carihhaeus
(Stimpson) (1871) by the independent fifth lateral tooth, which is de-
cidedly more than "a section from the posterior slope of the fourth"
(Rathbun) ; from H. sinaloensis Rathbun (1930) by the oblique front
with lateral lobes, the front of sinaloensis being truncate and lobeless;
from H. orcutti Rathbun (1930) by the reduction of the second tooth,
the less granular appearance of the elevations of the carapace and cheli-
peds; and from all three by the lack of a superior furrow on the large
claw of the adult male. Examination of paratypes of H. setipalpus
Finnegan (1931), kindly loaned by Dr. Isabella Gordon of the British
Museum, shows the second lateral tooth almost equally advanced with
the first instead of obsolescent, the conspicuous hairy palpus as long as
the combined merus and ischium of the outer maxilliped instead of half
their length, and the strong tooth of the manus located on the pollex
instead of on the dactyl, as shown by figure 2 of plate 6.

Genus KRAUSSIA Dana

Kraussia americana, new species

Plate 7, Figs. 1-4

Type: Male, holotype, Cat. No. 371, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, from Puerto Refugio, Angel de
la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, Mexico, 8-10 fathoms; March
20, 1937; one male, paratype, same locality and date; collected by Allan
Hancock Expedition of 1937 at stations 705-37 and 706-37, respec-
tively.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 10.9 mm.,
width 14.7 mm., of front 6.3 mm., length of chela along superior border
8.3 mm., of manus 5.0 mm., of movable finger 6.3 mm., of immovable
finger 3.7 mm., height of gape 2.3 mm.

20 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis: Front bilobed, subtruncate; lobes arched. Carapace one
and one-third times as broad as long. Anterolateral margin greatly ex-
ceeding posterolateral margin. Orbits reduced to slits dorsally; eyes
small. Fingers of nearly equal length, gaping in a broad oval. First seg-
ment of palpus of third maxilliped inflated and horizontally com-
pressed. Margins of carapace and legs fringed with long, cylindrical,
golden hairs.

Description: Carapace broadly oval, one and one-third times as
wide as long, strongly convex fore and aft, and smooth and bare to the
naked eye, except toward posterior lateral angles, which are traversed
by granular ridges. Surface dotted with scattered transverse punctae,
more numerous on the frontal and lateral portions of the carapace,
which bear clusters of short, forward-pointing, yellow hairs arising from
their granulate posterior margins. Granulation becoming more promi-
nent toward lateral margins, where are also found granules not asso-
ciated with pits. Anterolateral margin greatly exceeding posterolateral,
forming an unbroken arc spiked with sharp granules and fringed with
long, straight, cylindrical, yellow hairs. Front bilobed, edge granulate,
projecting, lobes arched and separated by a deep and narrow median
V from which a furrow extends to the gastric region, which is faintly
indicated. Orbits poorly developed dorsally, there being but an acute,
angular notch through which a minute black eye is visible. Eyestalks
subsessile, spinulous distally. Basal antennal article small, posteriorly
placed but touching front, and clearly separating antennulary pits from
orbit, flagellum projecting beyond front for less than half its length.
Antennules folding obliquely. External maxilliped fringed with long,
fine, yellow hairs, merus rhomboidal, outer angle rounded, inner angle
produced, first joint of palpus inflated and horizontally flattened, ap-
proximately one fourth as large as merus.

Chelipeds equal in size. Carpus squarish with spinulous inner and
distal margins, and a distal fringe of yellow hairs. Manus compressed
at dorsal point of articulation with the carpus, in advance of which
the crest of the palm rises abruptly, surmounted by two rows of six
or seven spinules each, between which grow more yellow hairs. Palms
superficially smooth but microscopically granulate, bearing clusters of
yellow setae arranged in several rows. Color of fingers dark brown,
that of immovable finger continued a short distance on the palm, color
fading to white at tips. Fingers strongly curved, meeting at tips, leaving
an oval gape more than half as high as long. Each finger provided with

NO. 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 21

a pair of brushes of curved golden hairs arising from both inner and
outer surfaces at equal distances from the tips. Gordon (1934) illus-
trates a remarkably similar contrivance for Phymodius laysani.

Ambulatoiy legs compressed laterally, fringed with long hairs an-
teriorly and short hairs posteriorly. Merus with a few scattered spinules
above ; carpus high, overlapping base of propodus above, crenulate along
superior margin, spinulous distally; propodus of last two legs shield-
shaped, a cluster of blunt spinules above; dactylus bladelike, triangular
in cross section, armed with a double row of spinules, of which one row
of six is most prominent, tips straight, horny, yellow.

Male abdomen seven-jointed, segments 3-4-5 fused. First three seg-
ments visible in dorsal view.

Range: Nine specimens were obtained by Allan Hancock Expe-
ditions from Hood, Charles, Barrington, Albemarle, and James islands,
Galapagos; 30 from Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, to
Los Frailes, Gulf of California, Mexico; and one specimen from Secas
Islands, Panama; depths from 4 to 40 fathoms. Three additional speci-
mens taken in Banderas Bay, Mexico, by the Stranger expedition of
1937, led by Capt. Fred E. Lewis, in 5-10 fathoms, are in the collection
of Mr. S. A. Glassell.

Remarks: This species has been confused by several carcinologists
with Acidops fimbriatus Stimpson (1871), a Pilu/nnus-like species also
white in color and with long, shaggy hair. However, the very long eye-
stalks of Acidops and its distinctly dentate anterolateral margin are but
two of many prominent characters separating it from the species under
consideration.

The American form appears to be distinguished from the previously
described species of Kraussia Dana (1852) by the small eye and much
reduced orbits, as well as the long, gaping fingers. It perhaps most
nearly approaches K. intiger (de Haan) Alcock (1899) which can be
easily recognized by the very much reduced finger of the cheliped, de-
scribed as little better than a tubercle.

Because of the minute size of the Galapagos specimens, the type is
selected from the Gulf of California series.

I am indebted to Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., of the Museum of
Comparative Zoologj', Harvard, for a diligent search of the scattered
literature on this Old World and Mid-Pacific genus, of which the first
American species is here presented.

22 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Genus MALDIVIA Borradaile

Maldivia galapagensis, new species

Plate 8, Figs. 1-6

Type: Male, holotype, Cat. No. 385, and ovigerous female, allo-
type, Allan Hancock Foundation, The University of Southern Cali-
fornia, from Pavojiia coral taken inside submerged crater of Onslow
Island, near Charles Island, Galapagos, 2 fathoms; January 23, 1938;
one male and five females, paratypes, same locality and date; collected
by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1938 at Station 804-38.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 3.7 mm., width
4.6 mm., length of major chela 4.9 mm., height 2.4 mm., fronto-orbital
width 3.3 mm. Female allotype: length 3.9 mm., width 5.5 mm.

Diagnosis: Two denticles on anterolateral margin; posterolateral
borders exceeding anterolateral. Granules of cheliped flattened, not ar-
ranged in rows; fixed finger of major claw not constricted at base.
Minor chela excavate, slender. Merus of third maxilliped subquadrate.

Description: Carapace broader than long, slightly convex, polished,
faintly granulate anteriorly, regions not indicated, a few fine hairs show-
ing in the region of the front and about the anterolateral borders. Body
finely pocked with magenta dots which tend to fade out in alcohol. Two
denticles on the anterolateral margin besides the postorbital; a sug-
gestion of a third on the male type considerably farther back. If from
this point measurement is made, the strongly converging posterolateral
margins are found to exceed the anterolateral. Front broad, slightly de-
flexed, but faintly divided into lobes, a single or a double transverse row
of granules behind it on some specimens. Orbital margins entire. Eyes
large, peduncles stout, constricted below cornea. Base of antenna nar-
row, second movable joint reaching front, antenna not excluded from
orbit, flagellum as long as half the front. Eflferent ridge strong. Merus
of outer maxillipeds considerably broader than long, subquadrate, outer
angle rounded, inner angle slightly notched to receive palpus.

Chelipeds grossly disproportionate, the larger turgid, outer surface
rough and slightly pubescent. Merus stout and smooth, carpus finely
granulate, the granules increasing in size toward the outer distal margin,
which is covered in some specimens with a fine pile. Major chela in-
flated, the lower half of the outer surface bare and microscopically gran-
ulate, the granules increasing in size toward the upper margin. Minor
chela excavate, about half as high as major, similarly roughened, the

NO.

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 23

granules becoming acuminate above. Dactyls of the large manus rough-
ened at base, immovable finger strongly toothed, fingers closing with a
slight gape, the tips crossing; no teeth on movable finger. Fingers of
small hand long, narrow, thin, curved, the knifelike edges meeting their
entire length, a single row of setae lining the inner surface of each ; tips
fine, curved, and overlapping.

Ambulatory legs narrow, laterally compressed, the last three seg-
ments sparsely hairy. Dactyls incurving, provided with a proximal pro-
jection which neatly overrides a corresponding flange of the propodus,
and fringed with plumose hairs.

Coloi- in life: Ground color of carapace ivory yellow to cream
buff; posterolateral, branchial, and cardiac areas ivory yellow; gastric
and frontal regions cream buff with cadmium orange hue, slightly
darker on frontal area. A border of clear jasper pink on front, around
eye and marginal teeth, fading out on anterolateral margin. This color
appears also on intestinal region, but a shade darker. Designs on carapace
Eugenia red and grass green on posterior and Brazil red and cedar
green on anterior areas. Eyestalk cadmium orange, eye dark garnet
brown. Cheliped clear creamy white with coral red on merus and carpus.
Small granules on hand Indian lake, large tubercles coral pink, lighter
on outer surface with yellowish hue, band on distal end spinel red.
Fingers hazel brown at base, becoming lighter toward tip. Ventral
side clear white with tinge of bluish lavender. ( Petersen)

Range: The 24 specimens in the Hancock collections are from
Onslow Island, near Charles Island, and Barrington Island, Galapagos.
All were cracked from Pavonia coral.

Remarks: The above species is closely allied to M. gardineri Rath-
bun (1911) from which it differs in the following particulars, as shown
by a comparison with the type:

(1) Anterolateral denticles less prominent, the second, exclusive of
the postorbital, but faintly indicated.

(2) The sharpened, white granules which are so conspicuous on
the outer portion of both chelae and at the base of the movable fingers
of each hand in gardineri are reduced to a flattened paving of granules
of the same color as the background, although slightly sharpened on
the minor chela, and are not arranged in rows.

(3) Immovable finger of major manus not constricted at base,, a
feature not mentioned in the description of gardineri but discovered by
examination of type.

24 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

(4) The unusual minor chela similar, but longer than in gardineri;
in this respect both differ from M. symbiotica Borradaile (1903), the
type of the genus, the chelae of which are alike.

PINNOTHERIDAE

Genus PARAPINNIXA Holmes

Parapinnixa glasselli, new species

Plate 9, Figs. 1-4

Type: Female, holotype, Cat. No. 77367, U. S. National Museum,
and female, paratype, from "roach" trap, Tagus Cove, Albemarle Is-
land, Galapagos; February 9, 1933; collected by Allan Hancock Expe-
dition of 1933 at Station 66a-33.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 2.8 mm.,
width 6.5 mm.

Diagnosis: Displacement of first ambulatory leg equal to nearly
one-half volume of carapace. Fingers long and slender, gaping when
closed, a small tooth near tips. Immovable finger curving well down-
ward. Lines separating abdominal segments sinuous.

Description: Carapace bare and glistening, 2.3 times as broad as
long, anterior and posterior margins subparallel. Front depressed, lobes
oblique, a groove behind margin, median furrow not reaching edge of
front. Due to configuration of front, the eyes appear anterior to it.
Orbits almost circular in shape, orbital hiatus occupied by the minute
basal antennal article. Antennules folding obliquely. Buccal area an
isosceles triangle with the broad base concealed by the first sternal plate.
Ischium of third maxilliped rudimentary, merus broadly triangular,
exterior margin finely crenulate and bordered with plumose hairs, first
segment of three-jointed palpus with outer margin rounded and bearing
similar hairs.

Chelipeds powerful, contours smooth and evenly rounded, carpus
and palm of approximately equal width, fingers long and slender, gaping,
prehensile edges with a small tooth near tips, immovable finger curved
well downward, dactyl a little longer than upper edge of palm.

First ambulatory leg greatly enlarged, its displacement equal to
nearly one half the volume of the carapace, merus deeply excavated to
receive cheliped, widening distally, carpus swollen tremendously, nearly
as wide as long, propodus narrowing distally, dactylus long and slender.

NO. 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 25

Second and third ambulatories of normal size, propodites fringed with
two rows of natatory hairs. Fourth leg reduced in size, its length when
extended falling considerably short of the distal end of the merus of
the third, its dactyl a mere tooth.

Abdomen seven-segmented, the third and fourth segments widest
and of approximately equal breadth; lines between segments sinuous;
seventh segment broader than long, tip rounded, resembling P. asiatica
Sakai (1933).

Reinarh: This species is near P. nitida (Lockington) (1877), but
differs in the longer and narrower fingers, the gape of the fingers when
closed, the downward curvature of the immovable finger, the greater
size of the first ambulatory, and the longer and more slender dactyls of
the first three ambulatory legs. The measurements of the holotype are
identical with those of a half-grown female of P. nitida in the collec-
tion of S. A. Glassell.

The capture of two female specimens in a baited "roach" trap at-
tached to a lobster pot and suspended in several fathoms of water sug-
gests that the species, while undoubtedly commensal, does not hesitate
to fare forth from its worm tube in search of food.

I take great pleasure in naming this species for Mr. Steve A.
Glassell, whose unflagging interest in the unusual habits of these little
crabs and whose persistent efforts in searching out a number of so-called
"lost" species have resulted in our better understanding of their rela-
tionships and peculiar mode of life.

CYMOPOLIIDAE

Genus GYMOPOLIA Roux

Cymopolia velerae, new species

Plate 10, Figs. 1-4

Type: Ovigerous female, holotype. Cat. No. 386, Allan Hancock
Foundation, The University of Southern California, from off Daphne
Island, Galapagos, 70-80 fathoms; January 20, 1938; two males and
fifteen females, paratypes, same locality and date; collected by Allan
Hancock Expedition of 1938 at Station 792-38.

Measurements: Female holotype: greatest length of carapace 6.9
mm., width 9.9 mm., length of second leg 14.3 mm. Largest male para-
type: length 4.1 mm., width 4.9 mm.

26 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis: Abdomen with laminate crests visible in dorsal view.
Five anterolateral teeth diminishing rapidly in size posteriorly. Outer
suborbital lobe trilobed, inner sinus narrow. Outer slope of frontal lobe
continuous with preorbital lobe. Supraorbital teeth broad, truncate.
Merus of leg two with distal spine acuminate. Carapace 1.4 times wider
than long; a sinuous posterior line of tubercles.

Description: Carapace considerably broader than long, depressed
and uneven; tubercles distinct, well separated, and tending to form
transverse ridges, especially on the cardiac region. Median pair of
frontal lobes moderately slender, compressed, acutely rounded, and sep-
arated by a deep fissure the size and shape of one of the teeth inverted ;
the outer two broad, little advanced, and separated from the median
pair by a shallow U. The sloping front forms a continuous, though
sinuous, line with the broad preorbital lobe which covers the eyestalk.
Middle supraorbital lobe granular, broadly truncate, separated from
the inner lobe by a deep, inwardly directed V-fissure and from the outer
lobe by a similar fissure less inwardly directed and half the depth. Outer
orbital lobe slightly more advanced than middle lobe, and not separated
from the large, blunt, and forwardly directed exorbital tooth. Antero-
lateral teeth five in number, excluding the exorbital, small and well
separated ; the first half the size of the exorbital, the second half the
size of the first, the remainder diminishing rapidly to the fifth, which
again is larger than the fourth, lobate, and at the lateral angle. Outer
slope of each tooth obtusely bent from outwardly directed at base to
inwardly directed near apex. Tubercles of carapace located as follows:
the four largest form an arc with a wide radius across the cardiac
region ; four smaller tubercles form an arc of smaller radius across each
mesobranchial region; a single tubercle occurs on each epibranchial and
on each hepatic region; two are located behind the front; nine occur on
the gastric region, of which two are epigastric; four at the level of
the first anterolateral tooth, a single median one just posterior to them,
and two opposite the third anterolateral tooth; a single median intesti-
nal tubercle, and a sinuous line of finer tubercles immediately above the
posterior margin.

Lower margin of orbit oblique, divided by a narrow V-shaped sinus
into two lobes, the outer trilobed, granulate, the inner rounded, ad-
vanced, its base hidden by the broadly lobate pterygostomian process.
Merus of maxilliped with outer angle much produced, inner angle
less so.

NO. 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 27

Chelipeds feeble, equal in size, and similar in sexes. Granules of
outer surface of hand chiefly in two rows.

First leg short and slender, its dactyl reaching but little beyond the
carpus of the second, merus rough, bearing an acute tooth at its distal
extremity. Second leg longest, 1.4 times the width of the body, its merus
robust, cristate, and bearing a large, acutely angled, acuminate spine
distally. Third leg similar to second, its merus slightly shorter and
two thirds the width of the second, the distal meral spine rectangular.
Carpus of legs two and three long and narrow, proximal lobes less pro-
duced than distal ; propodus widening distally ; dactylus of leg two with
posterior margin almost straight, of leg three more noticeably sinuous.

First three segments of female abdomen carinate, the first carina
having a shallow lobe behind each corner of the carapace, the second
forming a median lobe, the third projecting both laterally and medially.
A prominent sternal plate visible in dorsal view at base of third walking
leg.

Range: The 106 specimens at hand come from Hood, Chatham,
Indefatigable, Albemarle, Jam.es, South Seymour, Daphne Minor is-
lands, and pelagic stations, Galapagos, in depths of from 3 to 150
fathoms.

Remarks: A small species, more closely related to C. sica A. Milne
Edwards (1880) than to any of the known Pacific forms because of
the laminate crests of the abdomen, the configuration of the frontal
and orbital teeth, and the peculiar sternal plate at the base of the third
walking leg. Not to be confused with C. zacae Glassell (1936), al-
though the number and arrangement of the anterolateral spines are
similar. The proportion of the breadth to the length of the carapace,
and of the length of the ambulatories to the width of the body, will
suffice clearly to distinguish these two.

This species is christened velerae in honor of the Allan Hancock
Expedition cruiser, Velero III, whose name is a byword in every bay
from San Diego to Southern Peru, as well as in the Galapagos Islands.

28 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

LITERATURE CITED

Alcock, a.

1899. Materials for a Carcinologlcal Fauna of India, No. 4. The Brachyura
Cyclometopa. Pt. II. The Families Portunidae, Cancridae, and
Corystidae. Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, pt. 2, no. 3, pp. 1-104.

BORRADAILE, L. A.

1903. Marine Crustaceans. III. The Xanthidae and some other crabs. In;
J. S. Gardiner, Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive
Archipelago, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 237-271, text-figs. 41-60.

Dana, J. D.

1852. United States Exploring Expedition during the Years 1838, 1839,
1840, 1841, 1842, under the Command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N.
Vol. 8. Crustacea, Parts 1 and 2, 1618 pp., Atlas.

FiNNEGAN, S.

1931. Report on the Brachyura collected in Central America, the Gorgona
and Galapagos Islands, by Dr. Crossland on the 'St. George' Expe-
dition to the Pacific, 1924-25. Jour. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol.
37, no. 255, pp. 607-673, text-figs. 1-6.

Glassell, S. a.

1936. 17. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. I. Six New Brachyuran
Crabs from the Gulf of California. Zoologica, vol. 21, pt. 3, pp.
213-218.

Gordon, I.

1934. Resultats Scientifiques du Voyage aux Indes Orientales Neerlandaises
de LL. AA. RR. le Prince et la Princesse Leopold de Belgique, vol.
3, fasc. 15, pp. 1-78, text-figs. 1-37.

LOCKINGTON, W. N.

1877. Remarks on the Crustacea of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of
some new Species. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 28-36.

1877. Remarks on the Crustacea of the West Coast of North America, with
a Catalogue of the Species in the Museum of the California Academy
of Sciences. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 94-108, pp.
145-156.

Milne Edwards, A.

1879. Etudes sur les Xiphosures et les Crustaces de la Region Mexicaine.
Mission Scientifique au Mexique et dans I'Amerique Centrale, pt. 5,
pp. 1-368, pis. 1-61.

1880. Reports on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of Alex-
ander Agassiz in the Gulf of Mexico and in the Caribbean Sea, 1877,
'78, '79, by the U. S. Coast Survey Steamer 'Blake,' Lieut.-Cora-
mander C. D. Sigsbie, U.S.N., and Commander J. R. Bartlett, U.S.N.,
commanding. 8. Etudes preliminaires sur les Crustaces, pt. 1. Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 8, pp. 1-68, pis. 1-2.

NO, 2 GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS 29

Rathbun, M. J.

1902. Papers from the Hopkins-Stanford Galapagos Expedition, 1898-1899.
8. Brachyura and Macrura. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 4, pp. 275-
292, pi. 12.

1911. The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905
under the Leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner. Vol. III. No. XI.
Marine Brachyura. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd. ser., Zool., vol.
14, pt. 2, pp. 191-261, pis. 15-20.

1923. New Species of American Spider Crabs. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington,
vol. 36, pp. 71-74.

1924. New Species and Subspecies of Spider Crabs. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 64, art. 14, pp. 1-5.

1925. The Spider Crabs of America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 129, pp.
1-613, pis. 1-283.

1930. The Cancroid Crabs of America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 152, pp.
1-609, pis. 1-230.

Sakai, T.

1933. Science Reports of the Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku, vol. 1, sec. B, no. 12,
pp. 137-144, pi. 13.

Stimpson, W.

1860. 11. Notes on North American Crustacea in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution, No. 2. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N.Y., vol. 7,
pp. 176-246, 2 pis.

1871. 6. Notes on North American Crustacea in the Museum of the Smith-
sonian Institution, No. 3. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10,
pp. 92-136.

^^Sx

30 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 1

Anomalothir Iioodensis, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Lateral view of carapace

Fig. 3. Ventral view of front

Fig. 4. Left outer maxilliped

NO. L

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 1

32 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 2

Podochela schmitti, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Ventral view of front

Fig. 3. Right chela

Fig. 4. Left outer maxilliped

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 2

34 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 3

Eupleurodon rathbunae, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Right cheliped

Fig. 3. Left fourth ambulatory leg

Fig. 4. Right outer maxilliped

Fig. 5. Ventral view of front

4

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. J

zmm.

xmnu.

i

36 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 4

Glyptoxanthus species

Fig. 1. Glyptoxanthus hancocki, new species
Female holotype, dorsal view

Fig. 2. Glyptoxanthus labyrinthicus (Stimpson)
Gastrocardiac region

Fig. 3. Glyptoxanthus meandricus (Lockington)
Gastrocardiac region

I

'no. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 4

4- mm-.

6mm .

38 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

I

PLATE 5

Glyptoxanthus species

Fig. 1. Comparative studies of fronts $

a. Glyptoxanthus hancocki, new species, allotype

b. Glyptoxanthus labyrinthicus (Stimpson)

c. Glyptoxanthus meandricus (Lockington)

Fig. 2. Comparative studies of chelae o

a. Glyptoxanthus hancocki, new species, allotype

b. Glyptoxanthus labyrinthicus (Stimpson)

c. Glyptoxanthus meandricus (Lockington)

Fig. 3. Comparative studies of abdomens $

a. Glyptoxanthus hancocki, nevvf species, allotype

b. Glyptoxanthus labyrinthicus (Stimpson)

c. Glyptoxanthus meandricus (Lockington)

I
1

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 5

ttntK.

la

<> mm--

1 b

'^Xk^M^^Mj.^:^

2a

--^i^y^^.

♦ Tjzm^.

2fc

<tmm.

3 a

tmm.

3b

3c

40 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 6

Hexapanopeus cartagoensis, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Major chela

Fig. 3. Abdomen

Fig. 4. Left outer maxilliped

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 6

42 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 7

Kraussia americana, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Right outer maxilliped

Fig. 3. Left chela

Fig. 4. Ventral view of front

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL, 7

Z m rn-.

'hmm.

44 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 8

Maldivia galapagensis, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Right outer maxilliped

Fig. 3. Minor chela

Fig. 4. Chromatophores, anterior portion of carapace

Fig. 5. Chromatophores, posterior portion of carapace

Fig. 6. Dactyl of fourth ambulatory leg

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 8

46 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 9

Parapinnixa glasselli, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Right outer maxilliped

Fig. 3. Abdomen

Fig. 4. Right chela

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 9

48 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 10

Cymopolia velerae, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view

Fig. 2. Ventral view of orbit

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of orbit

Fig. 4. Right outer maxilliped

NO. 2

GARTH : NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS

PL. 10

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, in 1939, and in 1940.

SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN

CRABS FROM MEXICO AND THE CENTRAL

AND SOUTH AMERICAN MAINLAND

(Plates 11-26)

By JOHN S. GARTH

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume 5, Number 3

Issued April 22, 1940

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

I

CONTENTS

Introductory Remarks

53

SuBTRiBE OXYSTOMATA

Family LEUCOSIIDAE
Genus Randallia

Randallia angelica, new species

Family CALAPPIDAE
Genus Osachila

Osachila sona, new species

SuBTRiBE BRACHYGNATHA

Family MAJIDAE
Genus Podochela

Podochela ziesenhennei, new species
Genus Notolopas

Notolopas mexicanus, new species
Genus Mithrax

Mithrax (Mithrax) clarionensis, new species .
Genus Macrocoeloma

Macrocoeloma maccullochae, new species .

Family PARTHENOPIDAE
Genus Daldorfia

Daldorfia garthi Glassell, new species
Genus Heterocrypta

Heterocrypta colombiana, new species

Family PORTUNIDAE
Genus Portunus

Portunus (Portunus) acuminatus Stimpson

Family XANTHIDAE
Genus Platyxanthus

Platyxanthus balboai, new species
Genus Hexapanopeus

Hexapanopeus costaricensis, new species .
Genus Heteractaea

Heteractaea peterseni, new species
Genus Pilumnoides

Pilumnoides rotundus, new species .

Family GONEPLACIDAE
Genus Pseudorhombila

Pseudorhombila xanthiformis, new species
Genus Cyrtoplax

Cyrtoplax panamensis Ziesenhenne, new species
Genus Chasmocarcinus

Chasmocarcinus longipes, new species

54

56

58
61
63
65

67
71

73

76
79
81
84

86
88
90

SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS FROM

MEXICO AND THE CENTRAL AND SOUTH

AMERICAN MAINLAND

(Plates 11-26)

By John S. Garth

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

The present paper resumes the study of the Brachjmra collected by
the Allan Hancock Expeditions on the Pacific Coast mainland of
Mexico, Central America, and South America, from the point reached
by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, whose preliminaiy descriptions of six new-
species of oxystomatous crabs from this area appeared in the Proceedings
of the Biological Society of Washington, vol. 46, p. 183 (1933), and
vol. 48, pp. 1-3 (1935), and whose report on the Oxystomata of the
Allan Hancock Expeditions prior to 1935 was incorporated in Bulletin
166 of the U. S. National Museum (1937).

One of the descriptions appearing in the following pages was taken
from the unpublished manuscript "A Report of the Brachyura collected
on the Hancock Pacific Expedition of 1933 at Stations other than those
of the Galapagos Islands," submitted by Mr. Fred C. Ziesenhenne to
The University of Southern California in partial fulfillment of the
degree Master of Science and is attributed to his authorship. Another is
the work of Mr. Steve A. Glassell, who was first to call attention to the
dissimilarity between the Daldorfia species herein described and Thyro-
Imnbrus erosus Rathbun.

The accompanying illustrations are from the pen of Mr. Anker
Petersen, staff artist of the Allan Hancock Foundation, with the ex-
ception of figures 4 and 6 of plate 15, drawn by Miss Jane Roller under
the direction of Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt. Color notes were taken from
living specimens and are expressed according to Ridgway, "Color Stand-
ards and Color Nomenclature" (1912).

Once again the writer acknowledges his indebtedness to Dr. Waldo
L. Schmitt for assistance in the field and in the laboratories of the U. S.
National Museum, and for the loan of comparative material used in
these studies. He is also under obligation to Dr. William Beebe for
permission to examine the holotype of Chasmocarcinus ferrugineus and

LIBRARY

54 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

to Mr. Steve A. Glassell for constant advice during the preparation of
the manuscript. Last, but not least, he w^ishes to express grateful appreci-
ation to Captain Allan Hancock for the privilege of traveling eight
times to tropical Pacific waters aboard Velero III.

OXYSTOMATA
LEUCOSIIDAE

Genus RANDALLIA Stimpson

Randallia angelica, new species

Plate 11, Figs. 1, 2

Type: Female, holotype, Cat. No. 361, Allan Hancock Founda-
tion, The University of Southern California, and male, allotype, from
north of Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, Mexico, 40-70
fathoms; March 5, 1936; eight males and eight females, paratypes, same
locality and date; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1936 at
Velero Station 546-36.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 18.7 mm.,
width 16.4 mm., length of cheliped 24.2 mm., of chela 12.5 mm., of
dactyl 7.2 mm. Male allotype: length of carapace 18.0 mm., width
15.2 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace smooth and bare both dorsally and ventrally;
of the cheliped only the merus is conspicuously granulate. Front pro-
duced; frontal teeth well separated. Ischium of third maxilliped non-
granulate at base. Lower margin of merus of last ambulatory leg with-
out granules.

Description: Carapace longer than wide, devoid of pearly granules
except on median carina, smooth and bare except under high magnifi-
cation, when it is seen to be paved with fine, flat granulation. Front
produced, its sides forming a distinct, though obtuse, angle with the
hepatic margin. Frontal teeth considerably advanced over the exorbital
and separated from one another by a positive indentation. Hepatic and
pterygostomian regions tumid, tuberculate, posthepatic sulcus barely in-
dicated. Three anterolateral granules, evenly spaced. Five posterior
tubercles located as follows: two sharp tubercles on posterior margin, a
row of three above it, of which two are postbranchial, the third intesti- .
nal. Basal antennular articles all but closing antennular fossae. Outer i
maxillipeds with a longitudinal row of granules down the middle of the

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 55

merus which fades out toward the base of the ischium. Anterior ex-
tension of septum of branchial channel trilobate.

Merus of cheliped with conspicuous pearly granules. Carpus and
manus smooth and bare to the naked eye, microscopically granulate.
Male cheliped one and one-half times the length of carapace. Chelipeds
subequal in both sexes.

Sternum and abdomen of female smooth and polished, of male micro-
scopically flat granulate.

Ambulatory legs smooth and bare. Lower margin of merus of fourth
walking leg entire.

Color in alcohol: This beautiful crab has the same irregular splotch-
ing of dark red-orange on cream buff that characterizes R. ornata ( Ran-
dall) (1839).

Color in life: Ground color of carapace olive buff almost covered
anteriorly with dots of chrome yellow. Large, regular designs vinaceous
russet, smaller patches paler and more orange. Posterior spines white.
Cheliped yellow to pale buff, merus covered with carrot red, carpus and
manus with a coarse netting of the same color. Merus of ambulatory
legs pale yellowish white at base blending into intense scarlet on distal
portion. Remaining segments yellowish white; dactyl yellow tipped.
(Petersen)

Distribution: The 30 specimens collected at 5 stations of Velero
III in the Gulf of California in 1936 and 1937 range from Angel de
la Guardia Island to Willard's Point, and it is presumed that the species
ranges northward to the mouth of the Colorado River.

Remarks: The effectiveness of the thermal barrier to the distribu-
tion of species is perhaps not better illustrated than in the case of this
crab, which is the Gulf counterpart of the well-known R. ornata of the
open Pacific. Essentially a cold-water species, R. ornata is not known to
occur south of Magdalena Bay, while R. angelica was not encountered
by Allan Hancock Expeditions south of Puerto Refugio, Angel de la
Guardia Island, where 13° C. surface temperatures were recorded.
Apparently the species do not communicate around Cape San Lucas,
where the surface temperature was found to be 20° C. Unfortunately,
relative temperatures at depths at which specimens were dredged were
not taken.

The points which separate R. angelica from R. ornata are as fol-
lows: (In these comparisons a specimen of ornata of like size and sex
with the holotype of angelica was used.)

56 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

(1) The pearly granules covering carapace, chelipeds, sternum,
and abdomen in ornata and conspicuous to the naked eye are
wanting in angelica except on the merus of the cheliped.

(2) The angle which the more advanced front makes with the
hepatic margin in angelica is more pronounced than in ornata,
the frontal teeth are more prominent, and the intervening
sulcus is deeper.

(3) The granules on the external maxilliped tend to disappear
toward the base of the ischium in angelica, although persisting
in ornata.

(4) The lower margin of the merus of the fourth walking leg,
denticulate in ornata, is smooth and bare in angelica.

The species is named for one of the two island guardians of the Gulf's
solitude, the Island of the Guardian Angel (Angel de la Guardia) and
the Island of the Holy Spirit (Espiritu Santo).

CALAPPIDAE

Genus OSACHILA Stimpson

Osachila sona, new species
Plate 12, Figs. 1-4

Type: Female, holotype, Cat. No. 387, Allan Hancock Founda-
tion, The University of Southern California, and male, allotype, from
Bahia Honda, Panama, 30-50 fathoms; March 1, 1938; four young
specimens, paratypes, sex undetermined, same locality and date; col-
lected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1938 at Velero Station 863-38.
Two males and one young female, paratypes, from outside Medidor
Island, Bahia Honda, Panama, 30-35 fathoms; March 28, 1939; col-
lected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1939 at Velero Station 948-39.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 20.0 mm.,
width 25.5 mm., width of front 6.0 mm., length of chela 9.5 mm., of
dactyl 6.0 mm. Male allotype: length of carapace 14.0 mm., width
17.3 mm.

Diagnosis: Branchial elevations rounded, extensive, inside of each
a small, triangular elevation. Front little advanced, lobes broad. Pos-
terior portion of carapace and ambulatory legs roughly granular. Ster-
num and abdomen with raised, berried tubercles. Dactyls with paired
laminae.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 57

Description: Carapace strongly areolate and almost completely
coarse granulate, except the spaces between the elevations of the an-
terior portion, which are bare and microscopically punctate. Branchial
elevations extensive, rounded, and tumescent, inside of each a small,
triangular areole separated by a deep and naked furrow. Anterolateral
margin with sharp denticles grouped in threes, the center of each
projecting slightly beyond the others. Posterolateral margins indented
in a succession of four steps. Front little advanced, lobes broadened,
separated by a shallow depression which communicates with the gastric
region posteriorly. Other important areoles located as follows : epigastric,
gastric, postbranchial, cardiac, and lateral to the cardiac region. Pos-
terior portion of carapace most conspicuously and irregularly granulate,
the granules extending into the depressed areas between the areoles and
interspersed with short yellow hairs.

Subhepatic region, external maxilliped, sternum, and abdomen
densely granulate. External maxilliped with granules arranged in rows
parallel to the long axis of the body, a conspicuous row of punctae
separating the two median rows on both ischium and merus.

Abdomen and sternum of both sexes with numerous raised, berried
tubercles separated by deeply eroded pits. Terminal segment of female
abdomen triangular, sides almost straight.

Tubercles of carpus and manus of cheliped arranged more or less
in rows, those of the superior crests sharpened. Granules extending to
tips of dactyls. The left cheliped is wanting in the type specimen.

Ambulatory legs with laminate edges denticulate, their superior
surfaces paved with rows of granules extending even on the dactyls, the
tips of which are amber. Dactyls with paired inferior laminae.

Color in life: Carapace cadmium orange with numerous light
blotches of madder brown scattered over entire surface. A large patch
of madder brown in median groove on gastric area. Eye pale greenish
black. Chelae as carapace on outer side, white on inner side. Granules
on movable finger madder brown fading gradually toward tip, which
is almost white. Fixed finger with a few light touches of cadmium
yellow. Ambulatory legs pale cadmium yellow, granules pale madder
brown, many of them white. (Petersen)

Color in alcohol: The holotype, in spirit nine months at this writ-
ing, still shows spots of deep magenta in the depressions surrounding the
gastric and epigastric regions.

Remarks: This species, closely allied to O. galapagensis Rathbun

_. ILIGRAR Y)

58 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

(1935), differs consistently from the types of the latter ( U.S.N. M.
No. 69215), in the following features:

( 1 ) The front is less produced, the lobes wider. [An analogous
relationship exists between the smooth-carapace species, O.
lata Faxon (1893) and O. levis Rathbun (1898).]

(2) The conspicuous branchial elevation is more extensive and
appears rounded, instead of angled, when viewed from off
center.

(3) Just inside the branchial elevation there is a small, sharp, tri-
angular prominence cut off by a deep, naked sulcus which oc-
cupies an area that in galapagensis is depressed.

(4) Two small, sharp areoles, one just anterior to the lateral
angle, the other just posterior, are distinctly separate in sona,
while joined by a ridge in galapagensis.

(5) The tubercles of the abdomen and granules of the maxilliped
are so produced as to all but obscure the rugosities; in galapa-
gensis the prominences are reduced to mere ridges outlining
the conspicuous indentations. (See pi. 12, figs. 2, 3, and 6.)

(6) The upper surfaces of the ambulatory legs are heavily granu-
late, instead of smooth and bare. (See pi. 12, figs. 4 and 5.)

The name sona, chosen for its euphony, happens also to be the name
of the principal town of the district of Veraguas, situated some miles to
the interior of Bahia Honda and referred to by the native population
with a strong accent on the final syllable, "sona."

BRAGHYGNATHA
MAJIDAE

Genus PODOCHELA Stimpson

Podochela ziesenhennei, new species

Plate 13, Figs. 1-6

Type: Male, holotype. Cat. No. 78780, U.S. National Museum, from
Tenacatita Bay, Jalisco, Mexico, 4-10 fathoms; March 18, 1933; fe-
male, allotype, same locality, shore; March 18, 1933; collected by Allan
Hancock Expedition of 1933 at Velero stations 122-33 and 121-33, re-
spectively.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 59

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 11.0 mm., width
7.8 mm., length of cheliped 13.0 mm., of chela 5.4 mm., of dactyl 2.4
mm., of first ambulatory leg 26.0 mm. Female allotype: length 12.9 mm.,
width 9.0 mm., length of cheliped 12.2 mm., of first ambulatory leg
21.8 mm.

Diagnosis: Densely pubescent, posterior portion of carapace flat,
margins little projecting laterally. Rostrum thick, bluntly triangular.
Basal antennal article relatively wide. Hand of male broad as long,
fingers short. First ambulatory leg twice the length of carapace, pro-
podus of leg four sickle shaped.

Description: Body and appendages covered with a dense, wooly pile
to which foreign matter adheres readily. Carapace narrowly triangular,
little or no flare at base of ambulatory legs. Branchial and intestinal
regions depressed, giving the posterior portion of the carapace a flat con-
tour broken only by the dome-shaped cardiac prominence. Rostrum thick,
bluntly triangular, length and breadth subequal, sides deflexed, two
double rows of short, curved setae. Orbits circular, not appreciably thick-
ened, unarmed; a minute postorbital granule. Eyestalks broad at base,
constricted at base of cornea, which is acuminate medially rather than
anteriorly. Neck broad, tumid, and of some length. Hepatic regions pro-
jecting but little beyond lateral contour, which makes an almost straight
line from cervical suture to postlateral angles. Gastric region high,
broad, anteriorly extending on to cervical region, laterally confluent
with hepatic regions, posteriorly flattened, surmounted by four groups of
curved setae arranged in a rectangle but with no median tubercle. Cardiac
elevation small, like gastric nontuberculate, surrounded by depressions
which set it off from the branchial and intestinal areas. Branchial regions
low, traversed by a longitudinal row of curved setae, sides not produced
laterally to cover the insertions of the ambulatory legs.

Antennules folding longitudinally into fossae incompletely divided by
I the median septum. Antennae visible at sides of rostrum; basal article
broader than usual in the genus, traversed by a median ridge more promi-
nent on posterior portion, internal edge slightly laminate ; flagellum short,
second free segment overreaching rostrum by half its length. External
maxilliped with merus longer than broad, sides diverging anteriorly,
neither angle appreciably produced, internal margin spinulous. (See pi.
13, fig. 4.) Two low hairy ridges on sternum opposite coxae of chelipeds
in place of usual tubercles.

60 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Cheliped of male one and one-sixth times as long as carapace. Merus
half as broad as long, ischium half as long as merus, both joints with an
inferior haiiy border. Carpus without spines but with an inner setose
margin. Manus tumid, short and high, superior length and height sub-
equal, outer surface convex, pilose, margins setaceous, inner surface
smooth, flattened. Fingers short, hairy, denticulate, meeting with a gape
in the proximal two thirds in which one tooth of the dactyl is conspicu-
ous. (See pi. 13, fig. 3.)

Ambulatory legs relatively short and stout as compared to other
Pacific species of the genus. First leg twice as long as carapace, dactyl one
third as long as propodus. Second, third, and fourth legs decreasing in
order. Dactyli of all legs, including first, falcate, inner margins denticu-
late. Propodus of leg four stout, as strongly curved as the dactylus, and
with a basal tuft of hair suggesting a thumb process, against which the
dactyl folds. (See pi. 13, fig. 5.)

Cheliped of female slightly less than length of carapace, hand more
slender than in the male, fingers longer, almost meeting when closed.
First ambulatoiy leg one and two-thirds times length of carapace.

Distribution: The eight specimens in Allan Hancock Foundation col-
lections range from Tenacatita Bay, Jalisco, Mexico, to Salango Island,
Ecuador, from shore to eight fathoms.

Remarks: This species was at first thought to be Podochela angulata
Finnegan (1931) by Mr. Ziesenhenne, who determined the mainland
collections of 1933. Later topotypical material from Gorgona Island,
Colombia, reveals the following differences:

(1) The gastric and cardiac regions, while elevate, are not tuber-
culate.

(2) The sides of the carapace are not laterally expanded.

(3) The female chelae, while slender, are not filiform.

(4) The merus of the outer maxilliped is longer than broad, instead
of broader than long.

(5) The propodus of the fourth walking leg is thicker and more
strongly curved.

I take pleasure in naming this distinctive species for Mr. Fred C.
Ziesenhenne, companion on six Allan Hancock Expeditions, whose dili-
gence in the collecting of marine invertebrates has resulted in the dis-
covery of more than one species of brachyuran new to science.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 61

Genus NOTOLOPAS Stimpson

Notolopas mexicanus, new species
Plate 14, Figs. 1-4

Type: Male, holotype; to be deposited in the U.S. National Museum,
from south and west of White Friars, Guerrero, Mexico, 25 fathoms,
rock with gorgonids; March 2, 1934; collected by Allan Hancock Ex-
pedition of 1934 at Velero Station 264-34.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 7.5 mm., width
5.2 mm., length of cheliped 11.1 mm., of chela 4.2 mm.

Diagnosis : Merus of outer maxilliped subtriangular. Rostrum short.
Second antennal segment papillate. No posterior carina. Cardiac region
high, dome shaped.

Description: Carapace subpyriform, convex, and posteriorly rounded.
Regions elevate, separated by deep, naked sulci and surmounted by reg-
ularly arranged tracts of curved setae. Rostrum short, horns divergent
and papillate, each bearing two rows of curved setae, tips incurving.
Supraocular spine slender and curving forward ; postocular cup broad,
exteriorly flattened ; a minute tooth between pre- and postocular projec-
tions. Four equidistant setose tubercles on carapace, one gastric, two
branchial, and one intestinal; cardiac area dome shaped, well separated
from branchial swellings. Hairs of carapace restricted anteriorly to
well-defined tracts of which the two epigastric are most isolated; pos-
teriorly and laterally the growth of hairs is more diffuse. Intestinal area
projecting slightly below the general level of the posterior border; no
lamellate posterior carina indicated.

Antennules folding almost longitudinally. Basal antennal article
wide, concave, edge thin, a blunt spine at anteroexternal angle, a shallow
lobe near base, and a tubercle opposite green-gland opening; first movable
segment slender, spinulous, reaching nearly to tip of rostrum and visible
in dorsal view; flagellum overreaching rostrum by twice its length.
Merus of third maxilliped produced at both internal and external distal
angles until almost triangular; ischium with internal margin spinulous.
Two compressed lobes on pterygostomian ridge. A pair of deep sternal
indentations opposite coxae of chelipeds.

Chelipeds of male stouter than legs, merus and propodus of approxi-
mately equal length. Merus with four evenly spaced tubercles along
inferior margin, of which the proximal is largest. Manus moderately
compressed, fingers gaping slightly at base, regularly toothed, tips
crossing.

62 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Ambulatory legs diminishing regularly in length, cylindrical, pu-
bescent; dactyli almost as long as propodi, tips curved.

Sternal trough extending past tip of abdomen, which incompletely
fills it.

Remarks: The proposed new species is the Pacific analogue of the
Atlantic A^. brasiliensis Miers (1886). Since A^. lamellatus Stimpson
(1871) occurs on both sides of the continent, careful comparison was
necessary to ascertain that A^. brasiliensis does not likewise. Examination
of the types of Hyastenus caribhaeus Rathbun (1893) (syn. "N . brasili-
ensis Miers) Rathbun (1925) shows the following differences:

1. 2V. brasiliensis possesses a long rostrum. This is undoubtedly an
age character and might be shown by more mature specimens of
the new species.

2. The hepatic region is not tumid on H. caribbaeus, although Miers'
figure of the type of "N . brasiliensis shows a tumid region as in the
new species.

3. The basal antennal article is thick and bears a prominent lobe on
the outer margin. In the new species the edge is thin with but
the shallowest of lobes indicated. (See pi. 14, fig. 3.)

4. The merus of the outer maxilliped, squarish in brasiliensis , is in
mexicanus almost triangular. (See pi. 14, fig. 4.)

5. The cardiac region is slightly less protuberant in brasiliensis.

In addition to the above, the spongy papillae of the rostrum and
second antennal segment appear to be unique in the genus. They may
disappear with age.

It should be borne in mind, in connection with the above, that the
material available for comparison consisted of the unique holotype of A^.
mexicanus, a young specimen, and the mature types of H. caribbaeus.
Such great disparity exists between the young and old of this genus, as
shown by a long series of A^. lamellatus in the Hancock collections, that
one unfamiliar with the genus might easily mistake the juveniles for a
different species, or even refer them to another genus.

The one character constant in individuals of any age should be the
shape of the maxilliped. In the case in question, the dissimilarity to
brasiliensis is sufficient, in the opinion of the writer, to establish the
new species on this point alone.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 63

Genus MITHRAX Latreille

Subgenus Mithrax

Mithrax (Mithrax) clarlonensis, new species
Plate 15, Figs. 1-3

Type: Female, holotype. Cat. No. 78777, U.S. National Museum,
from Sulphur Bay, Clarion Island, Mexico, 57 fathoms; January 5,
1934; collected at Velero Station 137-34. Female, paratype, Cat. No.
341, Allan Hancock Foundation, The University of Southern Cali-
fornia, from the same locality, 15 fathoms; June 11, 1934; collected
at Velero Station 305-34 by the Allan Hancock Expedition of summer
1934. Five males and five females (three ovigerous), paratypes, same
locality, 28-43 fathoms; March 16, 1939; collected by Allan Hancock
Expedition of 1939 at Velero Station 917-39.

Measurements: Female holotype: length 12.9 mm., width between
fourth lateral spines 12.5 mm., greatest width 12.9 mm., length of
cheliped 17.0 mm., of chela 8.0 mm. Largest male paratype: length 10.4
mm., width 10.2 mm.

Diagnosis: Width and length of carapace equal. Three spines on
basal antennal article, middle spine curving inward. Three denticles on
supraorbital margin between pre- and postorbital teeth. Areoles of cara-
pace finely tuberculate. Anterolateral prominences sharply compound
tuberculate. Base of hand paved with rounded granules.

Description: Carapace ovoid, relatively broad, width as great as
length, areolate, the areoles abundantly studded with small, sharp
tubercles and finer granules; furrows separating gastric and cardiac
from branchial regions smooth and deep. Frontal lobes short, quadri-
denticulate, and separated by a U-shaped sinus of equal width and
depth. Orbits with three denticles of approximately equal size between
the more prominent preorbital and postorbital teeth. Anterolateral
margins quadrilobate, the first or hepatic lobe tridentate and pinched
off from the rest of the carapace by deep furrows; the second broader,
also compound, but confluent with the anterior branchial region basally;
the third and fourth single spines surmounted by spinules, between
which a subbranchial spine of equal size is clearly visible.

Basal antennal article with two prominent external teeth and a
denticle at the base of the first free article; all three visible in dorsal
view; middle tooth curving inward at tip. Two prominent inferior
orbital teeth, their tips making a broad, concave arc with the two

64 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

outer antennal spines. Pterygostomian ridge tuberculate; one suborbital
and two subhepatic spines and a paving of subbranchial spinules. An-
tennules folding almost longitudinally, fossae large, incompletely di-
vided. Merus of third maxilliped deeply notched for insertion of palpus,
outer external angle produced and scalloped; inner border of ischium
spinulous and hairy.

Cheliped of female with merus and carpus tuberculate and spinu-
lous, merus with an upper row of three or four, an outer row of six,
and an inner row of two or three tubercles. Manus with a cluster of
half a dozen rounded granules at basal end of superior surface and two
or three at base of outer surface; hand otherwise smooth and bare.
Fingers of female weak and toothless, meeting with a slight gape.

Ambulatory legs with a double row of spinules above; carpus
grooved; propodus cylindrical; dactylus with finely denticulate inner
margin, tip yellow, horny, incurving.

Color in life: Frontal, gastric, and branchial regions deep hellebore
red ; cardiac and intestinal regions deep olive buff. A small spot of deep
olive buff at base of outer orbital tooth and a large spot at base of first
marginal tooth. Chelae deep olive buff; merus with two broad, irregu-
lar bands of hellebore red; carpus hellebore red; hands with lighter
bands of red and a band at base of fingers; distal half of fingers orange
yellow. Ambulatoiy legs banded as chela. (Petersen)

Remarks: Because of its isolated position nearly 500 miles from
the mainland coast, Clarion Island, outpost of the Revilla Gigedo
group, has developed a unique fauna. A number of morphological
characters separate the proposed new species from M. sinensis Rathbun
(1892) of the Gulf of California, as shown by comparison with a long
series of the latter taken by Allan Hancock Expeditions, one of which
was compared by the writer with the type ( U.S.N. M. 16065).

( 1 ) The carapace, while but slightly broader than that of sinensis,
is decidedly wider at the base, the posterolateral margin being
more nearly transverse.

(2) The paving of the carapace is composed of much finer tu-
bercles and granules, there being approximately twice as many
raised prominences on any area examined. (See comparative
gastric regions, pi. 15, figs. 1 and 5.)

(3) There is a fully developed third orbital spine, as against two
mentioned in the description of sinensis and the merest sug-

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 65

gestion of a third, found by Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt and
shown by a figure of the type. (See pi. 15, figs. 3 and 6.)

(4) The middle of the three basal antennal spines is attenuated
and incurving instead of short and blunt. (See pi. 15, figs. 2
and 4.)

(5) Both the infraorbital spines are as prominent as the outer an-
tennal. In sinensis one or both are reduced. (See pi. 15, figs.
2 and 4.)

(6) The female chela is paved proximally with rounded granules
instead of being entirely smooth and bare.

Genus MAGROGOELOMA Miers

Macrocoeloma maccullochae, new species

Plate 16, Figs. 1-4

Type: Male, holotype. Cat. No. 372, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, from Isabel Island, Mexico,
10-18 fathoms; April 2, 1937; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition
of 1937 at Velero Station 747-37. Two males, two females, and one
young, paratypes, same locality, 10-15 fathoms; March 8, 1938; col-
lected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1938 at Velero Station 870-38.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace including ros-
tral spines 31.3 mm., branchial width including lateral spines 20.0
mm., excluding lateral spines 17.0 mm., width at level of preorbital
spines 10.6 mm., at level of hepatic region 9.9 mm., length of rostrum
9.2 mm., of cheliped 35.8 mm., of hand 15.2 mm.

Diagnosis: Rostral horns cylindrical and contiguous almost to tips.
Postlateral spines acute, cylindrical, directed obliquely backward and
upward. Four tuberculate dorsal bosses arranged in a diamond. A boss
or tubercle anterior to the posterior median spine. Basal antennal spine
directed obliquely outward. Cheliped of male one and one-sixth times
length of carapace including rostrum.

Description: Carapace distended, subpyriform, broadened anteri-
orly at the orbital level and covered with a dense, wooly pile inter-
spersed with longer, yellow, hooked hairs. Gastric, cardiac, and branchial
regions swollen, each surmounted by a large boss or tubercle, the four
forming a perfect diamond. Carapace constricted at the hepatic level;
two small epigastric tubercles. Two strong, cylindrical, acuminate post-
lateral spines, directed obliquely outward, backward, and upward, the

66 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

right wanting in the holotype specimen. A smaller spine on the pos-
terior border at the mid-point, in front of it a boss or tubercle at the
intestinal level. A total of eight major prominences, with the two epi-
gastric, ten. Rostral spines long, cylindrical, tapering, not flattened,
contiguous from bases almost to tips, which are sharply divergent, except
in young specimens; length of rostrum about four-fifths times the dis-
tance between the preorbital spines. Orbits tubular, protruding beyond
margins of carapace, postorbital extending beyond preorbital, their tips
making a straight line with the tip of the antennal spine when seen in
dorsal view. Upper orbital margin deeply incised, spines separated by a
fissure fused distally but open proximally and extending on to the
hepatic region.

Basal antennal article broad, bearing an obliquely directed spine.
Flagellum long, reaching four fifths the length of the rostrum, its first
two movable segments appreciably thickened. A tubercle at the level of
the green-gland opening; a similar pterygostomian tubercle. Merus of
third maxilliped irregular in outline, anterointernal angle sharply pro-
duced, anteroexternal angle broadly lobate, merus inserting at a point
considerably below the distal extremity of the ischium.

First ambulatory leg much the longest in the male, the remaining
legs gradually diminishing; those of the female rather short; legs cylin-
drical, pubescent, somewhat nodose. Carpus slightly inflated and grooved
superiorly; dactylus with lower border spinulous, tip yellow and in-
curving.

Distribution: In addition to the type series from Isabel Island,
Mexico, a female specimen was dredged by Velero III at Playa Blanca,
Costa Rica, and a young male at La Libertad, Ecuador.

Remarks: The proposed species is the Pacific counterpart of M.
trispinosum (Latreille) (1825), from which it may be separated by
the following features:

(1) The rostral horns are long, cylindrical, and contiguous
throughout the greater part of their length, instead of short,
flattened, and diverging almost from their bases.

(2) The preorbital spine is directed obliquely forward instead of
transversely.

(3) The first two movable segments of the antenna are coarse
instead of slender.

(4) The postlateral spines are more backward than sideward
pointing.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 67

(5) There are two tubercles, or a tubercle and a boss, on the
median line just above the posterior margin instead of a
single tubercle.

(6) The male cheliped is considerably longer than the carapace,
including the long rostrum, instead of the same length, its
merus reaching the middle of the rostrum instead of the
level of the postorbital spine.

(7) The merus of the third maxilliped is irregular in outline,
produced on either side of the maxillary palp, and inserting
deeply on the outer border of the ischium, instead of squarish
in outline with a moderate notch for the palp and an in-
sertion near the distal end of the ischium. (See pi. 16, fig. 3.)

(8) The male copulate ry appendages have bifurcate curled tips in-
stead of single, lunate tips. (See pi. 16, figs. 2 and 5.)

Judging from the great variability in the Atlantic species, which
has been separated into three named varieties, it is remarkable that the
eight specimens of M. maccuUochae at hand conform as remarkably as
they do in these important characters. In none of them do the lateral
spines tend to take on a bladelike appearance, the rostral horns to
broaden and flatten, or the constriction beneath the orbits to disappear
as in M. trispinosum nodipes (Desbonne) (1867). A larger series
might, however, exhibit greater diversity.

The holotype specimen was covered with a soft sponge which has
been identified by Mr. Malcolm G. Dickinson as Hy?neniacidon
synapium.

I take pleasure in naming this striking species for Dr. Irene A.
McCulloch, professor of zoology of The University of Southern Cali-
fornia, who first encouraged me in the study of marine animals.

PARTHENOPIDAE

Genus DALDORFIA Rathbun

Daldorfia garthi Glassell, new species

Plate 17, Figs. 1-11

Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) excavata (Stimpson), Boone, Zoologica,
N. Y. Zool. Soc, vol. 8, no. 4, 1927, p. 173, text fig. 58.
Type: Male, holotype. Cat. No. 3811, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, from Sulivan Bay, James Island,

68 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Galapagos, shore; January 21, 1938; collected by Allan Hancock Expe-
dition of 1938 at Station 796-38. Female, paratype, ovigerous, Cat. No.
3811a, Allan Hancock Foundation, collected at same place and time.
The remaining paratypes are considered under the heading Material
examined.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 31 mm., width
47 mm., length of merus (major cheliped) 29 mm., carpus 13 mm.,
manus including pollex 46 mm., width at base of dactyl 20 mm., height
of sternal pit 3.8 mm., breadth 5 mm. Female paratype: length of cara-
pace 30 mm., width 45 mm., length of merus (major cheliped) 23 mm.,
carpus 12.0 mm., manus including pollex 27 mm., width at base of
dactyl 16.5 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace subtriangular, lateral regions deeply eroded and
spined on the anterolateral and posterolateral margins. Posterolateral
and posterior margin nearly a straight line. Basal antennal article almost
reaches the orbital hiatus. Sternal pit semiovoid. Chelipeds heavy, short,
unequal. Meri of ambulatoiy legs one and one-half times as long as
wide, with teeth of upper crest having a tendency to overlap, leaving
interstices between; propodi about as wide as long with two teeth on
lower margin; dactyli longer than their propodi, granulated except for
corneous tip.

Description: Carapace subtriangular, about five eighths as long as
wide, rostrum bluntly rounded and deflexed. Protogastric regions high,
with a median eroded sulcus, mesogastric region less in height, semi-
conical posteriorly, and margined posteriorly with a wide deep pit on
each side. The ridge joining the frontal regions with the branchials has
two closed sutures. Cardiac region depressed, outlined with erosions and
mushroomlike tubercles. Outer and submarginal posterior border eroded,
with an eroded, depressed tooth on each side of the first abdominal seg-
ment. The hepatic region is obliquely vertical, projecting downward in
a broadly triangular lobe. Anterolateral margin bordered with eleven or
twelve granulated, serrate-edged teeth, each with a median ridge, those
on the posterior half the largest. The posterolateral margins are tangent
to the anterolateral, with teeth similar to those of the latter except that
the edges are interlaced and coalesced forming a subentire line.

The chelipeds are about twice the length of the carapace; merus
roughly trigonous, three quarters the length of the carapace, depressed
on upper surface which is punctate and lobed, the inner margin with
three or four granulate lobes, the outer proximal margin with three or

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 69

four eroded spines as on the carapace, a small median lobe and a larger
subdistal one with granulated top; carpus with two or three inner
marginal lobes, the outer surface with lumpy granulate-tipped bumps;
manus subequal in length to that of carapace, triangular in cross sec-
tion, with three large lobes on upper, inner margin, the median the
largest and projecting over the inner side of palm, distal upper end of
hand raised and lumpy with granules, outer surface of palm with four
longitudinal rows of granulous lobes, the upper two rows the largest,
the first or top row with three lobes on the proximal half, the second
row with four or five, the largest near the gape, the remaining rows are
much smaller and extend onto the pollex. The pollex on the major hand
is deflexed, short, stout, and with a subbifid tip, unarmed, the inner edge
forming a right angle in the gape; the dactyl is granulous, slightly curved
and armed with three inner lobes, the proximal the largest ; fingers widely
gaping; the pollex of the minor hand is subhorizontal, tuberculate on the
outer surface, subtriangular from base to apex, the cutting edge sharp
and armed with denticles; the dactyl is nearly straight on prehensile
margin, an upper proximal granulous lobe, the outer surface tuberculous
and eroded, the fingers not gaping.

Basal antennal article not quite reaching the ocular hiatus. Outer
maxillipeds eroded and tuberculate, with longitudinal sulci, the distal
anterior margin of the merus produced. Sternal pit semioval in male,
the abdomen not intruding; in female it is more circular, is a continua-
tion of the sternal trench, and is entered by the bent tip of the abdomen.
The sternum, like the ischium of all of the legs, is eroded and granulate.
The abdomen in both sexes is seven jointed, deeply eroded with a regular
pattern ; in the male the third segment is widest, the sixth the longest.

Ambulatory legs with meri compressed, nearly three fourths as wide
as long, the teeth on the upper crest partly overlapping one another,
leaving interstices between, the lower surface excavate between the side
margins, which like the upper crest is pierced with small holes, the mar-
gins sutured ; the carpus has a high narrow crest ; the propodus two pro-
jections on its posterior margin; the dactyli are slightly curved and
granulous up to the corneous tip.

J'ariation: Considerable variation is found between the adults and
the juveniles, the latter being much flatter, the depressions shallower,
the surface more eroded and reticulated, the entire upper surface in the
merus of the chelipeds deeply eroded, the tip of the male abdomen touch-
ing the proximal margin of the sternal pit, instead of being removed from

70 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

it as in the adult. This difference between the surface structure of juve-
niles and adults accounts for the peculiar features of the latter. As an
example, the merus of the chelipeds in the smaller specimens is heavily
eroded, and these same surfaces in larger specimens have the appearance
of scar tissue.

Range: From Cape San Lucas, Baja California, Mexico, to Colombia,
and the Galapagos Islands.

Material examined: Octavia Bay, Colombia, January 28, 1935,
shore; one female. Secas Islands, Panama, January 29, 1935, shore; tw^o
juvenile males. Bahia Honda, Panama, March 10, 1933, tw^o fathoms;
one male, juvenile. Playa Blanca, Costa Rica, February 8, 1935, shore;
three adult males, three juvenile males, and one juvenile female. Sulivan
Bay, James Island, Galapagos (see Type), also from same location, De-
cember 13, 1935, shore; one adult male. Charles Island, Galapagos, De-
cember 5, 1934, shore; one adult female. All the above specimens were
collected by the Allan Hancock Expeditions of the various years men-
tioned.

Off the Nicaraguan Coast, lat. 12° 48' N., long. 87° 06' W., Feb-
ruary 3, 1939, twelve fathoms; one adult male; collected by Captain
Fred E. Lewis on the yacht Stranger.

Cape San Lucas, Baja California, Mexico, shore; February 1, 1938;
one adult male ; collected by the author.

Habitat: From the lower tidal regions, among rocks, to a depth of
twelve fathoms.

Remarks: This proposed species has an affinity for D. semicircularis
(Flipse), 1930, but differs from that species in that the dorsal edges of
the meri of the ambulatory legs are overlapping instead of being more
or less entire. I have not seen a specimen of D. semicircularis, but through
the kindness of Dr. Edmondson and Dr. Bryan of the Bishop Museum,
Hawaii, I examined two specimens of D. horrida (Linn.) from that lo-
cation, and this proposed species differs from D. horrida in that the
sternal pit is semioval instead of broadly triangular, the posterolateral
margins forming a straight line with the posterior margin instead of
being oblique to this margin. To Dr. Fenner A. Chace, of M.C.Z., I am
indebted for comparisons and literature.

This species is named for Mr. John S. Garth of the Allan Hancock
Foundation, in appreciation of his having allowed me to describe this
species and to examine the materials at his disposal.

The accompanying drawings are not of the holotype.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACK YURAN CRABS 71

Genus HETEROGRYPTA Stimpson

Heterocrypta colombiana, new species
Plate 18, Figs. 1-2

Type: Male, holotype, Cat. No. 78778, U.S. National Museum,
from Port Utria, Choco, Colombia, shore; February 15, 1934; collected
by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1934 at Velero Station 239a-34. Fe-
male, allotype, Cat. No. 351, Allan Hancock Foundation, The Uni-
versity of Southern California, from Salinas Bay, Costa Rica, V/z fath-
oms; February 11, 1935; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of
1935 at Velero Station 478-35.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 4.9 mm., width
7.0 mm., length of major chela 4.5 mm., of major dactyl 1.8 mm.,
height of gape 0.8 mm. Female allotype : length 4.5 mm., width 6.7 mm.

Diagnosis: Posterior margin of carapace almost straight, a well-
defined angle at branchial ridge. Merus of fourth walking legs con-
cealed in dorsal view. Rostrum elongate, faintly trilobate. Major chela
half as high as long, fingers widely gaping.

Description: Carapace depressed, width nearly one and one-half
times length, smooth and microscopically punctate. Branchial ridge
paralleling the anterolateral border, although more nearly straight, and
consisting of a double row of beaded granules. A short, transverse gas-
tric ridge joining the branchial ridges, the carapace highest at their
point of union. From this prominence a faint single line of granules
extends half way to the orbit. Cardiac region low and nongranulate,
although the punctae appear larger on this area. Posterior margin be-
tween branchial ridges almost straight, hiding the merus of the fourth
walking legs from dorsal view but leaving the basal abdominal segment
visible; a pronounced angle at its lateral extension beyond the branchial
ridge. Rostrum broadly elongate, margin granulate, faintly trilobate.
Orbit with a closed fissure above.

Under surface of carapace covered with beadlike granules except
beneath lateral and posterior margins. Under side of rostrum excavate,
antennules folding acutely, almost parallel to one another. Basal an-
tennal article minute, the short flagellum not excluded from the orbit
and lodged at the side of a prominent suborbital tooth, which is sepa-
rated from the exorbital prominence by a deep and relatively wide
fissure. External maxilliped completely granular, merus notched at inner
angle for insertion of palpus and produced at the external angle so that

72 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

its outer border makes a broadly concave arc with the outer border of
the ischium. A granular ridge runs from the anteroexternal angle of
the buccal cavity to the base of the cheliped.

Chelipeds short, heavy, and strikingly disproportionate; the meinis
of each widest at its mid-point, with two serrate denticles on its inner
margin and a clear row of beaded tubercles running the length of its
inferior surface; carpus of each with a continuation of this granular
ridge on the under side and three additional lines of granules on the
superior surface; manus of the large claw with a high superior crest
faintly angled at its mid-point, a median crest on the inner surface of the
palm more sharply angled, and an outer row of bead granules similar
to those on the carpus and merus; manus widening distally, greatest
height one-half times the length; dactyl strongly curving downward,
provided with spinulous ridges, and meeting pollex with a wide gape;
immovable finger curving slightly upward, not constricted at base.
Minor chela with a single tooth at mid-point of superior crest, widening
little distally, its lower margin straight; fingers closing without a gape,
tips crossing.

Segments 3-5 of male abdomen fused ; abdomen narrowest at base of
sixth segment, seventh segment triangular.

Color in alcohol: The specimen still retains a purplish-brown area
embracing the rostrum and the anterior portion of the carapace. Against
this background a light line runs inward from the base of each denticle
of the lateral margins.

Remarks: This species is the Pacific analogue of Heterocrypta
granulata (Gibbes) (1849), from which it may be distinguished by the
straighter posterior margin concealing the fourth pair of walking legs
and the consequently more evident angle of the posterior margin at the
branchial ridge. It also differs from granulata by the depressed, non-
granulate cardiac region, the more elongate front, the more prominent
serrate teeth on the merus and manus of the cheliped, the greater height
of the large claw in proportion to its length, and the upturned, rather
than deflexed, immovable fingers. The lateral and posterior protuber-
ances of the sixth abdominal segment of the male in granulata are
wanting.

The discovery of this short-armed species at Port Utria, Colombia,
fills a gap in the genus as represented in the Pacific. The other species,
Heterocrypta macrobrachia Stimpson (1871) and H. occidentalis
(Dana) (1854), are both long-armed species. The new species is more

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 73

likely to be confused with Cryptopodia hassleri Rathbun (1925), the
chelae of which, however, are subequal and the laminate margins of
which extend far beyond the walking legs.

PORTUNIDAE

Genus PORTUNUS Weber
Subgenus PoRTUNUS

Portunus (Portunus) acuminatus Stimpson
Plate 19, Figs, 1-3

Achehus acunmiatus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol.
10, 1871, p. 112 [22] (type locality, Panama; type not extant;)
not Portunus (Portunus) acuminatus Rathbun, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 38, 1910, pp. 538 and 577, pi. 49, fig. 4; not Portunus
(Portunus) acuminatus Rathbun, Bull. 152, U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1930, p. 56, pi. 19.

Type: Male, neotype. Cat. No. 391, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, from Port Parker, Costa Rica,
5-10 fathoms; March 25, 1939; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition
of 1939 at Velero Station 936-39.

Measurements: Male neotype: length of carapace 13.0 mm., width
including lateral spines 32.3 mm., length of lateral spine 5.8 mm., of
cheliped 42.0 mm., of chela 20.4 mm., of dactyl 9.4 mm., height of
manus at base of spine 2.6 mm.

Color in life: Ground color of carapace ivory yellow overcast with
patches of light huffy brown, which take regular shape on gastric, car-
diac, and intestinal regions. All ridges and spines garnet brown, a spot
of the same color on cardiac, intestinal, and postbranchial areas. Chela
as carapace with bands of garnet brown on carpus, manus, and outer
surface of movable finger. Inner surface of movable finger and fixed
finger bright, mallow purple; tips light brown. Ambulatory legs like
carapace but lighter, banded with garnet brown. Dactjd vermilion with
tinge of blue. Ventral side light buff; eggs scarlet. (Petersen)

Distribution: The 165 specimens from 16 Velero stations range from
Isabel Island, Mexico, to La Libertad, Ecuador, including the original
type locality. Bay of Panama.

Remarks: A consideration of the several thousand specimens of Por-
tunus in the collections of the Allan Hancock Expeditions revealed the
presence of a distinctive species in relative abundance which could not be

RAR Y

74 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

placed according to the classification proposed by Rathbun (1930), in
which Portunus (P.) acuminatus Stimpson is considered a member of the
so-called "acuminatus-asper-panamensis group." Reference to the original
description of Achelous acuminatus Stimpson ( 1871 ) confirmed suspicion
that the abundant species mentioned above was the real acu?ninatus
rather than the photographed specimen (40270) upon which Miss Rath-
bun based her revised description in the Cancroid volume and her con-
cept of acuminatus, asper, and panamensis as possible forms of a single
species.

Especially significant is the fact that the real acuminatus is a small
species, the males rarely attaining a size larger than that described by
Stimpson (0.5x1.26 inches), while Miss Rathbun's acuminatus, al-
though twice the size ( 1.0 x 2.5 inches) , is considered by her as immature.

Particulars in which the species under consideration compares better
with Stimpson's acuminatus than does the male specimen 40270 are as
follows :

( 1 ) The length of the chelipeds of a male specimen of like dimensions
with Stimpson's type, no longer extant, is exactly three times
the carapace length instead of two and one half.

(2) The length of the lateral spine is all of two-thirds times the
length of the anterolateral margin instead of one half. This
length increases proportionately rather than decreases as the
specimens approach the size of Miss Rathbun's.

(3) The length of the merus of the cheliped is greater than the
length of the carapace, as described by Stimpson, instead of less
in specimen 40270.

(4) The manus is very slender instead of scarcely less slender than
that of panamensis or asper.

(5) The carpus of the cheliped is thin in confomiity to the slender
manus.

(In connection with the carpus and manus, it seems well to
point out that the thickness of the hand may refer either to its
width, as seen in dorsal view, or to its height, as seen in frontal
view. Not only is the chela of the true acuminatus very slender
from above, but its proportionate height to length is 1 :7 in-
stead of 1 :3.5 in the Rathbun specimen.)

(6) The second, fourth, and sixth anterolateral teeth are appreci-
ably reduced instead of "only the second and sixth showing any

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 75

reduction" (Rathbun), a condition suggestive of the almost un-
reduced teeth of Portunus (P.) as per.
(7) The frontal teeth are equal and bluntly triangular instead of
the outer pair being less triangular than the inner.

There is no particular in the Stimpson description not met in full
by the species in question, which is as distinct from panamensis as both
are from asper. One might desire that Stimpson had expatiated upon
the extreme fragility of the carpus and manus, yet the words "very
slender" convey the meaning now that additional specimens are at hand.
Also, the extreme attenuation of the lateral spine, encompassing all but
one, or in rare cases, all the lateral spines except the exorbital, might
have been more forcibly called to attention. This was indicated by Stimp-
son in the designation acuminatus, but the meaning of the name perished
with his specimen, to be recovered with ours.

In an attempt to account for the Stimpson species, Miss Rathbun has
successively applied the name acuminatus to the most likely specimens
among the meager assortment of Pacific Portunus at her disposal. Her
Portunus (P.) acuminatus (1910) from Sechura Bay, Peru, was later
referred by her to P. panamensis (1930) in the light of the above-men-
tioned specimen 40270, which, while not in complete agreement, as
noted by her, fitted the description better than the Peruvian specimens.
The writer follows the same logic in abandoning her specimen 40270
as acuminatus in consideration of the large series of Hancock Expedi-
tion specimens which fit Stimpson's description precisely. One of these,
a male of identical dimensions, has been selected to replace Stimpson's
type, which perished in one of a series of disasters which decimated his
collections.

A key to the identity of the Rathbun specimen is found in the fact
that on the strength of it she considered acuminatus, panamensis, and
asper as possible forms of a single species. Its measurements preclude the
possibility of its being the relatively narrow panamensis ; hence it is
probably an asper, the lateral spine of which has the maximum attenua-
tion. Similar specimens are found in the Hancock collections, usually
coming from south of Panama rather than north, the lateral spines of
which are as long as the width of the five adjacent teeth. The writer
was unable to locate the Rathbun specimen at the National Museum
and has since learned that its misplacement was the result of a simple
switch with P. ordwayi at the time the specimens were removed from
their containers to be photographed.

76 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Re-establishment of Stimpson's P. acuminatus gives equal and spe-
cific rank to the three organisms, asper {=transversus Stimpson), pana-
mensiSj and acuminatus, as conceived by Stimpson, rather than as forms
of a single species, as suggested by Rathbun, Diagnostic characters are
as follows :

( 1 ) P. asper: Anterolateral arc broad, teeth showing little reduction ;
lateral spine equal to width of 4 or 5 adjacent teeth; cheliped
heavy, 2^^ times carapace length.

(2) P. panamensis : Anterolateral arc narrow {Achelous-XWt) , teeth
2, 4, and 6 showing reduction; lateral spine equal to width of
2J^ to 3 adjacent teeth; cheliped heavy, 3 times carapace length
in male, 2^ in female.

(3) P. acuminatus: Anterolateral arc broader than panamensis,
though not as broad as asper, teeth 2, 4, and 6 showing reduc-
tion; lateral spine equal to width of 6 or 7 adjacent teeth; cheli-
ped fragile, length 3 to 3^ times carapace in male, height of
manus % or i/^ times length of chela.

XANTHIDAE

Genus PLATYXANTHUS A. Milne Edwards

Platyxanthus balboai, new species
Plate 20, Figs. 1-8

Type: Female, holotype. Cat. No. 392, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, and male, allotype, from out-
side Medidor Island, Bahia Honda, Panama, 30-35 fathoms, rock, mud,
and dead coralline; March 28, 1939; collected by Allan Hancock Expe-
dition of 1939 at Velero Station 948-39.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 26.8 mm., width
30.8 mm. Male allotype: length of carapace 31 mm., width 36 mm., of
fronto-orbit 9.5 mm., of front 4.6 mm., length of major cheliped 60 mm.,
of chela 49 mm., of dactyl 22 mm., height of manus 19 mm., of gape
4.7 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace narrow, convex, lumpy, proportion of length
to breadth 6:7. Front advanced, quadrifid, well separated from orbit,
frontal teeth tuberculiform. Four anterolateral teeth beside the exorbital.
Merus of outer maxilliped longer than broad, pentagonal ; ischium deeply
furrowed. Chelipeds of male grossly disproportionate, major chela ap-
proaching half of carapace displacement. Epistome and antennular areas

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 77

deeply sunken beneath front. Tips of male copulatory appendages visible
at sides of abdomen.

Description: Carapace superficially smooth and bare, microscopically
flat granulate, uneven, narrow, breadth exceeding length by one sixth,
very convex longitudinally as well as transversely, regions incompletely
indicated. Front advanced, quadridentate, teeth subequal, tuberculiform,
granulate, hairy, well separated; median V deep, prolonged posteriorly
into a gutter, lateral separations U-shaped and of one half the depth.
Orbits directed forward, inner orbital tooth triangular, almost as ad-
vanced as the front, as thick at base as half the front, and separated from
it by a deep U-sinus also prolonged into a groove; three orbital fissures,
two dorsal and one ventral, separating three equal and inconspicuous
teeth, the median, exorbital, and outer suborbital ; inner suborbital tooth
prominent, visible in dorsal view at side of inner orbital, and separated
from it by a wide hiatus. Eye deeply retractile, base standing in orbital
hiatus, a row of granules bordering cornea. Anterolateral teeth four, ex-
clusive of the minute exorbital, the first bluntly triangular, separated
from the exorbital by a broad, swollen margin equal in width to the next
two teeth, second and third teeth tuberculiform, crowded toward first,
fourth tooth again separated from third by a sinus as broad as the dis-
tance between the first tooth and the exorbital ; carapace widest at level
of fourth tooth; a subhepatic tubercle barely concealed in dorsal view.
Furrows of carapace incompletely defining the somewhat protuberant
protogastric, hepatic, and epibranchial regions.

Epistome wide, deeply sunken beneath front. Antennules folding
obliquely between inner and outer pair of frontal teeth. Antenna with
basal article falling far short of rostrum, flagellum occupying normally
the U-shaped sinus between front and orbit, rather than the orbital
hiatus. (See pi. 20, fig. 2.) Merus of external maxilliped pentagonal,
apex directed forward, length a shade greater than breadth, granulate
and hairy. Ischium with a furrow parallel to the margin at inner two
fifths superficially as definite as the separation between endognath and
exognath. (See pi. 20, fig. 6.) Sternum of male with two raised, granu-
late areas opposite coxae of chelipeds.

Male abdomen with seven free segments, terminal joint broader than
long, its sides converging, sinuous, tip pointed. Abdomen when in place
not concealing hairy tips of male copulatory appendages, which are
lodged in grooves between segments of the sternal plastron. ( See pi. 20,
fig. 7.)

78 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Chelipeds of male grossly disproportionate, smooth, naked, faintly
reticulate. Merus of larger cheliped heavy, breadth almost equal to
length, a superior row of granules culminating in a near-tubercle, and
a deep subdistal indentation. Carpus lumpy, a reticulate pattern exteri-
orly, a blunt tooth at inner angle. Chela gargantuan, approaching half
of carapace displacement; palm tumid, nearly as high as wide, inferior
border sinuous; dactyl fully as long as superior length of manus, color
not covering basal fourth, tip deflexed; fingers meeting with a gape one
third as high as wide, teeth white tipped, the larger separated by a denti-
cle, well worn in the male specimen. (See pi. 20, fig. 3.) Minor cheliped
a fraction of the size of major, carpus more uneven, manus strongly re-
ticulate, fingers channeled, granulate, meeting without gape, pollex de-
flexed. (See pi. 20, fig. 4.)

Ambulatory legs moderately slender; merus granulate, especially
above ; carpus grooved and broadening distally ; propodus, particularly of
last leg, wide; dactylus long, straight, and pilose; margins of all seg-
ments hairy.

Female similar to male except for more nearly proportionate cheli-
peds. Major chela like minor chela of male except for the more promi-
nent triangular cutting teeth and upturned tip of pollex, crossing dactyl.
(See pi. 20, fig. 5.) Minor chela of both sexes alike.

Color in life: Carapace and cheliped dull yellow densely speckled
with white and hellebore red. Ambulatory legs, including dactyl, yellow
touched on upper surface with neutral red. Ventral surface also yellow,
densely spotted on abdomen and sternum with red and scattered spots
elsewhere. (Petersen)

Remarks: The discoveiy of a Platyxanthus in Panamanian waters
extends the range of this South American genus into the Northern Hemi-
sphere. The writer is indebted to Mr. Steve A. Glassell for a clue to the
affinities of the new species, which differs so remarkably from its con-
geners in appearance that structural similarities are obscured. These are
typically xanthid in form, being from one third to one half broader than
long, having the front but little advanced beyond the anterolateral arch,
which is dentate rather than tuberculate. While five lateral teeth are the
rule in the genus (although any or all may be subdivided), the exorbital
in balboai is so small and far removed that it is for all practical purposes
a four-toothed species. Of the known Pacific Platyxanthus it is perhaps
nearest P. cokeri Rathbun (1930) and most distant from P. orbignyi
(Milne Edwards and Lucas) (1843), a specimen of which at hand

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 79

shows the epistomal and antennular area much less sunken and the flagel-
lum of the antenna lodged in the orbital hiatus in the usual manner. The
oblique anterior border of the merus of the outer maxilliped, the quadri-
fid front, well separated from the dentiform orbital angles, the inferior
position of the basal antennal article, the disproportionate size of the
claws, and the seven free male abdominal segments constitute the argu-
ment for placing the proposed new species in the genus Platyxanthus.

This handsome and readily distinguished species is named in honor
of Vasco Nunez de Balboa, who near its Panamanian type locality first
set eyes on the Pacific Ocean, thereby opening it to conquest by science as
well as by Spain.

Genus HEXAPANOPEUS Rathbun

Hexapanopeus costaricensis, new species
Plate 21, Figs. 1-4

Type: Male, holotype, Cat. No. 78779, U.S. National Museum, and
female allotype, from Port Parker, Costa Rica, 5 fathoms, sand and
shell; February 9, 1935; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of
1935 at Velero Station 468-35. Six specimens, paratypes, from Puerto
Culebra, Costa Rica, 3-10 fathoms, February 24, 1934; 22 specimens,
paratypes, same locality, 10 fathoms, February 25, 1934; two specimens,
paratypes, from coral, same locality and date ; collected by Allan Hancock
Expedition of 1934 at Velero stations 254-34, 257-34, and 258-34, re-
spectively.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 5.2 mm., width
6.9 mm., of front 2.6 mm., of fronto-orbit 5.0 mm., length of major
chela 5.2 mm., of dactyl 3.4 mm., height of claw 2.8 mm. Female allo-
type: length 4.0 mm., width 5.6 mm.

Diagnosis: Front slightly oblique, almost truncate, without lateral
lobes. Second lateral tooth fused with first, their combined width equal
to that of the third. Fourth and fifth teeth acute, thickened, and up-
turned. Chelae with prominent superior sulci. Carpus of walking legs
deeply furrowed. Tip of male abdomen broad, rounded.

Description: Carapace hexagonal, regions well defined both anteri-
orly and posteriorly, granules becoming more distinct toward lateral and
frontal margins and larger on the transverse gastric and branchial ridges.

80 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Front thick, but not double edged, almost truncate, the merest sugges-
tion of advancement on either side of the shallow median V and at the
external angles, which are broadly rounded. Inner orbital tooth con-
spicuously separated from front, as large as, but less acute than, the
exorbital, which it neatly apposes. Supraorbital tooth rounded, edge
granulate, more advanced toward internal than near external orbital
fissure. Exorbital or first lateral tooth completely fused with the second,
their combined width being exactly equal to that of the third, edge granu-
late and sinuous. Third tooth broadest, tip almost rectangular, outer
margin almost straight, obliquely angled at base, inner margin slightly
concave with several denticles. Fourth and fifth teeth acute, upturned,
thickened; carapace widest at fourth tooth, fifth smaller and postlateral
in position. Prominent transverse ridges of carapace located on epigastric
and mesobranchial regions; shorter transverse elevations, consisting of
but a few granules surmounted by a hair, located on postfrontal, cardiac,
and postbranchial regions; hepatic areas raised but without distinct
ridges. Two thickened, granular elevations in advance of posterior mar-
gin of carapace.

Antennules folding obliquely, almost transversely. Basal antennal
article meeting lateral extension of front, flagellum lodged in orbital
hiatus. Lower orbital margin with beadlike granules; inner tooth ad-
vanced, outer notch deeply indicated. Merus of third maxilliped granu-
lar, proximal and distal margins subparallel, inner edge rounded, a slight
concavity for the insertion of the granulate and hairy palpus.

Chelipeds unequal, coarsely granulate, and sparsely pubescent. Merus
with a subterminal tooth. Carpus with three prominent tubercles in
addition to the blunt spine at the anterointernal angle; granules ar-
ranged proximally in a rugose pattern ; a broad, shallow sulcus paralleling
the outer, distal border. Manus with a granular superior crest deeply
furrowed, height of palm exceeding superior length, outer and lower
two thirds of surface smooth and bare. Fingers channeled above, de-
flexed, incurving, a large tooth at base of dactyl of major claw, pollex
irregularly denticulate, color not extending on palm. Fingers closing
with a slight gape, tips crossing.

Ambulatory legs granulate, compressed. Superior margin of merus
with sharpened granules and plumose hairs. Carpus deeply furrowed.
Propodus wide with conspicuous hairs and acuminate granules on in-
ferior margin. Dactyl finely granulate, pubescent, horny tip short and
abruptly angled.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 81

Abdomen of male with third segment narrower than first, second
narrower than third. Terminal segment broader than long, tip rounded.
Abdomen and sternum paved with fine, flat granules.

Distribution: The 33 specimens referred to this species all come from
Costa Rican stations.

Remarks: The proposed new species occupies a range which overlaps
that of two other common Pacific Hexapanopeus, H. sinaloensis Rathbun
(1930) and H. orcutti Rathbun (1930). From the former it may be
distinguished by the fused first and second lateral teeth, separated in
sinaloensis by a U-shaped sinus and by the subquadrate merus of the
outer maxilliped, that of sinaloensis being subtriangular. (See pi. 21, fig.
4.) From H. orcutti it may be separated by the absence of outer frontal
lobes, the fusion of the first two lateral teeth, the presence of a basal
digital tooth, and the fact that the color of the fingers ends abruptly at
the interdigital sinus, that of orcutti extending some distance on the
palm. (See pi. 21, fig. 2.)

In many respects the new species comes closest to H. cartagoensis
Garth (1939) from the Galapagos Islands. However, the more nodose
carpus and the superior furrows of the cheliped, the more nearly trun-
cate and lobeless front, and the greater width of the male terminal ab-
dominal segment of H. costaricensis will serve to distinguish it clearly.
(See pi. 21, fig. 3.)

A complete analysis of the Pacific species of Hexapanopeus with keys
to new species described from Hancock collections will appear in a
forthcoming report.

Genus HETERAGTAEA Lockington

Heteractaea peterseni, new species
Plate 22, Figs. 1-5

Type: Female, holotype. Cat. No. 79151, U. S. National Museum,
from north end of channel, Octavia Bay, Colombia, 35-40 fathoms,
coarse sand gravel, specimen cracked from rock; January 27, 1935; col-
lected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1935 at Velero Station 429-35.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 17.5 mm.,
width 26.8 mm., of front 7.3 mm., of fronto-orbit 14.3 mm., length of
major cheliped 27.8 mm., of major chela 16.5 mm., of dactyl 8.9 mm.,
height of palm 9.6 mm.

82 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis: Anterior two thirds of carapace covered with raised, trun-
cate areoles and tubercles. Edge of front thin. Orbits with two naked,
thickened, lobate processes above, two below. Anterolateral margins ir-
regularly spinulous. Merus of walking legs with a bladelike terminal
spine; propodus with two laminate crests and an intervening gutter.

Description: Carapace approximately two thirds as long as broad,
flattened posteriorly, deflexed anteriorly and toward the anterolateral
margins, regions well defined. Anterior two thirds of carapace areolate,
the areoles becoming increasingly upstanding and truncate anteriorly
and laterally, a fine pubescence between them. Posterior third of cara-
pace nontuberculate but coarsely and irregularly granulate.

Front broad, truncate, about two sevenths of total width, a slight
median emargination, edge thin and sinuous in frontal view. (See pi. 22,
fig. 2.) Orbits consisting of two naked, thickened, lobate processes above
and two below, the former pair the better separated ; outer notch distinct.
Anterolateral margins armed with numerous spines and spinules, the
larger of which are forward curving, their accessory spinules as likely
to curve backward, giving the margin an exceedingly rough and irregular
appearance. Lateral spine coarser and longer than other marginal spines
and separated from them by a deep, U-shaped emargination from which
point the margin trends forward to the corners of the buccal cavity.
Principal prominences of carapace disposed as follows: three low, small
areoles on mesogastric area in the form of a trefoil, two larger areoles on
each epigastric region, the outer pair truncate and preceded by a sharp
cluster of spinules ; two hepatic tubercles at the same level ; two pairs of
truncate areoles posterior to the front; two mesobranchial areoles just
below the hepatic ; one inner branchial areole below the outer of the two
epigastric ; two broad blades at the level of the lateral spines and two clus-
ters of spinules above them.

Antennules folding transversely, separation of fossae complete; basal
article of antennae short, barely reaching front ; second article lodged in
orbital hiatus. Antennae three fourths as long as width of front. Epistome
broad, channeled, lower edge emarginate. Merus of third maxilliped
roughly rectangular, anteroexternal angle produced and granulate, an-
terointernal angle flaring to form a substantial support for the large,
hairy palpus. Ischium broad, inner margin granulate, a tiny basal process
impinging on the exopodite. (See pi. 22, fig. 5.)

Chelipeds unequal, merus of the larger concealed beneath carapace;
carpus and manus roughened by spine-tipped tubercles interspersed with

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 83

a fine pile, manus with the four largest tubercles forming a superior
crest ; outer surface of palm completely roughened, spines on lower half
of hand arranged in longitudinal rows. Fingers ribbed and channeled,
prehensile edges strongly toothed, tips incurving; dactyl with a tubercle
and three spinules above. (See pi. 22, fig. 3.) Minor chela similar to
major except that tubercles are even more attenuated, fingers more slen-
der, the dactyl provided with two rows of sharp spinules.

Meri of all ambulatory legs spinulous above, granulate below, spi-
nules increasing in size distally, terminal spine a bladelike process. Carpi
with two parallel laminate ridges with sinuous margins between which
runs a deep, smooth channel, U-shaped in cross section. Propodi with a
double row of long, sharp spines. Dactyli exceeding length of propodi,
horn tipped; all segments short pubescent with longer marginal hairs.
(Seepl. 22, fig. 4.)

Female abdomen with each segment constricted at base, giving edges
a scalloped appearance. Terminal segment nearly as long as broad, sides
arcuate.

Color in life: Carapace bright apricot orange, pubescence pale old
gold. Front, orbit, and eyestalk varying shades of orange, cornea bril-
liant pansy purple. Chelae reddish orange chrome with tips of tubercular
spines nearly white. Fingers brilliant aster purple, extreme tips nearly
white. Ambulatoiy legs lighter than carapace with faint indications of a
light band on each segment; rims of carpus with a strong purplish hue.
(Petersen, taken from an immature female specimen dredged in the
Gulf of California, February 13, 1940.)

Distribution : The finding of a female and one young specimen three
miles southwest of San Francisco Island, Gulf of California, Mexico, in
43-44 fathoms at Velero Station 1116-40, extends the known range of
this species thousands of miles northward from Octavia Bay, Colombia,
the type locality.

Remarks: The proposed new species is placed, with some uncertainty,
in the American genus Heteractaea because of the thickened orbital bor-
der, lobed below as well as above, the spinulous anterolateral margin
trending forward and downward to the anterior corners of the buccal
cavity, and the remarkable processes of the carpi of the ambulatory legs
which, while not lunate crests, are sufficiently similar in configuration to
suggest affinity. The front, while not thick, bears a pair of thickened
lobes just posterior to it in exactly the same manner as in H. lunata
(Milne Edwards and Lucas) (1843). A comparison with specimens of

84 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

the latter reveals a similarity greater than one would be led to expect from
written descriptions only, in that antennal and orbital regions, chelipeds,
and maxillipeds conform to a remarkable degree.

An interesting note made by Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt at the time of
capture, "cracked from rock," furnishes a possible clue to the use made
of the channeled carpi. If this crab inhabits rocky crevices into which it
wedges itself securely, may not the ambulatory legs, when held tightly
against the under side of the carapace, form gutters for the incurrent
and excurrent sea water, effective as prolongations of the afferent and
efferent branchial channels?

This species is dedicated to Mr. Anker Petersen, scientific artist, in
the full realization that he has depicted it more accurately in line and
stipple than I can hope to do in words.

Genus PILUMNOIDES Milne Edwards and Lucas

Pilumnoides rotundus, new species
Plate 23, Figs. 1-5

Type: Female, holotype. Cat. No. 374, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, from San Esteban Island, Gulf
of California, Mexico, 35 fathoms, shell; March 27, 1937; collected by
Allan Hancock Expedition of 1937 at Velero Station 729-37. Male, I
allotype, Cat. No. 374a, from south end of Tiburon Island, Gulf of
California, Mexico, 8-10 fathoms, kelp, corallines; March 10, 1936;
collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1936 at Velero Station 564-36. |
Three females and one young, paratypes, from San Francisquito Bay,
Lower California, Mexico, 165 fathoms, shale and mud; March 1, 1936; j
and one female, ovigerous, paratype, from the same locality, 125 fathoms, \
shale, rock, and mud; March 2, 1936; collected by Allan Hancock Ex-
pedition of 1936 at Velero stations 529-36 and 534-36, respectively.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 7.4 mm., width
8.8 mm., of fronto-orbit 5.2 mm., length of major manus 4.9 mm., height
3.5 mm. Male allotype: length 7.4 mm., width 8.7 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace granulate posteriorly as well as anteriorly. Ob- ji
lique prolongation from lateral angles wanting. Orbits with superior
fissures obliterated. Merus of third maxilliped produced at outer distal
angle. Manus externally hairy.

Description: Carapace suborbicular, rotund, slightly broader than
long, and narrowing posteriorly. Regions well defined anteriorly, oblit-

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 85

erated posterior to the cardiac area, oblique prolongation from lateral
angles wanting. Granules of carapace beadlike and regularly placed
posteriorly, becoming sharper, more crowded, and irregularly placed
toward the frontal and lateral margins. Front narrow, about one third
carapace width, thickened, bilobed, granulate. Orbits subcircular, su-
perior fissures obliterated, a notch at external angle. Of the anterolateral
teeth, only the first two in addition to the exorbital are distinct and
tuberculate, the remainder of the margin consisting of single, sharpened
granules, alternately large and small. Greatest width of carapace slightly
in advance of lateral angle. Postfrontal, protogastric, gastric, and he-
patic regions coarsely tuberculate, sparsely hairy, raised, and separated
by deep, naked sulci, giving the anterior portion of the carapace a de-
cidedly areolate appearance. Cardiac, intestinal, and postbranchial regions
low, confluent, and paved with beaded granules ; a straight row of minute
granules above the posterior margin.

Antennular fossae large, antennules folding obliquely above the broad
septum. Antennae short, basal article all but concealed by prominent
inner suborbital tooth, second article barely touching front. Epistome
sinuous. Endostomial crest emarginate. Anteroexternal angle of merus
of outer maxilliped produced acutely, inner angle sharpened, a promi-
nent notch for the insertion of the large, somewhat compressed, hairy
palpus. (See pi. 23, fig. 4.)

Chelipeds massive, merus totally concealed in dorsal view, carpus
slightly exceeding manus in displacement, roughly tuberculate and hairy,
a prominent median depression near its distal extremity. Manus with
three large, compressed, sharpened teeth forming the superior crest;
lower half of palm with a dense covering of plumose hairs through which
granules arranged in rows are discernible. Fingers Pilumnus-like, stout,
tips crossing; pollex greatly shortened, two flattened teeth near tip;
dactyl correspondingly deflexed, channeled, tip pointed, a superior tu-
bercle at base.

Abdomen of male with seven free segmicnts. (See pi. 23, fig. 3.)

Walking legs finely pubescent; meri with superior margins sharp
granulate; carpus with a double row of granules, widening distally;
propodus widest; dactylus with a fine, yellow, pointed nail.

Color in life: Carapace dull ochraceous buff with varicolored gran-
ules, most chrome orange, some carmine red, and others bright cadmium
orange. Ground color of chelae reed yellow with granular spines scarlet
red. Fingers sayal brown. Merus of ambulatory legs yellowish cream buff

86 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

with two broad bands of orange. Carpus and propodus orange red, dac-
tylus white, touched with red at base. (Petersen, taken from a male
specimen secured in the Gulf of California at Velero Station 1059-40.)

Remarks: The proposed species gives the North Pacific Ocean its
first representative of a genus found in the North and South Atlantic
and in the South Pacific. As might be expected, it is a more nearly perfect
analogue of the species from the North Atlantic, Pilumnoides nudifrons
(Stimpson) (1871), than of the Peruvian and Chilean P. perlatus
(Poeppig) (1836), type of the genus. With P. hassleri A. Milne Ed-
wards (1880) from Uruguay and the Straits of Magellan it has little
in common.

Compared to P. nudifrons, the new species agrees remarkably on
structural points, such as orbital configuration, size and relationship of
the antennular and antennal areas, endostomial emargination, and shape
of the external maxilliped. The most remarkable conformity is in the
height and length of the fingers and the type and location of the pu-
bescence of the hand. (See pi. 23, fig. 2.) Dissimilarity is encountered in
the naked front of nudifrons, almost continuous instead of bilobate, its
four anterolateral teeth without denticles between, its almost smooth,
though hairy, carapace (except for hepatic tubercles), and its more hex-
agonal, less rotund appearance.

Compared to P. perlatus, the new species lacks the two supraorbital
fissures, the compressed anterolateral margins, the transverse striae, in-
cluding the line inward from the lateral angle, and the smooth posterior
half of the carapace and ambulatory legs. The hands of perlatus are de-
void of hairs, and the merus of the third maxilliped is rounded but not
attenuated as in rotundus.

GONEPLACIDAE

Genus PSEUDORHOMBILA Milne Edwards

Pseudorhombila xanthiformis, new species
Plate 24, Figs. 1-5

Type: Female, holotype. Cat. No. 3810, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, from north of Gorgona Island,
Colombia, 40-60 fathoms, mud and rock; February 24, 1938; collected
by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1938 at Velero Station 854-38.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 15.1 mm., width
22.0 mm., of front 6.5 mm., of fronto-orbit 12.6 mm., length of cheliped
25.0 mm., of chela 14.7 mm., of major dactyl 8.0 mm.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 87

Diagnosis: Carapace granulate, regions defined. Merus of outer
maxilliped produced at anteroexternal corner. Carpus of major cheliped
obliquely quadrilateral. Anterolateral teeth four, margin upturned. A
hepatic cluster of granules. Outer third of palm smooth, punctate.

Description: Carapace very convex longitudinally, less so from side
to side; anterolateral margins upturned. Regions defined, surface granu-
late, granulations becoming larger and rougher toward the arcuate an-
terolateral margins, sulci smooth and bare. Front between one-third and
one-fourth times width of carapace, truncate, edge thin, a slight emargi-
nation, and an inconspicuous outer lobe. Orbits elongate oval, separated
from front by a shallow but distinct sulcus, closed fissures above indi-
cated only by the slight convexity of the intervening margin. Antero-
lateral teeth four beside exorbital, well separated, triangular, and granu-
lous margined; the first small, well removed from the orbit; the second
larger, broader, and obtusely angled ; third tooth largest, tip almost
hooked forward ; fourth tooth slender, directed obliquely upward ; width
of carapace at third and fourth teeth subequal. Posterolateral border
longer than anterolateral, sides sharply converging. A prominent cluster
of subhepatic granules.

Antennules folding transversely, separated by a strong median sep-
tum. Basal antennal article small, far removed from buccal cavity, flagel-
lum lodged in orbital hiatus. A prominent inner suborbital tooth with a
broad, lamellar tooth separated from it. Epistome broad with a trans-
verse carina. Merus of outer maxilliped broader than long, anteroexternal
angle strongly produced. (See pi. 24, fig. 4.)

Chelipeds of female similar but unequal. Merus with a granular
ridge terminating in a transverse sulcus. Carpus of major claw obliquely
quadrilateral, a stout spine at inner angle and a well-defined sulcus
parallel to the distal border. Chela, like carpus, granulate; granules
arranged proximally in rows; outer third of palm smooth and minutely
punctate. Fingers long, slender, tapering, deflexed, slightly incurving,
meeting with but a slight gape, and irregularly toothed. Basal lobe on
dactyl lacking in minor hand. Height of palm equal to superior margin.
(Seepl. 24, fig. 3.)

Ambulatory legs slender, attenuated, pubescent; merus and carpus
granulate above. Dactyls long, straight, and slender, that of leg four
slightly upcurving.

Remarks: The reference of the proposed new species to the genus
Pseudorhombila Milne Edwards (1837) instead of Oediplax Rathbun

88 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

(1893) is based upon the examination of the tj^pe of P. octodentata
Rathbun (1906) (U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 32690) from Dominica, W.I.,
and a cotype of P. quadridentata (Latreille) (1825) (U.S.N.M.
20280), type of the genus, type locality unknown, a gift of the Paris
Museum, as well as upon the type of Oediplax granulata Rathbun
(1893) (U.S.N.M. 17465) from Consag Rock in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia. The characters to which most importance is attached are the
shape of the merus of the third maxilliped and of the carpus of the
cheliped. In the new species the merus is distinctly produced as in
Pseudorhombila instead of quadrate as in Oediplax. With regard to the
shape of the carpus, our specimen is frankly intermediate between the
two genera, but still sufficiently angled to be called obliquely quadri-
lateral, instead of oval, as in Oediplax.

Since the remaining characteristics upon which Miss Rathbun's genus
Oediplax was based, namely, the relative proportion of front to carapace
width and of anterolateral to posterolateral margins, are not borne out by
the second specimen of the type series, a small female, nor by other small
specimens in the Hancock collections, the necessity for the genus Oediplax
would seem debatable. Until more specimens, particularly males, are ob-
tainable, it will be impossible to settle this point satisfactorily.

Genus GYRTOPLAX Rathbun

Gyrtoplax panamensis Ziesenhenne, new species

Plate 25, Figs. 1-4

Type: Male, holotype, Cat. No. 388, Allan Hancock Foundation,
The University of Southern California, and female, allotype, from
Bahia Honda, District of Veraguas, Panama, 30-50 fathoms off North
Island; March 1, 1938; three males and one female, paratypes, same
locality and date; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1938 at
Velero Station 863-38. One female, paratype, same locality, shore;
March 9, 1933 ; one male, paratype, same locality, 30-50 fathoms; March
28, 1939; collected by Allan Hancock Expeditions of 1933 and 1939 at
Velero stations 111-33 and 948-39, respectively.

Measurements: Male holotype: length of carapace 5.4 mm., width
8.2 mm., width of front 2.9 mm., of fronto-orbit 5.7 mm., length of
major chela 5.6 mm., of major dactyl 3.2 mm. Female allotype: length
of carapace 5.1 mm., width 7.8 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace broadly hexagonal, length two thirds width.
Wrist coarsely granulate, a single, sharp spine at inner angle and a

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 89

cluster of spinules beneath ft. Third lateral tooth obtuse, blunt, and
with a serrate edge; larger than other teeth. Carapace widest at fourth
lateral tooth.

Description : Carapace broadly hexagonal, about two thirds as long
as wide, more convex longitudinally than transversely, hairy, gastric
areole prominently indicated. Front approximately one third the width
of the carapace, its lobes slightly convex, median notch shallow, edge
thin. Eyestalks narrowing distally, a slight constriction at base of cor-
nea. Orbits transverse, not separated from the front by a prominence,
trending outward rather than forward, a superior fissure internally
and a notch externally separating the broad, low, granulate, slightly
convex lobe from the obtusely angled and little-advanced exorbital
tooth. Lateral teeth five in number, counting the exorbital, slightly up-
turned, edges serrate or denticulate; second tooth low, rounded, and
separated from the first by a shallow U; third tooth obtuse and blunt,
larger and more prominent than other teeth, bearing several conspicuous
denticles on its inner slope; fourth tooth smaller, acute, outer margin
curved, inner margin straight, carapace widest at this level; fifth tooth
postlateral in position, small and sharp. Posterolateral margins exceed-
ing anterolateral and moderately convergent. Two depressions at the
union of the postbranchial and metagastric regions.

Antennules large, folding transversely. Antennae minute, lodged in
the orbital hiatus; flagella extending beyond eyes, slender. Epistome
short. Buccal cavity broadening anteriorly. Merus of outer maxillipeds
broader than long, exterior angle produced, rounded, interior angle
faintly notched to receive the short, thicic, hairy, cylindrical palpus. (See
pi. 25, fig. 4.)

Chelipeds massive, unequal, hairy. Merus with a subterminal tooth
surmounted by several sharp granules. Major carpus subglobular, granu-
late, bearing a single, short, sharp spine (broken in the holotype speci-
men) at its inner superior angle and a row of three or four spinules
beneath it; a sulcus parallel to the margin adjoining the palm. Major
manus bare and glistening; palms convex above and beneath; superior
margin with two parallel granulate ridges interspersed with long,
shaggy hairs and extending on to the dactyl, which curves inward.
Fingers of major manus irregularly toothed, pollex scarcely deflexed,
meeting dactyl with an elongate gape. Fingers of minor manus more
slender, lower margin of manus almost straight. Color of fingers not
continued on palms. (See pi. 25, fig. 2.)

^ LIBRARY) aol

90 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Merus of ambulatory legs moderately slender, hairy, compressed,
and minutely spinulous along anterior margin. Carpus hairy above, pro-
podus along inferior margin as well. Dactylus densely hairy with an
amber tip; dactylus of fourth leg outcurving.

Male abdomen widest at segment three, which does not completely
cover the sternum, narrowest at base of segment six; tip of seventh
segment broadly rounded. (See pi. 25, fig. 3.)

Color in life: Carapace cream color overcast with huffy brown. Fin-
gers pale lilac, dactyls of ambulatory legs white. Ventral side pale cream
buff with tinge of lilac. Legs pale cream buff and lightly touched with
reddish brown. (Petersen)

Distribution: The 60 specimens collected at 15 Velero stations by
Allan Hancock Expeditions range from north of Angel de la Guardia
Island, Gulf of California, Mexico, to Port Utria, Colombia, from shore
to 70 fathoms.

Remarks: Since the appearance of Bulletin 97 of the U. S. National
Museum (1917), Miss Rathbun has described two new species of Cyrto-
plax from the west coast of the Americas, calling each in turn the Pacific
counterpart of C. spinidentata (Benedict) (1892) without reference to
the other. The same designation accompanied her determination of the
new species described above by Mr. Ziesenhenne. After consulting types
the writer believes that C. schmitti Rathbun (1935), a large, glabrous
species, is the most nearly perfect analogue of the Atlantic species. C.
Valeriana Rathbun ( 1928) appears to be outside the scope of the genus as
conceived by him. Mr. Ziesenhenne's species is unlike any other Cyrtoplax
examined, having a superficial resemblance to Chasmophora macroph-
thalma (Rathbun) (1898) from the same Panamic region. However,
the possession of five anterolateral teeth instead of the four of Chasmo-
phora and the ratio of fronto-orbital to total width (5 to 7 instead of
6 to 7) definitely removes this possibility.

An analysis of the American species of Cyrtoplax, exclusive of C.
Valeriana, will appear in a forthcoming paper.

Genus GHASMOGARCINUS Rathbun

Ghasmocarcinus longipes, new species
Plate 26, Figs. 1-5

Type: Female, holotype. Cat. No. 389, Allan Hancock Founda-
tion, The University of Southern California, from Secas Islands,

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 91

Panama, three fathoms, mud; March 2, 1938; collected by Allan Han-
cock Expedition of 1938 at Velero Station 865-38. Four males and one
female, paratypes, from Port Utria, Colombia, 20 fathoms; February 14,
1934; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1934 at Velero Station
233-34.

Measurements: Female holotype: length of carapace 8.5 mm.,
width at posterior border 11.9 mm., at lateral angles 10.2 mm., width
of front 1.8 mm., of fronto-orbit 4.6 mm., length of cheliped 14.6 mm.,
of manus 7.5 mm., of dactyl 4.9 mm., of fourth ambulatory leg 20.6 mm.

Diagnosis: Carapace broad anteriorly. Front advanced, bilobed.
Fingers greatly elongated. Third ambulatory leg more than twice the
width of carapace measured at lateral angles. Merus of third maxilli-
ped elongate oval.

Description: Carapace superficially smooth and bare, microscopi-
cally granulate; length between two-thirds and three-fourths times
width ; lateral margins less convergent anteriorly than those of C. latipes
Rathbun (1898). Front advanced beyond general outline of carapace.
Orbits curving forward and downward to a broad exorbital lobe which
turns backward to become the granulate anterolateral margin. Gastric
area indicated by two shallow longitudinal furrows connected by a
transverse furrow in the form of an H. Branchial regions swollen.
Greatest width of carapace at posterior margin. Antennules folding
transversely beneath the front. Antennae long and slender. Epistome
diamond shaped. Merus of third maxilliped longer than broad, oval;
tip of palpus hairy. Female abdomen and sternum finely granulate.

Female chelipeds subequal, carpus and manus smooth and glabrous.
Merus with a superodistal tubercle surmounted by hairs. Carpus with a
granulate outer margin and a sharpened tooth at inner angle bearing a
cluster of hairs. Manus with short superior margin. Fingers slightly de-
flexed, long, straight, slender, prehensile edges alternately large and small
spinulous, tips incurving. Inferior margin of hands with a hairy ridge.
Male chelipeds increasingly disproportionate with age. Manus of half-
grown male as high as broad, upper and lower borders subparallel, smooth
and bare except for a strip of fine granulation across lower proximal
corner. Fingers strongly deflexed, meeting with an elongate gape, tips
incurving. Dactyl with outer margin slightly concave, almost straight,
three subequal teeth at base ; pollex also with three denticles opposite basal
constriction. Minor chela of male as described for female. (See pi. 26,
figs. 2 and 3.)

92 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Ambulatory legs smooth, margins finely pilumnose. Meri of ambula-
tory legs slender; merus of leg three almost five times as long as wide;
carpus, propodus, and dactylus similarly attenuated. Length of third
ambulatory leg over tvi^ice the width of carapace at lateral angles.
Second leg next in length; fourth shortest, its dactyl curving strongly
outward.

Color in life: Carapace deep olive buff with large, irregular patches
of citrine drab almost covering frontal, cardiac, gastric, and branchial
areas. Eye reddish purple. Ambulatory legs lighter than carapace and
netted lightly with neutral red. Fingers apricot orange gradually fading
to white tips. Ventral side cream buff. (Petersen)

Distribution : The 28 specimens collected by Allan Hancock Expedi-
tions at 8 Velero stations range from Secas Islands, Panama, to La Plata
Island, Ecuador, from shore to 50 fathoms.

Remarks: This species may be separated from C. latipes Rathbun
(1898), as shown by examination of the type (U.S.N.M. No. 21592),
by its greater anterior width and less converging sides, by the config-
uration of the bilobed front and forward curving orbits, by the greatly
elongated third ambulatory leg and slender meri of all the ambulatories
with almost straight anterior margins, and by the proportionately longer
and narrower ischium and merus of the outer maxilliped. In male speci-
mens of any size the asymmetrical cheliped with its high palm and de-
flexed fingers becomes the most conspicuous distinguishing feature, the
chelae of C. latipes males, of whatever age, remaining equal and similar.

The same differences will serve to distinguish the proposed new
species from C. ferrugineus Glassell (1936), the type of which, in the
laboratories of the Institute for Tropical Research of the New York
Zoological Society, was examined through the courtesy of Dr. William
Beebe and found to be identical with Miss Rathbun's species. The ruddy
color of the Zaca specimen is due to a ferruginous mud in which C.
latipes frequently occurs and may be removed with a stiff brush. The
difference in orbital configuration is negligible.

The Atlantic Chasinocarcinus most nearly analogous to the proposed
new species appears to be C. cylindricus Rathbun (1901). As shown by
an examination of the type (U.S.N.M. No. 23765) from Puerto Rico,
it has the broad front, the slender meri, and the spinulous fingers of
longipes, but the joints of the third ambulatory leg are relatively short,
and the merus of the maxilliped is even rounder than in latipes.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 93

LITERATURE CITED
Benedict, J. E.

1892. Decapod Crustacea of Kingston Harbor. Johns Hopkins University
Circulars, no. 11, p. 77.

Dana, J. D.

1854. Description of a New Species of Cryptopodia from California. Amer.
Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 18, p. 430, fig. 1.

Desbonne, I., and Schramm, A.

1867. Crustacea de la Guadeloupe. Pp. 1-160, pis. 1-8.

Faxon, W.

1893. Reports on Dredging Operations off the West Coast of Central
America to the Galapagos, to the West Coast of Mexico, and in the
Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by
the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer 'Albatross' during 1891. VI. Pre-
liminary description of new species of Crustacea. Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Harvard, vol. 24, pp. 149-220.

Finnegan, S.

1931. Report on the Brachyura collected in Central America, the Gorgona
and Galapagos Islands, by Dr. Crossland on the 'St. George' Expedi-
tion to the Pacific, 1924-25. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 37,
no. 255, pp. 607-673, text-figs. 1-6.

Flipse, H. J.

1930. Die Decapoda brachyura der Siboga-Expedition. VI. Oxyrrhyncha:
Parthenopidae. Monogr. 39c2, pp. 1-96, text-figs. 1-45.

Garth, John S.

1939. New Brachyuran Crabs from the Galapagos Islands. Allan Hancock
Pacific Expeditions, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 9-49, pis. 1-10.

GiBBES, L. R.

1849. In: George White, Statistics Georgia, Savannah, p. 21 (nomen
nudum).

1850. On the Carcinological Collections of the United States and an
Enumeration of Species contained in them, with Notes on the most
remarkable, and Descriptions of new Species. Proc. Amer. Assn.
Adv. Sci., vol. 3, pp. 167-201.

Glassell, S. a.

1936. 17. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. I. Six New Brachyuran
Crabs from the Gulf of California. Zoologica, vol. 21 (pt. 3), pp.
213-218.

Latreille, p. a.

1825. Entomologie, ou Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces, des Arachnides et
des Insectes. Encyc. Meth., Hist. Nat., vol. 10, pp. 1-832.

94 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

MiERS, E. J.

1886. Report on the Brachyura collected by H.M.S. 'Challenger' during the
Years 1873-76, vol. 17, pp. 1-362, pis. 1-29.

Milne Edwards, A.

1880. Etudes sur les Xiphosures et les Crustaces de la Region Mexicaine.
Mission Scientifique au Mexique et dans I'Amerique Centrale, pt. 5,
pp. 1-368, pis. 1-61.

Milne Edwards, H.

1837. Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces.

Milne Edwards and Lucas

1843. D'Orbigny's Voyage I'Amerique Meridionale, vol. 6, pt. 1, pp. 1-39;
atlas, vol. 9, 1847, pis. 1-17.

POEPPIG, E.

1836. Crustacea chilensia, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Zweiter Jahrgang,
Erster Band, pp. 133-145, pi. 4.

Randall, J. W.

1839. Catalogue of Crustacea brought by Thomas Nuttall and J. K. Town-
send from the West Coast of North America and the Sandwich Islands.
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 8, pp. 106-147, pis. 3-7.

Rathbun, M. J.

1892. Catalogue of the Crabs of the Family Periceridae in the U. S.
National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, pp. 231-277, pis.
28-40.

1893. Scientific Results of Explorations by the U. S. Fish Commission
Steamer 'Albatross.' — No. 24. Descriptions of new Genera and Species
of Crabs from the West Coast of North America and Sandwich Is-
lands. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, pp. 223-260.

1898. The Brachyura collected by the United States Fish Commission
Steamer 'Albatross' on the Voyage from Norfolk, Virginia, to San
Francisco, California, 1887-1888. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, pp.
567-616, 4 pis.

1901. The Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico. Bull. U. S. Fish Comm.,
vol. 20, for 1900, pt. 2, pp. 1-127, pis. 1-2.

1906. Description of a new Crab from Dominica, West Indies. Proc. Biol.
Soc. Washington, vol. 19, p. 91.

1916. Descriptions of Three new Species of Crabs (Osachila) from the
Eastern Coast of North America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 50,
pp. 647-652, 1 pi.

1917. Grapsoid Crabs of America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 97, pp. 1-461,
pis. 1-161.

1925. The Spider Crabs of America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 129, pp.
1-613, pis. 1-283.

1928. A New Crab from Costa Rica. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 41,
pp. 69-70.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS 95

Rathbun, M. J. (continued)

1930. The Cancroid Crabs of America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 152, pp.
1-609, pis. 1-230.

1935. Preliminary Descriptions of Six New Species of Crabs from the Pacific
Coast of America. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 48, pp. 49-52.

1935. Preliminary Descriptions of Seven New Species of Oxystomatous and
Allied Crabs. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 48, pp. 1-4.

Stimpson, W.

1871. 6. Notes on North American Crustacea in the Museum of the
Smithsonian Institution, No. 3. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N, Y., vol. 10,
pp. 92-136.

1871. No. 2. Preliminary Report on the Crustacea dredged in the Gulf
Stream in the Straits of Florida, by L. F. de Pourtales, Assist. U. S.
Coast Survey. Part I. Brachyura. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard,
vol. 2, pp. 109-160.

96 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 11

Randallia angelica, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME XEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 1 1

98 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 12

Osachila sona, new species
Female holot3'pe

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Left outer maxilliped.

Fig. 3. Female abdomen.

Fig. 4. Fourth ambulatory leg.

Osachila (/alapai/ensis Rathbun
Female paratope

Fig. 5. Fourth ambulatory leg.
Fig. 6. Female abdomen.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME XEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 12

'^mm.

4-tnm..

'^^,

>s \

v> , -^ is

'^->^

100

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 13

Podotlirla zifsc/ihciinri, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. \'ei;tial view of front.

Fig. i. Right chela.

Fig. 4. Left outer rnaxilliped.

Fig. 5. Fourth ambulatory leg.

Fig. 6. Abdomen.

NO. 3 garth: some XEVV species of BRACHYURAX crabs PL. 13

102 ALLAN HAXCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 1+

hotolopas mrxu (iniis, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. l^Disal view.

Fig. 2. Rigiit chela.

Fig. 3. Ventral view of front.

Fig. 4. Left outer maxilliped.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAX CRABS PL. 14

104

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 15

Mithrax (Mithrax) clariortcnsis, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Ventral view of orbit.

Fig. 3. Dorsal view of orbit.

Mithrax (Mithrax) sinctisis Rathbun
Fig. 4. Ventral view of orbit, male holotype.
Fig. 5. Gastric shield.
Fig. 6. Dorsal view of orbit, male holotype.

(Figures 4 and 6 drawn by Miss Jane
Roller.)

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME XEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAX CRABS PL. 15

106 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 16

Macrococloina inaccullocliai', new species
Male holotype

Fig. L Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Male genitalia.

Fig. 3. Left outer maxilliped.

Fig. 4. lender side of orbit.

M. frispi?iosum (Latreille)
Fig. 5. Male genitalia.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME XEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 16

108 ALLAX HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 17

Daldorfia (/artlii Glassell, new species

Fis- 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Frontal view.

Fig. 3. Minor chela.

Fig. 4. Major chela.

Fig. 5. Sternal pit, showing position

of male abdomen.

Fig. 6. Sternal pit, showing position

of female abdomen.

Fig. 7. Left outer maxilliped.

Fig. 8. Detail of lateral teeth.

Fig. 9. Right third ambulatory leg.

Fig. 10. Female abdomen.

Fig. 11. Male abdomen.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 17

6mm. 10

110 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 18

Heterocrypta colombicuia, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Ventral view.

NO.

3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHVURAN CRABS PL. 18

3 m rn.

3m m

112 ALLAX HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 19

Port anus (Porlinins) ik initiiiatiis Stiinpson
Male neotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Posterior view of carapace.

Fig. 3. Frontal \iew of chelae.

XO. 3 GARTH : SOME XEW SPECIES OF BRACHVURAX CRABS PL. 19

114 ALLAX HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIOXS VOL.5

I

PLATE 20

PUily.xanlhiis Inilhoai, new species
Male allotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Ventral view of front.

Fig. 3. Major chela.

Fig. 4. Minor chela.

Fig. 5. Major chela, female holotype.

Fig. 6. Left outer maxilliped.

Fig. 7. Abdomen, showing protruding
verges.

Fig. 8. Tip of abdominal appendage.

XO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 20

3Tnm-.

116 ALLAX HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIOXS VOL.5

PLATE 21

HcxapanopCHS (ostariccnsis, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Major chela.

Fig. 3. Abdomen.

Fig. 4. Left outer maxilliped.

JO. 3 garth: some new species of brachyuran crabs PL. 21

118 ALLAX HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 22

Hctcraclaca peicrscni, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Frontal view.

Fig. 3. Major chela.

Fig. 4. Right fourth ambulatory leg.

Fig. 5. Left outer maxilliped.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAX CRABS PL. 22

120 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 23

P'llinnnoidcs rotiindits, new species
Female holotype

l^ie- 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Major chela.

Fig. 3. Abdomen, male allotype.

Fig. 4. Left outer maxilliped.

Fig. 5. Frontal view.

NO.

3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 23

122 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 24

Pseudorhomhila xanthiformis, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Abdomen.

Fig. 3. Major chela.

Fig. 4. Left outer maxiiliped.

Fig. 5. Frontal view.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 24

124 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 25

Cyrioplax panamcnsis Ziesenhenne, new species
Male holotype

Fig. 1. Dorsal view.

Fig. 2. Frontal view.

Fig. 3. Abdomen.

Fig. 4. Left outer maxilliped.

XO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 25

126 ALLAX HAVCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 26

Cliasinocarciniis lont/ipcs, new species
Female holotype

Fig. 1. l^orsal vie\v.

Fig. 2. Left chela.

Fig. 3. Major chela, male.

Fig. 4. Right outer maxilliped.

Fig. 5. Detail of frontal region.

NO. 3 GARTH : SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN CRABS PL. 26

ZfflTTl-.

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF
VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA, AND GALA-
PAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935, in 1936, in 1937, and in 1938.

THE STOMATOPODS OF THE WEST COAST

OF AMERICA

Based on Collections Made by the Allan Hancock Expeditions, 1933-38

(33 Text Figures)

By WALDO L. SCHMITT

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume S, Number 4

Issued May 31, 1940

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

THE STOMATOPODS OF THE WEST COAST OF

AMERICAi

Based on Collections Made by the Allan Hancock Expeditions, 1933-38

(33 Text Figures)

By Waldo L. Schmitt

Curator of Marine Invertebrates, U.S. National Museum

FOREWORD

The stomatopods of the Hancock Expeditions (1933-38) form as
interesting a collection of Crustacea as ever I have had the pleasure of
studying. With a sense of lasting gratitude, I dedicate this paper to Cap-
tain Allan Hancock, of Los Angeles and Santa Maria, California, who
made possible the expeditions on M^hich these stomatopods vi^ere collected
and the publication of this report upon them.

INTRODUCTION

Until now, 5 genera and 17 species^ of stomatopods had been reported
from the Pacific shores of American and adjacent islands. As a result
of the investigations of the Hancock Expeditions, it is now possible to add
to that number: (a) a genus and species by virtue of the discovery of the
rare Atlantic Coronida bradyi in the Galapagos Islands, where it seems
fairly abundant; (b) a common Indo-west-Pacific stomatopod, Lysio-
squilla maculata, for the first time taken east of the Hawaiian or Mar-
quesas Islands, at La Libertad, Ecuador; (c) 6 new species and what
appears to be a new subspecies of an already known species taken by the
Hancock Expeditions; (d) 2 species newly named which are based on
formerly merely lettered varieties of an old species; and (e) a seventh
new species described from material collected by Dr. S. F. Hildebrand
at Panama. This species is introduced here with Captain Hancock's
kind permission, in order to render this account of west American
stomatopods as complete as possible for the purpose of encouraging and
facilitating further studies upon them. To that end, rather complete

1 Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

2 Not counting two which in the past have been known only as lettered varie-
ties of Sguitla panamensis (see Remarks under this species, p. 167).

[129]

130

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

diagnostic keys to genera and species have been prepared, and pertinent
bibliographic references, figures wherever possible, and a brief recapit-
ulation of the recorded distribution are given for each species.

The 5 genera and 17 species previously known from eastern Pacific
waters are:

1. Squilla p. 139

1. aculeate Bigelow p. 158

2. armata H. Milne-Edwards p. 150

3. biformis Bigelow p. 165

4. dubia H. Milne-Edwards p. 155

5. gracilipes Miers p. 151

6. pana?nensis Bigelow p. 166

7. parva Bigelow p. 168

8. polita Bigelow p. 146

II. Pseudosquilla p. 170

9. lessonii (Guerin) p. 175

10. oculata (Brulle) p. 173

III. Hemisquilla p. 181

11. j/j;/f/^m (H. Milne-Edwards) p. 182

IV. Lysiosquilla , ... p. 184

12. decemspinosa Rathbun p. 189

13. desaussurei Stimpson p. 193

14. digueti Coutiere p. 194

15. polydactyla von Martens p. 187

V. Gonodactylus p. 208

16. festae Nobili p. 220

17. oerstedii Hansen p. 211

The 2 species and one genus here added to the known stomatopod
fauna of the eastern Pacific are :

VI. CORONIDA p. 202

18. Coronida bradyi (A. Milne-Edwards) p. 202

19. Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabricius) p. 190

The 2 formerly lettered varieties of Squilla panamensis specifically
named in this paper are :

20. Squilla bigelowi (for variety A Bigelow) . . . . p. 156

21. Squilla tiburonensis (for variety B Bigelow) ... p. 165

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 131

The species described as new in this paper are :

22. Squilla hancocki p. 160

23. Squilla hildebrandi p. 152

24. Squilla swetti p. 146

25. Pseudosquilla velcronis p. 176

26. Lysiosquilla mcciillochae p. 197

27. Gonodactylus bahiahondensis p. 217

28. Gonodactylus stanschi p. 215

The apparently new subspecies is :

Gonodactylus festae lalibertadensis p. 223

The foregoing list comprises 6 genera, 28 species, and one subspecies.
All 6 genera, 17 of the species, and the one subspecies are included in
the material collected by the Hancock Expeditions.

Galapagos Stomatopods

Although the fact seems generally to have escaped notice because no
one seems ever to have taken the trouble to look up the precise position
indicated by Bigelow,^ he was the first to record stomatopods from the
Galapagos Islands, 3 specimens of Pseudosquilla lessonii. These were
townetted about 10 miles approximately N.W. of Wreck Point, Chatham
Island, April 15, 1888.

Including Pseudosquilla lessonii, which ranges from southern Cali-
fornia to Chile, the Hancock Expeditions have so far been able to turn
up but 4 species of stomatopods from the waters of the archipelago.
The other 3 are : ( 1 ) Pseudosquilla oculata, a widely distributed species
found in the Atlantic as well as in the central and west Pacific, and
now, as the result of Captain Hancock's efforts, on the coasts of Panama
and Colombia, and adjacent islands; (2) Gonodactylus oerstedii, com-
mon in the south temperate and tropical west Atlantic and in the tem-
perate and tropical eastern Pacific from La Plata Island, Ecuador,
and the Galapagos northward into the Gulf of California; (3) Coronida
bradyi, a most unexpected discovery. This rare Atlantic form, at least
in the adult stage, has heretofore been known from only 5 specimens
from the Cape Verde Islands, from which it was described, and one

^Albatross "Surface station 29 in S. Lat. 00° 46' 00", and W. Long. 89°
42' 00"." Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, p. 502, 1894.

132 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Other from the Spanish island of Annobon (Anno Bom) in the Gulf
of Guinea.

The discovery of C. bradyi in the Galapagos is closely paralleled by
that of the hydroid, Streptocaulus pulcherrimus Allman, in the same
archipelago by Fraser in the course of the same Hancock Expedition,
1934. The type locality of the hydroid, like that of the stomatopod, lies
in the Cape Verde Islands. This coincidental distribution has also been
referred to on page 202 under C. bradyi.

ZOOGEOGRAPHIC NOTES*

Twenty-one (+ one subspecies) of the 28 (+ one subspecies) species
of stomatopods recorded from the eastern Pacific are known from that
region only.^

Of the remaining 7 species : 3, Squilla armata, Pseudosquilla oculata,
and Lysiosquilla maculata^ occur in the Atlantic, as well as in the
Indo-Pacific ( Indo-west-Pacific, Ekman''') ; 3 others, Squilla dubia, Coro-
nida bradyi, and Gonodactylus oerstedii, are found in the Atlantic but
not in the Indo-Pacific ; and one, Hemisquilla stylifera, is otherwise found
in the Indo-Pacific from New South Wales, Australia, only.^

In his discussion of Gonodactylus oerstedii and its varieties, Bigelow^
states, "It is not surprising to find the same species of similar forms with
slight differences on the two sides of the Isthmus of Panama, a land
barrier that arose during the upper Miocene Period.^^ Similar results
were obtained from the study of the species of Squilla (Bigelow, 1894^^).
Squilla intermedia is an Atlantic form, and two closely related species,
S. panamensis and S. biformis, are probably entirely confined to the
Pacific Coast of America (cf. Caiman, 1917, p. HO^^). The wide stretch

4 See also Balss, Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Vol. 5, Abt. 1,
Book 6, Pt. 2, Stomatopoda, p. 127, 1938.

5 The 28 (+ one subspecies) species are enumerated on pages 130-131.

6 The occurrence of the species proper in the Atlantic should be corroborated ;
however, the variety sulcirostris is reported by Monod (see p. 192).

7 Tiergeographie des Meeres, pp. xii + 542, Leipzig, 1935.

8 There is also an old, but as yet uncorroborated, record of this species from
the Hawaiian Islands.

9 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 72, No. 4, p. 122, 1931.

10 "There may have been a narrow connection between the Atlantic and the
Gulf of California during the Pliocene." Vaughan, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 103,
p. 611, 1919.

11 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, pp. 509-543.

12 Brit. Antarct. ("Terra Nova") Exped., Nat. Hist. Rep., Zool., Vol. 3, No. 5,
1910.

NO. 4 SCHMITT : STOMATOPODS 133

of the open sea between the archipelagoes of the southern Pacific and the
shores of America seems to be a more efficient barrier than a compara-
tively recent land mass like the Isthmus of Panama. Thus, we have G.
chiragra and its variety platysoma occupying a wide area in the Indo-
Pacific region, but unknown in Hawaii and on the shores of the American
Continent. In the same way, G. oerstedii and its varieties festae^^ and
spinulosus occupy similar stations in the western Atlantic, West Indies,
and Pacific shores of tropical America."

Ekman^'* and Balss^^ are wholly in accord with this view, which
seems to have the weight of evidence in its favor. As noted above, there
are 3 eastern Pacific stomatopods that are also found in the Atlantic
and not in the Indo-Pacific, and only one^^ found in the Indo-Pacific
that is not found in the Atlantic.

Balss gives the following list of comparable, closely related, yet not
identical species from the Pacific and Atlantic sides of America, remark-
ing also that Hansen (see Remarks on p. 193) holds that Lysiosquilla
desaussurei from the west coast of Mexico and L. scabricauda from the
West Indies are identical :

Pacific Atlantic

Squllla panamensis Bigelow^'^ S. brasiliensis Caiman

Squilla aculeata Bigelow S. empusa Say

Squilla polita Bigelow S. quadrldens Bigelow

Lysiosquilla decemspinosa Rathbun L. armata Smith

"On the other hand," says Balss, "the relationships of the West
American to the Indo-Pacific fauna are not very pronounced, due to

13 The fact that G. festae has been restored to full specific rank in this paper
in no wise alters Dr. Bigelow's argument. There are spiny or spinulose forms of the
G. oerstedii complex on both sides of America: G. oerstedii var. spinulosus
(Schmitt, Univ. Iowa Studies Nat. Hist., Vol. 10, p. 96, pi. 5, fig. 5, 1924) and var.
curacaoensis (Schmitt, Bijdr. Dierkunde, Amsterdam, Vol. 23, p. 80, pi. 8, fig. 6,
1924) in the Atlantic, and G. bahiahondensis, G. festae and its subspecies, laliber-
tadensis, and G. stanschi in the Pacific, to say nothing of the Pacific and Atlantic
forms of G. oerstedii proper which show some differences not yet deemed constant
enough or sharply enough drawn to warrant definite taxonomic distinction.

14 Tiergeographie des Meeres, p. 56, 1935.

15 Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Vol. 5, Abt. 1, Book 6, pt. 2,
Stomatopoda, p. 141, 1938.

^^ Hemisquilla stylifera; the Indo-Pacific (Australia only) representatives
may yet prove to be different; in the Atlantic there is for this species the closely
related (analogous species) H. braziliensis (Moreira).

1''' See also Bigelow's quoted remarks on the "species of Squilla" above, p. 132.

134 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

the general zoogeographic position of the American west coast (cf.
Ekman, 1935). Lysiosquilla digueti Cout. from the Gulf of California
has as its nearest relative L. vicina Nobili from the Red Sea and the
Philippines. Pseudosquilla lessonii Guerin (Chile to California) is re-
lated to P. dofleini Balss from Japan and Hemisquilla stylifera (H.M.-
Edw.) (Chile to California) has otherwise been found only in New
South Wales."

The stomatopods described as new or which have been given new
names in this paper fit comfortably into such a distribution pattern.
There can be no question regarding the Atlantic affinities of the several
Gonodactylus forms, G. bahiahondensis, G. festae lalibertadensis, and
G. stanschi; or of Squilla bigelowi, S. hancocki, and S. tiburonensis. The
Indo-Pacific ties of Lysiosquilla maccullochae to L. latifrons (Japan, Aus-
tralia, New Zealand), of Pseudosquilla veleronis to P. pilaensis (China,
Indian Ocean, Red Sea), and of Squilla swetti to 5. fasciata (Japan,
China, and Indian Ocean) or S. miles (Australia), are very much less
significant, and therefore throw into all the more striking relief the
near identity of Squilla hildebrandi from Panama to S. hieroglyphica
which, although without definite locality, is most assuredly of Indo-
Pacific origin. 1®

Whether Squilla hildebrandi is a relict, or has evolved from a relict
of a formerly widespread Pacific fauna, or is the descendant of a
member of a drift fauna transported to the shores of America by some
current similar to or stronger than the relatively weak Pacific equatorial
countercurrent, is impossible to say. Of more than passing interest in this
connection was the discovery of the Indo-Pacific coral gall crab, Hapa-
locarcinus marsupialis, at Port Utria, Colombia, and in the Secas Islands,
Panama, by the Hancock Expedition of 1935, ^^ and that of the first
Thalamita from the Western Hemisphere, T. roosevelti, at Clipperton
Island during the Presidential Cruise of 1938.20 At the same time, at
Clipperton Island, I also found a terrestrial amphipod almost specifically
identical with one described from the Marquesas Islands. A number of
Polynesian mollusks, or near relatives of such shells, have been reported

18 S. hieroglyphica in turn is closely related to S. laevis Hess from Australia
(Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 49, pi. 3, figs. 35-37, 1913). The other
Indo-Pacific species mentioned are also to be found in Kemp.

19 Exploration and Field-work of the Smithsonian Inst, in 1935, p. 34, fig. 36,
1936, and Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 166, p. 259, pi. 79, figs. 3-9, 1937.

20 Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. 98, No. 6, p. 16, fig. 2, 1939.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 135

from eastern Pacific waters by Hertlein^i and by Bartsch and Rehder,^^
as well as at least one echinoderm of similar significance by Austin H.
Clark.23

Explanations and Acknowledgments

All stomatopods in the Hancock collections, 1933-1938, are here
reported upon with the exception of larval specimens and juveniles too
young for satisfactory specific determination.

Indispensable to any stomatopod study is Kemp's "Account of the
Crustacea Stomatopoda of the Indo-Pacific Region based on the Collec-
tion in the Indian Museum," Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, 1913.
Equally useful to any student of the west coast forms is Bigelow's
"Report upon the Crustacea of the Order Stomatopoda collected by the
Steamer Albatross between 1885 and 1891, and on other Specimens in
the U.S. National Museum," Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017,
1894.

In the synonymy under each species, in addition to the citation of the
original description, reference has been made to both Kemp and Bigelow
wherever possible, along with other pertinent papers, and any that have
come to my attention since Kemp's monograph was published.

In place of the diagnoses usually given, especially for new species,
in taxonomic works of this sort, rather detailed keys to the west coast
species have been introduced for the purpose of facilitating identification.
Many keys, striving for conciseness, become altogether too brief. I hope
I have not erred in the other direction. The added information, printed
in smaller, eight-point type, was found very useful in the more careful
comparison of closely related species, and may again prove so to those
who may have occasion to use this paper. In all instances the terminal
tooth or spine of the raptorial dactylus has been included in the count of
the teeth arming its inner margin.

Notes on color, unless otherwise stated, are based on alcoholically
preserved specimens. These notes chiefly concern color markings that
have proved to be more or less permanent and which, therefore, may be
of some use in the recognition of certain species. This is especially true
of a number of the Squilla species, including specimens of some described
by Bigelow nearly half a century ago. On the other hand, color, as a

21 Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, Vol. 78, pp. 303-312, pi. 1 and map, 1938.

22 Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. 98, No. 10, pp. 1-18, pis. 1-5, 1939.

23 Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. 98, No. 11, pp. 1-18, pis. 1-5, 1939.

136 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

general rule, does not seem to be specifically linked in the Gonodactylus
forms, although I have found very characteristic markings in an Atlantic
variety of G. oerstedii.^'^

The drawings illustrating this paper, unless otherwise credited, are
the work of Miss Jane Roller, with the exception of figures \0d, Mb,
17c, 19, 21, and 24, which were made by Mr. Andrew Pizzini. Miss
Roller has also checked the drawings against the text and the legends
accompanying the figures, and has usefully assisted me in other ways.

The magnification of the illustrations may be derived from a line
one millimeter in length that has been drawn beside each figure.

24 G. 0. van spinulosus, Schmitt, Univ. Iowa Studies in Nat. Hist., Vol. 10,
No. 4, pp. 96-98, 1924.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 137

SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION

Order StOMATOPODA

Family Squillidae

Key to the Genera of Stomatopods Known from the
West Coast of America^^

A^. Articulation between the merus and ischium^^ of the raptorial claw
terminal (normal) ; merus grooved inferiorly for the reception
of the propodus throughout its length ; propodus finely pectinate,
or with a series of fixed spines along outer margin of dorsal sur-
face; dactylus not inflated at base, except in the one genus
Coronida.

B^. Carapace with well-marked carinae; cervical groove defined
across dorsum of carapace; first 5 abdominal somites with
longitudinal carinae; raptorial dactylus armed with teeth on
inner margin Squtlla, p. 139

B^. Carapace without carinae '^"^ cervical groove not extending across
dorsum of carapace ;2''' first 5 abdominal somites without lon-
gitudinal carinae.2'^

25 This key is largely that of Kemp (Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 16,
1913). Only two of the known genera of stomatopods do not appear in the key here
given, Coronidopsis and Odontodactylus.

The former is known only from the unique type, C. bicuspis Hansen (Siboga
Exped., Monog. 35, Lief. 105, p. 19, pi. 1, fig. 7a-ff, 1926), 43 mm. in length, from
Buton Strait, between Celebes and Flores, Dutch East Indies. Classified near Coro-
nida, it is at once distinguished by "its remarkable rostral plate which is anteriorly
divided by a rather deep incision into two long, acute teeth." The raptorial dactylus
is not inflated at the base, and is armed with four teeth, including the terminal one.

Odontodactylus (see Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 133 and 204,
1913) is known from several species from the Indo-west-Pacific and one from the
Atlantic. This genus stands close to Gonodactylus and, if found on the west coast
of America, it would have appeared in the following key in Section A- along with
Gonodactylus. Unlike Gonodactylus, the raptorial dactylus is armed with teeth on
its inner margin. As in that genus, the raptorial dactylus is inflated at the base.

26 This articulation is given by some authors (see Balss, Bronns Klassen und
Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Vol. 5, Abt. 1, Book 6, Pt. 2, Stomatopoda, p. 21, 1938)
as between the basis and the ischiomerus, the question being whether the basis is
wanting, as Kemp believes, or whether the basis is present and the ischium and
merus fused to account for the 6-jointed thoracic legs of stomatopods as compared
with the 7-jointed ones of other Malacostraca.

27 Except in the Mediterranean Pseudosquilla ferussaci (Giesbrecht, Fauna u.
Flora d. Golfes v. Neapel, Monog. 33, Stomatopoden, p. 34, pi. 4, figs. 37-48, 1910).
Kemp states, "It seems to combine the telson of a Pseudosquilla with many of the
characteristic features of Squilla, but is perhaps rather more nearly allied to the
former genus than to the latter."

138 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

C^. Abdomen usually compressed, rarely noticeably flattened (as
in Pseudosquilla veleronis) ; telson with a well-marked,
usually sharp, median carina, and (in adults) usually with
one or more additional carinae either side ; submedian teeth
with movable tips or spines; no submedian denticles (at
least in adults).

Di. Raptorial dactylus armed with teeth ; usually with 3 or 4,
counting the terminal one, sometimes with as many as
7 or 8 (P. veleronis). . . . Pseudosquilla^ p. 170

D^. Raptorial dactylus unarmed except for terminal tooth. .
Hemisquillaj p. 181

G^. Abdomen depressed, noticeably flattened ; telson without true
or definite median carina ; submedian denticles may or may
not be present, present in most species.

D^. Raptorial dactylus as in preceding genera, not inflated at
base ; armed with 4 or more teeth, including the termi-
nal one; telson smooth or scabrous and without sub-
median spinules or denticles, or with a transverse row
or circlet of spines and submedian spinules or denticles
on its posterior margin. . . . LysiosquillUj p. 184

D^. Raptorial dactylus inflated at base; armed with not more
than 4 teeth, including terminal one;^^ telson closely
studded with small spines or fine spinules, or large tu-
bercles; with or without a pair of submedian carinae.
Coronida, p. 202

A2. Ischiomeral articulation of raptorial claw situated at a point ante-
rior to proximal end of merus, which consequently extends back-
ward considerably beyond the joint; ventral surface of merus
grooved and hollowed out for reception of propodus for not more
than % its length; raptorial dactylus inflated at base and un-
armed except for terminal tooth. . . . Gonodactylus, p. 208

28 In the 17 mm. long, unique specimen of Coronida stnuosa Edmondson (Occ.
Paps. Bishop Mus., Vol. 7, No. 13, p. 295 [17], fig. 2, 1921), one raptorial dactylus
is armed with 4 teeth, including the terminal one, the other with 5. Its placement in
Coronida should at best be considered only tentative, for, as Dr. Edmondson him-
self comments, "There is no certainty that the individual described is mature." The
telson is not spined or tuberculated ; its dorsal surface is "marked by numerous
linear, curved, and scroll-like carinae which lack symmetry on the two sides except
in the medial region, where it is maintained in a slight degree."

NO. 4 SCHMITT : STOMATOPODS 139

Genus SQUILLA Fabricius, 1787

In view of Dr. B. Chopra's-^ discussion of the use of the name Squilla
for this genus and his discovery that Clorida Eydoux and Souleyet^*' and
not Chloridella Miers^^ would have to be adopted if the International
rules of Zoological Nomenclature are to be strictly adhered to, I have
been moved to recede from the stand which was taken by Dr. Mary J.
Rathbun32 j^ favor of Chloridella and which I have strongly supported
in the past.

Moreover, Dr. Charles Wardell Stiles, formerly Secretary of the
International Commission for Zoological Nomenclature, with whom I
again went over the entire matter a few months ago, has a memorandum
from Dr. Rathbun, written in response to his request for her opinion
on Dr. Bigelow's^^ petition for a suspension of the Rules in behalf of
Squilla. She expressed her approval of it.

In literature, correspondence, and conversation, by far the greater
number of carcinologists are strongly in favor of a suspension of the
Rules and the retention of Squilla. At the next meeting of the Inter-
national Commission the petition will undoubtedly be favorably acted
upon, and so, in the interest of uniformity in stomatopod literature, I
shall in this paper and future ones give Squilla precedence, until such
time as the Commission may rule otherwise.

We do not yet know our stomatopods well enough always to deter-
mine young, or small, and immature specimens. The adult, mature
characters upon which the following keys and descriptions of species are
chiefly based are to be found only in specimens of fair or good size for the
species. Specimens less than 40 mm. in length and sometimes even larger
individuals present difficulties: the lateral processes of the free thoracic
somites are rarely sufficiently well developed for satisfactory specific de-
termination, especially in forms which have spinous or at least acutely
angled processes in the adult; the expected posterior spines of the sub-
median carinae of certain of the abdominal somites may also be yet

29Rec. Indian Mus., Vol. 36, Pt. 1, p. 18, 1934. See also Balss, Bronns Klassen
und Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Vol. 5, Abt. 1, Book 6, Pt. 2, Stomatopoda, p. 127,
1938.

30 Voyage autour du Monde sur La Bonite, Zool., 1, Crust., p. 264, 1841.

31 Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 5, p. 12, 1880.

32 Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 26, p. 54, 1903.

33 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 72, No. 4, pp. 175-177, 1931. See also Stiles,
Science, Vol. 83, No. 2162, p. 552, 1936; Zool. Anz., Vol. 115 (3/4), p. 110, 1936.

140 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

unformed in the young of certain species; and, likewise, the spines of
the anterolateral angles of the carapace in the young of species in which
they are normally spined in fully developed or mature specimens may
appear blunt or merely rounded off in juvenile specimens.

The characteristic coloration of the uropods in small Squillas is not
always well developed or so complete as in adults.

Key to Species of Squilla Known from the Pacific Coast of America

A^. No median carina on carapace anterior to level of cervical groove;
no intermediate carinae ; and laterals, if present, placed well back
on carapace, often inconspicuous.

Lateral margins of 6th and 7th thoracic somites not bilobed. Submedian
carinae present on 6th abdominal somite, posteriorly spined. No man-
dibular palp. Epipodites on first 4 thoracic limbs only (for iS*. gracilipes
the count is not known). Telson without trace of pre- (or second) lateral
lobe or angle.

B^. Raptorial dactylus with 4 teeth or spines, counting the terminal
one.

Cornea placed obliquely on eyestalk. Lateral margins of 6th and 7th
thoracic somites rounded. No submedian carinae on somites anterior
to 6th abdominal.

G^. Lateral process of 5th (first free) thoracic somite a promi-
nent, flattened spine or lobe distally more or less rounded
oflF or subacute, with apex directed forward or laterally ; a
pair of ventral spines also present.

Anterolateral angles of carapace spined. Telson without carinae
either side of median one except marginals. Denticles 6, 8-14, 1,
all very sharp, spiniform polita, p. 146

C^. Lateral margin of 5th thoracic somite in dorsal view appears
bilobed, neither lobe forming a conspicuous lateral process :
a pair of ventral spines or sharp angles present.

Anterolateral angles of carapace unarmed. Telson with 5 more or
less complete longitudinal carinae either side of median one.
Denticles 4-5, 9-11, 1 swetti, p. 146

Fig. 1. Diagrammatic sketches of Squilla, illustrating terms used
in description, a. carapace and rostrum, exposed thoracic so-
mites, and first abdominal somite; b. 5th and 6th abdominal so-
mites and telson.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

141

CARAPACE AND ROSTRUM

Rostrum or rostra! plate

Anterior literal ang'le of carapace

Anterior bifurcated portion of median carina

Margladl "I

Lateral > CARINAE

Itatermediate J

Gastric ^Voove

Cervical ^Voovg

Posterior reflected prt of mag'inal carina

EXPOSED THORACIC SOMITES

Lateral processes of fifth thoracic Somite

Median

Submedian >■ CAR.INAE

Intermediate ,

FIRST ABDOMINAL SOMITE

Lateral
Mai^'inal

}

CARINAE

> CAR.INAE

FIFTH AND SIXTH
ABDOMINAL SOMITES

Median
- Submediaa
Intermediate
Lateral
Maig'inal
Lateral

TELSON

Pre -lateral lobe or an^'le
Median carina
Lateral I
Intermediate r TEETH
Submedian J
Lateral ^
Intermediate > DENTICLES

Submed'tan J

142 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

B2. Raptorial dactylus with more than 4 teeth.

Anterolateral angles of carapace spined or at least sharp angled. Lat-
eral process of 5th thoracic somite a sharp, laterally directed spine;
also a pair of ventral spines.

G^. Cornea set very obliquely on eyestalk.

Raptorial dactylus with 7 to 9, rarely 6, teeth. Lateral margins of
6th and 7th thoracic somites drawn out at posterolateral angle into
a sharp, backwardly directed spine. Submedian carinae present on
all abdominal somites, posterior margin of 5th somite either side
between submedian and intermediate carinae armed with from
1-4 spines grouped together (found only in this species). Denticles

0, 1-11, 1. Submedian teeth of telson with movable tips

armata, p. 150

G^. Cornea set more or less transversely on eyestalk.

Raptorial dactylus with 8 to 10 teeth. Lateral margins of 6th and
7th thoracic somites rounded. No submedian carinae on somites

anterior to 6th abdominal. Denticles 18±, 13±, 1

gracilipes, p. 151

A^. Carapace with well-marked median carina; intermediate and lat-
eral carinae present; anterolateral angles spined, at least in
larger, adult or mature specimens.

Submedian carinae present on all abdominal somites. Prelateral lobes or
angles of telson at least indicated, usually well marked, spined or un-
armed.

B^. Lateral margin of 5th (first free) thoracic somite, seen in dorsal
view, composed of 2 prominent, distinct processes, a more or
less antrorse anterior spine and a rounded posterior lobe, no
ventral spines, lateral margin of 6th and 7th somites rounded,
entire, not bilobed.

Cornea set more or less transversely on eyestalk. Raptorial dactylus
with 5 teeth. No trace of mandibular palp. Epipodites on the first 4
thoracic limbs. Submedian carinae on 5th and 6th abdominal somites
posteriorly spined. Denticles 3, 10, 1 hildebrandi, p. 152

B2. Lateral margin of 5th thoracic somite, seen in dorsal view, com-
posed of a single process, spinous or subacute, or of one or two
low, inconspicuous lobes ; also a pair of ventral spines scarcely
or not visible in dorsal view.

Mandibular palp present, except, in some cases at least, in small
specimens.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 143

G^. Eyestalks dilated, bottle or flask shaped, distally constricted
before cornea; cornea set more or less obliquely on eye-
stalk, major axis of cornea shorter than the peduncular one
extended to anterior margin of cornea.

Raptorial dactylus with 5 or 6 teeth. Median carina of carapace
not bifurcate, intermediate carinae fall well short of anterior
margin. Lateral process of 5th thoracic somite a sharp spine to
side, slightly inclined forward, lateral margins of 6th and 7th
angled and medially emarginated, suggestively but not definitely
bilobed. Epipodites on first 3 thoracic limbs. Prelateral lobe or
angle of telson not spined. Denticles 1-3, 3-4, 1. . dubia, p. 155

G^. Eyestalks triangular or subtriangular, widest distally next to
cornea, corneal axis at least as long as, usually longer than,
peduncular axis.

Raptorial dactylus with 6 teeth. Lateral margins of 6th and 7th
(at least 6th) thoracic somites usually more or less distinctly bi-
lobed.

Di. Prelateral lobe or angle of telson present and spined.

Submedian carinae of 5th and 6th abdominal somites, and usu-
ally also 4th in all specimens exceeding 65 mm. in median
length exclusive of rostrum and occasional smaller ones, poste-
riorly spined. Median carina of carapace bifurcate anteriorly
and if bifurcate posteriorly before the cervical groove only
inconspicuously or incompletely so; intermediate carinae run
to or about to anterior margin. Lateral spine of 5th thoracic
somite stout, markedly turned forward; posterior lobe of later-
al margin of 6th and 7th somites subacute or acute, more or
less laterally directed. Cornea set very obliquely on eyestalk.
Epipodites present on first 5 thoracic limbs. Denticles 4-6, 7-9,
1 biffeloivij p. 156

D^. Prelateral angle of telson margin, if present, not spined.

E^. Of submedian carinae on the abdomen only those of the
6th somite are posteriorly spined.

F^. Median carina of carapace before level of cervical
groove more or less distinctly bifurcate at its an-
terior and posterior ends; intermediate carinae
fall well short of anterior margin.

144 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Cornea set more or less transversely on eyestalk. Lateral
spine of 5th thoracic somite stout, curved forward; pos-
terior lobe of lateral margin of 6th and 7th somites
acute, sharp pointed, or subacute, directed laterally.
Epipodites present on first 4 thoracic limbs. Denticles
2-4, 5-7, 1 aculeata, p, 158

F^. Median carina of carapace before level of cervical
groove not bifurcate anteriorly; if bifurcate poste-
riorly, only very inconspicuously or incompletely
so.

Cornea set definitely obliquely upon eyestalk. Epipodites
present on first 5 thoracic limbs.

G^. Lateral spine of 5th thoracic somite directed more
laterally than forward, only slightly inclined
forward; posterior lobe of lateral margin of
6th and 7th somites subacute or acute (may be
blunt in small specimens), more or less lateral-
ly directed, slight if any posterior inclination in
7th somite.

Intermediate carinae of carapace run to or very close
to anterior margin. Denticles 3-5, 7-10, up to 14 in
some small specimens, 1. Telson more or less rugose
or with some small tuberculation either side of me-
dian carina ; in young specimens the telson is only
pitted, as in other species .... hancocki, p. 160

G^. Lateral spine of 5th thoracic somite distinctly
curved forward ; posterior lobe of lateral mar-
gins of 6th and 7th somites drawn out to a
sharp point directed posteriorly.

Intermediate carinae of carapace fall well short of
anterior margin. Denticles 3-5, 7-10, 1. Telson pitted
and eroded tiburonensis, p. 165

E-. Submedian carinae of 5th and 6th or 4th, 5th, and 6th
abdominal somites posteriorly spined.

Epipodites present on first 5 thoracic limbs.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 145

F^. Portion of median carina of carapace before level of
cervical groove bifurcate anteriorly and posterior-

ly.

Lateral process of Sth thoracic somite a well-developed
spine.

G^. Only 5th and 6th submedian abdominal carinae
posteriorly spined.

Lateral spine of Sth thoracic somite curved forward.
Posterolateral angle of posterior lobe of 6th and 7th
somites directed obliquely backward, usually sharply
spinous, seldom only subacute. Intermediate carinae
of carapace fall short of anterior margin. Cornea set
more or less transversely on eyestalk. Denticles 5-7,
15-19, 1 biformis, p. 165

G^. Fourth,^^ 5th, and 6th submedian abdominal
carinae posteriorly spined.

Lateral spine of Sth thoracic somite directed more or
less laterally, not markedly turned or inclined, for-
ward; posterolateral angle of posterior lobe of later-
al margins of 6th and 7th somites rounded off or
bluntly pointed, subacute in old, well-developed in-
dividuals. Intermediate carinae of carapace running
to or about to anterior margin. Cornea set very
obliquely on eyestalk. Denticles 5-8, 10-13, l(-2?).
panamensis, p. 166

F^. Median carina of carapace before cervical groove not
bifurcate at either end ; intermediate carinae very
short, fall far short of anterior margin.

Lateral process or processes of Sth thoracic somite in-
conspicuous, low and undeveloped, at most "a very short
obtuse spine [if it can even be called that] that is flat-
tened antero-posteriorly and is connected by a ridge
with the short acute ventral spine of the same side"
(Bigelow). Only Sth and 6th submedian abdominal
carinae posteriorly spined. Mandibular palp was found
present only in the largest specimen and then only on the
right side, palp with 3 joints at most only obscurely in-
dicated. Cornea set more or less obliquely on eyestalk.
Denticles 2-5, 6-9, 1 (usually 4, 7-8, 1). . pai"va,p. 168

34 In specimens under 40 mm. in length the 4th abdominal submedians may
not be spined.

146

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL.5

Squilla pollta Bigelow

Squilla polita Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. 10, No. 88,
p. 93, 1891; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 513,
fig. 8, 1894. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 201,
1913 [listed only]. Kemp and Chopra, Rec. Indian Mus., Vol. 22,
p. 298, 1926. Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 72, No. 4,
p. 182, 1931.

Distribution: From Monterey Bay, California, to off Abreojos
Point, Lower California, from depths of 23 to 92 fathoms.

Fig. 2. Squilla polita, female, from Santa Rosa Island, Califor-
nia {Albatross Sta. 2902, January 7, 1889). Telson (from Big-
elow ) .

Squilla swetti, new species

Distribution: Known only from the female holotype (U.S.N.M.
No. 76032) and one male and one female paratype dredged off Petatlan
Bay, Mexico, south and west of the White Friars Islands, in 25 fathoms,
March 2, 1934 (Hancock Exped. Sta. No. 264-34). This species has
been named in honor of Mr. W. Charles Swett, Captain Hancock's
former aide and executive officer of the Velero III. The holotype is
28 mm. in median length of body exclusive of rostrum, carapace 6.7,
rostrum 1.2.

Description: A species in many ways reminiscent of S. fasciata (de
Haan)^^ and S. miles Hess,-"*^ yet differing in several particulars from
both. Also related to the first of these is S. fallax (Bouvier).^'^ Kemp^^

35 Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 34, pi. 1, figs. 21-23, 1913, and
sjTionymy.

36 Kemp, op. cit.j p. 36, and synonymy.

37 Bull. Sci. France et Belgique (7), Vol. 48, Fasc. 3, p. 308, text figs. 39-42,
1915.

38 Kemp and Chopra, Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. 22, Ft. 4, No. 22, p. 300, 1921.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

147

Fig. 3. Squilla sivetti, female holotype, from off Petatlan Bay,
Mexico (Hancock Exped. Sta. 264-34, March 2, 1934). a. telson
and left uropod; b. anterior portion.

says that fallax, "apart from the number of teeth [4] on the raptorial
dactylus and other characters, differs from S. fasciata in the complete
suppression of the mandibular palp." This palp is also absent from the
species here described.

As in miles, the anterolateral angles of the carapace of S. swetti
are not spined and the rostrum is somewhat longer than broad; in
fasciata the rostrum is "scarcely broader than long" ; in fallax the rostrum
is quite long and attenuated distally, being about 1% times as long as
its greatest width.

148 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

The dorsal surface of the carapace of swetti is smooth and shining.
The cervical groove does not cross the median area, although it does
interrupt the gastric groove. There are no carinae on the carapace
except for the reflexed portions of the marginal carinae, visible in the
posterior quarter of the carapace, and vi^ithin the area bounded by the
marginal carina and its reflexed portion there is on either side a faint
trace or suggestion of a short bit of what may be taken to represent a
posterior remnant of a lateral carina, scarcely more than an angulation
in the surface of the carapace that interrupts the reflected light. Just
before the mid-point of the posterior margin of the carapace is a small
raised ring with 2 posterior oblique, laterally directed rays.

The corneae are obliquely placed on their stalks; their long axis is
slightly longer than the median axis of the stalk and the thickness of the
cornea taken together. The thickness or perpendicular height of the
cornea is about Yo the median height of the stalk exclusive of the cornea.

The outer inferior angle of the merus of the raptorial leg is rounded ;
the carpus has a groove and keel above, the latter entire and terminating
anteriorly in a rounded-off right angle; the propodus is armed with the
usual 3 spines and series of pectinations; the dactylus is armed with 4
teeth, including the terminal one, in this respect like S. miles and unlike
S. fasciata, which has 5 teeth. The outer margin of the dactyl in our
species is angled posteriorly and notched just before the angulation. This
is also the case in S. fallax, but not in S. fasciata.

The free thoracic somites are smooth and with carinae on the 6th,
7th, and 8th somites only in line with the intermediates of the abdomen
other than the marginals; the 5th somite has a pair of curved carinae
almost meeting on the median line anteriorly; lateral processes of this
somite consist of 2 low, more or less anteriorly-posteriorly flattened lobes,
the upper is somewhat obliquely bent forward and is more prominent
on the right than the left side, below on either side of the somite is a
ventral spine; lateral margins of the 6th and 7th somites broadly rounded,
forming somewhat auriculiform lobes.

No submedian carinae on the abdominal somites except the 6th;
intermediate, lateral, and marginal present on all; intermediates and
laterals spined on 5th and 6th, marginals spined on 4th and 5th only.

The median carina of the telson is well marked and ends in a promi-
nent spine; it is more or less paralleled either side by 6 thinner carinae
(not counting marginal) of various lengths and curvatures; the first
pair lie a little within an imaginary line continuing the carinae which

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 149

dorsally reinforce the submedian teeth of the telson; these last-named
carinae end anteriorly at about the level of the posterior ends of this
first pair of carinae on the surface of the telson; the next, 2nd to 4th,
carinae either side are more or less equidistant one from the other and
lie in the area posteriorly bounded either side by the submedian and
intermediate teeth of the telson, the 2nd carina to the left of the median
carina is broadly interrupted, that on the right side also but by a shorter,
less conspicuous interval nearer its posterior end ; the 5th carina either
side is more or less in line with the inner margin of the lateral projection
or tooth. There is no trace of a prelateral lobe or angle and no ventral
carina. The submedian teeth have movable tips, and beneath the terminal
spine of the median carina there is a well-marked tubercle; a small one
is to be found near the proximal end of this carina forming a small notch,
as it were, in lateral view. The denticles number 4-5, 9-11, 1. The bifur-
cate process of the uropods bears 5 spines on its inner margin ; the inner
of the 2 projections is about twice the length of the outer; it carries a
large lobular tooth on its outer margin.

The greater number of longitudinal carinae, among other characters,
will distinguish the new species from miles, aside from the presence of
the oblique row of tubercles either side of the telson in miles; such
tubercles are also absent in S. fasciata. S. fasciata has the telson differ-
ently proportioned and has a greater number of longitudinal carinae,
differently arranged, and also well-marked prelateral denticles. In S.
fallax the carinae, except the median carina, the one either side of it, and
the marginal ones, have been replaced by more or less regular-irregular
rows of tubercles. There are 5 to 7 such rows, according to one's idea
of what constitutes a row or line of tubercles; no prelateral lobe or
denticle is indicated in Bouvier's figure of the telson.

150

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Squilla armata H. Milne-Edwards

Squilla armata H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Cmst., Vol. 2, p. 251,
1837. Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 515,
figs. 9, 10, 1894. Rathbun, Revista Chilena Hist. Nat., Vol. 11,
p. 50, 1907. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 41,
1913, and synonymy. Stebbing, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, Vol.
50, p. 300, 1914. Balss, Stomatopoden in Michaelson, Beitr.
Meeresfauna Westafrikas, Crust. Ill, p. 51, 1916. Chopra, Rec.
Indian Mus., Vol. 22, p. 298, 1921. Parisi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci.
Nat., Vol. 61, p. 93, 1922.

Mis \r\. J. ./"I , mmi

10/

Fig. 4. Squilla armata, female, from off southern Chile {Alba-
tross Sta. 2783, February 6, 1888). a. telson and uropods; b. rap-
torial claw (both from Bigelow).

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

151

Distribution: Atlantic coast of Patagonia at Gulf of St. George;
Cape Horn (Milne-Edwards) ; coast of Chile, as far north as Valparaiso
(Milne-Edwards, Nicolet, Bigelow, Rathbun) ; New Zealand (Kirk,
Chilton) ; New South Wales (Whitelegge) ; [German] S.W. Africa
(Balss) ; and off Cape Point Lighthouse, South Africa (Stebbing) ; from
depths of 45 to 122 fathoms.

Squilla gracilipes Miers

Squilla gracilipes Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1881, p. 75, pi. 7, fig. 8, 1881.
Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 200, 1913, and
synonymy [listed only]. Parisi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat., Vol. 61,
p. 93, 1922.

Fig. 5. Squilla gracilipes. a. telson and left uropod of type,
young male from southern Chile ("west coast of Patagonia")
(after Miers) ; b. telson and left uropod of male from Valparaiso
("forma larga" after Parisi).

Distribution: West coast of Patagonia (Miers) ; Valparaiso (Par-

isi).

152

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Squilla hildebrandi, new species

:*>'^..! -4.4 i;u)>*^'

Fig. 6. Squilla hildebrandi, male holotype, from Fort Sherman,
Canal Zone (collected by Dr. S. F. Hildebrand, March 3, 1937).
a. telson and left uropod ; b. anterior portion ; c. lateral view of
free thoracic somites; d. raptorial claw.

Distribution: Known only from the unique holotype (U.S.N.M.
No. 76068), a male 47 mm. in median length of body exclusive of ros-
trum, carapace 12, rostrum 1^ mm. long, from Fort Sherman, Canal

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 153

Zone, collected March 3, 1937, by Dr. S. F. Hildebrand, for whom I
take pleasure in naming the species.

Description: A species with strong Indo-Pacific affinities, inasmuch
as it is in many particulars very close to S. hieroglyphica Kemp^^ and,
like that species, near S. laevis^^ Hess. As in both these species, the man-
dibular palp is entirely missing.

Of the several Pacific-American species here dealt with, it has, next
to S. panamensiSj the most roughly surfaced carapace. This, although to
all appearances smooth and shining, is finely pitted or punctate, eroded
much as in S. panamensis, but not as coarsely so, yet more so than the
other west coast species of Squilla.

The anterior width of the carapace is nearly % its median length
exclusive of the rostrum, much as it is in hierofflypha,^^ where the ante-
rior width equals 34 tbe median length ; in laevis the carapace is stouter,
the anterior width being half the length of the carapace including the
rostrum. The lateral margins of the carapace are not angulated before
the rounded posterolateral angles. The median carina is distinct before
the dorsal pit but, as in hieroglypha, not bifurcate, while in laevis it is
bifurcate; the intermediate carinae are distinct but short, anterolateral
spine present, of good size.

The rostrum is wider than its median length and in shape more or
less intermediate between laevis and hieroglypha; it is carinated as in
the latter, but the median carina runs closer to the tip, where a small
gap intervenes between the anterior ends of the marginal carinae and also
the end of the median carina.

As in hieroglypha and also S. aculeata, the cornea is more or less
transversely placed on its triangular stalk; in our species the eyestalks
are of a rich golden brown color ; each stalk, as in hieroglypha, carries 3
prominent spots arranged in the form of a triangle.

As in hieroglypha also, there is no spine at the distal end of the in-
ferior margin of the propodus as in laevis; and, like the former species,
ours has the raptorial dactylus armed with 5 teeth, including the termi-
nal ; in laevis there are 4.

The lateral processes of the 5th thoracic somite are in size, shape,
and direction more or less intermediate between hieroglypha and laevis;

39 Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 51, pi. 3, figs. 38-41, 1913.

40 Kemp, op. cit., p. 49, pi. 3, figs. 35-37, and synonjTiiy.

■*i Not including the rostrum, as in Kemp's text, for in his figure the anterior
width equals about ^ the median length exclusive of the rostrum.

154 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

the anterior lobes of the 6th and 7th somites are sh'ghtly or scarcely
marked, the posterior lobes are again intermediate in size and direction,
more or less intermediate between those of the 2 nearly related species.

The submedian carinae of the 5th and 6th abdominal somites are
posteriorly spined, as are the intermediates of the 4th, 5th, and 6th, the
3rd to 6th laterals inclusive, and all the marginals.

Denticles of the telson are 3, 10, 1 ; there is no prelateral denticle, the
prelateral carina runs little more than halfway to the tip of the lateral
tooth; at about this halfway point the carina that is continued to the
extremity of the lateral tooth begins; the marginal teeth of the telson
are of good size and sharp, with laterals a little exserted and about as
long as submedians and both a little shorter than the intermediate teeth,
and thus, except for the prelateral angle or spine of the latter, more
like laevis than hieroglypha. At about % the length of the median carina
of the telson from the extremity of the terminal tooth or spine, a small,
shallow punctation more or less inconspicuously interrupts the crest of
the carina.

Color: In coloration or arrangement of the chromatophores our
species is not unlike hieroglypha. The chromatophores, although generally
sparsely scattered, are on the carapace aggregated in a line along the
median carina, the gastric grooves, the proximal half of the intermediate
carinae, the whole of the lateral carinae, and the reflexed portions of the
marginal ones, as well as along the posterior margins of all the free
somites behind the 5th thoracic, except the 6th abdominal. On the telson
the chromatophore arrangement bears a striking resemblance to that
found in hieroglypha, which Kemp says is unlike any other species;
however, hieroglypha, as figured, has neither the 2 pairs of isolated spots
either side of the median carina of the telson near its posterior extremity
nor the little band of 6 more or less coalescent chromatophores around
the hinder end of the median carina beneath the terminal spine, the latter
appears also to have been somewhat dark colored toward its tip in life
in our species.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

155

Squilla dubia H. Milne-Edwards

Squilla dubia H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., Vol. 2, p. 522,
1937. Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 518,
1894. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 200, 1913,
and synonymy [otherwise only listed]. Kemp and Chopra, Rec.
Indian Mus., Vol. 22, p. 298, 1921. Lunz, Jour. Elisha Mitchell
Sci. Soc, Vol. 51, No. 1, p. 157, fig. 5, 1935.

Squilla rubrolineata Dana, Crust. U.S. Explor. Exped., Pt. 1, p. 618,
1852, pi. 41, fig. 2, 1855.

Squilla alba Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus., Vol. 2, p. 35, pi. 5,
1930 (I have examined the type).

Fig. 7. Squilla dubia, female, from salt lake near Guayaquil,
Ecuador (collected by Dr. W. H. Jones, U.S.N., December 19,
1884). a. telson and left uropod; b. anterior portion.

156 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Distribution: East coast of America from Charleston, South Caro-
lina, to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, including Georgia, British Honduras,
Cuba, Santo Domingo, Trinidad, and Limon Bay, Panama; west coast
from El Triunfo, El Salvador, to Rio Tumbes, Peru, including Punta
Arenas, Costa Rica, Guayaquil, Ecuador, from a salt lake back of town,
and a male specimen in the National Museum collections just determined
which was found on the mud at low tide at the Pacific entrance to the
Panama Canal by the Marsh-Darien Expedition, July, 1924.

Remarks: The identity of Dana's Squilla rubrolineata with the
present species hitherto questioned, I believe, may be accepted. The few
discrepancies that are to be noted do not seem to be of sufficient moment
to warrant the continued doubt. The eyestalks, as drawn in Dana's
Atlas, perhaps are not what they should be. They are different from
the more usual "Squilla" type of eye and do more or less resemble the
eyes of S. dubia; also the transverse axis of their corneae is oblique to,
and not longer than, the longitudinal axis of the ocular peduncle. The
median keel of the telson in smaller specimens of dubia is always sharper
than in older and more developed specimens; the latter usually have the
margins of the telson very much thickened.

Squilla bigelowl, new name

Squilla panamensis variety A Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, 1891 ;
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 529, 1894.

? Squilla panamensis "Variety B" Boone, Bull. Vanderbilt Mar. Mus.,
Vol. 2, p. 39, pi. 6, 1930.

Chloridella panamensis "Variety A" Lunz, Bull. Bingham Oceanog.
Coll., Vol. 5, Art. 5, p. 11, fig. 4, 1937.

Distribution: Of this species I have seen no material other than that
listed by Bigelow. This was taken by the Albatross in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia. Within the Gulf the species has been collected from Angeles Bay
(Lunz) and off Cape Lobos northward to Point San Fermin, Diggs
Point, and Consag Rock, 12-76 fathoms. The bottom where recorded,
with one exception, was mud of some description, brown, green, and
gray; the exceptional case was at one of two stations off Consag Rock
(12 fathoms) on gray (green?) sand; the other station off this rock
(33 fathoms) had the bottom given as brown mud.

NO. 4

SCHMITT: STOMATOPODS

157

Type: A male dredged in 76 fathoms off Cape Lobos, on the east
side of the Gulf of California, March 24, 1889 {Albatross Sta. 3016),
has been selected as the type (U.S.N. M. No. 18462). It measures, in
median length exclusive of the rostrum, 96 mm.; the rostral plate 3^
mm.; the carapace 21; abdomen and telson together 75; telson alone
19.

Fig. 8. Squilla bigelonvi, male holotype, from off Cape Lobos,
Gulf of California {Albatross Sta. 3016, March 24, 1889). Tel-
son.

Remarks: Three specimens from Punta Arenas, Costa Rica, which
Miss Boone identified with "Squilla panamensis variety B," may belong
here, for the illustration which she furnishes has the prelateral angles or
lobes of the telson spined. Lunz called attention to this fact. However,
the raptorial dactyli of Miss Boone's specimen, as drawn, are armed each
with 5 teeth, including the terminal one, while the submedian carinae of
the 2nd and 3rd abdominal somites are represented in both the figure
and text as being posteriorly spined, as well as those of the 4th, 5th, and
6th somites. In none of the Gulf of California specimens that I have had
the opportunity to examine are there less than 6 teeth on the raptorial
dactylus, nor are the submedian carinae of the 2nd and 3rd abdominal
somites posteriorly spined.

158

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Squilla aculeata Bigelow

Squilla aculeata Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. 12, No. 106,
p. 101, 1893; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 523,
figs. 15, 16, 1894. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1,
p. 200, 1913 [listed only]. Lunz, Bull. Bingham Oceanog. Coll.,
Vol. 5, Art. 5, p. 8, 1937.

a

Fig. 9. Squilla aculeata, male holotype, from Iquique, Chile
(collected by Dr. W. H. Jones, U.S.N., January, 1885). a. telson
(from Bigelow) ; b. eye.

The magnification of the telson as originally figured by Bigelow
is actually 1% times natural size and not % natural size as
stated under his figure (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017,
p. 524, fig. 16, 1894). Also, as the cornea does not appear to me to
be quite as transverse as Bigelow depicts it (his fig. 15), the eye
has been redrawn.

Distribution: Teacapan, Sinaloa, Mexico; Panama; and Iquique,
Chile. In addition to the 2 specimens which Bigelow examined, the Na-
tional Museum now possesses a female 110 mm. in length, taken at
Teacapan, Sinaloa, Mexico, by Sr. Carlos Stansch, Direccion Forestal y
de Caza y Pesca, Mexico, and 8 others collected by Dr. S. F. Hildebrand,
of the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries, in 1937, in tide pools at Panama: 6?,
mostly small (the only large specimen in the lot is 100 mm. long), on the

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 159

San Francisco Reef, February 13; and 1 cf 1$, respectively, about 68 and
36 mm. long, at Venado Beach, February 26.

Color: The color markings of alcoholic specimens still retaining
them in general resemble those of panamensis, inasmuch as the hind bor-
der of the carapace and the following somites of the body are dark
margined, except the 1st free thoracic and the 6th abdominal. The telson,
however, lacks the pair of small, outwardly turned dark-colored crescents
placed one either side of the median carina near its base ; also the greater
part of the penultimate joint of the outer branch of the uropod is dark
colored, while in panamensis there is some indication of color only toward
the hinder margin of this joint and along its median ridge; the terminal
joint in aculeata is practically without color, there being only a very small
bit along the proximal and proximal inner margin ; in panamensis the lon-
gitudinal % of its expanse next the inner margin is dark colored; the
outer third is whitish or without color; the blade of the endopod is about
% dark colored.

There is a narrow band of dark color across the dorsum of the second
abdominal somite in aculeata between the submedian carinae and extend-
ing laterally for about ^ its transverse length to either side beyond the
submedian carinae. I do not particularly notice a comparable band of
color in panamensis, although it is indicated in some small, rather fresh
specimens taken by the Hancock Expeditions off Cabita Bay, Colombia.
The marginal lobes of the 6th and 7th thoracic somites are almost wholly
dark colored, while they seem to be without color in panamensis, except
for some isolated chromatophores found scattered everywhere in both
species.

The carinae of the carapace, except the median, are indicated with
fine lines of color. The last 2 joints of the antennular peduncles of
aculeata are with little color except toward their distal margins ; the re-
verse is true in panamensis, in which the greater part of these joints is
dark colored and the distal margins light or without color; the antennular
flagella in both species show little or no color.

Remarks: The marginal teeth of the telson of the figured type have
perhaps attained their extreme development ; the transverse fissure across
the median carina of the telson, near its base and so plainly marked in
the figured type, is already indicated in specimens of only 25 mm. in
length, and becomes more evident with increase in size ; in the correspond-
ing place on the median carina of even good-sized panamensis there is
only a very slight indentation.

160 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Squilla hancocki, new species

Distribution: Known from 25 fathoms off Petatlan Bay, Mexico,
from Tangola-Tangola Bay, Mexico, 15-20 fathoms, and from Cape
San Francisco, Ecuador, 20 fathoms, muck bottom.

Type: The largest of 4 females from off Petatlan Bay (Hancock
Exped. Sta. 264-34) has been selected as the type (U.S.N.M. No.
76074). It measures in median length, exclusive of the rostrum, 60 mm.,
the carapace 13.2, the rostrum 2. This species is named for Captain Allan
Hancock, a generous patron of science and a true and good friend of
those who have had the great pleasure of going exploring with him.

Description: A species in general appearance and markings very
like S. tiburonensis (== var. B. of S. panamensis Bigelow). Surface of
carapace and abdomen smooth and shining. The anterior width of the
carapace is a little more than half its median length exclusive of the
rostrum; the median carina before the cervical groove is not bifurcate
at either end ; the intermediates continue anteriorly to the anterior mar-
gin. The rostral plate is more or less subquadrate, slightly tapering, and
broadly rounded distally; in tiburonensis the rostral plate, though distally
rounded off, is elongated triangular with the lateral margins a little
convex. In the latter species the rostral plate is margined with color, in
hancocki it is all colored except for a relatively small semicircular area
at the middle of the basal or proximal margin. The corneae are set
obliquely on their stalks. The raptorial dactylus, as in the other pana-
mensis relatives, is armed with 6 teeth.

The lateral spine of the 5th thoracic somite extends more or less
straight out to the side, much as in typical S. panamensis, with but slight
forward inclination ; in S. tiburonensis the corresponding spine is distally
noticeably turned forward. The lateral margins of the posterior lobes of
the 6th and 7th thoracic somites more or less subacute, in any case with
tips or lateral extensions with only slight if any posterior inclination : in
tiburonensis these posterior lobes are sharply and acutely pointed, and
these spinous processes are definitely posteriorly directed.

Of the submedian carinae of the abdomen only those on the 6th somite
are posteriorly spined; the (3rd?), 4th, 5th, and 6th intermediates are
spined, 3-6 laterals inclusive, and all the marginal carinae.

The denticles of the telson number 3-5, 7-10, 1. In this respect, the
telson resembles that of tiburonensis, and in other respects also it resem-
bles that species, as well as other related panamensis forms ; yet it differs

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

161

Fig. 10. Squilla hancocki, female holotype, from off Petatlan
Bay, Mexico (Hancock Exped. Sta. 264-34, March 2, 1934).
a. telson and left uropod; b. raptorial dactylus; c. dorsal view of
anterior portion; d. dorsal view of first 5 abdominal somites to
show color markings.

162 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Strikingly from all these in having a more or less tuberculous, rugose
dorsal surface instead of a pitted and punctate one, as in the other species.
Either side of the prominent median carina are 6 or more longitudinal,
low, rounded rugae, anteriorly more or less tuberculous ; the tubercles
are somewhat longitudinally elongated, 2 rows more or less paralleling
the anterior end of the median carina, the other rows of tubercles ante-
riorly curve more or less toward the median line. The rugae may be
seen in even very small specimens, but the tuberculations do not appear
in specimens of less than 44 mm. in median length exclusive of the
rostrum ; even at this size occasionally one or two or very few tubercula-
tions may be observed ; at 47 mm. they increase in number and are plainly
to be seen. In the specimens of S. panamensis from off Petatlan Bay there
are one or two low, blunt tuberculations on the surface of the telson, but

1 have not otherwise noticed any in the Bigelow material of S. panamen-
sis. The inner spine of the bifurcate process of the uropod is twice as long
as the outer, the lobular tooth on its outer margin is well marked; its
inner margin is serrate, not spined ; the basal segment of the exopod
carries 8 movable spines on outer margin.

Color: In color pattern alcoholic specimens of S. hancocki and S.
tiburonensis are almost identical. The median carina is the mid-line of a
narrow, lanceolate area on the middorsum of the telson ; this area is much
darker marginally, and especially proximally where it forms 2 more or
less rectangular areas, one either side of the base of the median carina.
A pair of medially placed dark-colored or blackish roughly rectangular
areas are located on the dorsum of the 2nd, as well as the 5th, abdominal
somites. The somites from the 6th thoracic to the 5th abdominal inclusive
have dark-edged posterior margins. The distal end of the penultimate
segment of the exopod of the uropods is dark colored, as is also practically
the whole of the terminal segment or blade, except for a brief narrow
portion of the outer distal margin; not quite as much as the distal half
of the terminal blade of the endopod is also dark colored or blackish
all over. In tiburonensis the blade of the endopod is also distally blackish,
but the distal half of the blade is not wholly black, as it is traversed by
a longitudinal white or colorless strip. This occupies at least a fourth of
the width of the blade just inside the median line, and sometimes is even
wider than this.

Remarks: In its rugose or ridged telson S. hancocki would appear to
approach S. rugosa Bigelow,^^ but except for this passing similarity the

2 species are very distinct.

42 Squtlla rugosa Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. 12, No. 106, p. 102,
1893; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 541, figs. 23, 24, 1894.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 163

In S. rugosa a prelateral lobe or angle is not even indicated ; in han-
cocki, although blunt, it is well marked. On either side of the median
crest of the telson of the former there is a low, but well-defined, convex,
bowed-out carina paralleled by a row of longitudinally elongated tuber-
cles ; in S. hancocki, instead of a carina and one parallel row of tubercles,
there are 2 rows of tubercles paralleling each other either side of the
median carina. The 5th submedian carinae of the abdomen are not spined
posteriorly in S. hancocki; in S. rugosa they are well spined ; otherwise,
the carinae of the abdomen seem to be spined alike. The type of S. rugosa,
between the submedian and intermediate carinae of the 5th and 6th
abdominal somites, has the posterior margin of these somites armed with
a series of spinules; on the 6th somite, 3 on either side, in the greater
interspace between the more medially placed 2 of these spinules is a low,
tiny, inconspicuous "button" or bead indicative perhaps of a potential 4th
spinule; on the 5th somite there are 4 spinules on the left side and 3 on
the right; these spinules are placed nearer their respective intermediate
carinae than the submedians; to the outside of each of these groups of
spinules on the posterior margin of the 5th somite there is a small, low,
spiniform denticle, an incipient spinule. There are no such marginal
spinules in S. hancocki.

The intermediate carinae of the carapace which run to or just about
to the anterior margin in S. hancocki fall well short of it in S. rugosa.

The lateral spine or process of the 5th thoracic somite appears to have
a slightly backward trend in S. rugosa, inasmuch as the anterior margin
is longer than the posterior beyond the angulations that give this process
its somewhat lance-shaped form, while the spines into which the lateral
margins of the 6th and 7th somites are drawn out point almost directly
backward; in S. hancocki the lateral spine of the 5th somite is directed
laterally and only slightly inclined or curved forward ; the posterolateral
angles of the 6th and 7th thoracic somites, although forming an acute
angle, are less sharply and attenuatedly spinelike; moreover, the apices
of the broader and more flattened lateral spines are directed more or less
sideways and with no particular posterior inclination.

164

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL.5

Fig. 11. Squilla tiburonensis, female holotype, from S.E. of Ti-
buron Island, Gulf of California {Albatross Sta. 3014, March 23,
1889). a. telson and left uropod; b. raptorial dactylus; c. dorsal
view of anterior portion.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 165

Squilla tiburonensis, new name

Squilla panamensis variety B Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol.
10, No. 88, p. 94, 1891; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No.
1017, p. 529.

Distribution: Known only from the Gulf of California, within
which its known range extends from Angel de la Guardia Island on the
north to Espiritu Santo Island on the south. The type (U.S.N.M. No.
18468) is from S.E. of Tiburon Island {Albatross Sta. 3014, March 23,
1889, 29 fathoms).

Color: Apart from various morphologic differences, S. tiburonensis
may be distinguished from S. panamensis by its different color markings :
basally on the telson, in place of the dark or black crescent either side
of the median carina, there is a dark-colored, more or less squarish area.
There are also a pair of squarish black areas on the middorsum of the
2nd and 5th abdominal somites. Although most of the articulated somites
of the thorax and abdomen have the posterior margin dark edged, the
coloration here is not so thick, dense, or conspicuous as it is in panamensis.
In tiburonensis there is very little dark color on the distal margin of the
basal (penultimate) segment of the exopod of the uropod, the terminal
segment or blade is in its longitudinal outer third more or less white or
colorless, in the other two thirds dark colored or black; the distal half
of the blade of the endopod is black in its outer half or little more, and
white on its inner half except for a narrow longitudinal black line close
to the inner margin of the blade. See also color notes on S. hancocki,
p. 162.

Squilla biformis Bigelow

Squilla biformis Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. 10, No. 88,
p. 94, 1891; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 532,
fig. 20, pi. 21. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 200,
1913 [listed only].

Distribution: Known only from specimens secured by the U.S.
Fisheries Steamer Albatross off La Paz Bay, Gulf of California, 112 to
221 fathoms, March 16, 1889, and in the Bay of Panama, 56 to 259
fathoms, March 9 and 11, 1891.

166

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

a b

Fig. 12. Squilla biformis, from off La Paz Bay, Gulf of Califor-
nia {Albatross Sta. 2996, March 16, 1889). a. telson of male;
b. telson of female (from Bigelow).

Squilla panamensis Bigelow

Squilla Panamensis Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. 10, No.
88, p. 94, 1891.

Squilla panamensis Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017,
p. 526, figs. 17, 18, 1894. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4,
No. 1, p. 201, 1913 [part; listed only]. Kemp and Chopra, Rec.
Indian Mus., Vol. 22, p. 298, 1921. Parisi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci.
Nat., Vol. 59, p. 92, 1922 [listed only].

I 1 - 41

3^i^:-■;"*■:■.•^,•V>

''■ "■<■■■■

:iW:

i w'

Fig. 13. Squilla panamensis, male cotype, from Panama Bay
(Albatross coll., March, 1888). a. telson; b. free thoracic somites
(both from Bigelow).

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 167

Distribution: Heretofore known only from the Bay of Panama
from a green mud bottom in from 26 to 47 fathoms (Albatross Sta. 2799,
2803, 2804), but now also, as a result of the Hancock Expeditions, from
much farther north, off Petatlan Bay, Mexico, in 25 fathoms, and farther
south, off Cape Corrientes, Colombia, mud bottom, in 10 fathoms.

Color: Among the more prominent markings of S. pana?nensis are
a pair of outwardly turned, dark-colored or black crescents or arcs of
small circles, placed one either side of the proximal end of the median
carina of the telson; similar crescents occur in S. bigelowi (p. 156), but
were not drawn into Bigelow's figure of his panamensis telson reproduced
here (fig. \3a) ; the terminal joint or blade of the exopod of the uropod
has its inner, longitudinal % dark colored, the outer % white or color-
less ; the terminal blade of the endopod for the greater part of its inner
margin and for more than half its outer margin is dark colored.

The posterior margins of all free somites from the 6th thoracic to the
5th abdominal inclusive are margined with a very conspicuous, though
narrow, band of dark color, as are also the anterior and posterior mar-
gins of the carapace; 2 lines of color also mark the gastric grooves. The
antennal scale has its inner or fore edge also dark colored. There is also
a conspicuous spot of dark color on the upper margin near the anterior
end of the merus of the raptorial claw.

Remarks: The several lettered varieties. A, B, and C, differentiated
by Bigelow from among his S. panamensis material all seem worthy of
specific rating.

Already in 1917 Caiman (British Antarctic "Terra Nova" Expedi-
tion, 1910, Zoology, Vol. 3, No. 5, p. 139, fig. 1-3) described S. brasilien-
sis, which he believed, and which I feel certain, is identical with Bigelow's
"variety C." The characters stressed by Caiman hold for Bigelow's
specimen from off Cabo Frio, Brazil, also the type locality of Caiman's
material, 4c? 3?, 40 fathoms, May 2, 1913 (Sta. 42). Bigelow's speci-
men was dredged in 59 fathoms, December 30, 1887 {Albatross Sta.
2762, blue mud). Further, Hansen (Ark. Zool., Vol. 13, No. 20, p. 7,
1921) records a male of S. brasiliensis taken off the coast of Uruguay,
80 meters, December 12, 1901 (blackish gray clay).

Variety A, in this paper, has been named for Dr. Bigelow in recog-
nition of his most helpful and valuable contributions to the literature of
stomatopods. Variety B is named S. tiburonensis for its place of origin,
Tiburon Island, Gulf of California. Variety B, aside from other charac-
ters, can at once be distinguished from typical S. panamensis by its dif-

168 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5 I

ferent color markings; variety A, on the other hand, is perhaps closer i
to S. panamensis in this respect than any other species. ,

The carapace of S. panamensis, though appearing fairly smooth and
shining when wet, on closer examination is quite rough, pitted and finely i
eroded, so that when dry it is rather dull and mat surfaced when com-
pared with any of its near relatives, especially the median area of the
carapace either side of the median carina. In the several "varieties" the
median area of the carapace is smooth and shining even when dry, with
but few, if any, punctae.

Squilla parva Bigelow

Squilla parva Bigelow, Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, Vol. 10, No. 88,
p. 94, 1891; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 518,
figs. 11, 12, 1894. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1,
p. 201 [listed only].

Distribution: Originally described from the Bay of Panama, 7-16
fathoms, green mud, March 30, 1888, and recorded with a reservation
from off Manzanillo, Mexico, 117 fathom.s, brown mud, April 26, 1888,
this species has since been taken by the Hancock Expeditions at Tangola-
Tangola Bay, in 15-20 fathoms; off Petatlan Bay, Mexico, in 25 fath-
oms ; and off Cape San Francisco, Ecuador, in 20 fathoms, muck bottom.

Measurements: The largest parva I have seen is a male 53 mm.
long.

Color: The animal preserved in alcohol is symmetrically more or
less marbled and mottled, but between the lateral and marginal carinae
the abdominal somites are without color, except on their anterior and
posterior margins ; however, the lateral lobes of the free thoracic somites
are colored. The penultimate joint of the other branch of the uropods is
distally dark colored, and likewise the inner half, approximately, of the
terminal joint. The hinder margin of the carapace and all free somites
of the body except the 4th thoracic are heavily limned with dark color
(black in the alcoholic specimens), as is also the anterior margin of each
somite, though less heavily, except in its middorsal portion, where there
is a thin and not particularly noticeable line of chromatophores.

These color notes are based on Hancock Expedition material. All
markings, though still faintly discernible, are much faded in the type
specimen collected over fifty years ago.

Remarks: The rostral plate in juvenile parvas is quite triangular.
Their coloration sets them apart from S. hancocki, with which I have
found them associated, and they may also be distinguished by the reduced

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

169

Fig. 14. Sguilla parva, male holotype, from Bay of Panama
(Albatross Sta. 2802, March 30, 1888). a. telson and left uro-
pod; b. free thoracic somites; c. frontal region {b and c from
Bigelow).

number of submedian denticles, which also, in even the smallest speci-
mens, are bluntly rounded off distally, at least those nearest the sub-
median teeth. I have seen one juvenile which had not yet developed the
spine this species carries on each of the anterolateral angles of its cara-
pace. No juvenile specimen seemed to have the median carina of the
carapace bifurcate at either end, nor did the intermediate carinae run
to the anterior margin ; none showed what might be designated as a lat-
eral spine on the 5th thoracic somite; all but the specimen with the
unarmed anterolateral angles had the 5th abdominal submedian carinae
posteriorly spined.

The raptorial carpus in the adult, or largest specimen noted above,
has a noticeably high, thin crest.

170 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

Genus PSEUDOSQUILLA Dana, 1852

Many species of Pseudosquilla and Lysiosquilla seem to have much
in common. As similar-appearing species ascribed to one or the other of
these genera are examined, it becomes evident that the presence of a
rather distinct median longitudinal crest or carina on the telson, coupled
w^ith the absence of denticles or, rather, spinules^^ between a pair of
movable submedian spines or "teeth" on the hind margin of the telson in
the adult, is the chief character distinguishing representatives of the
former from those of the latter which most resemble them {i.e., Lysio-
squillas of the second type of Kemp).

The Pseudosquillas seem to fall quite naturally into 2 groups on the
basis of the number of joints comprising the shorter ramus of the 6th,
7th, and 8th pairs of thoracic legs. This shorter ramus is composed of 2
joints in P. lessonii, cerisii, ferussaci, pilaensis, veleronis, and I believe
also in P. dofleini, of which I have seen no specimen, but which its author
considered morphologically intermediate between the first 2 species. It
will be observed that this grouping also corresponds with the B section
(p. 96) of the key in Kemp's Monograph.

In the other group, the shorter ramus is composed of but a single
joint or segment and here belong P. ciliata, ornata, oculata, megaloph-
thalma, and perhaps also oxyrhyncha, which also I have not seen. How-
ever, the last-named species, on the basis of Komai's remarks,'*^ is no
doubt a synonym of P. ornata and so may not need to be further con-
sidered. These species all belong to the A section of Kemp's key. There is
a very interesting character that the species in this group or section possess
in common. That is the structure which Kemp mentions as occurring
in Pseudosquilla ciliata and its immediate allies, a curious process spring-
ing from the dorsal aspect of the antennal protopodite. "This consists
of a flat, elongated plate [more or less channeled in some species],
directed forwards, and provided inferiorly with a deep vertical keel."

43 Submedian spinules persist in some species of Pseudosquilla, at least until
the so-called first littoral stage. In certain species of Lysiosquilla, species of the first
type (Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 13, No. 4, p. 109, 1913) such as L. maculata,
without dorsal spines on the telson, but which have the posterior margin of the
telson unarmed or cut into a few large, blunt teeth, there are neither submedian
spines nor teeth, nor submedian spinules distinguishable as such on the hinder
margin.

44 Mem. Coll. Sci. Kyoto Imper. Univ., Ser. B, Vol. 3, No. 3, Art. 4, p. 324, pi.
14, figs. 2-2b, 1927; Annot. Zool. Jap., Vol. 7, Nos. 3, 4, p. 268, 1938.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 171

These several species also seem to have a more pronouncedly subcylin-
drical body as compared vi^ith the group first listed, in which, indeed, some
have very much flattened, depressed bodies.

Pseudosquilla empusa has uropods which place it in the B section of
Kemp's key, and so may have 2 joints to the shorter ramus of the posterior
thoracic limbs, but this point needs to be verified. Komai (op. cit.) is the
first to have seen any specimens of this rare species since originally
described by de Haan, but he fails to describe the thoracic limbs other
than the raptorial one. His color figure regrettably does not clearly show
the structure of the shorter ramus of the 6th to 8th pair.

Although the shorter ramus of the 6th, 7th, and 8th thoracic limbs
of Pseudosquilla may be composed of one or two segments, in Lysiosquilla
the number of segments is always 2, as it is also in Corontda and Gono-
dactylus; in Hemisquilla there is but one ; in Squilla "the shorter ramus
of the last three thoracic appendages is unjointed, or with an imperfect
suture separating short basal and long linear distal parts" (Kemp).

In all the species examined the mandibular palp was composed of 3
segments.

The Lysiosquilla plumata and maiaguesensis of Bigelow*^ are at best
immature forms, very small, which unfortunately at some time or other
must have dried out completely. They are now preserved in alcohol. The
telson of each has an evident median carina and has no submedian
spinules ; the uropods are of types admissible to the genus Pseudosquilla,
that of maiaguesensis very clearly so. However, I find no trace of a
mandibular palp in either species; the shorter ramus of the posterior
thoracic limbs is somewhat broadened, narrow bladelike rather than
merely linear and seems, moreover, to consist of but the one joint.

As a result of the foregoing remarks and of the species here assigned
to the genus, the veiy excellent generic definition given by Kemp for
Pseudosquilla needs to be emended : in the first place, the number of teeth
on the raptorial dactylus can no longer be limited to 3 or 4, including
the terminal one. It should be merely stated (as with Chloridella, or
Squilla) that the raptorial dactylus is toothed. Then, the shorter ramus
of the last 3 thoracic limbs is composed of one or two segments. Finally,
the basal or ventral process of the uropods may consist of only 2 spines,
of which either the inner or outer may be the longer,"*^ or of 2 spines with

45 Bull. U.S. Fish Coram., Vol. 20, Pt. 2, p. 156, figs. 5-9 and 158, figs. 10-13,
respectively, 1900 (1901).

46 Kemp had it that the inner spine was the longer in those Pseudosquillas in
which the ventral process of the uropod consisted of but 2 well-formed spines. In
P. oculata the outer spine is much the longer.

172 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

an additional spine, or spine and spinules (or denticles) on the inner
margin.

Pseudosquilla, now Hemisquilla, braziliensis (Moreira)*'' is an in-
teresting species, inasmuch as it is the Atlantic analogue of the Pacific
H. stylifera, p. 1 82.

Key to Species of Pseudosquilla Known from the
Pacific Coast of America

A^. Basal process of uropod terminating in 2 large spines only, of
which the outer is the longer ; inner margin of process otherwise
with at most a little offset or low rounded angulation proxi-
mal to base of inner of the 2 spines.

Shorter ramus of last 3 thoracic limbs composed of a single segment. An
elongated platelike process arising from dorsal aspect of antenna! pro-
topodite. Telson with 4 carinae either side of median crest. Submedian
carinae of the 6th abdominal somite dorsally flattened, rounded, ante-
riorly wide, each tapering sharply to a strong acute posterior spine over-
hanging the telson ; intermediate and lateral spines also present. Eyestalk
subtriangular; cornea set transversely on stalk, not overhanging lateral
margins, although with median band not bilobed. Rostrum a short, wide,
subcordiform plate, anterolateral margins broadly rounded, median
spine or point short, subacute. Anterior margin of carapace either side
of rostral plate lightly convex, passing directly over into broadly
rounded anterolateral angles of carapace. Raptorial dactylus with 3
teeth, including terminal one. Body compressed, subcylindrical ; ground
color usually quite dark, more or less maculated with numerous medium
to small light-colored subcircular spots; maculations on raptorial pro-
podus, carpus and merus large oculata, p. 173

A^. Basal process of uropod composed of 3 sharp spines, of which one

is much the longest and strongest.

This may be either the outermost or the middle one of the three. Shorter
ramus of last 3 thoracic limbs consisting of 2 segments. No dorsal proc-
ess on dorsal aspect of the antennal protopodite.

B^. Outermost spine of basal process of uropod the largest.

Telson with 5 well-marked, prominent and entire, nondenticulated
carinae either side of median crest. Submedian carinae of 6th ab-
dominal somite well marked, strongly keeled, posteriorly long spined ;
intermediate and lateral spines also present. Eyestalk subtriangular;

•*7Lavoura, Bol. Soc. Nac. Agri. Brasileira (N.S.), Vol. 7, p. 60 [5 of sepa-
rate], 1903. Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, Vol. 13, p. 5, pis. 1, 2, 1905 [1906 on
cover of separate].

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 173

cornea bilobed and set very obliquely on stalk and projecting con-
siderably beyond outer lateral margin of stalk, obliquity the reverse
of that usually found, the inner margin of the stalk shorter than the
outer. Narrow, transverse, subrectangular rostral plate armed with 3
sharp spines, a long, keeled, anterior median one reaching about as
far forward as the corneae and one at each anterolateral angle, di-
rected laterally.48 Anterior margin of carapace either side of rostral
plate straight, sloping toward corresponding anterolateral angle of
carapace, anterolateral angles rounded. Raptorial dactylus with 3
teeth, including terminal one. Body subcylindrical, not as much com-
pressed as in preceding species, carapace somewhat more flattened;
maculations, when present, large and irregular, on carapace more or
less confined to posterolateral portions lessonii, p. 175

B2. M

less confined to posterolateral portions lessonii, p. 175

iddle spine of the 3 forming the basal process of uropod the

largest.

Telson, other than the lateral marginal carina, has one smooth-crested
carina either side of median one, and at least 2 or 3 pairs of feebler
denticulated carinae or rows of tubercles in addition. Submedian
carinae of 6th abdominal somite not particularly indicated except for
a pair of submedian spines on the posterior margin of the somite,
intermediate and lateral spines also present. Eyestalk cylindrical, cor-
nea set very obliquely on stalk, with median band but not bilobed,
projecting very little beyond outer lateral margin of stalk. Rostral
plate triangular to subcordiform, wider than long, apically subacute.
Anterior margin of carapace either side of rostral plate slightly con-
cave, anterolateral angles blunt. Raptorial dactylus with 7 to 8 teeth,
including the terminal one. Body depressed, flattened ; mottled to
some degree, perhaps, but not maculated, prominent blackish eyespot
at each posterolateral angle of 5th abdominal somite, veleronis, p. 176

Pseudosquilla oculata (Brulle)

Squilla oculata Brulle, in Webb and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. lies Canaries,
ZooL, Vol. 2, Pt. 2, Crust., p. 18, fig. 3 on accompanying plate,
1835-44.

Pseudosquilla oculata Rathbun, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. 2, p. 155,
1900. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 102, 1913,
and synonymy. Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, Vol. 72, No. 4,
p. 165, fig. 8, 1931, and synonymy. Edmondson, Occas. Paps.
Bishop Mus., Vol. 7, No. 13, p. 290, fig. U, 1921.

48 These laterally directed anterolateral spines of the rostral plate are only
well developed in large specimens. In medium-sized and small ones these angles,
though they may be laterally but little produced and subspiniform, are very rarely
only indicated, usually acute.

174

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Fig. 15. Pseudosquilla oculata, male, from Gardner Bay, Hood
Island, Galapagos (Hancock Exped. Sta. 30-33, February 26,
1933). a. telson and left uropod; b. rostral plate.

Distribution : A widely distributed species. Atlantic Ocean: Canary
Islands, Madeira, Cape Verde Islands, and Maceio, Alagoas, Brazil.
Indian Ocean: Chagos Islands and Mauritius. Pacific Ocean: Bonin
Islands, China Sea (Macclesfield Bank), Gilbert Islands, Laysan, Ha-
waiian Islands, Samoa, Society Islands, Clarion Island (Mexico) (Rath-
bun, Kemp, Edmondson, Bigelow).

To the foregoing Pacific localities may be added the Tres Marias
Islands, Mexico, from which a single female was obtained by Dr. Carlos
Stansch, of the Direccion Forestal y de Caza y Pesca, in 1927, and a
number of specimens taken by the Hancock Expeditions on the Pacific
coast of the Republic of Panama and Colombia and in the Galapagos
Islands.

Size: Most of the specimens in the collection are quite small, but
there is one large female from Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood
Island (Sta. 30-32), which appears to be the largest known representative
of the species. In median length inclusive of the rostral plate, it is about
86.5 mm. long, the carapace measures 17.1, the rostral plate 3%; if
measured over the movable submedian spines, the total length would
approach 89 mm. As far as I have been able to ascertain, the next speci-
men in point of size is that seen by Miers^^ in the British Museum. It is
also a female, and measures "3^ inches in length" (not quite 83 mm.).

<» Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol, 5, No. 9, p. 110, 1880.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

175

Pseudosquilla lessonii (Guerin)

Squilla lessonii Guerin, Voy. Coquille, Crust., pi. 4, fig. 1, 1830 [in ac-
companying text on p. 40 given as S. cerisii] .

Squilla marmorata Lockington, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 7, p. 33 [6],
1877.

Pseudosquilla lessonii Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017,
pp.499, 502, 1894.

Pseudosquilla lessoni Porter, Revista Chilena Hist. Nat. Vol. 7, No.
5-6, p. 274, 1903.

Pseudosquilla lessoni Kemp, Mem, Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 202,
1913, and synonymy [otherwise listed only]. Parisi, Atti Soc. Ital.
Sci. Nat., Vol. 61, p. 104, 1922.

^■"Ifli/ ■ tw f ■I *l tMh' *1

iifii

Fig. 16. Pseudosquilla lessonii, male, from Black Beach Anchor-
age, Charles Island, Galapagos (Hancock Exped. Sta. 32-33,
January 26, 1933). a. telson and left uropod; b. rostral plate.

Distribution: A west American species ranging from California
(Wilmington, San Pedro, and Catalina Island) to Chile; Juan Fernan-
dez (Porter). First recorded from the Galapagos Islands by Bigelow,
Albatross Surf. Sta. 29, Lat. 0° 46' S., Long. 89° 42' W., off west side
Chatham Island, 1 c? 29, from surface tow, depth at this point 271
fathoms (this surface station was made at the same time and position as
Albatross Dredge Sta. 2817). This species has since been taken by the
Hancock Expeditions at Albemarle and Charles Island, Galapagos; La
Plata Island, Ecuador; and Independencia Bay, Peru.

176 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Size: The largest specimen I have seen Is one from Callao, Peru,
secured by Dr. R. E. Coker in 1907 while fisheries advisor to the Peru-
vian government. This specimen, a male, measures, median length exclu-
sive of rostral plate, approximately 125 mm.; carapace 28; rostral plate
6.5. The largest of which I have seen mention is the one in the British
Museum, which Miers^^ said was "nearly 5^ inches" long (close to 140
mm.). It is probably one of the several specimens from Chile. The largest
Hancock specimen is a male from Independencia Bay, Peru, which meas-
ures, median length exclusive of rostral plate, 104 mm., carapace 20,
rostral plate 5.

Color: Notes taken on a male from Charles Island, in life: burnt
sienna X tawny, with naples to buff yellow flecks ; appendages a golden
brown, nearly orange in effect ; fringing hairs of tail-fan aster purple, of
antennal scale and pleopods rose purple (colors from Ridgway, Nomen-
clature of Colors . . . , 1886).

Pseudosquilla veleronis, new species

Distribution: Known only from material dredged by the Hancock
Expeditions: Angeles Bay, Gulf of California; Chacahua Bay, Oaxaca,
Mexico; and off Petatlan Bay, south and west of the White Friars
Islands, Oaxaca, Mexico, the type locality (Hancock Exped. Sta. 264-34,
25 fathoms, March 2, 1934).

Type: A female of perhaps maximum size for the species has been
selected as the type (U.S.N.M. No. 76398). In median length exclusive
of the rostrum, it measures about 40 mm., carapace 7, rostrum not quite
2. A large male, of which the anterior portion of the body and the rap-
torial claw is figured, measures about 35 mm., carapace 6.5, rostrum 1.5.

This species has been named for Captain Hancock's personally de-
signed motor cruiser, the Velero III, the excellence of which has con-
tributed so much to the success of the expeditions undertaken by Captain
Hancock since the year of her launching, 1932.

Description: Of the Pseudosquillas perhaps an extreme form in
the direction of flattened body, trianguliform rostral plate, transversely
wide telson, and number of teeth on the raptorial dactylus.

Body depressed, flattened, with no suggestion of the subcylindrical
form characterizing most of the Pseudosquillas. Greatest width of cara-
pace little more than median length, exclusive of rostral plate, anterior

50 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 5, No. 9, p. 113, 1880.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

177

Fig. 17. Pseudosquilla veleronis, from Petatlan Bay, Mexico
(Hancock Exped. Sta. 264-34, March 2, 1934). a. telson, left uro-
pod, and last 2 abdominal somites of female holotype; b. anterior
portion of male paratype; c. right raptorial claw of same.

178 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

width perhaps % the length (as drawn, fig. Ma, the posterior portion
of the carapace has been spread out so that the greatest width of the
posterior portion appears relatively greater than it actually is) ; antero-
lateral angles rounded; rostral plate triangular to subcordiform, wider
than long, apically subacute and showing a slight keeling near the tip.
The eyestalks appear more or less cylindrical because of great obliquity
of cornea, which sits on the stalk at an angle of 45° or more.

Raptorial dactylus armed with from 7-8 teeth, including the terminal
one; near the base of the external margin there is a well-marked, rounded
tooth or lobe.

Posterolateral angles of 5th thoracic somite inconspicuous, more or
less flattened and distally rounded; below there is a flattened, down-
wardly projecting lobe, or blunt process, either side which is situated
below and more or less between the anterolateral and posterolateral
angles of the somite, but not visible in dorsal view; lateral margins of
6th and 7th somites rounded.

Posterolateral angles of 5th and 6th abdominal somites produced
into spines; posterior margin of 6th somite armed with a pair of sub-
median spines, but there are no evident submedian carinae; intermediate
carinae low and rounded, each ending posteriorly in a sharp spine ; above
the lateral margin there is a low longitudinal swelling suggestive of a
lateral carina — at any rate it converges with the lateral margin to end
in the spined posterolateral angle of the somite.

The telson carries a strong, well-marked median carina with rounded
crest ending in a short spine; either side and parallel to the median carina
is a longitudinal row of low blunt teeth ; above and a little distance back
from (anterior to) the inner base of each intermediate tooth of the hind
margin of the telson a bluntly crested carina runs forward, converging a
little toward the proximal end of the median carina ; posteriorly, each of
these carinae ends in a small, low, rounded tubercle ; inside each of these
carinae and about in line with their posterior ends is a second little
rounded tubercle, anterior to which there may be another smaller and
more pointed, though still blunt, one. In a slight outwardly bowed line
running from the intermediate spine of the 6th abdominal somite to the
intermediate tooth of the hinder margin of the telson is a fairly sharply
ridged, but, at irregular intervals, nodulated or blunt-toothed carina, the
hinder portion of which may be discontinuous; this posterior portion ends
behind in a blunt tooth ; between the anterior end of each of these carinae
proper and nearer the anterior margin of the telson than the end of the

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 179

carina is a distinct, though blunt and rounded, beadh'ke tubercle. More
or less paralleling each of the foregoing carinae along their respective
outer sides and turning in toward their posterior ends is a row of indi-
vidual or separate rounded beadlike tubercles which decrease in size and
prominence from the most anterior to the posterior one. In this row there
may be from 2 to 5 or more little tubercles. They may be considered as
representing a carina, which, however, is not otherwise in evidence ; some
of these tubercles are paired or twinned laterally. More or less in line
with and above and before the lobule, which is itself more or less swollen
or tuberculiform, at the inner side of the base of the lateral tooth is a
short, low, blunt carina about half as long as the free portion of the
lateral tooth of the telson. This carina has a tuberculiform posterior
extremity about the size of, or a little larger than, the lobule behind it
on the margin of the telson. Beneath, the telson is smooth.

The basal prolongation or process of the uropods is composed of 3
more or less slender, sharp spines, of which the middle one is much the
strongest and longest, being 2 or more times as long as the outermost
spine, which, in turn, is stouter than, but not as long as, the innermost
of the 3. This last-mentioned spine is placed high up on the inner margin
of the basal process.

Color: There is a light, more or less symmetrical pattern of chro-
matophores over the carapace and abdomen. Near the posterolateral
angles of the carapace in some specimens (usually males) there is a
darker patch. In all specimens there is a distinctive and characteristic
black, subcircular eyespot with a light-colored longitudinal band through
the middle ornamenting the dorsum of each posterolateral angle of the
6th abdominal somite. In only one specimen, a male of average size, is
there a second pair of black spots, more or less triangular in this instance,
on the abdomen, placed one to each side of the first abdominal somite at
its posterior margin and just above its epimeral portion. In this specimen,
too, the posterior pair of black eyespots are more nearly elongate rec-
tangular, with rounded corners, than roughly subcircular as in the other
specimens. The inner, longitudinal % of the distal joint of the exopod of
the uropods is dark colored, as is also the distal, transverse 4th or 5th
of the preceding joint; the distal % of the terminal joint or blade of the
endopod is also dark colored, while on the telson proper there is a small
patch of dark color laterally near the base of each lateral spine, and also
a similarly colored area before the base of each of the pairs of movable
submedian spines either side of the median carina and fading out ante-
riorly just past the middle of the length of the telson.

180 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Remarks: The species here described as a representative of the genus
Pseudosquilla certainly is properly accredited to this genus on the basis of
the character of the telson alone, irrespective of the number of teeth on
the raptorial dactylus. In character, the telson of our species shows some
resemblance to Pseudosquilla pilaensis de Man^^ from the Indo-Pacific,
which is the only Pseudosquilla heretofore known with more than 3
teeth on the raptorial dactylus, counting the terminal one.

The body of P. veleronis is very much flattened like many of the
Lysiosquillas, yet, in contradistinction to them, exhibits no trace what-
soever of even one soft papilla on the ventral surface of the antennal
protopodite. At least one papilla in this position is probably to be found
in the adult of every species of Lysiosquilla.

In addition to the 5 species of Lysiosquilla already examined by Kemp
for these papillae, I have observed their presence in ten other species of
Lysiosquilla.^^

L. armata Smith. L. glabriscula (Lamarck)

L. biminiensis Bigelow L. latifrons de Haan

L. digueti Coutiere L. mccullochae Schmitt

L. eusebia (Risso) L. polydactyla von Martens

L. excavatrix 'Qxooks L. scabricauda (Lamarck)

51 Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 105, 1913. Schmitt, Lingnan Sci.
Jour., Vol. 8, p. 140, pi. 19, figs. 12-14, 1929.

52 See also under Genus Lysiosquilla, page 184.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 181

Genus HEMISQUILLA Hansen, 1895^3

The genus comprises at least 2 species, H. styltfera (M.-Edw.), 1837,
described from the coast of Chile, and H. braziliensis (Moreira), 1905,
from the coast of Brazil. The substitution of the name of bigelowi Rath-
bun, 1910, for stylifera M.-Edw. because of conflict with styltfera La-
marck, 1818 [= Pseudosquilla ciliata (Fabr.), 1787] within the genus
Pseudosquilla needs no longer to be taken into account, since the first-
named stylifera is now the type of Hemisquilla.

Although the Hemisquillas from Australia, Cah'fornia, and the west
coast of South America are so ver}^ much alike in practically all particu-
lars, as Kemp says, "it is not improbable that distinct races of [//•] sty-
lifera exist on the coasts of Australia and America, but this cannot be
established with any certainty without the examination of large numbers
of specimens from the two localities."

I am inclined to believe that the difference in the number of lobes in
the interval between the submedian and intermediate teeth is of more
significance than may seem justified at present. Despite the fact that the
number of lobes in this position was not mentioned by Whitelegge^* in
commenting upon the 3 specimens he had from 28-40 fathoms from New-
castle Bight, New South Wales, it is known that the specimens from the
west coast of America do differ from certain Australian ones in the man-
ner figured by Kemp for one of his two specimens of stylifera from Dis-
aster Bay, Victoria.

Kemp's Australian specimens have 2 rounded lobes between the sub-
median and intermediate spines of the telson, while his specimen from
Coquimbo, together with Miers'^^ from the same place, and his addi-
tional one from Chile without more specific designation, like Milne-Ed-
wards'^^ figured one, have but one lobe between the submedian and inter-
mediate spines. This is also true of the specimen Bigelow had from San
Pedro, and one in the National Collections from "southern California."

H. braziliensis (Moreira)^''' from the east coast has also but a single

53 Hansen, Ergebn. Plankton Exped., Vol. 2 [Pt.] G. c, p. 72, 1895, type H.
stylifera (M.-Edw.). Kemp and Chopra, Rec. Indian Mus., Vol. 22, Pt. 4, No. 22,
p. 307, 1921.

54 Mem. Australian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 2, p. 198, 1900.

55 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 5, p. 112, 1880.

56 Hist. Nat. Crust., Vol. 2, p. 530, pi. 27, figs. 9-14, 1837.

57 Lavoura, Bol. Soc. Nac. Agri. Brasileira, Vol. 7, Nos. 1-3, p. 60, 1903 [p. 5
in reprint with 2 text figures] ; Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, Vol. 13, p. 5, pis. 1,
2, 1906 [1905].

182 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

lobe in the same position, but this lobe is armed with a small spine or well-
developed spinule upon its "postero-distal" angle; another such spinule
on a small lobular swelling or base is situated in the sinus between the
intermediate lobe and the intermediate spine, and still another of approxi-
mately the same size and conformation intervenes between the inter-
mediate and lateral spine of the margin of the telson. In the positions
corresponding to the last 2 spinules named, the telson of the west
American and Australian stylifera has a tiny unarmed and dorsally well-
nigh inconspicuous swelling or lobule; in these Pacific forms, also, the
intermediate lobes are posteriorly unarmed, without spines or spinules.

Kemp's remarks on the segmentation of the mandibular palp of his
specimens are also of interest. His Chilean specimen has mandibular
palps composed of 3 segments, his Australian specimens, of but 2. No
doubt the right and left palp of each specimen was examined. Yet in our
one specimen from southern California the palp of the left side is com-
posed of 2 segments and the one on the right of 3. The reverse of this
count occurs in the male cotype of H. braziliensis, the female has both
palps 3-segmented, while the 3rd specimen of the species at hand, a male
from Ilha Rosa, Rio de Janeiro, has palps of only 2 segments each. This
variation in the number of segments in the mandibular palps of even the
one species may be rather the exception among stomatopods, but, never-
theless, in the genus Hemisquilla it renders the palp unavailable for spe-
cific characterization.

Hemisquilla stylifera (H. Milne-Edwards)

Gonodactylus styliferus H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., Vol. 2,
p. 330, pi. 27, figs. 9-14, 1837. Porter, Revista Chilena Hist. Nat.,
Vol. 7, No. 5-6, p. 274, 1903.

Pseudosquilla bigelowi Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 38, No.
1766, p. 608, 1910.

Pseudosquilla stylifera Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 106,
one text fig., pi. 7, figs. 84-85, 1913, and synonymy.

Pseudosquilla bigelowi Hilton, Jour. Ent. Zool., Pomona College, Vol. 7,
No. 2, p. 77, text figs., 1915; and Third Rept. Laguna Mar.
Lab., Pomona Coll., Art. 20, text and figure as in the Journal for
November, 1915.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

183

Fig. 18. a. Hemisquilla stylifera, male from southern California,
telson, and last abdominal somite; h. H. braziliensis from Ilha
Rosa, Estado Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, telson and last abdominal
somite.

Distribution: As summarized by Kemp, this species "has been re-
corded from Chili (Milne-Edwards, Nicolet, Miers), from California
(Bigelow, Holmes), from the Hawaiian Islands ( Randall ),^^ and from
Newcastle Bight, New South Wales (Whitelegge). It is strange that
the species has not been found on the New Zealand coast." It has also
been recorded from Juan Fernandez (Porter).

58 Balss believes (Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Tierreichs, Vol. 5, Abt.
1, Book 6, Pt. 2, Stomatopoda, p. 138, 1938) that this old record of Randall's, still
uncorroborated, is based on a mistaken identification of P. ciliata, common in the
Islands.

184 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

Genus LYSIOSQUILLA Dana, 1852

The genus has been fully defined by Kemp. With regard to the soft
elongated papillae found on the antennal protopodite, Kemp remarks that
they are found perhaps in all species of the genus. He says, "These are
well developed in L. maculata and are three in number, one situated
antero-dorsally and curved backwards and inwards towards the rostrum
and two on the ventral surface at the base of the endopod, a long one
directed forwards and a much shorter one pointing backwards. In
L. acanthocarpus, L. rmiltifasciata, L. spinosa, and L. insignis only one
of these processes is found placed on the ventral surface and pointing out-
wards or backwards." To this list of species having just one of these proc-
esses ventrally placed may be added L. biminiensis Bigelow and L. digueti
Coutiere, which have the process long and slender, and L. latifrons
de Haan, in which the process is short and really papillalike. L. excava-
trix Brooks seems to have at least one small papillalike process below;
the larger of the 2 small specimens which I have had available for
examination is in very poor condition, while the smaller one is too young
apparently to have developed the papilla. L. decemspinosa Rathbun, of
which there are several specimens in the National Collections, is perhaps
a juvenile or late larval form, all of the specimens are quite small, and I
have not been able to discover any papillalike structures in any of them.
L. polydactyla von Martens has 2 papillalike processes below.

Three species may be placed alongside L. maculata in possessing 3
elongated papillae more or less comparably placed: L. glahriscula (La-
marck), L. scabricauda (Lamarck), and L. armata Smith.

Two other species, L. eusebia (Risso) and L. rnccullochae, described
below have 4 processes, 2 below, of which the anterior is the longer, and
2 on the inner margin of the protopodite, both inclined obliquely for-
ward and visible from above as well as from below.

In Lysiosquilla the inner ramus of the 6th, 7th, and 8th thoracic
limbs seems always to be composed of 2 segments ; in Pseudosquilla it may
be composed of one or of two segments (see Pseudosquilla, p. 170).

In Lysiosquilla the size, number, and arrangement of the marginal
spines or teeth and the spinules or denticles between them when these are
present^^ vary to such an extent that it is difficult to find a formula that
would clearly express the number and relationship of the various elements

59 In Lysiosquillas of the second type of Kemp (Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 13,
No. 4, p. 109, 1913).

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 185

constituting the marginal or submarginal armature of the telson. There-
fore, in the key to species below, the count of the submedian denticles on
only one side of the median notch is given.

Key to the Species of Lysiosquilla Known from the
Pacific Coast of America

A^. Telson without a transverse row of posteriorly directed dorsal
spines above or anterior to posterior margin.
Shorter ramus of 6th and 7th thoracic limbs linear.

B^. Telson armed above near posterior margin with a pair of sub-
conical blunt tubercles or low teeth, one either side of a low,
short, flattened, median tonguelike projection; telson itself
convex.

Eyes large, stalk somewhat subtriangular, cornea not noticeably bi-
lobed, but median band is well marked. Rostral plate elongate tri-
angular, longer than broad at the base, anterolateral margins lightly
convex. Raptorial dactylus armed with about 18-20 teeth, including
the terminal one. Submedian denticles 12-13. . folydactyla, p. 187

B^. Telson unarmed above, without prominent processes, tubercles,
or teeth on upper surface.

G^. Dorsum of telson smooth, very convex, inflated to the extent

that the true posterior margin of the telson and the spi-

nules aiTning it, except sometimes their extreme tips, are

concealed from dorsal view.

Eyestalks more or less cylindrical, cornea subglobular. Rostral
plate transversely quadrangular oblong, about % as long on
median line as wide, median point a moderately produced acute
triangular spine or tooth, anterolateral angles a little produced,
almost rectangular, anterior margin slightly excavate or concave
either side of median projection. Raptorial dactylus with 11 teeth,

including the terminal one. Submedian denticles 9

decemspinosa, p. 189

G^. Dorsum of telson more or less flattened, only moderately con-
vex in either direction, marginal spines or teeth not con-
cealed, plainly visible in dorsal view.

Eyestalks subtriangular, cornea with transverse axis much greater
than longitudinal axis of stalk extended across cornea; cornea
bilobed and noticeably overhanging lateral margins of stalk.

186 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Rostral plate cordiform, not longer than broad. Submedian spi-
nules or denticles comparable to those of the preceding species or
L. mccullochae, below, wanting.

D^. Surface of telson smooth and punctate; median area only
slightly raised above general surface; of the marginal
spines or teeth only the lateral pair is ever acute, sub-
medians and intermediates often no more than low
lobes ; no denticles ; hind margin entire except for shal-
low median notch.

Posterior margins of Sth and 6th abdominal somites smooth,
unarmed. Rostral plate not longer than greatest width, some-
times shorter. Raptorial dactylus armed with 9-17, usually 10,
teeth, including the terminal one; female dactylus exhibits
secondary sexual characters maculata, p. 190

D^. Upper surface of telson roughened, scabrous, tuberculated,
or even spiny to some extent; median area somewhat
raised posteriorly to form a low, broad, blunt elevation
or tooth conforming with backward slope of telson; 6
pairs of marginal spines or teeth well developed, sub-
acute to spiniform; submedian denticles well marked,
though broad, and more or less coalesced.

Posterior margins of Sth and 6th abdominal somites spinulated.
[Rostral plate, if like scahricauda (Lamarck), about % as
long as greatest breadth.] Raptorial dactylus armed with 11
teeth, counting the terminal one. . . . desaussurei, p. 193

A2. Telson with a transverse row of dorsal spines in addition to those of

posterior margin.

Ultimate segment of shorter ramus of 6th if not 7th thoracic limb more or
less broadly ovate. Submedian spines of telson movable.

B^. Five more or less subequal and equidistant dorsal spines in trans-
verse row on telson.

Telson rather evenly convex before transverse row of spines. Rostral
plate more or less squarish-rectangular, median projection and an-
terolateral angles each produced to form a prominent acute spine, the
3 spines more or less subequal. Eyestalks more or less cylindrical,
cornea subglobular. Raptorial dactylus with 8 teeth, counting termi-
nal one. Submedian denticles 3 digueti, p. 194

B2. At least 9 dorsal spines in transverse row on telson.

Raised median area of telson obscurely tricarinate, each carina end-
ing in a simple acute spine; next dorsal carina either side ending

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 187

posteriorly in 3 small spines; next 2 carinae in order ending in simple
posterior spine. Rostral plate broadly cordiform, more or less sub-
rectangular, median projection broadly triangular, acute; antero-
lateral angles broadly rounded, median length about % greatest
width. Eyestalks flattened cylindrical to subtriangular; cornea bl-
lobed and set more or less transversely on stalk. Raptorial dactylus
with 4 teeth, including terminal one. Submedian denticles 8-9. . . .
mccullochae, p. 197

Lysiosquilla polydactyla von Martens

Lysiosquilla polydactyla von Martens, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berlin,
p. 92, 1881. Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017,
p. 504, 1894 [in key only]. Doflein and Balss, Mitt. Nat. Hist.
Mus. Hamburg, Vol. 29, p. 40, 1912. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus.,
Vol. 4, No. 1, 1913, p. 203 [listed only].
Distribution: Very iew specimens of this species have ever come to
light and those only with not altogether certain locality data. The unique
type was found unlabeled among a lot of material consisting of well-
known Peruvian and Chilean species, while the 3 listed by Doflein and
Balss were included in a collection made by the late Dr. Fredrico
T[eobaldo] Delfin in Chilean waters, and are believed quite certainly to
have been secured in Orange Bay, Hoste Island, south of Tierra del
Fuego.

Size: The length of the type from tip of rostral projection is about
95 mm., carapace 21. The Doflein and Balss specimens are all three males.
Measured on the median line, exclusive of rostral plate, they are approxi-
mately as follows: 63 mm. long, carapace 11.2, rostrum 4; 69.5 mm.
long, carapace 12.2, rostrum 4; 69.5 mm. long, carapace 12.4, rostrum
4.5 ; this last is the specimen figured here.

Remarks: Through the exceeding kindness of Dr. A. Panning, Cus-
todian of the Hamburg Museum, I have been enabled to examine the 3
specimens recorded by Doflein and Balss.

In general appearance and coloration, L. polydactyla resembles L.
macidata and L. scabricauda^ but nevertheless is somewhat intermediate
between these forms with dorsally unarmed telson and those that carry a
transverse row of dorsal spines, inasmuch as the submedian spines of the
telson are movable. The median raised area of the telson of L. polydactyla
ends in a broad tonguelike projection, while the single, flattened, obso-
lescent carina either side ends in a small, blunt, tuberculiform tooth. In
large specimens of L. scabricauda, at least occasionally behind the median

188

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

S t >
'3)

a
o

• • a

o

3 • -

o
a

a

W T3

- !-'

^ -5

a ^

Cm C
• S "«

o

O

a
a

4-1
«

W)

I.'

a

u

<u

w

■*-»

"O

CQ

• 1^

(Tl

i"

IH

Ul

3

o

M

a,

(43

ja

>>'-'•«

tiH pq <^ ^

VvYVVVVYVW'''WfWyVyjf7

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

189

raised area, there may be found a single low tubercle in advance of the
median notch ; otherwise, the scattered small tuberculi on the dorsal sur-
face of the telson are its only armature that in no way are analogous to or
represent the transverse row of spines carried in the Lysiosquillas having
dorsal spines on the telson. In L. maculata behind the scarcely elevated
median area there may be a small low swelling, but this in no sense is
tuberclelike.

L. polydactyla has very short, stout, and somewhat curved, but never-
theless movable, submedian teeth or spines on the posterior margin of the
telson ; the intermediate and lateral teeth are somewhat smaller. Between
the submedian and lateral teeth either side are 2 tiny and widely spaced
denticles or rather spinules which arise from the under side of the telson ;
a single one occurs between the lateral and submedian, while the number
of tiny spiniform denticles on either moiety of the posterior margin be-
tween the movable submedian teeth is 12-13. Beneath, the telson is
smooth and unarmed.

The ventral bifurcate process of the uropods of L. polydactyla is com-
posed of 2 stout flattened spines, of which the outer is much stronger and
broader and fully % longer than the inner one.

Lysiosquilla decemspinosa Rathbun

Lysiosquilla decemspinosa Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 38, No.
1766, p. 566, pi. 53, fig. 3, 1910. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol.
4, No. 1, p. 203, 1913 [listed only].

Fig. 20. Lysiosquilla decemspinosa. a. ventral view of type fe-
male from Capon, Peru; b. rostral plate of same; c. ventral view
of telson, male, from Playa Blancas, Costa Rica (Hancock Exped.
Sta. 460-35, February 8, 1935) {a, b, and c magnified alike).

190 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Distribution: Originally described from Capon, Peru, where the 4
specimens of the type lot were collected from vertical holes in muddy sand
of the inside beach at Capon, January 30, 1908, by Dr. R. E. Coker, at
that time fishery expert to the Peruvian government. The species has
since been taken at the island of San Lucas, Gulf of Nicoya, Costa Rica,
by M. Valerio, January 15, 1930; and again at Playa Blancas, Costa
Rica, by the Hancock Expeditions, February 8, 1935.

Size: The type is about 24 mm. long, the specimen from the Gulf
of Nicoya a few mm. shorter, while the one from Playa Blancas is
smaller, measuring 18.2 mm. long exclusive of the incomplete rostral
plate.

Remarks: From the appearance of the telson, I believe that this
species may be founded on the first littoral stage of a Lysiosquilla.

The Playa Blancas specimen, regrettably, is mutilated. It lacks the
greater part of its frontal appendages, the eyes and anterior portion of the
rostral plate, and all but the most proximal portion of the antenna!
peduncles. The raptorial dactylus is armed with 11 teeth including the
terminal one, as it is also in the type of the species, where the terminal one
was not included in the original count on which the name of the species
was based. This Playa Blancas specimen, although smaller than the type,
has a small spiniform denticle intervening between each pair of the first
3 teeth or spines of the hinder margin of the telson counting from the
lateral margin, as represented in the accompanying sketch of the underside
of its telson. It is a male ; the type is of the opposite sex ; whether this fact
or the relative age or development of the 2 specimens accounts for the
difference in armature, I am unable to say.

Lysiosquilla maculata (Fabricius)

Lysiosquilla maculata Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. Ill,
pi. 8, figs. 86-91, 1913, and synonymy. Kemp, Philippine Jour.
Sci., Vol. 10, No. 3, Sec. D, p. 174, 1915. Sunier, Contrib. Faune
Indes Neerl., Vol. 1, fasc. 4, p. 72, fig. 4, 1918. Edmondson,
Occas. Paps. Bishop Mus., Vol. 7, No. 13, p. 292, figs. \c. Id,
1921. Roxas and Estampador, Nat. App. Sci. Bull., Univ. Philip-
pines, Vol. 1, No. 1, p. 110, 1930. Komai, Annot. Zool. Jap., Vol.
17, Nos. 3, 4, p. 269, 1938.
Distribution: A shallow-water species with "a wide Indo-Pacific

distribution extending from Japan and Oceanica to South Africa"

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

191

a

Fig. 21. Lysiosquilla maculata, female, from La Libertad, Ecua-
dor (Hancock Exped. Sta. 17-33, January 20, 1933). a. telson
and 6th abdominal somite; b. rostral plate (a and b magnified
alike).

(Kemp) ; Atlantic (Stebbing [?] ; and Monod as the van sulcirostris
Kemp). Although not previously found east of the Marquesas or Hawai-
ian Islands, it is here recorded from La Libertad, Ecuador, where 2 speci-
mens, male and female, were dipped from the surface by Mr. Fred
Ziesenhenne while using an electric light off the ship's gangway, January
20, 1933 (Hancock Exped. Sta. 17-33).

The "foot long" specimen which Stebbing*^^ received from Antigua,
B.W.L, has all the earmarks of a large specimen of L. scahricauda, espe-
cially as regards the spinulation of the hind margin of the 5th abdominal
somite, and both anterior and posterior margins of the 6th, in the mar-
ginal armature of the telson, and "in not having the rostral point pro-
duced." Whether the surface of the telson was scabrous or not is not
mentioned. Some specimens of L. scahricauda have the surface of the 6th
abdominal somite almost wholly smooth except for some low, not particu-
larly conspicuous, granulations toward either posterior lateral portion of
the dorsum, and the telson not conspicuously roughened, although granu-
lated for a considerable part of its surface like posterior parts of the 6th
somite; the median raised area of the telson is always smooth, even in
otherwise very scabrous specimens of scahricauda. I am inclined to think
that Stebbing's specimen is a rather smooth-telsoned specimen of scahri-
cauda instead of one of L. maculata. The marginal spinulation of the 5th

60 South African Crust., Part 2, p. 48, 1902.

192 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

and 6th abdominal somites and the short median point of the rostral plate
are just as distinctly specific of L. scabricauda as the scabrous telson.

Monod,^^ however, is very definite about his record of the occurrence
of L. maculata in the Atlantic ofl[ the west coast of Africa, in the form of
the variety sulcirostris Kemp.^2 j^ all, I have seen 19 specimens from the
Hawaiian Islands, Samoa, the South- and Indo-Pacific, and La Libertad,
Ecuador, but never a specimen from Atlantic waters, from which the Na-
tional Museum representation of Crustacea is extensive.

Size: This species attains a considerable size. Roxas and Estampador
record a Philippine specimen of 385 mm. (15.16 inches) in length. The
specimens from La Libertad, Ecuador, are, exclusive of rostral plate,
about 90 and 100 mm. long on the median line for the female and male,
respectively.

Remarks: Both La Libertad specimens have 11 teeth on the rap-
torial dactylus, including the terminal one; the first or proximal tooth of
each of the dactyls is veiy small and inconspicuous and, with increase in
size and maturity, very likely disappears. The submedian portions of the
hinder margin of the telson in these specimens are finely crenulate, scarce-
ly denticulate. The dorsum of the telson is eroded or pitted in its hinder
lateral portions, but the prominence of these markings varies; as Kemp
has it, "on either side is a large oval patch of more or less regularly dis-
posed pits which are in some cases scarcely visible, but usually are specially
conspicuous in the neighborhood of the lateral and antero-lateral mar-
gins." Laterally, the dorsum of the 6th abdominal somite is somewhat
wrinkled or shallowly sculptured, with a slight nodular swelling either
side toward the posterolateral angles of the somite. In the female these
swellings are a little better developed than in the male, the one on the
left side even to the extent of forming a small, low, blunt, yet not very
noticeable, tubercle.

Typical maculata will have from 9 to 11 (usually 10, very rarely 9)
teeth on the raptorial dactylus. The specimen of least size in the National
Collections is one of 114 mm. in median length and, like the Ecuadorian
specimens, it has 1 1 dactylar teeth, but the submedian portion of the hind
margin of the telson is smooth and entire. Any crenulation of the hinder
margin is most likely due either to individual variation or to the degree of
maturity attained by the specimen in question, rather than of varietal
significance.

61 Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc, Vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 88, 91, 1925.

62 Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 116, pi. 8, figs. 92, 93, 1913.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 193

Lysiosquilla desaussurei Stimpson

Sqiitlla scabricauda de Saussure, Rev. Mag. Zool. (2), Vol. 5, No. 8,

p. 367, 1853.
Lysiosquilla desaussurei Stimpson, Boston Jour. Nat. Hist., Vol. 6, p.
503, 1857. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 5, p. 8, 1880.
Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 17, No. 1017, p. 504, 1894
[in key only]. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 203,
1913 [listed only].

Distribution : The species was based on a specimen from Mazatlan,
Sinaloa, west coast of Mexico, and seems never to have been taken again.

Size: No measurements of the unique original specimen were ever
published.

Remarks: This species, if distinct, is very close to L. scabricauda. It
may not, after all, be different.

De Saussure, upon comparing the specimen which Stimpson later
named for him with some individuals of L. scabricauda in the Paris Mu-
seum, remarked that the raptorial dactylus was armed with 1 1 teeth, in-
cluding the terminal one, and not 8, as in the Paris material. This
difference is not unlike that found between males and large, well-
developed females of the Indo-Pacific species of L. maculata^^ Here the
males will have 9-11 (usually 10) teeth, including the terminal one, on
the raptorial dactylus, while the mature females will show but 7-8 nicks
along the inner margin, in addition to the terminal tooth. However,
Miers (loc. cit.) has already remarked that there are no secondary sex
differences in L. scabricauda. There is nothing especially different in the
armature of the raptorial dactylus between the sexes ; the teeth seem to be
somewhat longer and stronger in well-developed males; the propodi,
however, are relatively shorter in the females. The length of the carapace,
exclusive of the rostrum, in the male is not more than % the length of
the raptorial propodus, while in the female the length of the carapace is
% that of the propodus or more. Stated another way, in well-developed
males of L. scabricauda the length of the longitudinal axis of the raptorial
propodus is as long as the carapace plus twice the length of the rostral
plate, while in the female it is rarely longer than the carapace and rostrum
taken together. When longer than this, the raptorial dactylus in the fe-
male does not exceed the length of the carapace plus, at most, 1% times

63 Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. Ill, pi. 8, figs. 86-91, 1913, and
synonymy.

194 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

the length of the rostral plate. In one large female of about 198 mm. in
median length, exclusive of the rostrum, the raptorial propodus was
shorter than the carapace exclusive of the rostrum. This specimen, by the
way, had, including the terminal one, 8 teeth on the left raptorial dactylus
and 13 on the right!

I have never seen or heard of a specimen of L. scabricauda from other
than the east coast of America, from Florida to Brazil (except a small
postlarval specimen from the surface of Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts).
Balss^^ records its occurrence on the west coast of Africa at Toto Lome
and mentions also Sao Thome (Osorio) and Boutry (Guinea) (Herk-
lots), this last, however, with the comment that he could not find this
place on any chart. Thus, L. desaussureij its Pacific analogue, apparently,
for want of evidence to the contrary, must still be regarded as a distinct
species, even though the evidence in its favor is meager. H. J. Hansen^ ^
believed desaussurei to be no more than a synonym of L. scabricauda. It
seems strange that no specimens of either have ever been turned up some-
where on the Pacific coast of America.

Lysiosquilla digueti Coutiere

Lysiosquilla Digueti Coutiere, Bull. Soc. Philom. (9), Vol. 7, p. 174,

figs. 1-7, 1905.
Lysiosquilla digueti Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 203,
1913 [listed only].
Distribution: The unique male type was collected by L. Diguet in
the Bay of La Paz, Lower California. It was found living as a com-
mensal in the burrow of a Balanoglossus, along with a polynoid worm,
Lepidasthenia digueti Gravier.*^® The species apparently has never been
seen again since the original discovery, until taken by the Hancock Ex-
peditions, first in 1936, when a much broken, very immature male speci-
men, apparently in the so-called first littoral stage, was dredged on
March 16 in Puerto Escondido, west side of the Gulf of California, 90
to 100 miles north of the type locality (Hancock Exped. Sta. 595-36) ;
and again in 1938 on January 11, off San Jose Light, Guatemala, the
first female specimen (Hancock Exped. Sta. 770-38).

64 Crust. Ill: Stomatopoda, in Michaelsen, Beitr. Kennt. Merresfauna West-
afrikas, Vol. 11, p. 51, 1916.

6 5 Ergebn. Plankton Exped., Vol. 2, [Pt.] G. c, p. 79 [first paragraph], 1895.
66 Bull. Soc. Philom. (9), Vol. 7, p. 160, 1905.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

195

Fig. 22. Lysiosquilla digueti, female, from off San Jose Light,
Guatemala (Hancock Exped. Sta. 770-38, January 11, 1938).
a. anterior portion ; b. posterior portion ; c. ventral view of telson ;
d. left raptorial limb ; e. last 3 thoracic limbs of left side.
In a the eyestalks, as compared with Coutiere's representation of
the type, seem to be a bit unnaturally extended, as their bases
plainly show beyond the anterior margin of the rostral plate and
as their corneae exceed the antennular peduncle; in the type and
in the immature male from the Gulf of California the reverse is
true.

196 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

This is the first indication that the species may be more widely dis-
tributed along the west coast of Mexico and Central America, from the
Gulf of California at least as far south as Guatemala. As a result of its
subterranean mode of life, the capture of any specimens not specifically
sought for in Balanoglossus burrows must be very accidental.

Color: Coutiere remarked that this Lysiosquilla was especially note-
worthy because of the conspicuous similarity of its coloration to that
of its co-commensal [Lepidasthenia], above whose elongated body it
moves about in the Balanoglossus burrow in which it lives. The spots of
pigment on the carapace, and particularly those of the 5th abdominal
segment, imitate with great fidelity the elytrae of the polynoid in
question.

Size: The type is 30 mm. long from the tip of the median rostral
projection to the posterior extremity of the telson and is so far the largest
known specimen. The broken male specimen from Puerto Escondido is a
little over 20 mm. in length, rostral plate 1.1, carapace 3, abdomen and
telson together 16.2 mm.; the female from Guatemala is veiy little larger
than the juvenile male, yet the adult characters seem to be fully devel-
oped; it measures 23 mm. long, rostral plate 1.4, carapace 4, abdomen
15.7, telson 2.

Remarks: The female is very like the type in all particulars, and
seems to differ from it only in certain minor details. All spines are sharper
and more slender, especially those on the telson; also those arming the
posterolateral angles of the 6th somite and the 3 rostral ones. The spines
of the row of 5 spines across the dorsum of the telson above the posterior
margin are more or less subequal ; the median spine and those at either end
of the row are about equal in size and a little stronger than the pair inter-
posed between the outermost and median spines. There are 5 submedian
denticles, or rather spinules, either side of the median line; of these 10
spinules, the median pair is less than half the size of the next adjacent
pair. In the type of the species there are 3 submedian spinules either side
of the median line, and the median pair, as figured, appears subequal in
size to the next adjacent pair.

The dactyl of the left raptorial claw is armed with 7 spines including
the terminal one, the right 6, whereas in Coutiere 's type, including the
terminal spine, both right and left raptorial dactylus is armed with 8
spines.

The coloration of this specimen approximates that of the type very
closely. The rostral plate and eyestalks are darker, being more thickly

NO. 4 SCHMITT : STOMATOPODS 197

crowded with chromatophores. The uropods have the terminal blade of
the endopod well sprinkled with chromatophores, though well spaced
and distinct ; in the figured type these blades are without chromatophores.
The dense black median area figured by Coutiere is not much in evidence,
although the telson has a medially placed dark patch of aggregated chro-
matophores. Not apparent in the type, the posterior median portion of
each of the abdominal somites except the last carries a subrectangular
patch of black chromatophores, in contact with the black posterior margin
of each somite and extending forward from % to % the median length
of the somite; before this squarish patch the middorsum of each somite
is without color markings.

There are differences in the armature of the telson of the broken
young male due to its immaturity. There are a greater number of low
projections across the postdorsum of this specimen than there are spines in
the corresponding area in the type and in the female, which is like the type
in this respect. The submedian spinules of this "littoral stage" of the male
between the movable submedian spines arising from the under side of the
telson are 14 in number. In some ways this transverse row of submedian
spines is reminiscent of that in L. decemspinosa, a stomatopod probably in
the littoral stage. Aside from other differential characters, the two may
at once be distinguished by the conformation and spination of their rostral
plates. The raptorial claws of this juvenile male seem to be identical with
those of the figured type. The lateral rostral teeth are slightly shorter
than the median one. The shorter rami of the 7th thoracic legs are the
most broadly oval, the 6th next in width, and the 8th the narrowest ; in
the type the shorter rami of the 8th pair of thoracic legs also appear to
be the narrowest of the 3 pairs and the 7th broadly oval or subcircular.

Lysiosquilla mccullochae, new species

Distribution: Known only from the unique female holotype
dredged from a coralline algal bottom in 30 fathoms off San Francisco
Island, Gulf of California, February 24, 1936 (Hancock Exped. Sta.
513-36).

Size: The type measures on the median line, exclusive of rostrum,
about 32 mm., carapace 7, rostrum 1.9.

Description: Carapace smooth, anterolateral angles broadly round-
ed; the slight depressions at about % the length of the carapace from its

198

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

O

s g

o w

bti

•«i

<u

n

lU

a.

>.

a

>

^

o

.—«

V

Mh

r(

• ^

o

• ^

>

M

ca

V

U

-a

en

a

<4-l

«

H

-a

<i)

<4-l

^

ON

4->

s

•-5;

-a

c

en

a

Vi

Vj

rt

re

s

3

u

^

c

•id

c

Cm
•->

m
1

m

<^

w

i-H

C

^

L/J

u-i

•-J

rj

re

rA

VI

C/J

H

C\>

s

■a

"«

(U

bu

D,

<LI

Tt,

w

re

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 199

posterior margin in the distinct gastric grooves are suggestive of indica-
tions of a cervical groove of which, however, there is no trace across the
middorsum of the carapace. The cornea is large, wide, somewhat obscure-
ly bilobed, and set more or less transversely on its stalk ; its transverse axis
is about as long as the visible portion of the median longitudinal axis of
the stalk if continued across the cornea; the cornea overhangs the inner
and outer borders of the stalk.

Median length of rostral plate about % its greatest width. Antenna!
peduncle and antennal scale each exceeding cornea and reaching about
as far forward as the proximal border of the terminal segment of the
antennular peduncle. Mandibular palp 3-segmented.

Upper border of the raptorial carpus not carinate, but dorsal margin
terminates anteriorly in a more or less acute spine ; on the inner side of the
propodus below the pectinate margin are 4 movable spines, the first and
longer 2 are near the carpal end, the somewhat shorter 3rd and 4th are
situated at about the carpal ends of the pits in which the penultimate and
antepenultimate dactylar teeth become concealed when the dactylus is
tightly closed against the propodus. The dactylus is armed with 4 teeth,
including the terminal one; at its base externally there are 2 lobes of
which the first, or proximal one, forms almost a blunt right angle, the
second is broadly rounded off. The chelae of the 3rd thoracic limbs are
perhaps % the size of the 4th, while those of the 5th pair are scarcely %
the size of the 3rd pair.

In dorsal view, the lateral margin of the 5th thoracic somite is plainly
bilobed ; the lobe at the anterolateral angle appears almost tuberculiform,
while the posterolateral angle, on the other hand, is seemingly drawn out
to a blunt point directed laterally downward ; the margin of the 6th and
7th somites laterally are squared off. The distalmost of the 2 joints of the
shorter ramus of the 5th and 6th pairs of thoracic feet is somewhat
broadly ovate, the 6th more so than the 5th, while the 7th is more linear,
yet bladelike, though parallel sided.

The abdominal somites are all dorsally smooth, with posterolateral
angles rounded, except the 6th, which has the posterolateral angles each
armed with a sharp spine, and the dorsal surface obsolescently, very shal-
lowly and broadly corrugated longitudinally, most noticeable in the lon-
gitudinal depression near each raised-up lateral margin. There is a second,
less noticeable pair of depressions, one on each side separated from its
deeper corresponding lateral depression by a low, blunt, more or less
longitudinal swelling.

200 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

The telson is a little more than twice as wide as long. Its dorsal sur-
face is bluntly and obscurely carinated, showing 9 low ridges in groups of
3 ; a median group of 3 forming a flat subtriangular area, with a more
laterally disposed group of 3 either side. The carinae of each group are
provided each with a sharp posterior spine of which the longest and most
prominent terminates the median carina of the telson ; the first, or inner-
most, low broad carina of the right lateral group of three is itself broad
and low and posteriorly trispinose; it is separated either side from the
adjacent spines of this transverse series of spines on the dorsum of the
telson by a shallow groove or depression, as are, on either side of the tel-
son, the 2 outermost spines from each other by an even less well-marked
and shorter groove. The lateral margin of the telson is a bit thickened and
entire, ending posteriorly in a stout lateral tooth*'''^ or spine; one spiniform
denticle removed from the lateral tooth is a stout intermediate tooth or
spine, the largest and longest of the marginal teeth or spines ; one denticle
more and there is another spine or tooth several times larger and stouter
than the spinous denticle immediately preceding; next in order on the
posterior margin, moving toward the median line, are 2 more teeth or
denticles, of which the more medially placed one is just external to the
long, slender, movable submedian spine; on the inner side of the sub-
median spine is another spine or denticle, one of 9 arming the left moiety
of the median notch, on the right side the corresponding spine is one of 8.
Above and to the inside of the base of each submedian spine is a tuberculi-
form swelling, canying 2 little tuberclelike teeth or projections; the
outermost of these tuberclelike teeth is the larger in each case and is itself
more or less bidentate. Beneath, the telson is unarmed.

The bifurcate basal process of the uropods is formed of 2 stout, flat-
tened spines, of which the inner is the thicker, being dorsally keeled along
its inner margin ; it exceeds the outer spine by nearly % of its own length.
The outer margin of the basal segment of the exopod is furnished with 6
movable spines ; the upper surface of the peduncular segment is flattened
and carinated along its anterior or outer edge, as well as its posterior or
inner edge of this flattened upper surface; the posterior carina ends dis-
tally in a short, subacute, possibly acute spine.

Color: Black markings disposed much as indicated in the accom-
panying figure.

67 According to Kemp's most useful and convenient system of nomenclature,
adhered to in this paper in most instances.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 201

Remarks: In some respects this species seems to resemble L. lati-
frons (de Haan)^^ which, however, has a long median spine tipping the
rostral plate and which, in a specimen from Nagasaki, Japan, which I
have examined, has a wide, more or less evenly rounded convex arc of
denticles between the movable submedian spines ; this arc carries about 1 1
teeth to the right of a not very conspicuous median notch and 12 to the
left of it; there are 4 denticles between the intermediate and submedian
spines, of which one is the spine immediately adjacent to the movable
submedian spine; a single denticle intervenes between the lateral and
intermediate marginal teeth or spines of the telson. Beneath, the telson of
L. latifrons has a strong, keeled, and backwardly directed spine behind the
anal papilla. On the dorsal surface of the telson of L. latifrons the poste-
riorly trispinose median area is more raised and more plane than in L.
mccullochae ; to either side of the median area there are only 2 low
rounded carinae, each posteriorly drawn out into a stout spine; there is
also a blunt-pointed tubercle either side of the telson near its proximal
margin about in line with the intermediate tooth or spine of the posterior
margin. The raptorial dactylus of L. latifrons is armed with 6 teeth, in-
cluding the terminal one.

68 In von Siebold's Fauna Japonica, Crust., atlas, pi. 51, fig. 3, text, p. 222,
1894. Miers (as L. latifrons), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 5, p. 25, 1880; (as L.
brazieri), pp. 11, 125, pi. 1, figs. 3-6. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1,
p. 128, 1913.

202 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Genus CORONIDA Brooks, 1886
Goronida bradyi (A. Milne-Edwards)

Squilla bradyi A. Milne-Edwards in De Folin and Perier, Fonds de la

Mer, Vol. 1, Crust., p. 137, pi. 17, fig. 11, 1869.
Coronida bradyi Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 204, 1913,
and synonymy [listed only]. Gravier, Bull. Mus. Paris, 1920,
p. 115; Stomatopodes, Exped. Sci. du "Travailleur" et du "Talis-
man," 1880-1883, (separate), p. 32, pi. 1, figs. 1-9, 1927.

Distribution: Since Coronida bradyi was first reported by A. Milne-
Edwards from the Bay of St. Vincent, Cape Verde Islands, in 1869, no
additional material had ever been noticed in literature until 1920, when
Gravier described 3 specimens that had been taken by the Talisman in
1883, also at the Island of St. Vincent from a depth of 20 meters. He also
mentioned 3 other specimens in the collections of the Paris Museum,
which had been examined and determined by H. J. Hansen ;^^ 2 from the
Cape Verde Islands, and one from the island of Annobon (Anno Bom),
Gulf of Guinea.

Until now, all records have been from Atlantic waters, but, as a result
of the Pacific explorations sponsored by Captain Hancock, the species
seems to be not uncommon in the Galapagos Islands where we dredged
it off Tagus Cove, north of Charles Island, and off James Bay, James
Island, in depths varying from 8 to 70 fathoms, during the month of
January, 1934.

A very similar distribution is reported for the hydroid, Streptocaulus
pulcherrimus Allman, by Dr. C. McLean Eraser in "Distribution of the
Hydroids in the Collections of the Allan Hancock Expeditions. '"^^ This
animal, which was originally described from the Cape Verde Islands, was
discovered by Dr. Eraser in the vicinity of both Hood and Barrington
Islands in the Galapagos.

Size: All of the specimens are small, some indeed very small, yet
the largest, a female measuring 46 mm. in median length exclusive of the
rostral plate and spines on the posterior border of the telson, carapace 8,
rostrum about 2.1 mm., is considerably larger than the largest Talisman
specimen recorded by Gravier, which measured 31 mm. over all, "ante-
rior margin of rostrum to posterior extremity of telson." This is the speci-
men upon which Milne-Edwards' original description was based.

e9Ergebn. Plankton Exped., Vol. 2, [Pt] G. c, p. 83 [third paragraph], 1895.
70 Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 170, 1939.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

203

b

CD

3

a
o

-a

<

a

0)

O

bB

Clj

u

cu

>
o
U

CO

.2

c

u
3
4-*

o

br

• VV

C

to

1— t

4-*

C
n

cu

cu

H

C3

T-l

,x:

>

JJ

<JJ

C

Uc

Cj

1

ttJ

o

c

,q

rt

o

a,

M

c3

k<

i

u

o

CO

^

+-

cu

cu

-a

C

o
en

o

8

O

u
*-*

a

C

c

s

c

■4-*

E

n3

ffi

t/3

O
T)

•i-'

rt

tfi

to

o

Pi

o

s

3

■rs

o

cu

4-'

4-1

W

hr

•

^

cn

u

1*

a.

OJ

OJ

W

p£3

"^

>

1)

h

4-»

CU

•4^

R>

03

en

is

1

-a"

c

O

-a

o

u
C

o

(1)

O
tn

^

o
o

n

s

O

4-»

T^

<n

J,

o

c3

tH

(U

n

-a
a

cu
cu

13

fe

6

to

H

M

■M

^

204 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Remarks: The species has been refigured and redescribed by Gra-
vier, who also points out significant differences between it and the closely
allied C. trachura (von Martens) from the Indo-Pacific. Through the
kindness of Dr. Louis Fage, of the Paris Museum, a female specimen
from off Tagus Cove was compared with Milne-Edwards' type and
found to be specifically identical.

In view of the notable extension of range, in fact, unexpected occur-
rence of the species in Pacific waters, I have undertaken to contribute a
few descriptive remarks on the largest female specimen :

Carapace smooth; gastric grooves well marked; at the end of proxi-
mal fifth of length of carapace the gastric grooves are slightly drawn to-
gether a little in advance of the faint indication of the cervical groove
which does not, however, cross the middorsum of the carapace. Rostral
plate subrectangular, about 1% times as wide as long on median line,
with small median, subacute, triangular projection. Our specimens differ
from Gravier's in the distance between the cornea and the anterior mar-
gin of the rostral plate. In the Galapagos specimens the distance from the
inner angle of the cornea to the anterior margin of the plate equals the
distance from the anterior to the posterior margin of the plate.

The anterolateral angles of the carapace are more rounded off than
angled; anterior width of carapace a little more than half its median
length including rostrum ; greatest width almost equals length including
rostrum. In the accompanying figure the carapace has been drawn a bit
too narrow. In the type the antennal peduncles reach about as far forward
as the corneae; second segment of peduncle armed with a small acute
spine at the anterointernal angle; antennal scale short, reaching about
as far as the antennal peduncle and the corneae or slightly more. The
cornea sits obliquely on the eyestalk and in thickness measures about ^
the visible portion of the longitudinal axis of the stalk — the eyestalks as
drawn appear too slender ; of the visible portion the width at the middle
of the length is about half or slightly more than half the median length
of the stalk with the cornea included ; the transverse axis, width of the
cornea about equals the visible portion of the longitudinal axis of the
stalk.

The margin of the propodus opposed to the raptorial dactylus is pecti-
nate for the greater part of its length, at its base the usual 3 movable
spines are found ; the dactyl is armed with 4 spines including the terminal
one, outer margin of the inflated base scarcely or almost imperceptibly
notched, before notch the dactyl is inflated much as in Gonodactylus. The

NO. 4 SCHMITT : STOMATOPODS 205

raptorial dactyli of small specimens are relatively much more inflated at
the base than those of larger specimens ; also in these small specimens there
is a greater curvature to the thinner distal part of the dactyl which ends
in the terminal spine or tooth. The chelae of the 5th pair of legs are
roughly 34 the size of the 4th pair, the 3rd pair perhaps % the size of
the 4th pair.

The first free (5th) thoracic somite is little more than a somewhat
flattened ring without lateral projections and a smooth dorsal plate. The
lateral margins of the smooth and shining dorsa of the 6th, 7th, and 8th
thoracic somites are broadly rounded and nonprojecting, stopping short
of the articulation of the leg with the somite.

The first 4 abdominal somites are smooth and unarmed ; the 5th like-
wise, except for several small spinules on the posterior margin not far re-
moved from the posterolateral angle ; there are 4 more or less equidistant
spinules on the left side of the posterior margin of the somite and 6 on the
right. These spinules on the right side might be described as 4 more or less
equidistant spinules, of which the first and second of the series, counting
from the right, are twinned, thus making it possible to account for 6 spi-
nules on the right side. The number of spinules present laterally on the
posterior margin of the 5th abdominal somite is less in small than in large
specimens, while in very small individuals they may be lacking altogether.

The entire dorsal surface of the 6th abdominal somite and telson is
thickly beset with slender spines; a "comb" of small spines arms the ante-
rior margin of the somite. The spines forming the armature of this somite
increase in length from before backward, those of the posterior margin
being the longest. Slightly less than the dorsal median third of the somite
is thickened and raised a bit above the general surface of the somite (of
course, beneath its spiny armature) ; this slightly elevated area is nar-
rower behind than before; the lateral margin of the somite is raised and
thickened ; at its mid-point the thickened margin forms an angle or blunt
tooth, while just anterior to and above the posterolateral angle of the
somite the margin runs out into a strong curved spine. A few of the spines
arming the somite are twinned, but there are none that can be described
as stellate.

The telson beneath the spines is about % as long as wide; it is very
convex and very spinous. The spines are arranged, more or less alternat-
ingly, in longitudinal rows ; there is a median row of spines corresponding,
I should say, to the median carina of most stomatopods ; the last or most
posterior of this median row of spines arises from beneath the posterior

206 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

margin of the carapace ; either side of this spine on the posterior margin
are 2 spines followed by a movable submedian spine, I take it to be ; this is
nearly twice as large as any of the other spines on the telson ; beyond the
submedians in turn are 4 simple spines, each, as one goes away from the
median line, slightly shorter than its predecessor ; the next in order is the
5th spine which is twinned on either side, and between each of the
twinned spines and the simple spine outside it there is a gap in the margi-
nal series occupied by a small depression, continued on to the ventral sur-
face of the telson as a shallow furrow. Beyond the depression along the
margin of the telson are 3 spines in a row, following which the margin of
the telson turns forward; around this bend the margin is unarmed, and a
bit thickened or carinated; paralleling this "carina" and a bit inside it is a
row of 4 spines ; next there is another unarmed emargination of the border
of the telson a little before the anterolateral angle of the telson ; this angle
is spine tipped, and just posterior to this spine at the angle is a similar one
on the anterior slope of the emargination just referred to, but well back
from the margin of the telson at this point.

The ventral surface of the telson is symmetrically grooved ; there is a
row of spines on the ventral surface at a little distance from the margin of
the telson and some additional scattered spines along the sides of the ven-
tral grooves or furrows ; the ventral surface otherwise is somewhat regu-
larly lumpy.

A pair of slender spines form the ventral process of the uropods ; the
outer is about one half as long as the inner and close to it, leaving a very
narrow, more or less parallel-sided sinus between the 2 spines.

I observe some differences between the specimens before me and the
one figured by Dr. Gravier. The eyestalks of the specimen in his figure
extend a shorter distance beyond the distal margin of the rostral plate and
appear medially longitudinally grooved; the telson, as depicted by Gra-
vier, seems to have a median dorsal groove or, at least, interspace between
the row of spines either side of the median line, instead of a median row of
spines as in our specimens, ''^^ while the difference in relative length of the
spines of the ventral process of the uropods does not appear as great nor
the sinus between them as parallel sided as in our Pacific material. Never-

"^1 A re-examination of the type by Dr. Marc Andre during a recent absence of
Professor Fage from the Paris Museum reveals that this groove shown in the figure
does not exist in fact in the type specimen ; also the basal joint of the uropod is
spined in the type, as in the Galapagos specimens, and not unarmed, as depicted by
Gravier.

NO. 4 SCHMITT : STOMATOPODS 207

theless, I believe, as does Professor Fage (by letter), that the Atlantic
and Pacific Coronidas here discussed are identical.

Color: In alcohol some of our specimens are of a uniform straw
color (light yellow), others are mottled or more or less banded with
aggregations of brown chromatophores.

208

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Genus GONODAGTYLUS Latreille, 1825

The several forms of Gonodactylus dealt with in this paper are all
close allies of G. oerstedii. This species, in turn, is one of the many near
relatives of G. chiragra of the Indo-Pacific, with which, indeed, it was
identified for many years.

Kemp's discussion'^2 of "Gonodactylus chiragra and its allies" rather
fully covers the difficulties one encounters in any study of the problem of
variation and speciation in this Gonodactylus-d\\\2Lnct. His remarks are of
utmost value in the description of new forms within this section of the
genus.

CARINAE OF LAST
ABDOMINAL SOMITE

Submediari

Intermediate

Lateral

CAR.INAE OF TELSON

Mediar\

latermediate

Lateral.

Maig^iaal

Sabmedian

Accessory

ArxcKor - not aiaiays developed

Knob

Crest or ridcce of submediarv tooth

TEETH OF Tt.LSON

Lateral

Intermediate

Submediarv

Fig. 25. Diagrammatic Gonodactylus telson, illustrating terms
used in description.''3

72 Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 150, 1913.

■^3 The so-called anchor is not always formed and is often poorly developed ;
yet in some species it is unmistakably anchorlike in appearance.

The carina running forward or anteriorly from each submedian tooth of the
hind margin of the telson is referred to as the crest, or ridge, of the submedian
tooth.

The lobule, so called in the following descriptions, is the rounded, and some-
times spinule-tipped, projection intervening between the submedian and inter-
mediate teeth of the telson margin; it is placed at the top or apex of the sinus be-
tween these teeth, when this sinus is in evidence.

The lateral tooth of the telson in many Gonodactyli is reduced in size and
prominence ; in others it may be obsolescent or not even indicated. It is usually re-
ferred to as the lateral lobe or angle rather than as a tooth, because of this reduction
in size.

NO. 4 SCHMITT : STOMATOPODS 209

Key to Species of Gonodactylus Known from the
Pacific Coast of America

A^. Telson without spines or spinules on upper surface except occasion-
ally a small point or "bead" on the hinder end of the median and
intermediate carinae; submedian carinae, if indicated at all,
unarmed.

Knob smooth and rounded, low. Crests of submedian teeth of telson with-
out spines or spinules. Ocular plates usually squarish with more or less
convex anterior margin, almost subcircular at times. Anterolateral angles
of rostral plate rounded off, not angulatedJ4 .... oerstedii, p. 211

B^. Intermediate teeth of telson not sharply set off from submedian
teeth, the lobule which typically intervenes between the sub-
median and intermediate teeth is placed up on outer margin
of the submedian spine more or less wholly posterior to the

level of the extremity of the intermediate tooth

oerj/^6?ii with Pacific type of telson, p. 211

B-. Intermediate teeth of telson sharply and distinctly set off from
submedian teeth by a sinus at bottom or apex of which the
lobule separating these pairs of teeth normally occurs. ''^^ . .
oerstedii with Atlantic type of telson, p. 211

A-. Upper surface of telson more or less spinulose, armed with spines,
spinules, or prickles.

Median, submedian, and intermediate carinae usually armed posteriorly
with at least one distinct spine or spinule. Crests of the submedian teeth
1 of telson usually armed with at least one spine or spinule, often more.

Anterolateral angles of rostral plate angulated, subacute, acute, or at
times even spiniform (as in typical bahiahondensis) .

''^4 Pacific specimens of G. oerstedii with an Atlantic-type telson have a rostral
plate with angulated, often nearly acute anterolateral angles. In this respect, these
specimens approach the west coast species of Gonodactylus with spinulose telscns,
so much so, in fact, that there is suggested the possibility that they may be a non-
spinulose form if not a distinct subspecies of one or another of these species.

All Pacific oerstedii forms and relatives of whatever degree differ from Atlan-
tic oerstedii by virtue of their usually more angulated and more produced antero-
lateral angles of the rostral plate. The angles in Atlantic representatives of the
species (s.s.) are broadly rounded.

'i'5 Rarely is this sinus reduced, but when tending in this direction the lobule
still definitely separates the marginal teeth and is placed so that its posterior mar-
gin lies anterior to the level of the posterior extremity of the intermediate tooth.

210 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

B^. Knob not prominent, unarmed.

Accessory carinae never spined, very rarely with even a small
nodulation or two. Submedian crests usually armed with one spine or
spinule, sometimes 2, rarely unarmed and then on one side only. Ocu-
lar plates more or less squarish, anterolateral angles somewhat pro-
duced anteriorly in some specimens, but never so markedly as in
G. bahiahondensis. Anterolateral angles of the rostral plate produced,
subacute, but never spiniform stanschi, p. 215

B2. Knob usually armed with at least one pair of small spines or spin-
ules (see also under C^ below on this point).

Accessory carinae usually armed, at least in larger specimens, with
one or more spines or spinules.

G^. Knob armed with no more than 2 spines or spinules, only
rarely and in small specimens may these be replaced by
small nodules or tubercles; very rarely is there an extra,
apparently adventitious, spinule on the knob of this species.

Accessory carinae usually armed with one or 2, rarely 3, spines
and then on one side only; very rarely unarmed; may be un-
armed, in small specimens. Crests of submedian teeth usually
armed with one or two spines. Intermediate carinae usually end
in a posterior spine or spinule, usually followed by a second small
spinule in line behind it; rarely is the second of the 2 spinules
represented by a small bead or nodule, much more rarely does one
find both so replaced. Ocular plates have anterolateral angles
produced anteriorly; not appearing wider than long. Antero-
lateral angles of the rostral plate almost always spiniform. . . .
bahiahondensis, p. 217

C^. Knob typically, and usually, armed with more than 2 spi-
nules, very exceptionally armed with only 2, in such cases
there are one or two nodules or small tubercles in addition.

Accessory carinae armed with 3 or more spinules, rarely only 2.
Intermediate carinae with several spinules in patch at or just be-
hind posterior extremity; very exceptionally in small specimens
are there only 2 spinules so placed.

D^. Submedian carinae more or less merged posteriorly with
median carina to form an anchor posteriorly or, as one
might say, a coronet ornamented with from 3, usually
more, up to 8 spinules.

Klnob also forming a coronet of usually 4 to 6 backwardly di-
rected spinules, rarely only 3, sometimes as many as 7. Acces-

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 211

sory carinae usually armed with from 5 to 7 spinules. Crests of
submedian teeth of telson usually armed with 4 to 7, occasion-
ally 8 or 9 spinules in 2 rows, rarely in 3 rows. Ocular plates
more or less transversely elongate, anterolateral angles later-
ally produced. Rostral plate with anterolateral angles sharply
acute festae,''^ p. 220

D2. Submedian carinae of telson usually well marked and,

though closely paralleling median carina, not forming

so definite an anchor with it posteriorly; median carina

armed with posterior spinule, as are also submedian

carinae, which, counting the posterior spinule, are

armed with 2 or 3 well-separated spinules in a row on

the carina.

Fewer spinules in coronet arming knob, 2 to 4 occasionally
with not more than one little nodule or tubercle in addition.
Crests of submedian teeth of telson armed with from 2 spinules
in one row to 4 or 5 in 2 rows. Ocular plates not quite typical
of G. festae (s.s.), sometimes somewhat squarish. Anterolateral
angles of rostral plate produced, narrowly angulate, apically
blunted festae lalihertadensis, p. 223

Gonodactylus oerstedii Hansen

Gonodactylus oerstedii Hansen, Ergebn. Plankton Exped., Vol. 2, [Pt.]
G. c, p. 65 and footnote, 1895. Bigelow, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm.,
Vol. 20, Pt. 2, p. 152, figs. 1, 2, 1900 (1901). Kemp, Mem.
Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 204, 1913. Kemp and Chopra, Rec.
Indian Mus., Vol. 22, Pt. 4, p. 309, 1921. Bigelow, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zool., Vol. 72, No. 4, p. 120, 1931, and synonymy. Lunz,
Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, Vol. 51, No. 1, p. 152, fig. 1,
1935 ; Bull. Bingham Oceanog. Coll., Vol. 5, Art. 5, p. 4, 1937.
Distribution: Atlantic: North Carolina and Bermuda to Brazil,
including the Bahamas, West Indies, and Gulf of Mexico; also Fer-
nando-Noronha. Pacific: hitherto known only from the Gulf of Califor-
nia, but now also from Socorro, Clarion, and Isabel islands and Tenaca-
tita Bay, Mexico; Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica; Secas Islands and Bahia

^^6 This species and its subspecies have a more prickly appearing telson than
any of their west coast relatives. Moreover, G. festae is the only one in which there
is almost invariably a small, sharp, slender spinule in the angle formed by the
lateral lobe with the lateral margin of the carapace. There is no such spine in the
subspecies, /. lalihertadensis.

212

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Honda, Panama; Gorgona Island, Colombia; La Plata Island and the
Galapagos Islands, Ecuador.

Remarks: Kemp and Chopra first made known the presence of this
species in Pacific waters, in the Gulf of California. They "made a close
comparison between the California specimens and others from Fernando
Noronha and St. Thomas in the West Indies," but were "unable to find
any appreciable difference between them."

N

t^^/

A

a

no

^,

Fig. 26. Gonodactylus oerstedii, a female typical of the species
proper, from Tortugas, Florida, a. telson; b. rostral plate and
ocular scales.

r^rO

Fig. 27. Gonodactylus oerstedii, female with true Pacific type
telson, from Darwin Bay, Tower Island, Galapagos (Hancock
Exped. Sta. 98-33, February 25, 1933). a. telson, s. S; b. rostral
plate and ocular scales.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

213

r^n

Fig. 28. Gonodactylus oerstedii, female, with a Pacific type tel-
son that tends toward being intermediate between the Pacific and
Atlantic type telsons, from San Gabriel Bay, Espiritu Santo
Island, Gulf of California (Hancock Exped, Sta. 638-37, March
7, 1937). a. telson; b. rostral plate and ocular scales.
It is to be noted that in this specimen the lobules between the sub-
median and intermediate teeth of the telson are still, in part at
least, posterior to the extremities of the intermediate teeth and
that the axes, extended, of the submedian and intermediate teeth
lie closer together than in the true Atlantic type telson. The ma-
jority of the Lower California specimens are of the true Pacific
type (Fig. 27a) rather than of this uncommon intermediate form.

oo

Fig. 29. Gonodactylus oerstedii, male, with Atlantic type telson
from Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, Galapagos (Hancock
Exped. Sta. 168-34, January 20, 1934). a, telson; b. rostral plate
and ocular scales.

The median carina of this specimen is more swollen than in the
Tortugas specimen (Fig. 26a) with which it may be compared,
but swelling or inflation of the carinae is of very common occur-
rence in all species of Gonodactylus (of. Kemp, Mem. Indian
Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 150, 1913).

214 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Atlantic and Pacific specimens of G. oerstedii are much alike. Yet, in
an extensive series from both oceans, the vast majority, with rare excep-
tions, of the Pacific representatives of the species has a common type of
telson which, for purposes of reference, is here distinguished as the Pacific
type, as compared with an Atlantic type. Rarely does any Atlantic repre-
sentative of G. oerstedii tend to exhibit any inclination toward developing
the Pacific type of telson. However, there are enough specimens, although
very few with the opposite type in the waters of each ocean, to preclude, at
least in the light of our present knowledge, giving them a more definite
nomenclatorial status than here attempted.

The Atlantic type of telson has been well figured and described by
Bigelow (1901, p. 152, fig. 1). There is a distinct, wide, V-, almost
U-shaped notch or interval between the submedian and intermediate teeth
of the telson margin; in the apical angle of this notch there is a well-
developed lobule anterior to the level of the extremity of the intermediate
spine. Very rarely is the posterior margin of this lobule on, or does it ap-
proach, the level of the extremity of the intermediate tooth. In these rare
cases the notch or interval between the submedian and intermediate teeth
tends to become more or less obliterated, and the outer margin of the sub-
median tooth and the inner of the intermediate tooth where they proxi-
mally approach one another are separated by little more than the width of
the intervening lobule. In all cases, however, there is always a noticeable
offset or separation between the major (longitudinal) axes of both teeth,
even though the trend of both may be more or less parallel. In no case is
the lobule situated up on the outer margin of the submedian tooth wholly
behind or posterior to the level of the extremity of the intermediate one.

In the Pacific type of telson, the interval between the intermediate and
submedian teeth is wanting and the lobule that separates the intermediate
from the submedian tooth in the Atlantic forms is less distinct and scarce-
ly more, in many cases, than an irregularity of the outer margin of the
submedian tooth just before it passes over into the outer margin of the
rudimentary intermediate tooth. This reduced lobule is so placed that it is
situated posterior to the level of the extremity of the intermediate tooth.
I have seen one Pacific specimen in which a part, but not the whole, of this
lobule seemed to be behind the level of the extremity of the intermediate
tooth, but this is no doubt of exceedingly rare occurrence. A lobule which
is part before and part behind the intermediate tooth is also to be seen in
some of the small and near juvenile Atlantic specimens of G. oerstedii.
Thus we see in some of the small specimens on both coasts some conver-

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

215

gence, but here again Kemp's remarks, cited under the generic heading
above (p. 208), are in a measure applicable. These "convergent" speci-
mens do differ in the relative perpendicular distance between the parallels
formed by the major axes of the submedian and intermediate teeth ex-
tended.

The major (longitudinal) axis of the intermediate tooth in the Pacific
type telson, if extended, runs very close to that of the submedian spine,
and is removed from it usually by not more than the vi^idth of its crest or
carina at the level of the lobule. In the Atlantic type of telson the perpen-
dicular distance between the lines extending the axes of the submedian
and intermediate teeth is about as great as half the width of the entire
submedian tooth, crest included, at the level of the posterior margin of the
intermediate lobule, or more.

The relation that the Pacific type telson bears to the Atlantic type is
very like that borne to G. demani by its variety spinosus in which the
intermediate teeth of the telson are rudimentary as compared with those
of the species proper.

Gonodactylus stanschi, new species

oo

Fig. 30. Gonodactylus stanschi, female holotype, from Tangola-
Tangola, Mexico (Hancock Exped. Sta. 261-34, March 1, 1934).
a. telson ; b. rostral plate and ocular scales.

Distribution: From the Gulf of California, Angel de la Guardia
Island, to Tangola-Tangola Bay, Mexico, including Isabel and Tres
Marias Islands.

The existence of this species was first brought to my attention in 1926
by specimens collected that year by Dr. Carlos Stansch, inspector in the

216 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

service of the Direccion Forestal y de Caza y Pesca, Mexico, for whom I
take pleasure in naming it. Dr. Stansch secured 2cf from coral banks in
the vicinity of the lighthouse, Tres Marias Islands, and 1$ from oyster
beds at Teacapan, state of Sinaloa. Otherwise, the species is known only
from specimens collected by the Hancock Expeditions.

Type: The second largest specimen, a female of 38 mm. in median
length exclusive of the 3 mm. rostrum, from Tangola-Tangola Bay,
Mexico, March 1, 1934 (Hancock Exped. Sta. 261-34), has been selected
as the type (U.S.N.M. No. 76355).

Description: One of the Gonodactylus oerstedii-group with dorsally
spined or spinulose telson, but differing at once from its near allies by the
complete absence of spinules on the accessory carinae, by the unarmed
and relatively inconspicuous knob more or less underneath the hinder end
of the median carina, and by the fact that the intermediate carina nor-
mally and usually ends posteriorly in a single spine; rarely is the spine
terminating this carina followed by a second and smaller one. Occa-
sionally one or the other, more rarely both, of the accessory carinae show
one or two small nodulations, but never spines.

Only the posterior portions of the submedian carinae are developed ;
they form, as it were, the flukes of the anchor of which the median carina
forms the stock (not so well marked as in some species) ; the median and
submedian carinae are posteriorly spined (the "anchor" is thus trispi-
nose) ; the spines terminating the submedian carinae are often strongly
exserted and upturned, while the median spine, always the larger of the
three, is inclined downward. The spines terminating the intermediate
carinae are typically larger and stouter than those on the submedian
carinae and about the size of the one arming the median carina.

The submedian and intermediate marginal teeth of the telson are
well separated by a distinct notch, as are the corresponding teeth in
specimens of G. oerstedii with the typical Atlantic type telson.

The crests or carinae of the submedian teeth of the telson are typically
armed with but a single spine; in perhaps a fourth of the specimens
there are 2 spines on one of a pair of submedian crests, the other having
but a single spine or the faint indication in one instance of a slight
nodulation, and in another 2. In all other specimens a single spine
armed this crest, paired in almost every instance with another single
spine on the corresponding crest of the opposite side of the telson; in 3
specimens one of these spines was represented by a small nodule, and in
only one specimen was there a nodule on each side instead of a spine.

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

217

In some of the smaller specimens the lateral tooth or lobe is obsolescent
or but barely indicated ; in the larger specimens at hand it is well marked
but blunt.

The anterolateral angles of the rostral plate, although more prom-
inent and angulated than in G. oerstedii with Pacific type telson, are
nevertheless somewhat blunt in many of the specimens; in a number, as
for instance the specimen taken for the holotype, they are subacute, but
never spiniform as in G. bahiahondensis.

The ocular plates, dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite, some-
what resemble those of G. bahiahondensis, but appear to be more squarish.
They do not seem to be particularly distinctive of the species, nor do I
find anything especially characteristic about the uropods that would assist
in specific differentiation.

Gonodactylus bahiahondensis, new species

Gonodactylus oerstedii var. festae Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL,
Vol. 72, No. 4, p. 124, pi. 2, figs. 3, 4, 1931 (part, all but synony-
my, and reference to specimens pertaining to works cited in the
synonymy).

r^n

Fig. 31. Gonodactylus bahiahondensis, female holotype, from
Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica (Hancock Exped. Sta. 258-34, Febru-
ary 25, 1934). a. telson; b. rostral plate and ocular scales.

Distribution: Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica; Bahia Honda, Secas
and Perico Islands, Panama; Port Utria and Gorgona Island, Colombia;
and Cape San Francisco, Ecuador. Except for a single specimen taken by

218 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

the Albatross October 26, 1904, at Perico Island, Panama, all of the
foregoing records are based on material taken by the Hancock Expedi-
tions.

Type: The largest specimen seen of this species, a female from
Puerto Culebra, Costa Rica, February 25, 1934 (Hancock Exped. Sta.
258-34), has been selected as the type (U.S.N.M. No. 76349). This
specimen measures 43 mm. in median length exclusive of rostrum,
rostrum 3, carapace 10. This new species was first detected among the
stomatopods taken the year before at Bahia Honda, Panama, and in
recognition of that discovery is given its name, although the larger,
better-developed specimen from Puerto Culebra has been made the type.

Description: A species standing close to G. festae Nobili, but differ-
ing from it in several characters to a degree warranting, it is believed,
specific designation. Most distinctive perhaps of these characters of
bahiahondensis are the nearly always spiniform anterolateral angles of
the rostral plate and the forwardly produced anterolateral angles of the
ocular plates, or dorsal processes of the ophthalmic somite.

The "knob," as we have called it, behind the median carina of the
carapace, is armed with no more than 2 small spines or spinules ; one in
not quite a third of the specimens ; in only 2 specimens were the spinules
replaced by a small nodule, or pair of nodules.

The median carina of the telson is posteriorly armed with a single
spine ; rarely is this represented by a small beadlike or blunted protuber-
ance. The submedian carinae, as a rule, are distinctly present and are
posteriorly armed, either one or both, in the larger (half the) specimens
with a single small spine; they are usually unarmed in the smaller
specimens.

The intermediate carinae are posteriorly spined in nearly all the
specimens; in about 4 out of the entire lot the carina is posteriorly more
or less blunted off or furnished with a small "bead" ; in more than two
thirds of the specimens below and behind the usually spined posterior end
of the intermediate carina there is a second and smaller spine, or at
least, and more rarely, a small nodule (in 3 or 4 specimens) on one side
or the other, usually on both sides ; in only 2 specimens is the posterior
terminal spine of the intermediate carina not followed by a spinule or
nodulation.

The crest of the submedian tooth of the telson is armed with one or
two spines; only one of the 2 crests in but one specimen was found
without armature of any kind, while, on the other hand, in only 3

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 219

specimens was one of the crests armed with as many as 3 spinules, the
corresponding crest of the pair having one spine in one instance and 2 in
each of the others. Sometimes, in the case of 5 individual carinae among
20 odd specimens, the spine (single) arming this crest of the intermediate
marginal tooth is followed by a small nodular swelling, perhaps repre-
senting an incipient or undeveloped 2nd spine; otherwise not less than
half the total number of specimens had 2 spines on at least one of the
two crests.

The accessory carinae are usually, or perhaps typically, armed with
2 spinules. Only in one instance did I observe an accessory carina in this
species armed with 3 spinules, and then on one side of the telson only.
Sometimes there may be 2 spinules followed by a nodule, or only one
spinule and a nodule. In 9 specimens the accessory carinae are unarmed ;
these are all small specimens scarcely, if at all, exceeding 30 mm. in
median length exclusive of rostrum.

The lateral teeth or lobes of the telson are blunt, in no case spined,
and only wanting, or not much more than indicated, in four instances.

The anterolateral angles of the rostral plate are more truly or more
nearly spiniform than in any of the species of Gonodactylus dealt with
in this account ; in only 2 specimens out of the lot are they not spiniform,
subacute to acute, in only one blunt; one specimen has one angle spini-
form, the other rounded, the only rounded angle found in any of the
material.

The ocular plates are quite different from those of jestae, inasmuch
as the anterolateral angles are produced more or less forward instead of
laterally, thus making these prominences appear no wider than long; in
G. festae they are plainly wider than long because of the noticeably
laterally produced anterolateral angles. At first I believed bahiahondensis
represented a variety or subspecies of festae, but the almost invariably
consistent difference in the ocular plates of the 2 forms has led me to
consider them specifically distinct.

Remarks: On the basis of the character of the ocular plates alone,
the Perico Island, Bay of Panama, specimen which Dr. Bigelow had
considered representative of G. festae is a good bahiahondensis. Also, it
has a two-spined "knob," and distinct submedian carinae; the crests of
the submedian teeth of the telson are each armed with one spine plus the
indication of a second, while the accessory carinae are armed on the one
side with 2 spines or spinules and on the other with a spine and the
indication of a second.

220

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Gonodactylus festae Nobili

Gonodactylus festae Nobili, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Univ. Torino, Vol.
16, No. 415, p. 53, 1901. Kemp, Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4,
No. 1, pp. 153, 204, 1913.

Gonodactylus oerstedii var. festae Bigelow, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Vol. 72, No. 4, p. 124, 1931, synonymy only (description of
specimen and figs. 3, 4, pi. 2, have in the present paper been
referred to G. bahiahondensis) .

Fig, 32. Gonodactylus festae, female, from Salinas Bay, Costa
Rica (Hancock Exped. Sta. 474-35, February 10, 1935). a. tel-
son; b. rostral plate and ocular scales; c. underside of right later-
al tooth or lobe to show spinule typically occurring in angle
formed by the lobe with the lateral margin of the carapace,
much enlarged.

Distribution: Nobili's original type material consisted of 2 speci-
mens from Darien [Gulf of San Miguel, Panama],^''' one from Punta
Santa Elena, and one from the Bay of Santa Elena, Ecuador. Since
then, specimens have been obtained from as far north as Salinas Bay,
Costa Rica, but not farther south than Santa Elena Bay. From between
these extremes I have seen specimens both on the San Francisco Reef,
Panama City, and on Taboga Island (S. F. Hildebrand, coll., February
13 and March 31, 1937, respectively) ; and from Bahia Honda, Panama;
Port Utria and Cabita Bay, Colombia ; and south of Manta, La Libertad,
and Santa Elena Point, Ecuador (Hancock Expeditions).

77 Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, Vol. 12, No. 280, p. 1, 1897.

NO. 4 schmitt: stomatopods 221

Original description (translated from the Italian) : "This new spe-
cies is related to oerstedii and like it has the accessory carina which dis-
tinguishes it from chiragra. From this and oerstedii [the new species]
is easily distinguishable by the presence of spinules on the carinae of the
telson. On the three medial carinae and on the anchor (that is found in
this species as in [both] oerstedii and typical chiragra) the spinules are
variable, in the two specimens from Darien reduced to tubercles, in
the specimen from Punta Santa Elena very distinct. Those on the
carinae [or crests] that terminate in the two [sub-] median projections
[or marginal teeth or spines] of the telson, and on the accessory carinae
of Hansen are most distinct, and in the case of the first named carinae
form a double series.

"The rostral plate in G. chiragra has the external [the antero-lateral]
angles muticous (f. typica de Man = var. A Borradaile) or acute and
anteriorly produced (var. acutirostris de Man = var. C Borradaile) ]^^
G. oerstedii from St. Thomas has the external [antero-lateral] angles
muticous and 'plain-like.' In G. festae these angles are acute, 'slender,'
and anteriorly produced."

Measurements: The largest specimen of the species I have seen is
a specimen contained in a lot collected by Dr. S. F. Hildebrand from
tide pools on the San Francisco Reef, near Panama City. It is female
of 49 mm. in median length exclusive of the rostrum; rostrum nearly 4,
carapace 12. The figured specimen is 43 mm. long on the median line.

Remarks: Several of the close allies of G. oerstedii are known to
have a spinulose telson, but none perhaps so spinulose a telson as G. festae,
at least on the Pacific side of America. G. oerstedii var. spinulosus from
Barbados and Antigua in the Atlantic most nearly approximates G. festae
in this respect. The latter, nevertheless, is very close to G. oerstedii
(s.s.) in the conformation of the rostral plate, the anterolateral angles
of which are broadly rounded in both forms. In G. festae, on the other
hand, they are sharply angulated and acutely pointed, although in some
smaller specimens only subacute. Nevertheless, I do not know just what
Nobili had in mind when he spoke of them as slender, "esili," unless he
meant to indicate that in contrast to true oerstedii the anterolateral angles
were narrowly acute or drawn out to a sharp point, as they are. All of the
West American relatives of G. oerstedii with spinulose or dorsally spined
telsons have the anterolateral angles of the rostral plate more angulated
and often acute ; only in bahiahondensis are they truly spiniform.

78 In A. Willey's Zool. Res., Pt. 4, p. 401, 1899; now G. acutirostris, see Kemp,
Mem. Indian Mus., Vol. 4, No. 1, p. 163, 1913.

222 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Nobili's Statement that the spinules arming the crest atop the sub-
median teeth of the telson are arranged in a double series very definitely
sets his species apart from its Pacific congeners. In all but 3 (about 17
mm. in median length exclusive of rostral plate) of the specimens of
G. festae taken by the Hancock Expeditions these spinules, numbering
from 2 plus 2 nodules to 8 or 9 spinules, are arranged in 2 rows. In one
of the 3 exceptions noted one crest has 7 spinules in a more or less triple
series, the corresponding crest has 4 in 2 rows; the 2nd specimen has 3
spinules and a nodule in 2 rows on the one side and 5 spinules, apparently,
in one row on the other; the 3rd specimen has 2 spinules in a single row
on one crest, and 4 in 2 rows on its mate. In the Atlantic oerstedii var.
spinulosus the spinules on these crests usually seem to be organized into
3 rows, the total number of spinules on either crest running from 5 to 7.

The accessory carinae in G. festae are usually armed with 4 to 7
spinules in a row, most often 4 or 5, rarely 2 or 3 plus a nodule or two;
only in one instance (one carina) is there one spinule plus 2 nodules.

The knob forms a coronet armed with from 4-7 spinules or prickles —
in general, prickly is the characterization one instinctively gives a G.
festae telson. Its near relatives may have the telson spined or spinulose,
but in G. festae, in well-developed specimens, it is definitely prickly
looking, only in a very few of the smaller specimens are just a few
prickles observable, but in these specimens the characters otherwise are
unmistakably those of G. festae.

The submedian carinae of G. festae (s.s.) never seem to get beyond
the anchor-fluke stage, not very long flukes at that, and very much con-
fluent with the hinder end of the median carina. The anchor, submedians
plus the median carina, is armed with 5 to 9 spinules, rarely and per-
haps only abnormally less. There are also one or more little prickles, or
indications of them, on either side of the median carina in advance of
the anchor.

The intermediate carinae of the telson almost without exception end
in a little patch of from 3 to 6 spinules or prickles in 2 or 3 short rows,
just a patch of them as it were; only in some of the smallest specimens
are there fewer of these tiny spinules.

Just inside the lateral tooth or lobe of the telson typically there is
inserted next to the lateral margin of the telson a small but readily
observable spinule. In the largest specimen the lateral lobe is wanting on
the left side, and the spinule is wanting within the lobe on the right
side; in only one other specimen of G. festae (s.s.) is the lateral lobe

NO. 4

schmitt: stomatopods

223

or tooth lacking, the one on the left side; the right lobe in this case is
accompanied by the usual spinule; both lobes of one small specimen lack
the spinules completely; another specimen with well-developed lateral
lobes has only one of the lobes spined; 10 other specimens of festae (s.s.)
that I have seen have both lobes developed and each with the character-
istic spinule. In the larger specimens either side of the median notch
near its apex or origin is a tiny tubercle topped or armed with a small
spinule.

Characteristic of this species are the ocular plates which have their
anterolateral angles produced laterally and so appear definitely trans-
versely elongated in contrast to those of G. bahiahondensis.

The one lot of specimens from La Libertad, Santa Elena Bay, Ecua-
dor, closely related to G. festae yet showing some deviations from the
more typical form are described below as a subspecies.

Gonodactylus festae lalibertadensis, new subspecies

r^v-^

Fig. 33. Gonodactylus festae lalibertadensis, female holotype,
from La Libertad, Ecuador (Hancock Exped. Sta. 12-33, January
19, 1933). a. telson; b. rostral plate and ocular scales.

Distribution: Subspecific designation is given 8 specimens, Icf 4$
3 juv., taken off La Libertad, Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador, January 19,
1933; oyster dredge in 1-2 fathoms (Hancock Exped. Sta. No. 12-33).

Material examined: Of these 8 La Libertad specimens the largest,
a male of about 34 mm. in median length exclusive of the rostrum, does
not appear quite normal, for the subspecies at least. This specimen is dis-
cussed under Remarks below. Three juvenile specimens under 18 mm. in

224 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

length will not otherwise be referred to. Of the remaining 4 females
ranging from about 29 to 18 mm. in length, the second largest, 20 mm.
in median length exclusive of the rostrum, has been selected as the type,
U.S.N.M. No. 76394, as it best illustrates our concept of this subspecies.

Description: In the better definition and greater length of the sub-
median carinae of the telson this subspecies diverges from G. festae, and
though to a small degree suggestive of G. bahiahondensis, it in no way
resembles that species in distinctness and keeling of its carinae. In only
one specimen are there as few as 2 spinules on the knob. The submedian
ridges do not to the same extent go over into the formation of an anchor
with the median carina as in typical festae. Unlike bahiahondensis, the
submedian ridges have several spines, usually 3 in a row in the length of
each submedian ridge ; in the type 2.

In bahiahondensis the submedian carinae are armed with but a single
posterior spine and have none on the ridge of the carinae in advance of
the terminal one. In a number, practically all the small specimens of
bahiahondensis, the submedian carinae are without any armature, while
in no case in lalibertadensis do the submedian carinae have less than 2
teeth.

The knob with but one exception is armed with a coronet of spinules
or prickles, as in the species proper, from 3 plus a nodule, as in the type,
to 4, and 4 plus a nodule ; the single exception, a small specimen, has the
knob armed with but 2 spinules. The intermediate carinae have off their
posterior ends, much as in typical festae, from 2 spines, more or less
behind one another, to 5 in an irregular patch; the crests on the sub-
median teeth also resemble festae, having as many as 5 spinules in 2 rows
on one side only of one specimen to as few as 2 in one row on each side ;
the accessory carinae were armed with 2 or 3 spinules, occasionally plus
an extra nodule. There were about as many specimens of one count as
the other.

In no instance was a lateral lobe or tooth furnished with a spinule,
as in festae; in the largest of the 5 specimens discussed the right lateral
lobe is wanting.

The ocular plates have some resemblance to those of festae, but yet
were not quite typical. One of the smallest specimens, indeed, has plates
somewhat resembling those of bahiahondensis, but it must be remembered
that the characters of small and juvenile Gonodactyli often appear to be
in the formative stage and so are not particularly positive in their specific
indications.

NO. 4 SCHMITT : STOMATOPODS 225

The rostral plate is similar to that of G. stanschi; the anterolateral
angles are anteriorly produced, somewhat narrowly angulate and apically
blunt.

Remarks: The largest specimen of this lot of specimens from La
Libertad has the median and intermediate carinae much swollen and
"blown up" looking, so much so that the submedian carinae of the
other specimens representing the subspecies have been completely merged
in the somewhat elongated inflated structure that forms the median
carina. This is armed with 3 small spinules or remnants of spinules
behind, and has at least one other on either side a little behind the
middle of the carina. Of the intermediate carinae each ends in a spinule
and has 2 other small ones in a row behind the terminal one.

The knob has 2 spines on the left half of its posterior margin and
the remains of 2 others, it appears, on the right half.

The crests of the submedian teeth are each armed with 4 spinules
in 2 rows. The right lateral lobe or tooth of the margin of the telson
is scarcely indicated ; the left one is small and not spined.

The ocular plates of this specimen are typical of G. festae.

The specimen may well be an exaggerated and perhaps somewhat
abnormal type of G. festae or else of the subspecies. It is more like festae
than the other specimens here assigned to this subspecies and may, per-
haps, be considered a transitional form linking the subspecies to the
species proper.

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, and in 1940.

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF BARNACLE

FROM ECUADOR
(Plate 27)

By I. E. CORNWALL

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume 5, Number S

Issued February 17, 1941

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF BARNACLE
FROM ECUADOR

(Plate 27)
By I. E. Cornwall

Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University

TETRABALANUS, new genus

Diagnosis: Sessile barnacles, the shell having four plates; the plates
forming the walls have pores which are crossed by cross-septa. Pores
arranged in one row between outer and inner lamina, as in many species
of Balamis. No epidermis could be seen on any of the specimens examined.
The outer surface of the shell is smooth, and the color is white. The lower
part of the inner surface is ribbed, but the ribs do not extend as far as
the sheath. The lower margin of the sheath does not hang free, as the
space between it and the inner lamina of the shell is filled solidly. The
ribs on the interior of the shell correspond with the septa between the
pores.

Shell: The four plates forming the shell are arranged in the
same way as those of Tetraclita. The rostrum has radii, and is therefore
a composite plate formed by the fusion of the true rostrum and the
adjacent rostrolateral plates on each side of it. The carina has alae. The
lateral plates have alae on one side and radii on the other. The basis is
thick at the edge where it is attached to the compartments, and it is thin
at the center; it has pores and is smooth on the interior surface. The basis
is flat, not cup shaped as the basis of Creusia, as it is attached to rocks or
other support.

Terga: The general shape of the terga resembles quite closely that
of Balanus ampJiitrite, but the crests for the attachment of the^^ depressor
muscles are more regular.

Scuta: The scuta also resemble those of Balanus amphitrite.

Type: Tetrabalanus poly genus, new species.

Distribution: Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt collected several specimens of
this genus in shore collecting at Puna Island, Ecuador, in 1934. All
these specimens are attached to stones.

[227]

228 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Tetrabalanus polygenus, new species
PI. 27, Fig. 1 : A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Description: A conical barnacle with four plates. The plates form-
ing the shell are smooth, and the base adheres firmly to its support.

General appearance : At first sight this appears to be a very ordinary
acorn barnacle, such as a smooth specimen of Balanus crenatus. There is
no epidermis, and the surface of the parietes may be eroded in some places,
so that the cross-septa in the pores are exposed. The largest specimens
collected are about 10 mm. in greatest diameter, and about half that in
height. The cover-plates are deeply sunken below the margin of the
orifice.

Shell: Fig. 1 : I, J. The shell is conical, with large orifice. The radii
are narrow and their true shape cannot be seen unless the shell is taken
apart. The interior of the shell is ribbed in the lower part, and has very
much the appearance of Balanus crenatus, as it is attached to the basis
in the same manner. The lower margin of the sheath does not hang free,
since the space between it and the inner lamina of the shell is filled.

Basis: The basis is thick at the edge, thin at the center; it is smooth
on the interior, and has fine pores.

Scuta: Fig. 1 : G, H. The outline of the scutum is triangular, with
the basal margin slightly concave. The articular ridge is high and ter-
minates in a free point; it is half the length of the tergal margin. The
adductor ridge is short and low — it looks like a continuation of the
articular ridge, as its lower margin is nearly in line with the lower margin
of that ridge. The pit for the attachment of the adductor muscle is large.
There is no pit for the attachment of the lateral depressor muscle. The
exterior of the valve is dark brown except near the occludent margin
where there is a lighter band ; the growth ridges are clearly marked.

Terga: Fig. 1 : E, F. Internally the articular ridge is near the scutal
margin; there are four well-developed crests for the attachment of the
depressor muscle, and these crests project a little below the basal margin
of the valve. Externally the valve is almost flat, and the growth ridges
are not prominent. The spur is wide and is near the scutal margin.

Maxilla: Fig. 1 : A. There is no notch below the upper large pair
of spines ; the spines at the lower angle are longer than those at the upper
angle. As usual there are two rows of spines, but only one row is shown
in the drawing.

Mandibles: Fig. 1 : C. Each mandible has three large teeth; below
these there are two small blunt teeth ; the upper and lower margins bear
many small spines.

NO. 5

A NEW BARNACLE FROM ECUADOR

229

Labrum : Fig. 1 : B. There is a V-shaped notch in the middle of the
labrum, with three teeth on one side, and two on the other. The outline
of the labrum is about the same as that found in many species of Balanus,
and the teeth are the same shape, and are arranged in the same way as
those of B. amphitrite.

Cirri: Fig. 1 : D. Cirrus I has rami of 22 and 9 segments; the lower
segments are protuberant. Cirrus II has 9 and 12 spines. Cirrus III has
13 and 11 segments; several of the lower segments on the inner part are
thickly set with short, conic, decurved teeth. On the outside of the
posterior cirri there is one upward-pointing tooth on each of the lower
segments. These teeth are near the tuft of fine spines at the upper angle.
Cirrus VI has 28 and 28 segments. The median segments bear five pairs
of spines.

Penis: The penis is longer than the sixth cirrus, and there is a point
on its dorsal base.

Type: U.S.N.M. no. 80026.

Type locality : Puna Island, Ecuador.

230 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 27

Fig. 1. Tetrahalanus polygenus. A. maxilla. B. labrurn, C. mandible.

D. median segment of cirrus VI, showing one row of spines.

E. interior of tergum. F. exterior of tergum. G. interior of
scutum. H. exterior of scutum. I. side view of shell. J. top
view of shell, showing cover-plates in position.

NO. 5

A NEW BARNACLE FROM ECUADOR

PL. 27

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, and in 1940.

I,

THE NOCTUOID MOTHS OF THE GALAPAGOS

ISLANDS FROM THE COLLECTIONS

OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK

FOUNDATION

(Plates 28-31)
By A. GLENN RICHARDS, Jr.

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume 5, Numbers 6, 7, 8

Issued April 7, 1941

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

THE NOCTUOID MOTHS OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

FROM THE COLLECTIONS OF THE

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION

(Plates 28-31)
By A. Glenn Richards, Jr.

Zoological Laboratory
University of Pennsylvania

INTRODUCTION

There are only two papers dealing specificly with the moths of the
Galapagos Islands. Williams^ covered the butterflies and sphingid moths
and incidentally mentioned the presence on these islands of 6 other species.
Schaus- published the only paper attempting to cover the moths. He listed
61 species, 24 of which were described as new. The above two papers
present a listing of 78 species of Lepidoptera, though 6 were identified
only to genus. The list given herein, based on material from the Allan
Hancock Foundation collections, adds 6 more species. At least 3 addi-
tional species are present in the Allan Hancock Foundation material but
are not reported on at this time. These make a total of 84 species with at
least 3 more yet unrecorded.

The distribution of these 84 species into families is not without
interest :

Phalaenidae (=Noctuidae)

Pyralidae

Sphingidae

Butterflies (4 families^)

Geometridae

Arctiidae

Miscellaneous "micros"
Many of these, at least of the first 4 groups, are strong fliers, fre-
quently widely distributed new-world or neotropical species. Somewhat
more than half of the total are such neotropical species, 34 species or races

1 Williams, F. X., The butterflies and hawk moths of the Galapagos Islands,
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th sen, vol. 1, pp. 289-322, 1911. (Specimens collected by
the California Academy of Sciences Expedition of 1905-1906.)

2 Schaus, Wm., Galapagos Heterocera with descriptions of new species, Zo-
ologica, vol. 5, pp. 23-48, 2 plates, 1923. (Specimens collected by the Williams
Galapagos Expedition of the N.Y. Zoological Society, 1923.)

3 Pieridae, 1 ; Nymphalidae, 3 ; Lycaenidae, 1 ; and Hesperiidae, 1.

[233]

40

species

15

9

6

3

2

9

234 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

having been described as endemic. Approximately half the total number
are Phalaenidae; in fact, the Phalaenoidea (Phalaenidae plus Arctiidae
of this list) account for exactly half the total. Yet the really interesting
feature of the list is the absence of so many tropical groups both with and j
without strong flying tendencies. Although half the total are Phalaen-
oidea, the phalaenoid families Notodontidae, Lymantriidae, Syntomidae,
Pericopidae, Dioptidae, and the stronger flying Arctiidae* are absent.
Also absent are the Papilios and Danaidae among the butterflies, and
among the moths the whole Saturnoidea, Bombycoidea, Drepanoidea,
Uranioidea, Cossidae, Castniidae, and most of the "micro" families
(many of the species of which are not small). It seems truly strange that
so many Phalaenidae, big and small and of many diverse groups, have
reached these islands when so few other Lepidoptera have done so.

The 6 species here recorded from the Galapagos Islands for the first
time are :

Feltia annex a (Treit.)

Peridroma margaritosa (Haw.)

Peridroina (Peridroma) conwayij new species

Prodenia dolichos (Fabr.)

Prodenia eridania form normal linea (Fabr.)

Zale sp. of viridans group
These also represent the first definite records of these 4 genera.

ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES
Arctiidae

Utetheisa galapagensis (Wallgrn.)

Original description: Wien. Ent. Mon., 4: 161, 1860.

Schaus, Zoologica, 5 : 23, 1923.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island ; January 21, 1938 ; ,

J. S. Garth. Id 1? !

Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island; February 15, 1933;

J. S. Garth. 1 d

James Island; January 9, 1932; J. S. Garth. 1? )

Charles Island; January 1-4, 1932; J. S. Garth. 1?

Charles Island; 1934; H. Wittmer. 1?

General distribution: endemic.

* The two Arctiidae recorded are both species of the weak-flying genus |
Utetheisa. '

NO. 6 RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS 235

Phalaenidae
PHALAENINAE (=AGROTINAE)

Agrotis ypsilon (Rott.)

Williams, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th sen, 1 : 319, 1911.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; January 21, 1938;

J. S. Garth. 1 c?

Charles Island, elev. 1300 ft. ; 1939 ; E. A. Conway. 1 d

General distribution: an almost cosmopolitan pest. On all conti-
nents, East Indies, Australia, New Zealand, Hawaii, etc.

Feltia annexa (Treit.)

James Island ; January 9, 1932 ; J. S. Garth. 1?

Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; February 14, 1933;

J. S. Garth. 1?

These are the first records of this species for the Galapagos Islands.
Both specimens are extremely dark, almost melanic. Possibly a local race
is present here. Determination checked by genitalia slide to slides of
North American specimens of the species.

General distribution: throughout the new world.

Peridroma margaritosa (Haw.)

Charles Island, elev. 1300 ft. ; 1939 ; E. A. Conway. 2d' 1?

This is the first record of this species from the Galapagos Islands.
Determination checked by male genitalia slide to slides of North Ameri-
can specimens of the species.

General distribution: throughout the new world; also Europe,
north Africa, Asia Minor, Persia, and Hawaii.

Peridroma (Peridroma) conwayi, new species
Plate 28, Figs. 1-7

Male: Antennae three-fourths length of fore wing, bipectinate, the
pectinations about three times as long as width of an antennal segment,
pectinations shorter apically, the apical one fifth simple and serrate. Head
and palpi as figured (pi. 28, fig. 1 ) ; the narrow scales of vertex and frons
largely erect but not forming any definite tufts; palpi upturned, the third
segment almost porrect. Thoracic vestiture of narrow scales and hairs,
rough but with no visible tufts (specimen slightly rubbed). Legs with
femorae heavily fringed with hairs; fore tibiae with single apical spine

236 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

on outer side and row of 7 moderate spines along inner side; mid and
hind tibiae with moderate sex tufts on basal half ; tarsi with only 3 rows
of spines, none on the dorsal half of the segments. Abdomen almost
smoothly scaled, no special hair tufts (sexual).

Maculation: Head and palpi uniform dark brown. Thorax concol-
orous with head, the individual scales lighter basally. Legs light brown,
tibiae heavily suffused with dark scales, tarsi blackish with light brown
bands. Abdomen light brown. Fore wing with the dark brown ground
color concolorous with head and thorax, irrorated with black scales, the
lines black (pi, 28, fig. 2) ; basal line indicated by patch on costa faintly
connected to the slightly lighter patch in the cell; t. a. line defined on
basal side by less infuscation, giving effect of preceding light line, almost
erect, incurved on veins ; reniform only a darker and larger blotch on the
incomplete median line; t. p. line excurved on veins, defined on outer side
by slightly less infuscation ; 2 light points on costa beyond t. p. line ; sub-
terminal line indistinct, a slightly darker broad band as figured ; terminal
series of faintly darker dashes between the veins ; cilia concolorous. Hind
wing fuscous, somewhat lighter basally, no spots or bands, cilia brown.
Fore wing on under side brownish fuscous, darker in cell where there are
long hairs, lighter along inner margin. Hind wing on under side as on
upper side but with barely discernible trace of postmedian line.

Expanse: 40.4 mm.

Male genitalia: (pi. 28, figs. 3-7) Uncus with long ventral lobe
("vertically bifid") , the dorsal part covered with long hairs. Subscaphium
present. Vinculum large, extending anteriorly (of necessity bent in ven-
tral mount, true outline shown by stippled line in figure 3). Juxta with
large terminal spine (fig. 6), Valve with "hadenid" neck and regular
corona at margin (single row of macrosetae) ; clavus a small setose lobe
in the membrane between sacculus and juxta ; clasper with swollen base,
enlarged ampulla (dorsal arm) and reduced true clasper (ventral arm) ;
digitus migrated to ventral edge of valve to form a "pollex" bearing 2
recurved macrosetae at its tip (fig. 5) ; sacculus swollen ventrally;
transtillae well developed. Aedoeagus without spines but with one
scobinate patch on vesica (fig. 7).

Holotype: c? , Charles Island, Galapagos, elev. approximately 1300
ft.; 1939; E. A. Conway, collector (AHF no. 2).

The interpretation of the "pollex" of this species as the digitus mi-
grated to the ventral margin requires explanation. Forbes (1934)^ has

5 Entomologica Americana, n. s., 14: 28-29, and plates, 1934.

NO. 6 RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS 237

shown that the usual "pollex" of agrotids is probably the true clasper
which has migrated to the ventral margin of the valve. P. conwayi has its
true clasper in the normal position though much reduced (approximate-
ly as in Peridroma (Hemieuxoa) microstigma, see Forbes, /. c). Also
the "pollex" of P. conwayi is quite different in appearance and association
from the "pollex" of Graphiphora, etc., and, accordingly, seemingly not
homologous with the similarly placed structure of those genera. The "pol-
lex" of P. conwayi is connected by a definite line of sclerotinization to the
normal position of the digitus just distad to the clasper-ampulla near the
costal margin of the valve. It seems logical therefore to consider this
structure as the digitus. The terminal macrosetae are unique.

P. conwayi is a distinctive species not close to any described new world
agrotid. Making comparisons with other species is difficult in the absence
of close relatives. Obviously conwayi belongs to the neotropical Peri-
droma complex; it differs from the genotype {margaritosa Haw.) by the
peculiar uncus, lack of spines in the aedoeagus, the digitus migrated to the
ventral margin of the valve and bearing terminal macrosetae, and the
generically insignificant antennal pectinations. If the "pollex" of conwayi
were not considered the digitus, then this species would differ also in
lacking a digitus and possessing a pollex, but this interpretation is not ac-
cepted by the author. Two of the above differences from typical Peri-
droma, namely, the uncus and aedoeagus, are as in the related neotropical
genus Anicla (type infecta Ochs.) which is, however, different in many
other structural characters.^

On the whole, conwayi seems closer to typical Peridroma than to the
subgenus Hemieuxoa (type rudens Harv.), a detailed study of which is
given by Forbes, /. c. Considering the extensive variation of this type of
genitalia in the genus Peridroma sensu latu, it seems best not to erect a
new genus or subgenus for this peculiar species but to place it in the typi-
cal subgenus of Peridroma and to point out its additional similarities to
the closely related genus Anicla.

AMPHIPYRINAE

Platysenta ruthae (Schaus), new combination

Perigea ruthae Schaus, Zoologica, 5 :35, pi. 1, fig. 5, 1923.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; January 21, 1938;

J. S. Garth. 1 cf

6 National Museum of Canada, Bull. 55, p. 42, fig. 20, 1928.

238 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Male genitalia: as figured (pi. 29, figs. 1-2).

Determination checked by comparison with the types in the U.S.N.M.
This species, like most of the other species formerly placed in the genus
Perigea, will now fall in the genus Platysenta following McDunnough
(1938). P. ruthae should be placed near concisa Walker, from which it
differs in appearance most strikingly by the dark hind wing. It is also
larger, grayer, and more contrastingly marked. The male genitalia are
also close to those of concisa Wlk., differing principally in the details of
shape of the clasper and the armature of the vesica.

General distribution: endemic.

Harrisonia williamsi Schaus

Zoologica, 5: 36-37, pi. 1, fig. 7, 1923.
Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island; January 20, 1934;

J. S. Garth. Zc^ 2$

South Seymour; January 14-18, 1932; J. S. Garth. 1$

South Seymour ; February 18, 1933 ; J. S. Garth. 1 cT 2$

Determination checked by comparison with the types in the U.S.N.M.

Male genitalia: as figured (pi. 30, figs. 1-2).

Female genitalia: (pi. 30, fig. 3) Sclerite of segment VIII fused
ventrally and also fused with the sclerotinized dorsal wall of the ductus
bursae. Ductus bursae with only one supporting sclerite, this sclerite dor-
sal but curving around the lateral sides almost to meet the midventral
line. Bursa copulatrix bilobed anterior to entrance of ductus seminalis,
one lobe thickly covered with microtrichiae (shown by stipple), the other
lobe bare.

No position beyond subfamily was given for this genus in the original
description. In Hampson's artificial table Harrisonia will key to Rhodoe-
cia Hmpsn., which, however, in this case does probably indicate, at least
in general, the proper position for the genus. The type of genitalia is
that found in a considerable number of genera of "lower" Amphipyrinae
including the Pyrrhia section.

General distribution : endemic monotypic genus.

Prodenia eridania form normal linea (Fabr.)

Charles Island, elev. 1300 ft. ; 1939 ; E. A. Conway. 2cr

This is the first record of this species from the Galapagos Islands. De-
termination checked by male genitalic slide to slides of North American
specimens of this species.

General distribution : southern United States to Argentina.

NO. 6 RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS 239

Prodenia dolichos (Fabr.)

Charles Island ; 1934 ; H. Wfttmer. 1$

This is the first record of this species from the Galapagos Islands. A
distinctive and unmistakable species.

General distribution : United States to Argentina.

Laphygma roseae (Schaus), new combination

Trachea roseae Schaus, Zoologica, 5 : 33-35, pi. 1, fig. 4, 1923.
James Island ; January 9, 1932 ; J. S. Garth. 1 c? 9?

Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; January 21, 1938;

J. S. Garth. 1 (S 4$

South Seymour Island; February 18, 1933; J. S. Garth. 1$

Determination based on comparison with the unique male type in the
U.S. National Museum, the only previously known specimen.

Male genitalia: (pi. 29, figs. 3-5) Valve divided longitudinally by
a line of membrane ; no corona ; slender ampulla at base connected by line
of sclerotinization to the heavy clasper near apex ; clavus well developed
(fig. 4) ; 2 membranous scale pouches from base of valve. Scaphium a
long sclerite forked near the base. Subscaphium strong. Vesica of aedoea-
gus with thousands of sm.all spines and microtrichiae arranged as figured.

Female genitalia: (pi. 29, fig. 6) Segment VIII swollen, mem-
branous laterally and ventrally. Ductus bursae with the heavy sclerite at
the ostium covered with microtrichiae; entrance of ductus bursae into
bursa copulatrix scleiotinized and covered with microtrichiae (shown by
stipple in figure). Bursa copulatrix with one elongated patch of micro-
trichiae; swollen area leading to ductus seminalis heavily sclerotinized
and folded.

General distribution: endemic.

Most of the specimens of this species superficially resemble specimens
of Crymodes {=Sidemia, =Hadena) devastator Brace, but one of the
males has the characteristic appearance of a species of Laphygma except
for its large size. The species was described from a unique male. The
series now available shows definitely that there is no prothoracic tuft
present and an abdominal tuft only at the base of the abdomen. These
and all other structural characters including male and female genitalia
are as in the genus Laphyg?na Guenee. From the known species of
Laphygma^ roseae differs structurally only in having strongly serrate and
fasciculate antennae in the male (almost pectinate).

The genitalia are characteristic of Laphygma and its closest relative
Prodenia. In fact, they are most like the genitalia of Prodenia dolichos

240 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

(Fabr.), but the tufting of the abdomen and the type of maculation lead
the author to place roseae in the adjacent genus Laphygma.

Roseae is by far the largest species of Laphygma known, measuring
43-53 mm. in wing expanse.

Amyna insularum Schaus

Zoologica, 5: 37, pi. 1, fig. 8, 1923.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; January 21, 1938;

J. S. Garth. Sd 2?

Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island; February 15, 1933;

J. S. Garth. 1?

Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island; January 20, 1934;

J. S. Garth. 1$

James Island ; January 9, 1932 ; J. S. Garth. 1 cT 2$

Charles Island ; January 1-4, 1932 ; J. S. Garth. 1 d

Determined by comparison with the types in the U.S. National Mu-
seum.

Male genitalia: Scarcely if at all different from North American
specimens of Amyna octo Guenee.'^

General distribution: endemic, but possibly only a race of the com-
mon new world species octo Gn.

HELIOTHINAE

Chloridea cystiphora (Wallgrn.)

Ajithoecia onca Wallgrn., Wien. Ent. Mon., 4: 172, 1860.

Schaus, Zoologica, 5: 23, 1923.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; February 14, 1933;

J. S. Garth. 1?

South Seymour Island ; February 1 8, 1 933 ; J. S. Garth. 5 c? 1 2?

General distribution: Panama, Galapagos Islands, and possibly Ha-
waii.

Chloridea virescens (Fabr.)

Schaus, Zoologica, 5 : 24, 1923.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; February 14, 1933;

J. S. Garth. 1?

Tower Island ; January 19-24, 1932 ; J. S. Garth. 1?

General distribution: United States to Argentina.

7 Richards, Entomological News, 49: 94, pi. 1, 1938.

NO. 6 RICHARDS: NOCTUOID MOTHS 241

ACONTIINAE

Heliocontia margana (Fabr.)

Schaus, Zoologica, 5: 25, 1923.
Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island; February 15, 1933;

J. S. Garth. 2d'

General distribution: southern United States to Argentina.

PLUSIINAE

Autographa oo (Cramer)

Schaus, Zoologica, 5 : 26, 1923.
Charles Island ; 1934 ; H. Wittmer. 1 d

General distribution: United States to southern Brazil.

CATOGALINAE

Melipotis indomita (Wlk;.)^

Melipotis nigrescens Williams, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser.,

1:319, 1911.
Schaus, Zoologica, 5: 27, 1923.
Charles Island ; January 1-4, 1932 ; J. S. Garth. 1 cT 1?

Charles Island, elev. 1300 ft. ; 1939 ; E. A. Conway. 1 c?

Charles Island ; 1934 ; H. Wittmer. 8?

General distribution: throughout new world, at least straying gen-
erally.

Melipotis harrisoni Schaus

Zoologica, 5 : 42-43, pi. 2, fig. 15, 1923.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; January 21, 1938;

J. S. Garth. Id 5?

Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; February 14, 1933;

J. S. Garth. 1 c?

South Seymour Island ; January 14-18, 1932; J. S. Garth. 1?

South Seymour Island ; February 18, 1933 ; J. S. Garth. Scf 1?

James Island ; January 9, 1932 ; J. S. Garth. 1?

8 Description, photographs, and genitalic drawings given in revision in
Entomologica Americana, n. s., vol. 19, no. 1, 1939. Food plant in U.S.: Mesquite
(Prosopis glandulosa) .

242 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Quite close to M. jamelica Gn., from which it differs chiefly in the
heavily suffused hind wing. The male genitalia are also very close to those
of jamelica, differing only slightly in the shape of the clasper and ampulla.
The female genitalia are almost indistinguishable from those of jamelica,
though the distal sclerite of the ductus bursae is somewhat shorter. Deter-
mination checked by comparison with types in the U.S. National Mu-
seum.

General distribution: endemic.

Anticarsia gemmatilis Hbn.

Thermesia gemmatilis Hbn., Schaus, Zoologica, 5: 27, 1923.
Indefatigable Island; February 3, 1933; J. S. Garth. 1 cf

General distribution : United States to Brazil.

Gonodonta biarmata Gn.

Schaus, Zoologica, 5 : 27, 1923.
Charles Island ; 1934 ; H. Wittmer. 1?

General distribution: neotropics.

Epidromia zephyritis Schaus

Zoologica, 5 : 43, pi. 2, fig. 17, 1923.
Charles Island; 1934; H. Wittmer. 1 d*

A striking species, unlike anything else in general appearance. Deter-
mination checked by comparison with the unique female type ; this is the
first male and the second specimen known.

Male genitalia: (pi. 31, fig. 4) Similar to those of the common
neotropical E. delinquens Wlk., from which it differs in the slimmer
uncus, more slender valve, and most conspicuously in the absence of a
definite knob on the ventral margin of the valve near the apex.

General distribution: endemic.

Psorya hadesia Schaus

Zoologica, 5 : 43-44, pi. 2, fig. 18, 1923.
Charles Island; 1934; H. Wittmer. 1?

Determination checked by comparison with the 2 types in the U.S.
National Museum, this being the third recorded specimen. In the
U.S.N.M. collection this species has been placed in the genus Smyra
Moschler. Assuming that this transfer to Smyra is correct, then the
monotypic, endemic genus Psorya becomes a synonym, leaving only one
endemic noctuid genus in the Galapagos Islands (Harrisonia).

Female genitalia: (pi. 31, fig. 5) Outline of the separate sclerites
of segment VII omitted from figure to avoid confusion. Ductus bursae

NO. 6 RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS 243

long; from vulva to anterior end of segment VII (as mounted) mem-
branous and covered v^^ith small microtrichiae (not indicated in figure),
then becoming heavily sclerotinized and appearing much tM^isted on
account of spiral ridges of this sclerotinization ; near entrance of ductus
seminalis again becoming abruptly membranous. Bursa copulatrix and
duct leading out to just past the ductus seminalis membranous; a tri-
angular patch of minute microtrichiae at point of constriction (area of
stipple in figure).

Zale sp., viridans group

Charles Island ; 1934 ; H. Wittmer. 1 c?

This is the first record of any species of this genus being taken in the
Galapagos Islands. Unfortunately, this is one of the most difficult genera
of the family Phalaenidae. All attempted revisions are unsatisfactory.
The single specimen available falls into the complex grouped under the
name viridans Gn. in the U.S. National Museum. It does not match per-
fectly any specimen in the long series at the U.S.N.M., but seldom do
any two specimens from different localities agree perfectly in this group.
The male genitalia (pi. 30, figs. 4-9) differ in some respects from slides
of Mexican specimens of viridans auct. in the author's collection. Chief
among these genital differences is the small membranous lobe on the left
valve ; in my Mexican specimens this lobe is represented by only a hump
or even a flat membranous area. Other differences of questionable con-
stancy are found in the details of shape of both valves.

Erebus odora (Linn.)

Williams, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., 1 : 319, 1911.
Charles Island, Galapagos; 1934; H. Wittmer. 1 c? 3$

General distribution: neotropical but straying over entire new
world.

Anomis professorum Schaus

Zoologica, 5: 42, pi. 2, fig. 16, 1923.
Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island; January 21, 1938;

J. S. Garth. 3?

South Sejonour; February 18, 1933; J. S. Garth. 1 cT

Determination checked by comparison with types in the U.S. Nation-
al Museum.

General distribution: endemic.

Mocis incurvalis Schaus

Zoologica, 5: 41, pi. 1, fig. 13, 1923.

244 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Charles Island ; 1934 ; H. Wittmer. 1 c? 2?

Determination checked by comparison with the type c? and type $,
which are the only other known specimens.

Male genitalia: (pi. 31, figs. 1-2) The seeming differences be-
tween the 2 valves are due to slight differences in the angle of mounting.
The large central structure is the anellus ( juxta) which forms a complete
arch over the aedoeagus. Aedoeagus with microtrichiae as indicated by
stipple.

Female genitalia: (pi. 31, fig. 3) The median part of segment
VII is the sternite beneath the base of which the ductus bursae opens; the
ostial pouch is additionally supported to the apex of segment VII by
lateral walls, as shown in figure. Ductus bursae with 2 supporting
sclerites, as shown. Bursa copulatrix evenly covered with minute micro-
trichiae.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 28
Peridroma (Peridroma) coniuayi, new species

Figure 1. Head with palpi and tongue, eye left blank. Lateral view.

Figure 2. Maculation of left fore wing.

Figure 3. Entire male genitalia. Ventral view.

Figure 4. Entire male genitalia. Lateral view.

Figures. Enlarged drawing of digitus (="pollex").

Figure 6. Enlarged lateral view of juxta.

Figure 7. Aedoeagus. Lateral view. Same magnification as figs. 3 and 4.

NO. 6

RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS

PL. 28

246 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 29 <

Figure 1. Platysenta ruthae (Schaus). Male genitalia. Ventral view.

Figure 2. Platysenta ruthae (Schaus). Aedoeagus at same magnification.

Figures. Laphygma roseae (Schaus). Male genitalia. Ventral view.

Figure 4. Laphygma roseae (Schaus). Enlarged drawing of part of left valve
showing ampulla, clavus, and transtilla.

Figures. Laphygma roseae (Schaus). Aedoeagus. Same magnification as fig. 3.

Figure 6. Laphygma roseae (Schaus). Female genitalia (virgin). Ventral view.

NO. 6

RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS

PL. 29

248 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 30

Figure 1. Harrisonia luilliamsi Schaus. Male genitalia. Ventral view.

Figure 2. Harrisonia ivilliamsi Schaus. Aedoeagus. Same magnification as fig. 1.

Figures. Harrisonia ivilliamsi Schaus. Female genitalia (virgin). Ventral view.

Figure 4. Zale sp., viridans group. Male genitalia. Ventral view.

Figure 5. Zale sp., viridans group. Left valve. Lateral view.

Figure 6. Zale sp., viridans group. Right valve, tegumen, uncus, and anal tube.
Lateral view.

Figure 7. Zale sp., <viridans group. Aedoeagus. Dorsal view.

Figure 8. Zale sp., viridans group. Aedoeagus. Ventrolateral view.

Figure 9. Zale sp., <viridans group. Aedoeagus. Lateral view.

NO. 6

RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS

PL. 30

250 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 31

Figure 1. Mods incurvalis Schaus. Male genitalia. Ventral view.

Figure 2. Mods incurvalis Schaus. Aedoeagus. Same magnification as fig. 1.

Figures. Mods incurvalis Schaus. Female genitalia (virgin). Ventral view.

Figure 4. Epidromia zephyritis Schaus. Male genitalia. Ventral view, Aedoeagus
drawn alongside at same magnification.

Figures. Psorya hadesia Schaus. Female genitalia (mated specimen). Ventral
view.

NO. 6

RICHARDS : NOCTUOID MOTHS

PL. 31

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, in 1939, and in 1940.

THE GENUS BULIA WALKER IN MEXICO
AND CENTRAL AMERICA

( Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae)
(Plates 32, 33)

By A. GLENN RICHARDS, Jr.

THE GENUS BULIA WALKER IN MEXICO
AND CENTRAL AMERICA

(Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae)
(Plates 32, 33)

By A. Glenn Richards, Jr.

Zoological Laboratory

University of Pennsylvania

Identification of a specimen of this group from the Allan Hancock
Foundation collections as the previously unknown female of Bulla mexi-
cana (Behr) has led to the examination of the genitalia of all the few
known Mexican and Central American specimens of this genus. The sur-
prising results necessitate this supplement to the author's previous revi-
sion. Full generic diagnosis is given in the 1936 papers, only the more
salient features being given below.

Types of the two new species are from and therefore in the U.S. Na-
tional Museum. Paratypes and authentic specimens of the other species
except morelosa are in the Allan Hancock Foundation of The Univer-
sity of Southern California.

Bulia Walker

1858. Bulla Walker, Cat. Br. Mus., Lepid., 15: 1815, pro Blula
Walker, I. c.,\3:\ 169, 1857. Type : propria Walker, sole species.
1875. Clrrhobollna Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 5: 117. Contained
deducta Morr. and Incandescens n. sp., the latter a synonym of
the former.
1936a. Bulla, Richards, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29: 431-437, 1 pi. (revi-
sion).
1936b. Bulla, Richards, Rev. d. Ent., 6: 343, 365-367, fig. 12 (in generic

revision ) .
1939. Bulla, Richards, Ent. Amer., n.s., 19:5, 69-71, pi. 5, figs. 7-14.
Palpi with long second segment which is upcurved along the frons to
the vertex or slightly above; third segment porrect and twice as long as
broad (1936a, fig. 4). Head of male modified, frons with small tuber-
culate prominence, vertex with heavy sheaths enclosing specialized scales
(1936a, figs. 3-4), these sheaths normally hidden by special scale tufts
from frons and vertex. Head of female normal, frons rough, rounded out
and with small tuft. Thorax, wing venation, legs, and abdomen normal

[255]

256 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

for group. Male genitalia symmetrical ; uncus simple ; both scaphium and
subscaphium present and well developed ; valves strongly sclerotinized
except apex of cucullus ; clasper and ampulla absent ; sacculus with basal
lobe and distal prong exceeding cucullus ; aedoeagus with one or two large
spines on vesica in addition to microtrichiae ; eighth abdominal sternite
and tergite greatly reduced ; pair of long invaginated scale-pouches on
segment VIII. Female genitalia with sternite VII modified with apical
indentation ; sternite VIII absent.

This genus now contains 6 species and one race from southwestern
United States, Mexico, Central America, northern South America, and
the West Indies. All of these occur in Mexico and Central America.
Only one species {confirmans Wlk.) can be identified with certainty
without examination of the genitalia. The other 5 species vary greatly in
color and pattern (partly sexual), but an idea of this range of variation
can be had from the photographs in the author's 1939 paper. Though few
specimens are known of 3 of the species, these specimens show enough
intraspecific pattern differences to suggest that the wide variation known
for deducta and similaris will be repeated in mexicana, schausi, and more-
losa.

All specimens listed herein have been identified from genitalic slides
except the unavailable types of albina Stkr. and part of the confirmans
series.

All the Mexican and Central American females had mated, as shown
by the presence of a spermatophore in the bursa copulatrix. Fig. 6 of
pi. 33 is drawn deliberately from a virgin female, and over it has been
superimposed the bursa of a mated specimen (dotted line). As this shows,
virgin females have a smaller, definitely wrinkled bursa copulatrix which
after mating is fully distended, smooth, and considerably larger.

KEY TO MALES

A. Aedoeagus with only one large spine on vesica .... schausi

AA. Aedoeagus with two large spines on vesica

B. Juxta with scobinate prongs deducta

BB. Juxta with rounded or squarish margin, without any special
processes

C. Aedoeagus with spiculations on dorsal side near tip (in addi-
tion to those on vesica)

NO. 7 RICHARDS : THE GENUS BULIA WALKER 257

D. Color dark, eastern, sexes alike . . similaris similaris

DD. Color light, western, female with reduced pattern . .
similaris calif or nica

CC. Aedoeagus without external spiculations

D. Distal spine of aedoeagus less than one third length of
proximal spine. Hind wing white . . . confirmans

DD. Distal spine of aedoeagus over two thirds length of proxi-
mal spine. Hind wing with lunule yellowish mexicana

KEY TO FEMALES

A. Sternite VH deeply indented, without median prong. Hind wing
white confirmans

AA. Sternite VH indented and with median prong. Hind wing with
lunule yellowish

B. Bursa copulatrix with heavily sclerotinized area on side and
around entrance of ductus seminalis. Prong of sternite VH
very broad schausi

BB. Bursa copulatrix without contrastingly sclerotinized areas

C. Median prong of sternite VH short and very broad. Bursa
copulatrix weakly spined mexicana

CC. Median prong of sternite VH narrower. Bursa copulatrix
heavily spined

D. Median prong of sternite VH long and narrow, consid-
erably longer than lateral lobes of sternite . deducta

DD. Median prong not or only slightly exceeding lateral lobes
of sternite

E. Median prong relatively narrow, lateral lobes broad
and blunt morelosa

EE. Median prong relatively broad, lateral lobes more
acutely rounded

F. Maculate like males, dark, eastern

similaris similaris

FF. More or less immaculate (unlike males), light,
western similaris californica

258 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Bulia confirmans (Walker)

1857. Bolina confirmans Walker, Cat. Br. Mus., Lepid., 13: 1157.

Type locality: San Domingo. Type: $, British Museum.
1857. Bolina umhrosa Walker, Cat. Br. Mus., Lepid., 13: 1158. Type

locality: San Domingo. Type: $, British Museum.
1857. Binla (sic) propria Walker, Cat. Br. Mus., Lepid., 13: 1170.

Type locality: San Domingo. Type: cT, British Museum.
1936. Bulia confirmans (Walker), Richards, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amen,

29:433, figs. 1-2.
1939. Bulia confirmans (Walker), Richards, Ent. Amer., n. s., 19:
pi. 5, figs. 7-9.
A small species with the color of the hind wing white, outer margin
fuscous, and anal lunule white. Photographs of types in 1939 paper.
Expanse: 24-30 mm.

Male genitalia: (pi. 32, fig. 1) Sacculus with small basal lobe and
very short distal production beyond cucullus. Juxta rounded. Aedoeagus
with small distal spine on vesica and no external spiculations.

Female genitalia: (pi. 33, fig. 1) Sternite VII deeply indented at
apex, without median prong, the indentation slightly surpassed by the
sclerotinized ductus bursae. Spines in bursa copulatrix weak.

Distribution: In Central America recorded only from Costa Rica
(U.S.N.M.). Also recorded from Colombia (A.M.N.H.), Venezuela,
British Guiana, Marguerite Island, San Domingo, Haiti, Jamaica, and
Cuba (latter all in U.S.N.M.).

Bulia mexicana (Behr)

1870. Syneda mexicana Behr, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 3: 27. Type
locality: Casala, near Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico. Types: both
destroyed, topotypical neotype designated in following (in U.S.
N.M.).

1936. Bulia mexicana (Behr), Richards, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29:
433.
Only 4 specimens are now known (exclusive of the lost types). The

neotype is similar to typical deducta as figured in Ent. Amer., n. s., vol.

19, pi. 5, fig. 10, but somewhat lighter. The male from Costa Rica is

much darker and similar to fig. 13, /. c. The female from Costa Rica is

NO. 7 RICHARDS : THE GENUS BULIA WALKER 259

also dark, the hind wing as in the male, the fore wing dark but with the
maculation faint. The second female is lighter, the fore wing nearly im-
maculate except for the darker reniform and the light subterminal line ;
hind wing light but with broad dark band on outer margin to vein 2
(Cu,).

Expanse: 33-35 mm.

Male genitalia: (pi. 32, fig. 7) Sacculus with small basal lobe and
short distal production. Juxta rounded. Aedoeagus with both spines large,
no external spiculations.

Female genitalia: (pi. 33, fig. 2) Sternite VII shallowly indented
and with short, broad median prong which is not longer than the lateral
lobes. Bursa copulatrix weakly spined.

Distribution: Types (lost) and 1 cT neotype from Mazatlan, Sina-
loa, Mexico (neotype, December 20, 1916) ; 1 c?, "Avangarez," Costa
Rica, July (Schaus and Barnes) (in U.S.N.M.) ; 1 ?, "Avangarez,"
Costa Rica, June (Schaus) (in U.S.N.M.) ; and 1 $, aboard ship bound
from Corinto, Nicaragua, to White Friars, Mexico (islands opposite
Petatlan Bay, Guerrero), February 8-14, 1932 (John S. Garth) (in
Allan Hancock Foundation, The University of Southern California).

There is some question as to the exact location of "Avangarez," Costa
Rica. Presumably this is the Abangares of the Pittier map of 1903 and
the American Geographical Society map of 1937, but aside from the
slight difference in spelling the older map locates this town at sea level
at the mouth of the Rio Abangares, while the more recent map has
nothing at this location but gives Abangares about 10 miles up the Rio
Abangares at an elevation of about 600 feet (approximately Long. 85°
W, Lat. 10° 15' N). Even so, both the evidence and Dr. Schaus' recol-
lection place these specimens as from the Pacific slope at a low elevation.
Mazatlan is at sea level, and of course the specimen taken aboard ship was
at sea level. So all the known specimens come from at or near sea level
on the Pacific slope from Mazatlan south to Costa Rica (Lat. 23° to 10°
15' N). No other species is known near sea level in this area.

Bulia schausi, new species

Since this species can be separated satisfactorily only by genital struc-
ture, a formal description of the maculation is not given. The holotype
male is similar to fig. 10 of pi. 5 of Entomologica Americana, volume 19,
but the fore wing is less contrasty on account of blackish suffusion, the

260 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

t. p. line is rounded around the lower end of the cell instead of being
angularly produced onto veins 3 and 4 (Mg and Cui), the black t.p. line
is outwardly faintly defined by white scales around the cell, and the hind
wing has a yellow anal lunule which does not reach the margin at its
upper end. The paratype male is much lighter, the black lines accordingly
more distinct, t. a. line slightly more angulate inward in submedian fold,
t. p. line defined outwardly by light scales both around cell and near inner
margin, and the hind wing with the border lighter and narrower, barely
defining the anal lunule. The allotype female has the fore wing grayish,
similar to fig. 11 of pi. 5, /. c, but even less maculate, hind wing with
darker and broader border. The 3 paratype females are lighter, fore wing
more brownish, and hind wing with reduced border. These differences
could be summarized as : the 2 Tehuacan specimens moderately dark, the
4 Orizaba specimens light.

Expanse: 33-36 mm.

Male genitalia: (pi. 32, figs. 8-10) Basal lobe of sacculus slightly
bilobed ; distal projection of sacculus long. Juxta short, rounded, dorso-
laterally developed to above aedoeagus (giving squarish appearance).
Aedoeagus with only one large spine on vesica, and no external spicula-
tions.

Female genitalia: (pi. 33, fig. 3) Sternite VII similar to that of
mexicana, but the indentation slightly deeper. Ductus bursae short and
with the 2 supporting sclerites of approximately equal length. Bursa
copulatrix with 3 areas of heavy sclerotinization (areas stippled in fig-
ure) : one a curved cone around the entrance of the ductus seminalis, one
opposite this merely a sclerotinized area of the bursal wall, the third on
the right side terminating anteriorly in a blunt prong ; the last mentioned
is also covered at its anterior end with small spiculations — too small to be
shown in the figure; heavy spines in bursa as shown, no set of smaller
spines in the middle of the bursa on the left side.

Holotype: cT, Tehuacan, Puebla, Mexico, September, 1908 (R.
Muller) (in U.S.N.M.).

Allotype: 9, same data as holotype (in U.S.N.M.).

Paratypes: 1 d" , 3 $, Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Mexico, no date (ex
Schaus Coll., in U.S.N.M.).

Genitalically this is the most distinct of all the species of the genus,
differing among other points in having only one large spine in the
aedoeagus of the male, and having a short ductus bursae and heavily
sclerotinized areas in the bursa copulatrix of the female.

NO. 7 RICHARDS : THE GENUS BULIA WALKER 261

The 6 types come from two localities which are onlj'^ about 35 miles
apart. Mr, H. R. Roberts tells me that these are both on the margin of
the central plateau of Mexico in what is generally called a subtropical
area. The town name alone is not definite, as a great range of altitude
occurs within a few miles; even so, these localities are well removed
both from low altitudes and from deserts.

Named in honor of Dr. William Schaus, who collected the paratypes
and who has done more work on neotropical Lepidoptera than any other
individual.

Bulla morelosa, new species

Fore wing gray irrorated with dark gray. Faint double basal line ; t. a.
line black, double; median space concolorous with rest of wing except
where crossed by the darker median shade line; reniform normal; t. p.
line obsolete except near costa; subterminal line light, complete, defined
by preceding and succeeding darker ground color. Hind wing and under
sides as usual in genus ; the dark border of the hind wing of moderate
width.

Expanse: 30 mm.

Female genitalia: (pi. 33, fig. 5) Sternite VII deeply indented, with
narrow blunt median prong and broad squarish lateral lobes. Other fea-
tures as in deducta and similaris except that the unique mated female of
morelosa has a rounded bursa copulatrix instead of constriction into 2
regions ; this, however, might conceivably be an accident of either mating
or manipulation during preparation of the slide.

Halo type: $, Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico, June, 1906 (ex Schaus
Coll., inU.S.N.M.).

The town of Cuernavaca is on the southern and Pacific slope of the
central plateau of Mexico. Although only a little more than a hundred
miles from the localities where schausi was taken, Cuernavaca differs con-
siderably from these localities, particularly in having some surrounding
desert country. In keeping with this desert habitat (where the author as-
sumes this specimen was collected), morelosa comes closest to the desert
species of northern Mexico and southwestern United States. Of these
large series are available, and sternite VII has been examined by the
author on well over 200 specimens of deducta and on about 30 specimens
of similaris (including race calif ornica) . None of these had this short but
narrow median prong, and none such broad blunt lateral lobes. These

262 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

characters plus the wide spatial separation led the author to describe this
unique as new.

Bulla simllaris Richards

1936. Bulla stmilaris Richards, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29 : 433-434, figs.

8-9. Type locality: San Benito, Texas. Type: cf, in U.S.N.M.

1939. Bulla similaris Richards, Ent. Amer., n. s., 19: 70, pi. 5, fig. 13.

The short type series, after segregation of race californicaj shows a
dark form in which the sexes are both maculate.

Expanse: 33-36 mm.

Male genitalia: (pi. 32, figs. 4-6) Sacculus with moderate basal
lobe of somewhat variable shape, and blunt distal projection. Juxta mod-
erate and smoothly rounded. Aedoeagus with moderate proximal spine on
vesica and slightly larger distal spine; the dorsal surface near the tip
covered with minute spiculations (in addition to spicules on vesica).

Female genitalia: (pi. 33, fig. 4) Sternite VII with relatively broad
short median prong which is only slightly longer than the lateral lobes of
the sternite.

Distribution : Texas, and Baboquivari Mountains, Arizona. Doubt-
less also occurs in northern Mexico, but no records are known.

Bulia similaris race californica Richards

1939. Bulia similaris californica Richards, Ent. Amer., n. s., 19: 70-71,
pi. 5, fig. 14. Type locality: Jacumba, San Diego County, Cali-
fornia. Type: ?, in U.S.N.M.

This is the desert race from the Pacific region. The females tend to be
immaculate and light ; the males are also lighter but not so strikingly so.

Expanse: 33-40 mm.

Genitalia: as in type form.

Distribution: Arizona, southern California, and Baja California,
Mexico. From Baja California specimens have been seen from Rosarito
(2 cT) 1 ?, paratypes), Punta Prieta (2 9, paratypes), and Espiritu Santo
Island, March 7, 1937, John S. Garth Coll. (1 cf, Allan Hancock Foun-
dation Collection).

The greatest difficulty in this genus has always been and still is the
separation of females of similaris (and californica) from those of deducta.
As a rule, the median prong of sternite VII, being relatively short and

NO. 7 RICHARDS : THE GENUS BULIA WALKER 263

broad (similaris) or relatively long and narrow (deducta)j will serve, but
some specimens are more or less intermediate and so unplaceable unless
accurately associated males are available. Even with males for identifica-
tion, one must be careful because mixed lots from one collecting are not
uncommon.

Bulla deducta (Morrison)

1874. Syneda deducta Morrison, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 17: 220.
Type locality: Waco, Texas. Type: c?, in Mus. Comp. Zool.

1874. Syneda pavitensis Morrison, Proc. Boston. Soc. Nat. Hist., 17:
220. Type locality : Waco, Texas. Type : 9, in Mus. Comp. Zool.

1875. Cirrhobolina incandescens Grote, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, 5:
117. Type locality: Texas. Type: $, in British Museum.

1882. Cirrhobolina mexicana var. vulpina Henry Edwards, Papilio, 2:

14. Type locality: Prescott, Arizona. Type: $, in U.S. Nat. Mus.
1900. Syneda mexicana var. albina Strecker, Lepid. Rhopal. Het. Ind.

and Exot., Suppl. 3, p. 35. Type locality: Chihuahua, Mexico.

Types : 2 9, in Field Museum.
1936a. Bulia deducta (Morrison), Richards, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 29:

434-435, figs. 3-7.
1936b. Bulia deducta (Morrison), Richards, Rev. d. Ent., 6: fig. 12.
1939. Bulia deducta (Morrison), Richards, Ent. Amer., n. s., 19: pi. 5,

figs. 10-12.
Extremely large series of this species are available, and the color and
pattern of the types and most of the other known specimens of the pre-
ceding 4 species can all be matched fairly closely from these series (the
females of similaris race californica do have an indescribably different
"feel" that frequently but not always permits their separation). Photo-
graphs given in the author's 1939 paper (figs. 10-14) indicate this ex-
tensive range of variation though giving only five of the many types of
variants.

Expanse: 33-38 mm. usually; extremes 30-40 mm.
Male genitalia: (pi. 32, figs. 2-3) Sacculus with large basal lobe
(somewhat variable in shape), distal projection beyond cucullus long and
pointed. Juxta (fig. 3) with long scobinated prongs which are character-
istic of this species. Aedoeagus with 2 large spines, the distal one about
half the size of the proximal one; in addition, a patch of medium-sized
spines on the vesica near the proximal large spine, and small spiculations

I

264 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

elsewhere on the vesica ; few small spiculati'ons on exterior of aedoeagus
near tip.

Female genitalia: (pi. 33, fig. 6) Sternite VII with long median
prong which considerably surpasses the lateral lobes of the sclerite ; this
prong rather narrow and because of its length appearing relatively long
and narrow in comparison to that of similaris.

Food plant: Mesquite (Prosopis sp.).

Distribution: Common in southwestern United States (Arkansas,
Colorado, Texas, New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, and California). Only
4 Mexican specimens known to the author, though this species must occur
generally throughout the dry areas of northern Mexico. 1 9) Copete
Mine, 30 miles east of Carbo, Sonora, Mexico (A.M.N.H.) ; 1 cf,
Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, Mexico, November 25, 1909. F. C. Bishopp
(U.S.N.M.) ; and the 2 female types of albina from Chihuahua, Mexico
(Field Museum).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 32
Male genitalia of the genus Bulla Walker

(All figures made with aid of camera lucida and at the same magnification
except figure 3.)

Figure 1. Bulia con firmans (Walker). Aedoeagus drawn alongside.

Figure 2. Bulia deducta (Morrison). Aedoeagus drawn alongside.

Figure 3. Bulia deducta (Morrison). Enlarged drawing of juxta (anellus).

Figure 4. Bulia similaris Richards. Aedoeagus drawn alongside. Paratype.

Figure 5. Bulia similaris californica Richards. Right valve only.

Figure 6. Bulia similaris californica Richards. Right valve only.

Figure 7. Bulia mexicana (Behr). Aedoeagus drawn alongside.

Figure 8. Bulia schausi, new species. Aedoeagus drawn alongside. Holotype.

Figure 9. Bulia schausi, new species. Right valve only. Paratype.

Figure 10. Bulia schausi, new species. Aedoeagus with vesica distended. Paratype.

NO. 7

RICHARDS : THE GENUS BULIA WALKER

PL. 32

266 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 33

Female genitalia of the genus Bulla Walker
(All figures camera lucida and same magnification, all ventral views.)

Figure 1. Bulla confinnans (Walker). Mated specimen.

Figure 2. Bulla mexlcana (Behr). Mated specimen.

Figure 3. Bulla schausl, new species. Mated specimen. Lateral view of opening of
ductus seminalis drawn alongside. Paratype.

Figure 4. Bulla slmllarls Richards. Mated specimen.

Figure 5. Bulla morelosa, new species. Mated specimen. Holotype.

Figure 6. Bulla deducta (Morrison). Virgin; dotted line indicates silhouette of
bursa copulatrix of a mated specimen superimposed on drawing of
virgin.

I

NO. 7

RICHARDS : THE GENUS BULIA WALKER

PL. 33

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, in 1939, and in 1940.

THE MALE GENITALIA OF EPIPOMPONIA
MULTIPUNCTATA (DRUCE)

( Lepidoptera, Epipyropidae)
(Plate 34)

By A. GLENN RICHARDS, Jr.

THE MALE GENITALIA OF
EPIPOMPONIA MULTIPUNCTATA (DRUCE)

(Lepidoptera, Epipyropidae)
(Plate 34)

By A. Glenn Richards, Jr.

Zoological Laboratory
University of Pennsylvania

Specimens of the various species of the family Epipyropidae of the
superfamily Zygaenoidea are quite rare. Although about two dozen species
have been described from the new Vv^orld, practically all are known from
unique specimens or very short series. The few known larvae are reported
as being parasitic (predaceous ?) on Fulgorids (Order Homoptera),
but an alternative view holds that they feed on the waxy secretions of
these bugs. Because of the general scarcity of study material in this in-
teresting family, description and figures of the male genitalia of Epipom-
ponia muhipunctata (Druce)^ are presented for general availability —
the other two specimens of this species known to the author are both
females.

The single male available was collected at Port Utria, Choco, Colom-
bia, February 14, 1934, by John S. Garth, and is in the collections of the
Allan Hancock Foundation of The University of Southern California.
The specimen was identified at the U. S. National Museum by Mr. Carl
Heinrich, who suggested publication of this note.

In maculation the male is entirely similar to the female except slightly
smaller in size (see colored figure in the original description).

Male genitalia: Uncus seemingly absent; if present, greatly re-
duced and indistinguishably fused with the gnathos. Tegumen slightly but
definitely separated from gnathos on dorsum (fig. 4) and on sides to
point of invagination of the apodemes, then the inner wall of apodemes
and their ventral prongs fused with ventrolateral wall of gnathos (fig.
1); tegumen with lateral apodemes (figs. 2 and 4) which are heavily
sclerotinized especially along line leading posteroventrally to articulate
with the anteriorly projecting costal bar of the valves (fig. 2). Gnathos
complex and forming most of the dorsal portion of the genitalia ; dorsally

1 Original description: Cossus (?) multipunctata Druce, Biol. Centr. Amer.,
Lepid. Het., 1:230, pi. 24, fig. 9, 1886. (Unique female type.)

[271]

272 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

surrounding anus and extending ventrally as broad lateral shields (fig. 2)
which have heavily setose ridges on both sides of the anal region (figs. 1,
4) ; ventral to the anus the gnathos forms large ridgelike lobes (socii ?)
w^hich are densely setose especially on their median sides (fig. 1), and
from the undercut margins of these lobes a continuous sclerotinization
curves anteriorly and flattens out to form moderately sclerotinized plates
ventral to the anus (fig. 1). Vinculum shov^^n adequately in drawings.
Valves relatively simple and firmly fitted into the other parts ; outer sides
convex and terminating medianly in long, heavily sclerotinized prongs
(fig. 3) ; inner (median) and dorsal (costal) sides overhung and of con-
siderable depth (fig. 3 shows the true depth which is from vinculum to
the level of the median prongs) ; in addition, the costal margin has a more
heavily sclerotinized bar extending anteriorly into the body to articulate
with the ventral prong of the apodeme of the tegumen (fig. 2), and also
a narrower strip which passes medially at the lower (more anterior) level
to form transtillae supporting the membrane dorsal to the aedoeagus (fig.
1). No anellus (juxta). Aedoeagus (penis) attached only at its base and
sunk in a deep membranous pit in which it is freely movable (figs. 2, 3) ;
strongly sclerotinized, somewhat conical, opening broadly at its base for
entrance of the seminal ducts (this opening shown by dotted lines in
fig. 3, the lines dotted because all except the median dorsal prong of the
opening is beneath the membrane fomiing the aedoeagal pouch) ; no vesica
seen, the aedoeagus appearing as a hollow cone into which a pin may
readily be pushed.

It seems needless to add that the depth of these structures results in
extensive foreshortening, and that the various views drawn must be com-
pared carefully. This is especially true of the relations of the costal bar
of the valve to the ventral prong of the apodeme of the tegumen. In fig. 1
these are represented as heavy bars of stipple, but the degree to which they
angle into the body (anteriorly) can be seen only by careful comparison of
figs. 1 and 2.

274 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 34
Epipomponia multipunctata (Druce)

Figure 1. Entire male genitalia. Ventral view, slightly from specimen's right.

Figure 2. Outline drawing of lateral view of same. Underlying lines and in-
vaginated apoderae of tegumen in stipple. Setae omitted.

Figure 3. Outline drawing of ventral view of vinculum, valves, and aedoeagus.
Underlying lines in stipple. Setae omitted.

Figure 4. Outline drawing of dorsal view of tegumen and gnathos. Invaginated
apodeme of tegumen in stipple. The rugosities of the anal ridges of the
gnathos are setal bases, setae omitted.

Abbreviations
A = Aedoeagus

B = Apodeme of tegumen

D = Junction of ventral prong of apodeme of tegumen with costal bar of valve

E = Valve (harpe)

F = Long median prong of valve

G = Gnathos

M = Membrane

Q = Vinculum

T =: Tegumen

NO. 8

RICHARDS: EPIPOMPONIA MULTIPUNCTATA

PL. 34

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, in 1939, and in 1940.

PYCNOGONIDS FROM
ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS

(Plates 35-48)
By WILLIAM A. HILTON

MilO

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions |

Volume 5, Number 9
Issued March 2, 1942 I

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

PYCNOGONIDS FROM ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS

(Plates 35-48)

By William A. Hilton

Department of Zoology, Pomona College

FOREWORD

The pycnogonids of the Allan Hancock Expeditions reported on in
this paper represent specimens collected over a period of several years.
Through the kindness of the Allan Hancock Foundation of The Univer-
sity of Southern California I have been able to examine this valuable
collection. Some of the specimens here reported upon were taken out of
the Hancock Collections by Dr. Waldo Schmitt of the U.S. National
Museum, and these also are included in this paper.

This paper is an account of specimens of pycnogonids received from
the Allan Hancock Foundation. Most of the species mentioned were
collected off shore, at moderate depth. In distribution they are especially
from oiif southern California, the Gulf of California, and near the
Galapagos Islands. They are as follows :

Nymphon pixellae Scott p. 279

Numerous examples especially off the California coast.

Callipallene calif orniensis (Hall) p. 281

Chiefly southern California coast.

Anoplodactylus erect us Cole . . p. 283

This is chiefly a shore form but was also collected off shore in
deeper waters from Newport to San Diego.

Anoplodactylus californicus Hall p. 286

This seems to be a deeper water form for the most part. Found
along the shores of southern California.

Anoplodactylus robust us Hilton p. 288

This seems to be found chiefly in deeper waters off shore in south-
ern California.

Tanystylum californicum Hilton p. 291

Chiefly a shore form in southern California.

Ammothea latifrons Cole p. 295

This is a more northern form, being found in Alaskan waters, but
one was sent to me from Station 1177-40, north of Santa Barbara
Island, off the southern California coast, in 40 fms.

[277]

278 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5 |j

Ammothella hi-unguiculata (Dohrn) p. 297

This is perhaps as widespread a species as any pycnogonid. I have
found it from Lower California to southern California. It occurs
also off Hawaii and Japan, to say nothing of its original descrip-
tion by Dohrn in the Mediterranean. It is chiefly a shore form, i

Ammothella heterosetosa, new species p. 299

This is from the Galapagos Islands. Specimens in U.S. National
Museum. i

Nymphopsis spinosissima (Hall) p. 300

Chiefly along shore, southern California and Lower California.

Nymphopsis duodorsospinosn, new species p. 303

Lower California.

Eurycyde longtsetosa, new species p. 305

Off Colombia, South America. U.S. National Museum specimens.

Pycnogonum hancocki Schmitt P- 308

Shore, Galapagos Islands.

Pycnogonum panainum, new species P- 310

Near Panama Canal, Pacific side. U.S. National Museum speci-
mens.
All measurements are in mm.

Family N^Tnphonidae Hoek, 1881

Chelifori long, 2-jointed, chelate, with chelae usually held before the
mouth. Palpi 5- to 7-jointed, longer than the rather short proboscis.
Ovigera well developed in both sexes, 10-jointed, sometimes 8-jointed,
with the end widened and with spines in most cases. Body usually elon-
gate, segmented with suture lines showing. The 1st or ocular segment is
usually broadened at its cephalic end. The neck extends in front of the
1st pair of legs.

Genus NYMPHON Fabricius, 1794

Body smooth, more or less slender, cylindrical, with well-defined lat-
eral processes. Cephalic segment large, with marked neck and an ex-
panded forward part. Caudal segment small, cylindrical. Eye tubercle
more or less elevated, eyes usually equal, at the base of the proboscis.
Proboscis rather thick, cylindrical, smooth, rounded at its end, not usually
long. Chelifori well developed, hand narrow, fingers usually shorter than ||
the palm and finely dentate on the inner margins. Palpi moderate length,
1st joint small. Terminal joints shorter than the 2nd or 3rd, often quite

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 279

hairy. Ovigera 10-jointed, few hairs. Fourth and 5th joints in the male
very long and slender. The last 4 joints have a regular series of serrate
spines. The terminal claw is well developed. Ambulatory legs as a rule
very long and slender, few hairs. Second tibia the longest joint, tarsal
joints more or less elongate. Terminal joint usually with distinct auxiliary
claws. Egg masses in the male globular, small, usually one bunch to an
oviger.

Nymphon pixellae Scott
Plate 35

Nymphon pixellae Scott, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, vol. 10, 1912,

pp. 207-208, pi. 7.
Nymphon solitarium Exline, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 83, no. 2991,

1936.
Nymphon pixellae Hedgpeth, Ann. Midland Naturalist, vol. 22, no. 2,
1939, pp. 458-459.

Distinctive features: Body rather slender, elongate, lateral processes
rather long. First joint of the chelifori quite a little longer than the
proboscis. Jaw portion of the chelifori long, with the tips crossing. Many
slender teeth on the jaws. Paired tarsal claws are about half as long as
the unpaired. Eye tubercle sharply pointed. First joint of the tarsus longer
than the 2nd.

Description

Body: Slender, elongate, segmentation marked, lateral processes
well separated. Trunk segments nearly equal in thickness except the
posterior, which is a little more slender. Segments of the body about the
same length, a little thicker where the lateral processes join. The ante-
rior segment forms a well-marked neck.

Ocular region: The eye tubercle is just forward of the origin of the
1st pair of walking legs, between the bases of the ovigera. The eye eleva-
tion is well marked and abruptly pointed at its end.The eyes are at the
basal end of the ocular elevation. They are large and almost touch. They
are also quite well pigmented.

Abdominal segment: Cylindrical, pointed up, rather small.

Chelifori: First joint rather slender, quite long. The 2nd segment
is shorter and a little heavier. The fingers are long, slender, with m.any
teeth. The fixed finger is nearly straight to near its tip, which is strongly
curved.

Palpi: Slender, the 1st joint is very small, the 2nd is longer, the
last 3 joints are shorter than the 2nd and about of equal length.

280 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5 [

Ovigera: Ten-jointed, the 1st short, 2nd and 3rd about equal and a
little longer than the 1st. The 4th is about twice as long as the first 3. The I
5th is more slender and longer than the 4th and is swollen at the distal ,
end. The 6th is shorter, with many small hairs on its ventral side. The i
7th is shorter than the 6th, with an even row of about 13 elongate spines j
on its ventral side. Each spine has lateral extensions. The 8th joint is i
shorter than the 7th. The 9th and 10th are about equal to the 7th in j
length and are similarly armed with spines. The 10th segment bears a i
long terminal claw with teeth on its lower margin. j

Ambulatory legs: Not veiy hairy, about 37 mm. long; the 1st coxa 1
is the shortest of the three, and the 2nd is the longest. The femur is quite i
long and is curved ventrally. The 1st tibia is a little longer and the |
2nd tibia is the longest leg joint. The 1st tarsus is longer than the 2nd. I
The terminal leg claw is well developed, and the paired claws are about
% as long. i

Measurements: The proboscis is about 2 mm., with the neck region
about 1.7 mm. The 1st body segment is slightly longer than the 2nd. The ij
lateral processes are a little longer than the abdominal appendage. [

Comparisons : This species resembles A^. rneridionale and N. hie-
male, but the 1st segment of the cheliforus is shorter than the proboscis.

Material studied

One specimen, Station 575-36, north of San Pedro Nolasco Island,
Gulf of California, March 12, 1936, 100 fms.

One young specimen. Station 719-37, Lower California, Consag ,
Rock, March 24, 1937, 10-25 fms.

One male. No. 3856, Redondo Beach, California. Collected by Burch.

One female. Station 1185-40, southern California coast, Septem-
ber 28, 1940, 50 fms.

Two females, 1 male with eggs. Station 909-39, Catalina Island,
Emerald Bay, 2 miles off shore, Jan. 28, 1939, 65-90 fms.

One female and 1 young. Station 1181-40, southern California coast,
Sept. 10, 1940, 47 fms.

One female. Station 978-39, Santa Barbara Island, east of Gull r
Island, May 28, 1939, 21-28 fms.

In addition, I have abundant material from about 2 dozen localities
off the west coast of North America. These and other records at my dis-
posal give this range from the Canadian border down to Lower Cali-
fornia. This species is a very common one in waters of moderate depth.
Most of the records are of specimens not many miles off shore.

NO. 9 HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS 281

Family GalIipallenidae(Hoek:), 1876

Chelifori well developed, palpi lacking in most, ovigera in both sexes.
The chelifori are 2- or 3-jointed with very large chelae, which extend
over the mouth. In a few there are palpi 1- to 4-jointed. The ovigers are
10-jointed and are well developed in both sexes. They are usually coiled
at the free ends and are supplied with marked compound spines. The
body is elongate and segmented. The eye segment is on the neck in front
of the base of the 1st pair of walking legs. The proboscis is rather short
and cylindrical. There are 4 pairs of walking legs. The sex openings in
the male are in the 3rd and 4th pairs or in all the legs. In the female the
sex openings are in all the legs.

Callipallene californiensis (Hall), 1913
Plate 36

Pallene californiensis Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool., vol. 11, no. 6, 1913,
pp. 131-134, pi. 4. — Hilton, Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol. 8, no. 3,
1915, p. 67; 1920; vol. 31, no. 2, 1939, p. 92.

Characteristics: Slender body, ocular segment rather compact, short
neck. First segment of the body not quite so long as the rest of the body
and the 1st coxal segment of the last pair of legs. Three strong spines on
the 2nd tarsal joint below. The 1st and last of these may be paired. Fifth
joint of the oviger with a marked projection. Third and 4th body seg-
mentation lines not distinct.

Description

Body: Short, stout, smooth surface. Anterior corners of 1st body
segment rounded with quite a constriction of this part laterally, halfway
between the posterior border of the segment and the base of the chelifori.
Lateral processes with bases contiguous. A furrow in the body makes it
appear that there are precoxal joints to the legs. Segmentation distinct
between 1st and 2nd and 2nd and 3rd body segments. Third and 4th
body segments united, but with a line or furrow in the integument across
the body anterior to the insertion of the caudal segment and shows trace
of obsolete segmentation between these segments.

Ocular tubercle: Low, situated above and between the lateral proc-
esses of 1st legs, and distinct, about its own diameter from the posterior
body segment.

Proboscis: Very short and blunt, length % its diameter. Anterior
corners rounded.

282 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Palpi: Wanting.

Oviger: Ten-jointed, 4 terminal joints spirally rolled with a row of
flat denticulate spines on the inside of the last joints. No terminal claw.
First 3 joints short, 4th about as long as the first 3 together. Fifth long-
est, with a projection on the distal end directed opposite to spiral terminal
joints. Two simple curved hairs, one at the tip of the elevation, the other
distally placed. Terminal 5 joints short, nearly equal in length, becoming
a little thinner toward the end. Eggs 0.2 mm. in diameter.

Ambulatory legs: Slender, no evident knobs or spines. First coxa
about as long as its diameter. Second coxa about 3 times the length of 1st
coxa. Femur abovit equal in length to combined lengths of the coxal seg-
ments or joints. First tibial joint not quite so long as the femur, 2nd
tibial joint about as long as the femur but of less diameter. Scattered hairs
on the tibial joints. Tarsus a little less than half as long as the length of
2nd tibial joint. Terminal claws a little over half the length of the tarsus.
Auxiliary claws % as long as the terminal claws. Several simple hairs on
the distal end of the tarsus. Spines on the male veiy stout, especially near
the head. A light fringe of hairs is usually present at the distal end of
each joint in all the legs.

Measurernents of the type by Hall: Length, 1.25; proboscis, 0.27;
body, 0.93 ; caudal segment, 0.15 ; 3rd leg, 4.05.

General form of the body somewhat like P. laevis Hoek, but the pro-
boscis is not jointed, and the oviger does not end in a claw in this species.
The proboscis is more like that of P. empusa Wilson, but the general
shape of the 1st body segment is different, being stouter than in this last
species.

Material: I have found this species under stones at low tide at
Laguna Beach usually associated with delicate bryozoans and hydroids.
A few specimens found almost every year for the last 25 years.

One female from under a stone between tide marks.

One female, Station 1184-40, Indian Rock, Catalina Island, Sept. 11,
1940, 62 fms.

Color: Light, almost colorless. Body and legs smooth.

Family Phoxichilidiidae Sars, 1891

Chelifori long, 2-jointed, provided with jaws which lie over the
mouth. The palpi are lacking. The ovigers are developed only in the
male or are vestigial in the female, without a coil at the end and without

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 283

Strong spines. The body is elongate and segmented. The eye segment is
formed on the base of the proboscis in a little elevation. There are 4 pairs
of ambulatory legs. The sex openings in the male and female are in all 4
leg pairs except in Halosoma, where they are in the last 2 pairs.

ANOPLODAGTYLUS Wilson, 1878
(PHOXIGHILIDIUM in part)

Trunk rather slender, with the 1st segment constricted anteriorly
and extending forward some distance beyond the base of the proboscis,
forming a narrow neck. Lateral processes comparatively long and well
separated. Proboscis projecting obliquely downward from the ventral side
of the 1st trunk segment. Eye tubercle at the extreme forward end of the
segment. Chelifori rather small, chelate. Ovigera slender, 6-jointed, ter-
minal joints small. Egg masses several, globular, 1 or 2, loose, and more
or less irregular in shape. Legs slender, long. First tarsal joint very short.
Ventral margin of the 2nd tarsal joint projection at the base or heel
armed with strong spines. Auxiliarj^ claws minute. Its long projecting
neck, weaker chelifori, and 6-jointed ovigera with very small terminal
parts help to distinguish this genus from Phoxichilidium.

Anoplodactylus erectus Cole, 1904
Plate 37

Anoplodactylus erectus Cole, Harriman Alaska Exp., N.Y., 1904, 8°,
vol. 10. — Hilton, Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol. 8, no. 3, 1915; vol. 8,
1916; vol. 12, no. 4, 1920, p. 72; vol. 31, no. 2, 1939, p. 92; vol.
31, no. 4, 1939, p. 29.

Characteristics: Body and legs slender. Lateral processes well sep-
arated. Eye tubercle conical, eyes near its top. Abdominal segment cy-
lindrical, pointed sharply upward. Second tarsus slender, about equal to
2nd coxal joint. Not strongly curved, 2 larger and sometimes 1 smaller
sharp spine at the base of the 2nd tarsus below. Terminal claw long,
slender; lateral claws small, slender. Toward the base of the 2nd tarsus
below is a knifelike edge.

Description

Body : Lateral processes long, well separated, larger distally, where
each has a small conical projection on the dorsal side pointed somewhat
outward. First trunk segment larger than the following two together,
constricted in its anterior half and produced into a narrow neck.

284 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Eye tubercle: At the extreme forward end of the 1st trunk segment
and projecting upward and a little forward, about as long as the 2nd
trunk segment and cylindrical. From the side it is seen to be blunt ended.
Eyes nearer the top than the base.

Proboscis: About as long as the 1st trunk segment. Cylindrical.

Caudal segment: Moderately long, projecting upward at a sharp
angle. More or less cylindrical, tapering to a point, often bulging in the
center, notched at the tip. May have 1 to 3 hairs on its sides.

Chelifori: These extend forward from the extreme front end of
the 1st trunk segment. About equal to the 1st segment of the body in
length. First joint slender, almost cylindrical, just slightly enlarged at
the distal end. Smooth but for a few hairs. Chela long just over the front
and bent nearly at right angles with the 1st joint and not half so long,
with a few hairs. Fingers slender, curved, sharply pointed, about as long
as the palm. Movable finger longer than the other and more strongly
curved.

Oviger: As long as the animal or longer, slender. First joint short,
comparatively thick, 2nd joint twice as long, more slender ; these 2 joints
extend downward. The 3rd joint bends backward to run nearly parallel
with the trunk. It is half again as long as the first 2 joints together and
is more slender than the 1st; slightly curved, with the convexity upward.
About 1/4 its length from the basal end is a constriction which looks a little
like an articulation. Fourth joint is somewhat shorter than the 2nd,
slightly curved. Fifth joint shorter, bent back sharply on the 4th; 6th
joint very small oval. The 5th and 6th together scarcely equal the 4th.
The 3rd, 5th, and 6th have a few short stiff hairs; some on 6th are di-
rected backward. Eggs in several globular masses.

Ambulatory legs: Slender, 2nd pair 2^^ times the total length of the
animal. First coxa short, a little longer than broad. Second coxa over
twice the size of 1st; at about the center of its dorsal side is a small
rounded elevation. In the male the ventral side extends at the distal end
into quite a projection with several small bristles, and at the end of this is
the genital opening. The female does not have the projection ; its distal
end is swollen, and the genital opening is situated on a slight elevation a
little back from the tip. Third coxal joint longer than the 1st, and it be-
comes larger as it joins the next division. Femur nearly as long as the
whole coxal region, often larger in the female. It is produced dorsally at
the distal end into a rounded projection with a long slender hair. In the
male there is also a process on the femur just beyond the middle on the

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 285

dorsal side, and it is continued out into a narrow tube which projects
distally as the end of the opening of the agglutinative gland whose secre-
tion is supposed to fasten the eggs together. The 2nd tibia is slightly
longer than the 1st, and both are shorter than the femur. At the distal
end of the tibia there is a projection similar to the one on the femur but
smaller, but also with a hair. About 1/4 of the distance from the distal end
of the 2nd tibia on the dorsal side is a slight elevation which has a long
hair projecting from it. The 1st tarsal joint is very small, roughly tri-
angular, with a broad ventral base with a few moderately strong hairs
and a dorsal knob. Tarsus 2 is rather slender, about equal to coxa 2. It is
not strongly cui"ved but appears arched on the ventral side because it is
much expanded at the base, where it has 2 stout, distally curved spines
and a few smaller hairs. The proximal half of the remainder of the ven-
tral margin or the sole is armed with 2 stout, distally curved spines and
some smaller hairs. The proximal half of the rest of the ventral margin
is armed with a series of close-set distal curved spines varying from 7
to 11. Along the distal part is a thin lamellar knifelike chitinous plate
along the sides of which are a ver>' few bristles.

The claw is long, curved, reaching as far back as the heel. Its inner
edge is thin, knifelike. Auxiliaiy claws are verj'^ small but distinct with
the sole with about 6 spines and a row of 6 or more before the knifelike
plate. The legs have few hairs.

Color: Pale, little color in legs or body.

Cole's specimens were as follows: 6 males, 1 female, collected by
Professor Kelsey, Sept., 1896, San Diego, California; 1 female, July 8,
1895, collected at San Diego by Dr. S. J. Holmes.

This species is similar to A. petiolatus Kroger. In petiolatus the trunk
is stouter, lateral processes are not so much separated, the caudal segment
is long and cylindrical, abruptly acuminated, and placed horizontally. The
proboscis is of simple cylindric form. The immovable finger of the chela
is nearly straight. The ovigera are as long as the animal. The legs are
shorter, being not more than twice the length of the animal. The 2nd
tarsal joint is more strongly curved with 4 to 6 spines on the proximal
part of the sole. First, there are 2 large medial spines; then, 2 pairs of
smaller ones.

This species I have found in great abundance associated with Tubu-
laria croecia and Coryomorpha. In the former case the complete life his-
tory was found associated with these hydroids. Very early stages, shortly
after leaving the male, migrate to the coelenteric cavit^'^; later, after sev-

286 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

eral stages, they make their way to the outside, where they may be
found with those with 3 pairs of ambulatory legs, up to the adults that
were sexually mature. At various times immature forms and adults were
found on Coryo?norpha, but I have not as yet direct evidence of their
living on these palm hydroids in the youngest stages as they were in
Tubularia.

This species has been found during a number of years at Balboa,
California. Hundreds of specimens have been obtained from Newport to
San Diego, California.

The total body length of an average specimen was 2.5; total leg
length, 7; spread, 15.

One young specimen, Station 532-36, San Francisquito Bay, Lower
California, March 2, 1936, 20 fms.

Also 1 specimen, Station 1 162-40, off Seal Beach, July 23, 1940, 95
fms.

One specimen. Station 978-39, Santa Barbara Island, east of Gull
Island, May 28, 1939, 21-28 fms.

Anoplodactylus califomicus Hall, 1912

Plate 38

Anoplodactylus calif ornicus Hall, First Ann. Rep. Laguna Beach, 1912;

Marine Lab. 8, 1912, pp. 91-92; Univ. Calif. Pub. Zool. 8, vol.

11, no. 6, 1913, p. 192, pi. 4. — Hilton, Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol.

8, no. 3, 1915, p. 67; vol. 12, no. 4, 1920, p. 92; vol. 31, no. 2,

1939, p. 29.

Diagnosis: Body and legs rather heavy skin, pitted. Transverse

processes separate, but not widely separated, almost touching. Second

coxal joint larger at its distal end, with a marked projection on one side.

Second tarsal joint heavy, arched, bearing 2 prominent teeth at its base.

Description

Body: Rather short; lateral processes about as long as their own
diameter, with bases contiguous. First 2 intersegmental lines hardly evi-
dent. The 2 forward processes point forward slightly. The 2 caudal proc-
esses point more decidedly backward.

Eye tubercles: A large conical projection arises from the anterior
edge of the body and projects over the proboscis. The eyes are not very
evident. Deeply pitted skin.

Proboscis: Cylindrical, with end rounded. Almost as long as the
body. Diameter ^^ its length.

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 287

Abdominal segment: About the same size as the eye tubercle but
more regular. Deeply and closely pitted.

Chelifori: Large, quite well-developed chelae. The whole append-
age extends about ^o their length bej'ond the proboscis. A few short
spines arise on the chelae. Legs rather long, stout, with very few hairs.
First coxa shorter than its diameter, 2nd over twice the length of the 1st
and enlarged at its distal end. Third coxa X^o times the length of the 1st.
Femur longer than the coxae together. Tibial joints about % the length
of the femur. Tarsus about % the length of the tibial joints. Claw %
the length of the tarsus, auxiliary claws very small.

Measurements of the type were: Proboscis, 1.42; body from pro-
boscis to abdomen, 1.5; leg, 8; lateral processes of the body, 0.428
diameter.

Hall's specimen was taken from Fucus at low tide. It was observed
feeding on a nudibranch.

This species resembles A. erectus Cole. In 1913 Hall gave notes on
this species. In 1912 a number were collected at the bases of Phylospadix
at low tide, several specimens of both sexes being obtained. The male was
found to be % smaller than the female, with 6-jointed ovigers, the last 3
segments of which were spirally coiled and closely set with spines, mostly
directed proximally. There were several groups of eggs. Chelae of both
sexes were often bent in front of the proboscis. The eye tubercle and ab-
domen project from the body at about the same angle, but not quite per-
pendicularly. The protuberance on the distoinferior aspect of the 2nd
coxal joint is about twice as long in the male as in the female. Openings
of the cement gland of the male were on the superior aspect of the femur
about halfway down on legs 2, 3, and 4.

Measurements: Length, female type, 3; male, 3.6; maximum, 3.8.
Proboscis, female type, 1.5; male, 1.5; maximum, 1.6. Body, female type,
1.5; male, 1.8; maximum, 2.1. Span of 2nd process, female type, 1.5;
male, 1.8; maximum, 2.1. Caudal segment, female type, 0.6; male, 0.53;
maximum, 0.65. Third leg, female type, 8.5; male, 9; maximum, 10.2.

Color: Dark straw.

This species is very close to xi. erectus Cole. The chief differences are
as follows : The lateral processes are not so widely separated and in some
specimens may even touch at their bases. This, however, I consider of
minor importance because the condition of the body, perhaps individual
variation, makes a difference here. The tarsus is different in the two,
being more robust in both claw and 2nd tarsal joint in this species than in
A. erectus.

288 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Several specimens from Laguna Beach agree in most respects with
Hall's descriptions. However, I am inclined to the opinion that this and
the next described species may be the same. The chief difference between
them seems to be the position of the lateral processes, which are closer
together in this species.

One specimen, Station 1184-40, Indian Rock off Catalina Island,
Sept. 11, 1940, 46 fms.

Anoplodactylus robustus Hilton, 1939
Plate 39

Anoplodactylus robustus Hilton, Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol. 21, 1939,
p. 28.

Characteristics: Body heavy. Legs rather long, heavy. Second tarsus
with 3 long spines in its basal region and many smaller ones farther along.
Median tarsal claw long, moderately slender, with a narrow free edge
below. Paired tarsal claws slender, small. Body heavily chitinized, mod-
erately pitted. Attachment discs on the under sides of the base of the
proboscis.

Description

Color: Dark brown, red brown, or often greenish; after preserva-
tion the color may be pink or red.

Body: Rather robust, elongate. Segments marked by prominent su-
ture lines. Lateral processes about as broad as the ventral part of the body,
each with a slight knob on its distal dorsal border. The 1st process is di-
rected forward; the 2nd, straight out; the 3rd and 4th directed back-
ward. The last 2 are contiguous at their base. The 1st or ocular segment
roughly pointed in front, with the neck bearing the eye tubercle continued
forward over the base of the proboscis. Just above, where the ovigers come
off, are 2 little processes slightly in front of the 1st lateral process. There
are 3 suture lines across the body: the 1st just back of the 1st pair of
lateral processes, the 2nd just back of the 2nd pair of lateral processes,
and the 3rd back of the 3rd pair of legs.

Ocular elevation: Quite high and situated on the short neck, from
which the chelifori take origin. It is pointed straight up and runs to a
sharp tip. At its base are 4 well-developed eyes, quite deeply pigmented.

Proboscis: Irregularly cylindrical, swollen slightly at the center and
at the ends. Shorter than the body.

Abdo7)iinal segment: This is rather slender and quite long. It points
straight up and is slightly smaller at its tip.

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 289

Chelifori: Strongly developed and close together as they come off
from the narrowed end of the 1st body segment. The 1st joint is cylin-
drical and about half as thick as a leg. It is somewhat bent toward the
end and projects be3^ond the end of the proboscis. The 2nd just meets the
1st at an angle. The chelae are rather showy, the fingers shorter than the
palm. The movable finger is on the outside. There are a number of short
hairs on the chelae.

Ovigers: Well developed in the male (Type). Often indicated in
the female by a short single joint. Six-jointed, the 1st joint rather long,
thick; 2nd longer, but less thick; 3rd like the 2nd, but longer; 4th
shorter, about ^2 as long as the last, bent at the ends into a slight bow;
5th about the size of the last, bent and nearly parallel with the last ; 6th
small, a mere knob. The last 3 joints have delicate hairs, especially on
their inner sides.

Ambulatory legs: Long, rather heavy, 1st joint a little longer than
broad and broader than the next joint, especially its base. Provided with
2 slender lateral distal spines. Second coxal joint about twice as long as
the last but more slender. It bears a few lateral hairs, and on all legs it
bears a prominent distoventral projection. This is especially large on the
first 2 pairs of legs but is evident on the others. These spurlike extensions
have short hairs on them. The 3rd coxal joint is a little longer than the
1st but more slender. It bears a few sharp hairs on its distoventral border.
The femur is about the diameter of the 3rd coxal joint at its base but
becomes larger farther on. It is longer than the whole coxal region. It
bears a few hairs and a sharp knob on the dorsal distal surface. The 1st
tibial joint is nearly as long as the femur, narrow at its base, but extend-
ing distally with a few hairs on the shaft and a group around the distal
end. Second tibia is longer than the last but more slender. It has a few
prominent hairs on the shaft above and a few at the distal margin. The
1st tarsus is comparatively large, almost cylindrical, with very little of
its edge free above, but a long line below ending in a forward extension
armed with a group of rather long, strong hairs directed forward. It has
fewer hairs on its more ventral portion, but the forward end is especially
well provided with hairs. This part articulates with the 2nd tarsus at an
angle, with a marked projection of the basal part of the 2nd tarsus, into
a prominent lobe. This lobe is armed with 2 heavy spines at its base and
a double row forward of 4 or 5 more in each row nearly as large as the
basal hairs. The more forward part of the joint has 2 rows of much
smaller hairs on its rather straight ventral edge. The terminal claw is

290 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

long, rather slender, with a thin inner edge. It is a little ventral to the
end of the joint and is about half the length of the joint. There are a
few small hairs about its base above. There is a very small auxiliary claw
on each side of the large terminal one.

The description given above is that of a male specimen. The female is
similar, but there are a few points of difference. They do not differ much
in size, but the projection on the 2nd tarsal joint is less prominent in the
female. The female also is nearly lacking in ovigers, but they are repre-
sented by a small unjointed knob at the base of the proboscis below. Also
on the base of the proboscis of the female are 2 swollen elongate areas
provided with chitinous thickenings. These are elongate and close to-
gether. They seem to be some sort of attachment organ, and are not
present in the male.

Color: Dark brown, red brown, or often greenish; after preserva-
tion the color may be pink or red.

Measurements of the male type : Length of body, 3 ; proboscis, 2.5 ;
lateral processes, 1 ; total breadth of body, 2.75. First joint of chelifori,
1.1 ; 2nd joint, 0.4. Oviger, 1st joint, 0.07 by 0.03; 2nd joint, 0.075 by
0.02; 3rd joint, 1 by 0.02; 4th joint, 0.05 by 0.01 ; 5th joint, 0.03 by 0.01 ;
6th joint, 0.01 by 0.01. Spread, 24.5. Abdomen, 0.75 by 0.04. Eye tu-
bercle, 0.5 by 0.6 at the base. Length of leg joints, 1st, 0.45; 2nd, 1.2;
(projection in female, on the last legs, 0.5;) 3rd, 0.95; 4th, 2.2; 5th, 2;
6th, 2.2 ; 7th, 0.25 ; 8th, 1 ; large claw, 0.85. The small one is very small,
not more than 0.01 long.

This species differs from A. calif ornicus in being heavier, with its
lateral processes more widely separated. It has much more marked exten-
sions on the 2nd coxal joints, and the 1st coxal joint is different in shape.
It has attachment discs and vestigial ovigers in the female. It differs from
A. erectus in being heavier bodied. Its 2nd tarsals are heavier in this
species. The color of the body also differs. In A. erectus it is pale, often
light, almost colorless. In A. californicus the color is a deep brown, often
red brown to greenish. In preservative it may retain a red-brown or some-
times a greenish color for some time. This species is also heavier than
A. erectus. I have found it in a number of places along the southern Cali-
fornia coast, including the Isthmus at Catalina Island, where it was
associated with L. marginatus in Fucus. It is also occasionally hid in the
roots of eel grass and in the holdfasts of kelp from deep water. Some
specimens were well pitted, dark in color, and some from deep water were
overgrown with bryozoans or hydroids. Well-developed eyes were found

NO. 9 HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS 291

in some deep-sea specimens, and the females or young sometimes had
stubs of chelifori and attachment discs on the lower side of the base of
the proboscis.

Material: Three specimens of this species, 1 male, 2 females, are
from Station 719-37, Consag Rock, Lower California, Mexico, March
24, 1937, on or associated with a basket-star, at a depth of 10 to 25 fms.
One specimen, Laguna Beach, 1939.

Family TanystylidaC Schimkewitsch, 1913

Chelifori, rudimentary or lacking. Palpi sometimes longer, some-
times shorter than the proboscis, 4 to 7 joints. Ovigers developed in both
sexes. Sometimes curved at the ends, the terminal joints with or without
spines irregularly arranged. The body is concentrated and the segments
fused with each other. Four pairs of ambulatory legs. Sex openings in
various genera in various positions: in the male, in the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
leg pairs in Tanystylum and Austroraptus ; in the 3rd and 4th leg pairs
in Discoarachne and Trigaelus; and in the 4th pair in Rhynchothorax.
In the female the openings are in all leg pairs except in Tanystylum, in
which they are in the 3rd and 4th pairs, and in Rhynchothorax, in which
they are in the 4th pair.

Genus TANYSTYLUM Miers, 1879

Trunk broad, with short lateral processes not widely separated from
each other. Body not segmented, disc shaped. Chelifori lacking or repre-
sented by a small 1- to 2-jointed appendage, which may bear jaws in
immature specimens. Palpi 6- to 7-jointed. First and 3rd joints short, 2nd
and 4th longer. Femoral joints of female often enlarged.

Tanystylum californicum Hilton, 1939
Plate 40

Tanystylutn californicum Hilton, Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol. 31, 1939,
p. 32.
Diagnosis: Body as a whole circular in outline. Skin pitted, dark,
strongly chitinized. Lateral processes separated by narrow intervals. Lat-
eral processes with 2 moundlike elevations on their free margins on the
dorsal side. Second tarsal joint with 3 strong teeth on the rather definite
heel. Lateral claws less than % the length of the long claws.

292 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Description

Color: Light straw with a deeper color where the chitin is thicker,
especially between the lateral processes of the body. Skin pitted.

Body: Broad, no segmentation. The lateral processes separated from
each other by narrow intervals which penetrate well toward the center
of the central disc of the body. The lateral processes are provided with
2 moundlike elevations at their free margins on the dorsal side. The body
as a whole is of a nearly circular outline, truncate in front. The ocular
region of the 1st body segment presents a straight line at its cephalic
margin, and the elevation including the ocular eminence is in the form of
a rounded triangle. This triangle is slightly higher than the surrounding
body parts. The ocular elevation is in the center of the broadest side of
the triangle, which is the front margin. The lateral margins of this whole
elevation are bent in on each side, giving the triangular elevation a 3-
pointed area whose front margin is straight and whose lateral margins
are curved in.

Eye tubercle: This is a sharply pointed elevation in the center of
the front margin of the triangular elevation mentioned above. The 4 eyes
are along the sides of this projection and are but slightly pigmented,
although well formed and about of equal size.

Proboscis: Broad at the base and then tapers quickly to less than
half the breadth of the base and ends in a rather small tip. It is shorter
than the palpi. There is a slight suggestion of constriction about % of its
distance from the base. The tip of proboscis including its last i/^ bends
sharply downward.

Caudal segment: Cylindrical, about as long as the lateral processes
and bears several short hairs.

Chelifori: Single-jointed, slightly longer than the 1st palpal joint,
and a little less than half as wide as the 1st palpal joint. They are just
within the palpi in position, and each is provided with 3 or 4 short stout
spines near its tip.

Palpi: These seem to be 5-jointed. The 1st joint is short, the 2nd
about twice as long. The 3rd is the longest joint and gives some indica-
tion of fusion of 2 parts. The 4th joint is short, with a blunt free projec-
tion at its inner end distally. The last, or 5th, joint is longer than the 4th
but more slender. There are vtry few hairs on the 1st joint. The 2nd
has a lateral hair which is quite prominent. The 3rd joint near its base
has several prominent hairs, especially a rather long slender median one.
Toward the tip of this joint are a few more moderately prominent hairs.

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 293

The next to the last, or 4th, joint bears several strong hairs on its free
blunt appendage. The last joint has a fringe of short stout hairs on its
inner margins and slightly stronger ones, about 4 in number, at its distal
margin. There is a decided bend in the palpi at the 4th joint. The palpi
as a whole slope downward, but the bend at the 4th joint prevents them
from extending below the tip of the proboscis.

Ovigers: These are apparently 10-jointed in the male type. The last
4 joints are small, and the last 3 are bent back upon the others. The last
joint is small, armed with 3 long spines. The next 2 are not clearly
marked ; each has 2 short spines. The 4th from the last bears a thick
projection almost at right angles to the rest of the segment. This ap-
pendage or joint bears several strong hairs. The next joint above is about
equal to this in size but bears fewer hairs. Of the other joints, the 1st is
short and broad, the 2nd is about the same length but not so broad by
half, the 3rd and 4th are about equal, the 5th a little longer than the 4th
and bent almost at right angles to it. There are many specimens which
have no ovigers, yet seem to be adult. Some, at least, seem to be adult
females.

Color: Light straw, with deeper red-brown where the chitin is thicker.

Ambulatory legs: The legs seem about equal in length. The 1st
coxal joint bears 3 distal projections on its dorsal side. The cephalic joint
is the largest and bears about 4 short, sharp hairs. The middle one, which
is not quite in the center, is next in size, is conical, and bears a hair at its
tip. The most rounded is the smallest, and it bears 2 short hairs. The 2nd
joint is about as long as the last but bears no fleshy appendages. There
are, however, a number of short, straight hairs along its distal and caudal
margin. The 3rd joint is a little narrower and a little longer than the
last, with a few lateral hairs in the central part of the caudal margin.
The 4th joint is about twice the length of the last, with 2 small groups
of small hairs on its cephalic margin and other groups dorsally and
caudally disposed. The 5th joint is about like the last, with about 3 rows
of hairs on the dorsal surface. The 6th joint is similar with scattered
short spines above. The 7th joint or heel is short, with many slender
hairs on its lower surface and one large tooth. The last joint is gently
curved, bearing a large terminal claw and 2 smaller claws which are less
than a third the length of the large claw. The upper side is quite convex
and rather free from hairs; the lower side has 3 strong teeth near the
heel and a number of more delicate hairs along the whole concave margin.
The terminal claw is less than half the length of the terminal joint.

294 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Measurements: Length of body, 0.85 by 0.8 across. The lateral
processes each are 0.25 deep; the body between is 0.3 across. The pro-
boscis is 0.55 long by 0.3 at the base, and 0.005 at its tip. The ocular
tubercle is 0.15 at its base and 0.2 high. The abdomen is 0.3 long by 0.175
broad. The chelifori are 0.05 long. The palpi have the joints as follows :
1st, 0.075 by 0.1 wide; 2nd, 0.2 long; 3rd, 0.375 long; 4th, 0.2 long;
5th, 0.2.

Type U.S. National Museum, No. 110391.

Specimens collected from Monterey to southern California. Two
specimens. Station 1184-40, Indian Rock, Catalina Island, Sept. 11, 1940,
in sea weed, 1 fm.

Family Ammotheidae Dohrn, 1881

First appendage well developed, longer or shorter than the proboscis,
2- to 3-jointed. Often small, but usually well developed. It sometimes
bears jaws in the young, and in one genus, AscorhynchuSj the jaws persist
during the life of the individual. Second appendage, often longer than
the snout, 6- to 10-jointed, but in most 2- to 4-jointed.

Third appendage occurs in both sexes, 10-jointed; sometimes coiled
at the end, sometimes not ; sometimes with spines, sometimes not. Some-
times these spines are toothed along the edges, sometimes not. The body
is more or less elongate to concentrated, but segmented. There are 4 pairs
of legs. The sex openings are in the 3rd and 4th pairs in the male and in
all legs in the female.

Genus AMMOTHEA Leach, 1914
Genus ACHELIA Hodge, 1864

Trunk, short, stout, segmentation usually lacking. Lateral processes
so crowded that the body is disciform. The 1st segment is large, with a
square frontal portion. Caudal segment not separated from trunk by a
suture, narrow, nearly cylindrical, horizontal. The eye tubercle is near
the front of the 1st segment, projects strongly, and bears distinct ej^es. It
is constricted at its base, fusiform with a circular constriction near its
end, and pointed downward. Chelifori well developed, small, 2-jointed,
the 2nd joint globose, chelate in the immature. Palpi 8-jointed, first 3
joints short, 4th longer. Ovigers relatively short, larger in the male,

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 295

without terminal claw, but with a few delicate spines and some stronger
ones on the inner margins. Female genital openings on the 2nd coxal
joints of all legs.

Ammothea latifrons Cole, 1904
Plate 41

Ammothea latifrons Cole, Harriman Alaska Exp. N.Y., 8°, vol. 10,
1904, p. 263, pi. 11, fig. 3, pi. 16, figs. 1-9, pi. 17, figs. 1-3.

Characteristics: Broad trunk, with erect conical elevation with few
spines at each corner. Suture lines faintly marked in front, lacking behind.
Eye tubercle high, erect, bluntly conical. Caudal segment long and nar-
row. Chelifori much more than half the length of the proboscis. It bears
marked tubercles and spines. Palpi 8-jointed, reach to well beyond the
proboscis. Second coxa not much longer than 1st; 1st and 3rd, marked
tubercles on the distal ends.

Description

Body: Trunk broad, especially anteriorly, each outer corner having
an erect conical elevation bearing a few spines. Suture lines faintly marked
in front, lacking behind. Lateral processes crowded, about twice as long
as broad distally. On the dorsal border of these distal ends 3 nodules with
1 or more spines each.

Eye tubercle: On the extreme anterior edge of the 1st trunk seg-
ment, moderately high, cylindrical; the apex bluntly conical, eyes quite
large, near the apex.

Proboscis: About as long as the trunk to base of caudal segment,
broadly elliptical, truncated at the end. Dorsal border more convex than
ventral, no circular constriction but longitudinal lines.

Caudal segment: Very long and narrow, as long as the proboscis.
It reaches a little beyond the middle of the 2nd coxal joint of the posterior
pair of legs. Not separated from trunk by a suture. It is directed some-
what downward. Its dorsal outline is irregular and bears a number of
stout spines.

Chelifori: Much over half the length of the proboscis and thick.
The 1st joint reaches to the middle of the proboscis. It bears tubercles
on its dorsal side, and these bear spines. The 2nd joint small, spherical,
with 1 or 2 spines. The chelifori are bent outward in the middle.

Palpi: Eight-jointed. Extend beyond the proboscis by about % of
their length. Joints 2 and 4 are long, joint 2 the longer; the others are
short. Basal joints have a few hairs; distal joints, many hairs.

296 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Ovigers: Female, about as long as the palpi; 1st joint short, broad;
2nd comes off from the side of the 1st; 2nd and 3rd about equal and
longer than 1st; 4th and 5th about equal and longest of all; 6th to 10th
successively smaller; 10th verj^ small and rounded; 7th, 8th, 9th, and
10th, each with 2 denticulate spines; 4th and 5th, few small hairs.

Male oviger nearly twice as long as the oviger of the female. First
joint square, 2nd longer, 1st and 2nd broader than the following joints;
3rd longer than 2nd; 4th and 5th about equal, longer than 3rd; 6th to
10th successively smaller, except 9th, which is longer than 8th; 10th
small, with 2 denticulate spines; 9th has one spine at least; 4th to 7th
armed with short backwardly projecting spines in rows, while the follow-
ing joints for a few divisions have 2 or 3 small hairs each. The end of the
oviger is strongly curved inward. Egg masses rather small, globular, one
mass to each oviger.

Ambulatory legs: Rather short. Second coxa not much longer than
1st and 3rd. First coxa has 3 tubercles on its dorsal edge, each with spines.
Femur shorter than the coxal region and broad in the female, where it is
equal to the width of the proboscis. Projecting distally from the dorso-
distal border is a long conical extension bearing a strong spine. Tibial
joints 1 and 2 are equal, thick, more or less armed with spines which are
longer on the dorsal side. First tarsal joint is small, subtriangular, with
short even spines. Tarsus 2 is moderately strong, arched with rows of
slender spines dorsally and on the sides, and with 3 strong spines at the
heel and a row of very short ones along the sole. The claw is about i^ the
length of the 2nd tarsal. The auxiliary claw is well developed and about
half as long as the large claw.

In the male the genital projection on the ventrodistal area of the
2nd coxa of the 2 last legs is thumblike and with 1 or 2 slender hairs. In
the female the genital openings are on all 4 pairs of legs; length, 4;
spread, 16; about the same size for both sexes.

Immature forms, but little smaller than the adults, have chelate
chelifori and very short ovigers.

Cole's specimens were 2 males, 3 females, and 2 young from St. Paul's
Island, Pribilofs; 1 male, 3 fem.ales, 2 young from Dutch Harbor,
Unalaska.

This is distinguished from other species by its elliptical proboscis and
long knobbed chelifori and caudal segment.

One female. Station 1177-40, north of Santa Barbara Island, Sept. 9,
1940, 37 fms.

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 297

Ammothella bi-unguiculata (Dohrn), 1881

Plate 42

J?nmothea bi-unguiculata Dohrn, Fauna and Flora Gulf Nap. Monag.

Ill, Leipzig, 1881, 4°, pp. 158-160, Taf. 8.
Ammothella bi-unguiculata var. calif ornica Hall, First Ann. Rep. of La-

guna Marine Lab., 1912, pp. 93-95.
Ammothella bi-unguiculata Hilton, Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol. 8, no. 3,
1915; vol. 12, no. 4, 1920, p. 92; vol. 31, no. 2, 1939, p. 32.—
Ohshima, Rep. de Bui. Sc. de la Fakultato Terkultara, Kjusi
Imp. Univ., vol. 2, r5, 1927, pp. 610-612, 1 pi.; Proc. Imp.
Ac. Ill, 1927, no. 9.

Diagnosis: Body and legs rather smooth, 2 tarsal claws. Segmenta-
tion of body evident. Y.yt tubercle rather low, blunt. Long, large pro-
boscis.

Description

Body: Segmented, lateral processes moderately separated, moderate
development, their length about half their diameter. Body rounded in
front.

Eye tubercle: Low, broad, 4 eyes well pigmented.

Proboscis: Quite broad, smaller at the ends. Its length 21^ times its
diameter and % the length of the body. It ends in an obtuse rounded angle
as seen from above.

Abdominal segment: Small, cylindrical, less than 1/4 ^^^ length of
the body, with a bluntly rounded tip. Anus in a notch at the end.

Chelifori: Short, ^q the length of the proboscis, 3-jointed. The 1st
joint very short, not quite so long as the 3rd or last joint. Second joint
about twice the length of the 1st. Third joint a little larger than the 1st,
rounded. The thickness of the appendages a little less than that of the
palpi.

Palpi: Nine-jointed, as long as the proboscis. First joint short and
thicker than the others. Second joint 4 times as long as the 3rd, 4th almost
as long as the 2nd, 5th and 6th about as long as the 3rd. Terminal joints
decrease in order. Few hairs on any joints except the last.

Ovigers: Slightly longer and wider than the palpi. In order of
length, except the first, which is shorter and thicker, they are 4th, 5th,
6th, 3rd, 7th, 8th, 9th, and 10th. The terminal joints are spirally rolled,
and on the tip of the last are 3 stiff plume hairs. There is a similar hair
on each side of the 8th joint.

298 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Ambulatory legs: Rather long, stout, no tibial process, few hairs
except on the tarsus. First coxal as long as wide, 2n(i twice as long, 3rd
1^2 times the length of the 1st. Femur about as long as the combined
length of the 2nd and 3rd coxals. Second tibial joint about the length of
the femur, 1st slightly shorter. Second tarsus less than half as long as the
2nd tibial joint. There is a double row of fine hairs along the sole and a
few longer ones on the end. No terminal claw, 2 auxiliaries well devel-
oped.

Measurements: Body length, 1.3; proboscis, 1.05; abdomen, 0.36;
leg, 4.2; lateral processes, 0.214. Other measurements as given by Hall
were as follows: length, female type, 2.85; male, 2.5; maximum, female,
2.85, male, 1.38. Proboscis, female, 1.15; male, 0.9; maximum, male,
0.96. Body, female type, 1.35; male, 1.15. Caudal segment, female type,
0.3 ; male, 0.24. Transverse process, female type, 0.66; male, 0.75. Third
leg, female type, 4.5 ; male, 3.5.

Color: Light straw.

About 20 specimens were first reported by Hall from under stones,
at low tide, Laguna Beach, California, 1912, and over 50 specimens in
1912 from a similar locality. I have found this species every summer for
the last 25 years at Laguna Beach or near by. I have found it also at the
Isthmus at Catalina Island, under stones, and below Ensenada, Lower
California, perhaps several hundred in all. It is usually found under
stones at low tide among hydroids, bryozoans, and sponges. Also several
from the Hawaiian Islands.

measurements of a Laguna Beach female specimen : Length of
body, 1.4 by 0.625, of which the lateral processes are on each side. Pro-
boscis, 1.2 long by 0.5 across the center, 0.25 across the tip, and 0.35 at
the base. Ocular elevation, 0.175 high by 0.028 across. Abdomen, 0.3 long
by 0.055 at the base, and 0.12 in the middle. Chelifori, 1st joint, 0.075;
2nd, 0.25; 3rd, 0.3; 4th, 0.2; 5th and 6th, 0.03; and last joint, 0.075.
The oviger was 0.1, 1st joint; 0.225, 2nd ; 0.1, 3rd; 0.3, next; 0.2, next;
0.150, next; 0.1, next; 0.075, each next; and 0.05, the last. The legs were
as follows: 1st, 0.15 long by 0.225; 2nd, same; 3rd, 0.5 by 0.225; 4th,
0.35 by 0.2; next, 0.7 by 0.3; next, 0.875 by 0.14; next, 0.075 by 0.075;
last joint, 0.4 by 0.125. The claws were 0.1 by 0.025 at base.

Portuguese Bend, California, March 11, 1938, shore. Tom Burch,
collector.

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 299

Ammothella heterosetosa, new species
Plate 43

Characteristics: Body moderately heavy for the size. Scattered
spines over the body surface. Chelifori nearly as long as the large pro-
boscis. On each of the 2 long joints is a row of long, large, flat hairs ; on
the surface are small hairs and very small forked spines.

Description

Body: Moderately heavy for the size. Scattered spines or fine hairs
over the surface. Lateral processes well developed but shorter than the
body between. Suture lines between segments well marked and slightly
chitinized.

Ocular segment: Well developed, almost as long as the rest of the
body. Ocular tubercle, a rather high mound. The eyes are not well pig-
mented.

Proboscis: Not quite so long as the body and nearly as wide as the
body, oval in outline, narrowed some at the base to the tip.

Jbdomen: Moderate length. It reaches just beyond the last pair of
transverse processes.

Chelifori: Three-jointed. Nearly as long as the proboscis. The 1st
joint is a little shorter than the 2nd. The last is small and conical. The
long joints bear on each edge a row of long, large, flat hairs; on the sur-
face are small hairs ; and very small forked spines are scattered among the
circular spots.

Palpi: Nine-jointed. Basal joints rather heavy ; the joints, especially
the last, small. A few hairs are found on these, and 2 serrate spines on the
9th.

Ambulatory appendages: Quite heavy, especially the 2 basal coxae.
Femur rather short, 2nd tibia longer than the 1st. First tarsus well
developed. A spine above and several below. Second tarsus not quite half
so long as the 2nd tibia, a little thick. Bears a short, heavy claw and
paired claws. Ventrally it bears 4 or more broad teeth near the base and
several more slender ones farther on. It also has several long hairs dor-
sally. The 1st and 2nd coxae bear a number of flat, long hairs laterally.
The 3rd has 4. There are some on the long joints, but shorter ones pre-
dominate toward the end, especially on the 2nd tibia.

Tj^pe, 1 male with eggs, U.S. Nat. Museum no. 306, Marchena
Island, Galapagos Islands, shore, reef north end of Island, December 2,
1934, Hancock Expedition. This species is distinguished by the character
of the setae on the appendages and body. Many of the largest ones are

300 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

broad, flat, and quite long. There are also many spines on all parts ; the
hairs are large and small, often flattened ; and there are also peculiar little
2-branched spines, especially on the chelifori.

The chelifori are broad and covered with an unusually thick lot of
flat hairs. The palpi are 9-jointed and long, not very hairy. The segment
lines are strongly chitinized. The position of the last transverse processes
is rather unusual. The terminal joint of the 3-jointed chelifori is unusual.

Color: Pale straw.

Measurements: Base of chelifori to 1st segment line, 0.4; between
segmentation lines, 0.15; from the 3rd line to the end of the last trans-
verse process, 0.25. Proboscis, 0.85 by 0.2 to 0.45. Total length of the
body, 1.8; lateral process width, 0.2; body between, 0.4; total body
width, 0.8; under level, 0.15 by 0.15. Chelifori, 1st joint, 0.4 by 0.1;
2nd joint, 0.35 by 0.075 to 0.1. Palpi, 1st joint, 0.125 by 0.1 ; 2nd, 0.2
by 0.875; 3rd, 0.35 ; 4th, 0.2; 5th, 0.2 by 0.175; 6th, 0.175 by 0.4; 7th,
0.1; 8th, 0.125; 9th, 0.175 by 0.025. Oviger, 1st joint, 0.2 by 0.175;
2nd, 0.25 by 0.1; 3rd, 0.175 by 0.1; 4th, 0.375 by 0.075; 5th, 0.4 by
0.075; 6th, 0.1 by 0.075; 7th, 0.175 by 0.075; 8th, 0.075 by 0.05; 9th,
0.05 by 0.05. Ambulatory appendages, 1st joint, 0.275 by 0.2; 2nd, 0.3
by 0.1 to 0.2; 3rd, 0.3 by 0.2; 4th, 0.5 by 0.2; 5th, 0.65 by 0.1 to 0.2;
6th, 0.65 by 0.175 ; 7th, 0.075 by 0.075 ; 8th, 0.2 by 0.1. Spread, 6.6.

Genus NYMPHOPSIS Haswell, 1885

"First pair of appendages well developed cheliform. Second pair well
developed with 9 joints. Third pair with 7 joints, none provided with
compound spines." The above is Haswell's description of the genus. It is
quite evidently incomplete and not inclusive enough. The 1st pair of
appendages is not always chelate, although the last joint suggests it often.
The compound spines of the body and appendages are characteristic, to-
gether with the long abdomen with its characteristic spines.

Nytnphopsis spinosissima (Hall 1912)
Plate 44

Ammothella spinosissima Hall, First Laguna Report, 1912. — Hilton,
Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol. 8, no. 2, 1915, p. 67; vol. 12, no. 4,
1920, p. 92; vol. 31, no. 2, 1939, p. 72; vol. 31, no. 4, 1939, p. 31.
— Hedgpeth, Amer. Mid. Nat., vol. 22, no. 2, 1939, pp. 461-463,
pi. 2.

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 301

Characteristics : Body nearly disclike, 3 strong spines on the middle
line of the dorsal side. Segmentation lines not distinct. Chelifori with
compound spines. Abdomen with a linear series of compound spines.
Three basal teeth on the 2nd tarsus of the legs. Tufts of spines, 2 for
each transverse process of the body at their distal margins.

Description

Body: Almost circular in outline. Hall describes the lateral proc-
esses grown together throughout their length. I have examined many
specimens which agree with Hall's description in every other respect in
this well-marked species, but have never found any of the lateral processes
really fused. They are often veiy close to each other and even filled with
dirt so as to resemble this condition, but in every case more careful exami-
nation revealed a true separation between these processes.

There are no intersegmental lines. Lateral processes are strongly de-
veloped, each bearing 1 to 2 tufts of spines. In the center of the back is
a row of 3 large erect processes, each bearing numerous spines.

Eye tubercle: Relatively small, length about twice the diameter.
Eyes not deeply pigmented.

Proboscis: Shorter than the apparent length of the body but actuall}'^
longer, because it arises underneath and back. It is bluntly rounded in
front, with a notch at the tip. Its diameter is about half its length.

Abdominal segment: About % the length of the body. Along the
upper side of the abdomen is a row of long projections bearing spines.
The diameter of the abdomen is about % its length.

Chelifori: Short, slightly longer than the proboscis or reach out
beyond it. The appendage has a number of complex spine-bearing proc-
esses. The basal segment is about the size of the 3rd terminal segment.
The 2nd segment is about ll^ times as long as the other two combined.

Palpi: Nine-jointed, extending be^^ond the proboscis about ^^ their
length. First joint is shorter and broader than the others. The 2nd is
longest, almost % the whole appendage; 3rd, very short; 4th, not quite so
long as the 2nd. A ridge across the 4th makes it appear like 2 joints as
viewed from above. The terminal joints diminish in length. There are a
few hairs on the first 6 joints, but the terminal joints have many. The 2nd
joint is thickened at the ends. The average diameter of the appendage is
about ^2 t^^ chelifori.

Ovigers: Nine-jointed, their diameter between that of the last 2
appendages described. The joints in order of their length are as follows:
4, 2, 5, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 1. The terminal joints bear a number of rather long

302 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

hairs. The eggs are 0.125 mm. in diameter and 6 or more small bunches
on each oviger of the male.

Ambulatory legs: Rather short, strong, with numerous spines on
appendages and especially on the coxal and tibial joints. On the 2 tibial
joints of each leg these compound spines are arranged in a double row
down the upper side of the joint. The 1st and 3rd coxal joints are equal
in length, the 2nd about half as long. The femur is as long as the com-
bined lengths of the 3 coxae. The tibial joints are each as long as the
femur, but slightly longer than the tarsus. The claw is over % the length
of the tarsus. There are no auxiliary claws. Length of the proboscis is
1.42; body, 1.2; abdomen, 1.1 ; leg, 6.35; lateral processes, 0.5.

This species was described from a single specimen obtained from
Fucus in July, 1911, at Laguna Beach.

Two other specimens were obtained by Hall in 1912, one from Fucus,
another from under a stone.

I have collected a large number of these from Laguna Beach, but
almost always from under stones at low tide. I think their occurrence on
brown algae is somewhat accidental. Mostly they are under stones among
bryozoans, small sponges, or hydroids and are often covered with debris.

Color: Light brown.

Measurements of a Laguna Beach specimen are as follows : Body
length and breadth, 3.5. Proboscis, 1.3 long by 0.55 wide. Chelifori, 1
long. Palpi, 1st joint, 0.15 ; 2nd, 0.7 ; 3rd, 0.2 ; the rest, 0.8 long. Ovigers,
last joint, 0.1 ; next to last, 0.25 ; next, 0.2 ; next, 0.3 ; next, 0.65 by 0.16 ;
next, 1.05 by 0.1 ; next, 0.85 by 0.1 ; next near basal, 0.8 by 0.275. Ab-
dominal segment, 1.05 long by 0.2 at base, 0.15 farther along; the spines
are from 0.1 to 0.275 to 0.5 in length. The dorsal spines of the body are
0.425 long by 0.15 at base and 0.075 at tip. Spread of legs, 33.5.

I have a large number of this species collected from Laguna Beach
during the last 25 years. They were never abundant, but were found
every season.

One female. Station 491-36, Rosario Bay, Lower California, Mexico,
sand and kelp, Februaiy 15, 1936, 10-15 fms.

Specimens also from Santa Cruz Island. Specimens from San Mateo
Co. Thurloe Bay, Lower California, Mexico, dredged 30 fms. One
young (female?).

One specimen, Station 893-38, off Pt. Arguello, 34° 34' 20" N.,
120° 40' 00" W., Aug. 9, 1938, 15-30 fms.

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 303

Nymphopsis duodorsospinosa, new species

Plate 45

Characteristics : Body nearly disc shaped in outline, slightly elon-
gate. Two sharp mid-dorsal spines. Leg joints, especially the longer, with
compound spines. Abdomen with a few long, mostly simple spines.

Description

Body: Smooth except the hairs or spines at the ends of the processes
and the 2 large, prominent vertical dorsal spines which also bear spines
on the sides. Transverse processes much longer than the width of the
body between. There are no suture lines between body segments. Body a
little longer than broad.

Ocular segment: Well developed, broad, but not more than a third
the length of the rest of the body.

Ocular tubercle: Cylindrical, high vertical, bears 4 black eyes near
tip, placed a little back of the forward end of the body.

Proboscis: Cylindrical, a little narrowed at the base, rather slender,
slightly truncate at the end. Three times as long as wide.

Abdominal segment: Long, curved, extends at a slight angle back-
ward. It bears about 4 scattered spines up to its central part and 2 sharp
compound spines nearer the end, all on the dorsal side. There are a few
fine spines near the tip ventrally. It extends well beyond the last trans-
verse process.

Chelifori: Three-jointed, the 1st short, cylindrical, the 2nd narrow
at the base, long at the end, trumpet shaped, bearing a large lateral spine
and series of sharp hairs along its distal end, which is like a rim which
encloses the small 3rd joint, which fits into the end of the trumpet-shaped
2nd joint.

Palpi: Nine-jointed, the 1st small, the 2nd and 4th long. The 2nd
bears a few fine hairs near its end. The 3rd is small, about like the 1st.
The 4th bears 3 sharp spines on its inner margin, and several on the outer
margins include a small fleshy point. The distal end of this joint is very
haiiy. The remaining joints are small and bear tiny hairs, especially at
the end of the last and on the outer sides of the others. This appendage is
much more slender than the chelifori.

Ovigers: Nine-jointed. The 1st is short and rather thick, the 2nd
is long and thick, the 3rd and 4th are long, slender, and curved, especially
the 3rd. The 5th is short, thick, and covered on all sides with small hairs.
The next 3 joints are more slender but of similar length. All have many
tiny hairs. The 9th joint is v^xy small and ends in 2 small, sharp spines.

304 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Ambulatory appendages: Moderately long, moderately heavy, with
many complex spines. The 1st and 3rd coxal joints are smaller than the
2nd. The femur and 1st tibia are about the same length. The 2nd tibia is
longer. The 1st tarsus is moderately developed, the 2nd is heavy, some-
what curved, about half the length of the 2nd tibia. The unpaired claw
is % the length of the 2nd tarsus. At the basal joint of the 1st tarsus there
are several strong teeth. At the basal ventral part of the 2nd tarsus there
are 3 strong teeth, followed by an even row of 15 or more regular, rather
smaller teeth or hairs. This joint bears a few lower hairs dorsally and
laterally.

Color: Straw, with lighter brown in the heavily chitinized parts.

There is a little knob bearing spines in each transverse process dorsally
on its distal end. The 1st coxal joint bears a number of compound spines
directly at its distal end. The 2nd coxa bears several spines. The 3rd
coxa bears a few short hairs about its margin. The femur is curved,
bellowed out dorsally, and projects vertically. In the middle of the
shaft laterovertically is a pair of large upward-extending spines. There
are a few scattered compound spines here and there, and at the distal end
near the joint there are 3 large compound spines with 1 or more smaller
ones behind each of the larger. The 1st tibia bears 2 areas of large spines
on its upper margin, 6 or more at the proximal end, 3 being especially
large, composed of at least 4 large distal spines, a few smaller ones in
rows, and a few short hairs. The 2nd tibia bears a group of large com-
pound spines of various lengths, especially on its proximal end. There are
about 8 of these, approximately in 2 rows, the vertical ones being the
largest. There are a few scattered spines, mostly smaller toward the distal
end on the outer side. The under sides of the 2 tibiae bear many fine hairs,
especially numerous on the 2nd tibia.

Type: A female from a group of three, U.S. National Museum, no.
532, in the San Francisquito Bay, Lower California, sand and kelp,
March 2, 1936, 26 fms., Hancock Expedition, accession no. 139772.
Another male of the same species with eggs, U.S. National Museum,
Marchena Island, Galapagos, shore, reef and spit, north end of Island,
December 2, 1934, Hancock Expedition, no. 131571. This species re-
sembles N. spinosisshna most closely. It differs in having 2 dorsal spines
instead of 3. It also has a cheliforus more trumpet shaped, with the 3rd
joint hidden. Its abdominal appendage does not have so many spines, and
the spines on the legs, although quite similar in arrangement, have many
differences. The little limbs with spines on the dorsal distal surfaces of the

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 305

lateral appendages are also different. The lateral appendages are longer
and better separated in this new species. The spines on the feet differ
also, and the ocular tubercle in the new species is much larger and more
prominent.

Measurements: Base of chelifori to end of 1st joint of legs, 1.2.
Total length to end of last transverse process, 3. Length of proboscis, 2 by
0.8. Total length of body and proboscis, 5. Length of lateral process, 1.1.
Width of body below, 0.4. Total width of body, 2.9. Length of abdo-
men, 0.2 to 0.4. Chelifori, 1st joint, 0.3; 2nd, 1.5; 3rd, 0.1. Palpi, 1st
joint, 0.15; 2nd, 1.1; 3rd, 0.15; 4th, 0.16; 5th, 0.3; 6th, 0.4; 7th,
0.2; 8th, 0.5 ; 9th, 0.4. Ovigers, 1st joint, 0.5 ; 2nd, 1 ; 3rd, 2.5 ; 4th, 0.1 ;
5th, 0.5; 6th, 0.3; 7th, 2.5; 8th, 0.2; 9th, 0.05. Ambulatory- legs, 1st
joint, 0.1; 2nd, 0.2; 3rd, 1.4; 4th, 3; 5th, 2.5; 6th, 2.5; 7th, 0.3; 8th,
1.5 ; under claw, 1. Spread, 29.3.

Genus EURYGYDE Schodte, 1857

Body relatively compact, with well-defined segments and unusually
long lateral processes. Cephalic segment with little-developed frontal part
and strongly prominent cervical process for attachment of the ovigers.
Caudal segment horizontal, fusiform, expanded in its outer part. Ocular
tubercle narrow, marked, distinctly marked eyes. Proboscis of medium
size and fusiform, articulated by narrow neck, curved inward on the
ventral side. Well-marked joint in the proboscis. Chelifori narrow, 2-
jointed. Palpi greatly elongated, curved, 10-jointed. Ovigers usually 10-
jointed, marginal spines in a double series serrated, terminal claws dis-
tinct. Ambulatory legs slender, with strong bristles. Coxal joints of the
female swollen. Tarsal joint very small. Terminal claw short, without
auxiliary claws.

Eurycyde longisetosa, new species
Plate 46

Diagnosis: Body compact, appendages slender, bearing very long
hairs. Ocular tubercle cylindrical, with 2 ver>" long hairs near the tip.
Low teeth on the 2nd coxa below.

Description

Body: Rather compact, free from hairs, but granular. Suture lines
well marked. Transverse processes well developed, not fused but very

306 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

close together, especially those of the 1st and 2nd pairs of ambulatory
legs. Lateral processes about the width of the body between, transverse
processes without spines or hairs.

Ocular segTnent: Well developed, narrow in front where it bears
the chelifori. A little longer than the next 2 segments.

Ocular tubercle: High, cylindrical. It bears deeply pigmented eyes
in its middle portion and has 2 very long hairs projecting from its end.

Proboscis: Two-jointed, the 1st cylindrical, shorter than the 2nd,
which is bent upon it. The 2nd joint is thick in the center and tapers at
the ends, especially the tip. In its central portion it is more than half as
broad as long.

Abdominal segment: Long, cylindrical. It is larger than the 1st
coxa and nearly as long as the 2nd coxa, including the length of the
transverse process. It is much narrower than any and bears 6 very long
hairs near its end.

Chelifori: Three-jointed, slender, but shorter than the palpi. The
first joints are about equal in length, the 2nd is very much smaller. The
2nd joint bears 5 very long hairs which extend out laterally. The last
joint bears 3 very long hairs.

Palpi: Ten-jointed. More slender than the chelifori. The first 2
joints very short, especially the 2nd. The 3rd and 5th are the longest.
The rest are all small and bear hairs.

Ovigers: Ten-jointed. The first 2 joints are short; the 3rd is a
little longer; the 4th and 5th are the long joints; the 6th is about half as
long as the 5th. The remaining joints are small and bear 4 or more
slender teeth on their inner margins. The last joint has 1 or 2 terminal
or nearly terminal teeth. The last 5 joints all bear a few long hairs on
their outer surfaces. The eggs were small — about 0.1 mm. in diameter.

Ambulatory appendages: The legs are moderately long and slender,
especially the long joints. The coxal joints are nearly the same size. The
femur is shorter than the tibial joints. The 2nd tibia is especially slender.
The 1st coxal joint bears 2 large lateral spinelilce processes. The 2nd and
3rd coxae bear rather long hairs. The femur bears a group of very long
hairs at its distal end. The 1st tibia bears 2 groups of very long hairs, a
few of which are plumelike.

The 2nd tibia bears several very long hairs in 2 groups of about 3
each, a few of which are plumelike. The 1st tarsus is well developed, is
cylindrical, and has no long hairs. The 2nd tarsus is more than half as
long as the 2nd tibia. It is thicker than the tibia in its center, but is

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 307

rather straight. It ends in a rather short, prominent claw. It bears several
long hairs on its upper surface and slight indications of sinisterlilce claws
on its lower surface. Type of male from a lot of 3 males with eggs. U.S.
National Museum, Station 423-35, Point Utria, Colombia, close to
shore, north of Point, north of island, January 25, 1935, 20 fms., acces-
sion no. 131571. This species is much like E. hispada Kroyer, but the
hairs seem very much longer, some 0.5 mm. or longer. In hispada no hairs
are seen on the ocular eminence. There are 2 in this species. The 1st
coxal joint does not have the long processes of this species. The hairs on
the legs of this species are fewer, larger, and differently arranged.

Measurements: Base of the chelifori to 1st segment lines, 0.45;
between 1st and 2nd segment lines, 0.2; 2nd and 3rd segment lines, 0.2;
3rd line to the end, 0.2. Total length not including proboscis, 1.05.
Length of transverse process, 0.35 ; body width between transverse proc-
esses, 0.25; total body width, 0.95. Proboscis, 1st joint, 0.36; 2nd, 0.54
long by 0.12 to 0.3. Abdomen, 0.48 by 0.06 to 0.08; hairs on abdomen,
0.5. Ocular eminence, 0.225 by 0.1 ; hairs, 0.3. Chelifori, 1st joint, 0.3
by 0.075; 2nd, 0.30 by 0.04; 3rd, 0.075 by 0.05; hairs, 0.22. Palpi, 1st,
0.075 by 0.1 ; 2nd, 0.025; 3rd, 0.4 by 0.04; 4th, 0.125; 5th, 0.25; 6th,
0.075; 7th, 0.075; 8th, 0.075; 9th, 0.065; 10th, 0.065. Ovigers, 1st
joint, 0.1 by 0.1; 2nd, 0.15 by 0.1; 3rd, 0.175 by 0.087; 4th, 0.45 by
0.075 ; 5th, 0.4 by 0.088 ; 6th, 0.3 by 0.25 ; 7th, 0.15 by 0.075 ; 8th, 0.15
by 0.05 ; 9th, 0.1 by 0.05 ; 10th, 0.1 by 0.065. Ambulatory legs, 1st joint,
0.2 by 0.15; 2nd, 0.2 by 0.1 to 0.2; 3rd, 0.2 by 0.15; 4th, 0.575; 5th,
0.85 ; 6th, 0.85 ; 7th, 0.675 by 0.04; 8th, 0.5 by 0.05 to 0.052. Claw, 0.25
by 0.037.

Family Pycnogonidae Dohrn

The cheliforus or first appendage pair is lacking. The palpus or 2nd
appendage pair is lacking. The oviger or 3rd appendage pair is found only
in the male. It is 10-jointed, the last joint is a terminal claw. The body is
compact, the legs thick and comparatively short. There are usually 4 pairs
of legs, sometimes 5. The sex openings in both sexes are in the 4 legs, in
the last 4 if there are 5 pairs of legs.

Genus PYGNOGONUM Brunnich, 1764

Trunk stout, legs short, ovigera only in the male. First tarsal joint
small. Claws simple.

308 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Pycnogonum hancocki Schmitt, 1934
Plate 47

Pycnogonum hancocki Schmitt, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol. 24, 1934,
pp. 65-67, fig. 2.

Diagnosis: Color light tan, with marked brownish reticular marks.
Three rounded tubercles on the middle line of the body. Legs rather
smooth, not with rounded knobs.

Description

Trunk: The 1st segment is equal to the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th com-
bined. Its greatest width over the lateral processes. The greatest width of
the 2nd segment is equal to the length of the first 2 trunk segments taken
together. The 3rd segment is about as wide as the length of the 1st trunk
segment together with % of the 2nd. Caudal lateral processes are fused
for part of their length.

In a line behind the moderately high, rounded ocular tubercle are 3
rounded tubercles, each smaller than the ocular. That of the 3rd trunk
segment is the larger. The 1st is at the caudal margin of the 1st trunk
segment. The 2nd, a little larger than the 1st, has a similar position, and
on the last segment there is very slight indication of an elevation. The
distal margins of the lateral processes are slightly more coarsely granu-
lated than the rest of the body surface.

Caudal segment: This is not conspicuous. It is about % the proboscis
in length and projects beyond the caudal line of the rather large lateral
process of the 4th pair of legs.

Eye tubercle: The eye tubercle is about half as high as the median
dorsal tubercles and is provided with 4 dark eyes.

Proboscis: This is nearly cylindrical, truncate, and a little narrower
in front than behind. It is about 21/4 times as long as its greatest width.
It is very slightly longer than the first 2i/^ segments taken together.

Ambulatory legs: The distal margins of the 1st coxae of all the
ambulatory legs are a little enlarged, owing to a small nodule on either
side of the brown line of the reticulations which divide the white area
in two. At about the distal portion of the proximal half of the 2nd coxae
of the 2nd and 3rd legs there is a small nodule of size similar to the last
mentioned. The 2nd coxa of the 1st leg lacks this elevation, the 2nd coxae
of the 4th pair each have a pair of small rounded tubercles, one on the
mid-dorsal line, and the other transversely in the line a little behind the
median axis of the joint. The rest of the leg joints are uniformly granu-

NO. 9 HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS 309

late as is the rest of the body. In the 3rd leg the 3 coxal joints are more
or less subequal in length as are the femoral and 1st tibial joints.

The 2nd tibial joint and the 2nd tarsal joint, not counting the claw,
are about the same length. On the ventral measurements the 1st tarsal
joint is very slightly longer than the terminal claw. The 2nd tibial joint
is about % the length of the 1st, and both coxal joints are equal to % the
femoral joint in length. The inferior borders of the tarsal joints, and to a
less degree the distal ends of the tibial joints, are finely spinulate.

Color: Light tan, with reticular marks, deep red brown. Ocular
tubercle dark, with deeply pigmented eyes.

I have examined one specimen, a male from Santa Cruz Island of the
Galapagos group. This specimen carried a single bunch of eggs which
occupied about all the ventral area of the animal. The eggs were just a
shade under 0.1 mm. in diameter.

Measurements: Total length, 6.25. Proboscis, 3 long by 1 wide.
First body segment, 1 long; 2nd and 3rd segments, the same as the 1st;
4th, 1.25. Width of the central part of the body, 1,5 ; lateral appendages,
1 on each side of this. Ambulatory legs a little longer in front, the poste-
rior legs progressively shorter after the 1st pair. Length of joints in the
1st leg, 1st joint, 0.75 by 1 broad; 2nd, 0.7 by 1 ; 3rd, 0.7 by 0.75 ; 4th,
1.5 by 1 ; 5th, 0.2 by 1 ; 6th, 1.25 by 0.75 ; 7th, 0.25 by 0.25 ; 8th, 0.1 by
0.3. Claw, 0.5 by 0.2. The ovigers, not previously described, are 8-jointed,
counting the large terminal claw as one. In measurements the joints are
as follows: 1st joint, 0.175 by 0.2 broad ; 2nd, 0.15 by 0.175 ; 3rd, 0.3 by
0.3 ; 4th, 0.4 by 0.3 ; 5th, 0.35 by 0.15 ; 6th, 0.4 by 0.425 ; 7th, 0.275 by
0.175. The claw is 0.25 by 0.75 at the base.

This species differs from many other forms of the same genus because
of its reticulation. It also has fewer tubercles on the legs than P. indicum,
madagascarensis, and mucronatum. It differs from the first in lacking the
armed ridge back of the ocular tubercle and in having a subcylindrical
proboscis instead of a conical one. It also has very low dorsal tubercles.

Schmitt describes the species from a female taken with a smaller male
with eggs, collected at low tide on a small rocky reef, off shore north of
Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos, lat. 0° 14' S., Station 65-33,
Feb. 9, 1933. It measured : proboscis, 2.4 by 0.9; trunk, not counting lat-
eral processes, 2.6 ; caudal segment, 1 .

Two other females were one from Chatham Island, Jan. 31, 1933,
from dredging 2-3 fms., east of Wreck Bay, Station 41-33, and one, Sta-
tion 59-33, from a rocky shore east of Cormorant Point, Charles Island,

310 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Galapagos, Feb. 6, 1933. One male, Station 65-33, Feb. 9, 1933, from a
reef on Albemarle Island, north of Tagus Cove, Galapagos. The body
was 3.5 ; the proboscis, 2.5 ; the spread, 10. Found on a sponge.

Two females with body length, 3.5; proboscis, 3, Station 81-33, In-
defatigable Island, Conway Bay, Galapagos, Feb. 17, 1933.

Seven males and 7 females, the largest female, 4; proboscis, 2.5. Sev-
eral of both sexes were very light colored. South Seymour Island, Galapa-
gos, Jan. 14-18.

One male, length, 3.5 ; proboscis, 2, Station 333-34, James Island,
shore, rocky ledges, 2 miles south of James Bay, Dec. 11, 1934.

One male, Station 65-33, Albemarle Island, reef north of Tagus
Cove, well out from shore, U.S.N.M. accession no. 122445, Galapagos
Islands, Feb. 9, 1933.

One male, young. Station 214-34, Cape San Francisco, Ecuador,
dredging near rocks, mud and rocks, 2 fms., Feb. 11, 1934.

Fourteen females, 18 males, Station 10, James Bay, Galapagos,
Jan. 11, 1932.

Four specimens, Duncan Island, Galapagos, Albatross voyage, 1887-
88, Apr. 13.

Two males, 3 females. Station 85-33, North Seymour Island, Galapa-
gos, shore collecting, under rocks and crevices, Feb. 18, 1933.

Eleven females and young. Station 82-33, Conway Bay, Indefatigable
Island, Galapagos, small island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933.

Pycnogonum panamum, new species
Plate 48

Diagnosis: Brown, reticulated. Proboscis rather pointed at the end.
The proboscis is longer than the body.

Description

Body : Rather heavy, disc shaped. Lateral processes short, not widely
separated. The dorsal spines as long or higher than the ocular tubercle.

Ocular segment: Short, not much longer than the 2nd segment.

Ocular tubercle: Moderately high, pointed, eyes dark, well devel-
oped.

Proboscis: Long, tapering toward the tip, and bent under slightly;
longer than the total length of the body. Reticulated in squarish areas, a
dozen or more from the base to the tip.

Abdomen: Short, broad, extending from the last transverse proc-
esses to beyond the 1st coxal joint. Provided with a few small hairs.

NO. 9 HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS 311

Ovigers: Slender, the joints not very different in length. The 5th
and 7th joints seem the longest.

Ambulatory appendages : Rather short and heavy. The 1st joint is
about like the 3rd coxal joint. The femur and tibiae are not very long,
the first two longer than the 2nd tibia. The 1st tarsus is rather short ; the
2nd is nearly as long as some of the long leg joints. All the joints except
the last two are reticulated, marked by dark brown lines.

The claws are about half as long as the last tarsal joints.

Color: Brown. Reticulated.

This species is nearest to Pycnogonum hancocki Schmitt, found in
many places about the Galapagos Islands, but differs in having the pro-
boscis longer than the body. It is also of different shape, being narrowed
toward the tip in this species and bent downward. The reticulations
differ in the 2 species, and the claws are long in this species.

Material: Type, a male, Station 249-34, Bahia Honda, Panama,
outside of isle south of Bay, Feb. 22, 1934, dredged, 15-20 fms. Another
male, Station 457-35, Secas Islands, Panama, Feb. 6, 1935, 12 fms.

Measurements: Length of body from front line to end of last
lateral process, 1.92; width of the body between processes, 0.48; length
of lateral process, 0.36; total width, 1.2. Length of proboscis, 1.8; width
at base, 0.48 ; at tip, 0.36. Leg, 1st joint, 0.36 by 0.48 ; 2nd, 0.48 by 0.36;
3rd, 0.36 by 0.36 ; 4th, 0.84 by 0.36 ; 5th, 0.96 by 0.36 ; 6th, 0.72 by 0.24;
7th, 0.12 by 0.12; 8th, 0.72 by 0.12 to 0.18. Claw, 0.36 by 0.06. Spread,
10. Oviger, 1st joint, 0.10; 2nd, 0.15; 3rd, 0.10; 4th, 0.15; 5th, 0.20;
6th, 0.15; 7th, 0.20; 8th, 0.1.

I
312 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 35

Nymphon pixellae Scott (after Scott).

1, dorsal view ; 2, profile view ; 3, ocular tubercle ; 4, terminal joints
of leg; 5, spines on terminal joints of leg; 6, dorsal view, walking-
legs removed; 7, terminal joints of ovigerous leg; 8, spine of oviger;
9, palp; 10, chela; 11, oviger with egg-mass.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 35

314 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 36

Callipallene californiensis (Hall).

Scale at left equals 1 ram. Cheliforus, terminal leg joints, and oviger
at difFerent magnifications.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 36

316 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5 |

PLATE 37

Anoplodactylus erectus Cole.

Scale at the left 1 mm. Tip of abdomen, ocular tubercle, cheliforus,
tip of a leg, tip of oviger at different magnifications.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 37

318 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 38

Anoplodactylus californicus Hall.

Scale 1 mm. Ocular tubercle, terminal leg joints at different magni-
fications.

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 38

320 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 39

Anoplodactylus robusius Hilton.

Scale 1 mm. for the body alone. Ocular tubercle, gland opening, at-
tachment discs under the proboscis, and terminal leg joints at different
magnifications.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 39

322 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 40 j

(

Tatiystylum californicum Hilton. I

Scale equals 1 mm.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 40

324 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 41

Ammothea latifrons Cole.

Scale 1 mm. for the body alone. Ocular tubercle, palpus, cheliforus,

oviger of male above, female oviger below, terminal leg joints, spine.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCN0C5ONIDS

PL. 41

326 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 42

Ammothella bi-unguiculata (Dohrn).
Scale equals 1 mm.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 42

328 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 43

Amtnothella heteroselosa, new species.

Scale at left 1 mm. Small fifjiires at other magnifications. Oviger,

surface of the body, individual cylindrical hairs. Cheliforus.

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 43

330 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 44

Nymphopsis spinosissiina (Hall).
Scale equals 1 mm.

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 44

332 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 45

Nyinphopsis duodorsospinosa, female. Hilton. (

Scale equals 1 mm. for body alone. Palpus and cheliforus different
scale.

i

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 45

334 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 46

Eurycyde longisetosa, new species.
Scale 1 mm.

NO. 9

HILTON: PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 46

336 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 47

Pycnogonum hancocki Schmitt.
Scale equals 1 ram.

NO. 9

HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 47

338 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 48

Pycnogonum panamiim, new species.

Scale equals 1 mm. Ocular eye elevation and one leg enlarged at

different scales.

NO. 9

HILTON : PYCNOGONIDS

PL. 48

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO III OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, and in 1940.

LITTORAL BRACHYURAN FAUNA
OF THE GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO

(Plates 49-87; 1 Text Figure)
By JOHN S. GARTH

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume 5, Number 10

Issued May 3, 1946

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introductory Remarks 341

Tribe Brachyura 344

Subtribe Gymnopleura 344

Family Raninidae 344

Raninoides ecuadorensis Rathbun 344

Ranilia fornicata (Faxon) ........ 345

Subtribe Dromiacea 346

Family Dromiidae 346

Dromidia larraburei Rathbun 346

Hypoconcha panamensis Smith 348

Family Dynomenidae 349

Dynotnene Ursula Stimpson 349

Subtribe Oxystomata 352

Family Dorippidae 352

Ethusa lata Rathbun 352

Clythrocerus laminatus Rathbun 353

Family Leucosiidae 354

Subfamily Ebaliinae 354

Ebalia hancocki Rathbun 354

Lithadia cumingii Bell 356

Uhlias ellipticus Stimpson 357

Subfamily Philyrinae 358

*Persephona edwardsii Bell . 358

*Leiicosilia jurinei (Saussure) 358

Randallia agaricias Rathbun 359

Family Calappidae 360

Subfamily Calappinae 360

Calappa convexa Saussure 360

Mursia gaudichaudii (Milne Edwards) 361

Cyclo'es bairdii Stimpson 362

Subfamily Matutinae 364

Osachila galapagensis Rathbun 364

Osachila levis Rathbun 365

Subtribe Brachygnatha 366

Superfamily Oxyrhyncha 366

* Species not collected in the Galapagos by Hancock Expeditions, nor by
any expedition in the last 115 years.

t Species not collected in the Galapagos by Hancock Expeditions, but
collected by other recent expeditions.

Family Majidae 366

Subfamily Inachinae 366

Stenorynchus debilis (Smith) 366

Anomalothir hoodensts Garth 368

Podochela margaritaria Rathbun 369

Podochela schmitti Garth 371

Euprognatha granulata Faxon 372

*Dasygyius gibbosus (Bell) 375

*Dasygyius depressus (Bell) 375

Subfamily Acanthonychinae 376

Acanthonyx petiverii Milne Edwards 376

Eupleurodon rathbunae Garth 377

*Taliepus marginatus (Bell) 378

Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathbun 379

Subfamily Pisinae 380

*Pelia pulchella Bell 380

*Pisoides edwardsii (Bell) 380

Herbstia ediuardsii Bell 381

Herbstia pyriformis (Bell) 383

Lissa aurivilliusi Rathbun 384

Subfamily Majinae 386

*Thoe erosa Bell 386

*Pitho quinquedentata Bell 386

■\Phho sexdentata Bell 387

Mithrax (Mithrax) spinipes (Bell) 388

Mithrax (Mithrax) bellii Gerstaecker 389

f Mithrax (Mithrax) pygmaeus Bell 391

Mithrax (Mithraculus) nodosus Bell 392

*Mithrax (Mithraculus) denticulatus Bell 395

Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson 396

Stenocionops triangulata (Rathbun) 401

*Stenocionops ovata (Bell) 402

Microphrys aculeatus (Bell) 402

Microphrys triangulatus (Lockington) 403

Microphrys platysoma (Stimpson) 405

Tyche lamellifrons Bell 406

Family Parthenopidae 409

Subfamily Parthenopinae 409

Parthenope (Platylainbrus) exilipes (Rathbun) . . , 409

Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) triangula (Stimpson) . . 410

Daldorfia garthi Glassell 412

Solenolambrus arcuatus Stimpson 413

Mesorhoea bellii (A. Milne Edwards) 414

Aethra scruposa scutata Smith 415

Superfamily Brachyrhyncha 416

Family Portunidae 416

II

Subfamily Thalamitinae 416

Portunus (Achelous) stanfordi Rathbun 416

Portunus (Achelous) angustus Rathbun 419

Portunus (Achelous) tuberculatus Stimpson .... 421

Cronius ruber (Lamarck) 422

Subfamily Podophthalminae 423

Euphylax dovii Stimpson 423

Family Atelecyclidae 424

Kraussia americana Garth 424

Family Xanthidae 426

Carpilodes cinctimanus (White) 426

Platypodia gemmata Rathbun 428

^Platypodia rotundata (Stimpson) 430

Actaea dovii Stimpson 431

Actaea angusta Rathbun 433

Actaea sulcata Stimpson 434

Actaea crosslandi (Finnegan) 436

Glyptoxanthus hancocki Garth 437

Daira americana Stimpson 438

Lipaesthesius lecanus Rathbun 441

Medaeus lobipes Rathbun 442

Medaeus spinulifer (Rathbun) 443

Cycloxanthops vittatus (Stimpson) 445

fLeptodius occidentalis (Stimpson) 446

Leptodius snodgrassi Rathbun 447

Leptodius cooksoni Miers ... 448

Lophoxanthus lamellipcs (Stimpson) 451

Lophopanopeus maculatus Rathbun 453

Hexapanopeus cartagoensis Garth 454

^Eurypanopeus transversus (Stimpson) 455

Eurytium affine (Streets and Kingsley) 456

Micropanope xantusii (Stimpson) 457

Micropanope polita Rathbun 459

Micropanope fraseri, new species 462

Tetraxanthus rathbunae Chace 465

Ectaesthesius bifrons Rathbun . . 466

Paraxanthias insculptus (Stimpson) 467

Menippe obtusa Stimpson 470

Pilumnus xantusii Stimpson 471

Pilumnus pygmaeus Boone 472

Acidops fimbriatus Stimpson 474

Ozius verreauxii Saussure 476

Ozius perlatus Stimpson ... 477

Ozius tenuidactylus (Lockington) 479

fEriphia squamata Stimpson 482

Eriphia granulosa A. Milne Edwards 483

Eriphides hispida (Stimpson) 487

Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet - 489

iH

Trapezia cymodoce ferruginea Latreille 491

Trapezia digitalis Latreille . 493

Ouadrella nitida Smith ......... 494

Maldivia galapagensis Garth 495

Family Pinnotheridae 497

Subfamily Pinnotherinae 497

Parapinnixa glasselli Garth . . 497

Subfamily Pinnothereliinae 497

Pinnixa transversalis (Milne Edwards and Lucas) . . 497

Pinnaxodes chilensis (Milne Edwards) 498

Family Cymopoliidae 499

Cymopolia cortezi Crane 499

Cymopolia lucasii (Rathbun) 5D0

Cymopolia fragilis Rathbun 501

Cymopolia <velerae Garth 503

Family Grapsidae 504

Subfamily Grapsinae 504

Grapsus grapsus (Linnaeus) 504

Geograpsus li'vidus (H. Milne Edwards) 506

Pachygrapsus transversus (Gibbes) 507

'\Plancs minutiis (Linnaeus) 510

Subfamily Varuninae 511

Euchirograpsus americanus A. Milne Edwards . . . 511

Subfamily Plagusiinae 512

fPlagusia immaculata Lamarck 512

Percnon gihbesi (Milne Edwards) 512

Family Ocypodidae 514

Subfamily Ocypodinae 514

Ocypode gaudichaudii Milne Edwards and Lucas . . 514

Uca galapagensis Rathbun 515

Uca helleri Rathbun 517

Literature Cited 518

Explanation of Plates 523

IV

LITTORAL BRACHYURAN FAUNA
OF THE GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO

(Plates 49-87; 1 Text Figure)

By John S. Garth

Research Associate

Allan Hancock Foundation

The University of Southern California

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS

The present study is essentially a report on the brachyuran Crustacea
obtained in the Galapagos Islands by the Allan Hancock Expeditions of
1932, 33, 34, 35, and 1938. However, Velero III collections were found
to represent so large a proportion of the known insular fauna that the
scope of the work has been expanded to include references to the re-
mainder, albeit without descriptions or figures which would have had to
be duplicated from other sources.

It was thought that by publishing several short papers containing
descriptions of new species as rapidly as discovered the work could be kept
current and tedious descriptive material could be avoided at this
writing. However, it has been found necessary in the interest of taxonomic
clarity to designate as new one species in addition to those included in
Rathbun (1933, 1935), Garth (1939), and Glassell (1940). Supple-
mentary descriptions are given of two species previously known from one
sex only and of one species heretofore represented solely by immature
specimens. Several species known previously from unique types are listed
in numbers and from several localities within the islands. A total of 44
species, 32 genera, and 5 families of Brachyura are recorded for the first
time from the Galapagos area. New information on range, habitat, depth,
variation, and relationship is presented concerning the 102 species, 77
genera, and 15 families represented among the nearly 15,000 specimens
obtained by Velero III collectors, which with the 18 species of 10 genera
not encountered by Hancock Expeditions increases the known Galapagos
brachyuran fauna to 120 species, 87 genera, and 15 families.

Excluded from the present paper and from the above compilation are
larval forms and species which, because of the depths at which they were
taken, belong in the abyssal rather than in the littoral benthos. The latter
include Rochinia cornuta (Rathbun), R. vesicularis (Rathbun), and R.

[341]

342 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

occidentalis (Faxon), dredged in over 300 fathoms; T r achy car cinus
corallinus Faxon, dredged in over 600 fathoms; and Ethiisina gracilipes
Miers, dredged in over 800 fathoms, all by the Albatross (Rathbun, 1898,
1907; Faxon, 1893, 1895).

It is intended that the study be used in connection with the Rathbun
monographs (Grapsoid, 1918; Spider, 1925; Cancroid, 1930; and Oxy-
stome, 1937), to which it is assumed each worker will take recourse for
full descriptions of families, genera, and previously known species. How-
ever, the introduction of two genera new to the Americas in the writer's
Neiu Brachyuran Crabs from the Galapagos Islands (1939) calls for the
inclusion of their descriptions, which occur in scattered or generally un-
available publications rather than in the above accessible works. Simplified
keys to species, sufficient only to distinguish known Galapagos congeners
one from another, are introduced whenever two or more species of a
genus are represented in the insular fauna. Keys to genera are not given,
since they would be nearly as extensive as the Rathbun keys and should,
in the opinion of the writer, be reserved for similar monographic reports.

References to literature have of necessity been limited to the original
description, the first use of the name in its current combination, and the
citation placing the organism in the Galapagos fauna, if not included in
the above two. In cases of involved synonymy, the reader is referred to
the appropriate Rathbun monograph; citations of the occurrence of the
species in the Eastern Pacific subsequent to the publication dates of the
respective monographs are, however, given in full.

The inconvenience experienced by Velero III workers in attempting
to use lengthy descriptions under field conditions has resulted in the sub-
stitution of brief diagnoses of the outstanding characters of each species
as observable without microscopic examination. These, with the aid of
the keys and illustrations given, should enable the field collector to
identify his specimens quickly and accurately, a task in which he will be
greatly assisted by Mr. Anker Petersen's notes on living specimens based
on Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomenclature (1912).

Since the publication in the Rathbun monograph (1937) of the oxy-
stomatous and allied crabs taken on the Hancock Expeditions of 1933-34,
approximately one half of the specimens so recorded have been returned
by the U. S. National Museum to the Allan Hancock Foundation, and
it has been possible to list such specimens herein, as well as to enumerate
for the first time the oxystomes obtained on the 1935 and 1938 cruises.
Subsequent to the publication of this paper a similar division of the non-
oxystomatous crabs will be worked out, approximately one half of the
specimens of each species to be returned by the Allan Hancock Foundation

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 343

to the U. S. National Museum. For this reason it has not been possible
to assign permanent catalogue numbers to the collection beyond the
Oxystomata.

The major problem in any Galapagos brachyuran fauna is how best
to treat the 17 species collected by Cuming circa 1829 and reported upon
by Bell (1835-36) with types attributed to the Galapagos Islands. Few
of these have been collected there since, while practically all of them have
been turned up along the mainland coast of South America from Santa
Elena Bay, Ecuador, to the Bay of Panama, localities also visited by
Cuming. Ten of the 18 species herein recorded as occurring in Galapagos
waters but as not having been obtained there by Allan Hancock Expedi-
tions are Bell species which have not been found in the islands by any
collector subsequent to Cuming, if indeed he found them there. Eight of
the 10, however, have been obtained by Velero III collectors at mainland
or other insular stations. Since the writer's unpublished distributional
studies have shown that mainland species, whether Peruvian, Panamanian,
or Gulf of Californian, may occur sporadically in the Galapagos Islands,
it cannot be stated categorically that the 10 Bell species were not collected
in the archipelago, or that they may not be found there again. For this
reason they are included in the fauna, with emphasis upon the fact that
they have not been taken in Galapagos waters for 115 years.

The same situation does not obtain in the case of the Miers and Milne
Edwards species, Leptodius cooksoni and Eriphia granulosa, or Mier's
Chilean records of Bell's species, Mithrax (Mithrax) bellii Gerstaecker
(name substituted for Mithrax ursus Bell) and Mithrax (Mithraculus)
nodosus. Here it is the early mainland record which lacks recent specimen
authentication, the species in question being othenvise Galapagos endemics.

Six new species, one species not previously illustrated, one species not
recognizable from the existing illustration, one species known only from
the young, the adult of which is represented for the first time, and two
species known only from the female, the males of which are represented
for the first time, are illustrated in pen and ink drawings by Mr. Anker
Petersen, staff artist, Allan Hancock Foundation. The remaining species
obtained by Hancock or other recent expeditions in the Galapagos are
illustrated photographically. It has not been thought best, however, to
draw upon Hancock collections from the mainland for illustrations of
Galapagos species not obtained in the islands, since photographs of these
will undoubtedly be included in forthcoming accounts of collecting on
continental shores.

The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to Captain Allan
Hancock, master of the Velero III and director of the expeditions, for

344 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

the opportunity of visiting the Galapagos Islands and of studying the
collections, to Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, former curator of marine inverte-
brates, U. S. National Museum, for assistance both in the field and in
the laboratory, to the late Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, associate in zoology,
U. S. National Museum, for assistance in the early stages of the work, to
Dr. Isabella Gordon of the British Museum, Dr. Fenner A. Chace of
the Hai-vard Museum of Comparative Zoology, and Miss Jocelyn Crane
of the New York Zoological Society for comparison of specimens with
types not easily accessible to the writer and for the loan of valuable speci-
mens, to Mr. Steve A. Glassell, research associate, San Diego Society of
Natural History, for the loan of rare publications, and to Messrs. Fred C.
Ziesenhenne, Granville P. Ashcraft, and Anker Petersen, staff members
of the Allan Hancock Foundation, for help in collecting, cataloguing, and
color noting, respectively, the multitude of individual specimens.

Tribe BRACHYURA

Subtribe GyMNOPLEURA

^^vnily RANINIDAE

Genus RANINOIDES Milne Edwards, 1837

Raninoides ecuadorensis Rathbun

Plate 49, Figs. 1-5

Raninoides ecuadorensis Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol.
48, p. 1, 1935; Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 15, pi. 80, figs.
5-7, 1937.

Type locality. — La Plata Island, Ecuador.
Tj;/,^.— USNM No. 69319.

Range. — Previously knov/n only from the type locality. Unpublished
data on the Hancock collections in the possession of the writer show it to
be an abundant member of the Gulf of California fauna.

Diagnosis. — Carapace barrel shaped, anterior portion roughened.
Outer orbital tooth almost as advanced as outer rostral tooth. Three long
spines on lower border of manus. Dactyls of legs 1-3 crescentic, of leg
4 suboval.

Material examined. —
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 female
(AHF no. 38001).
Measurements. — Male from the type series: length 20.1 mm, width
11.6 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace yellowish deep olive buff,
entirely overcast with red, giving the appearance of light yellow orange.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 345

Chelipeds and ambulatory legs lightly touched with red, appearing much
lighter in color than the carapace. Eyes dark brown. Ventral side white.
(Petersen) (Notes made from a Gulf of California specimen.)

Habitat. — Sand.

Depth. — 35-55 fms.

Remarks. — Since this species was not taken by the earlier Allan Han-
cock Expeditions in the Galapagos Islands, it is not recorded in Rathbun
(1937) as a member of the Galapagos fauna. The single female from
Sulivan Bay, James Island, has been compared with the type series from
La Plata Island, Ecuador, also dredged by Velero HI collectors, and
agrees in every particular.

R. ecuadorensis is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands. The
specimen illustrated is, however, a paratype from La Plata Island, Ecua-
dor.

Genus RANILIA Milne Edwards, 1837

Ranilia fornicata (Faxon)

Plate 60, Figs. 1, 2

Raninops fornicata Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 162,
1893; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 41, pi. 7, figs. 1, la,
and lb, 1895.
Ranilia fornicata Milne Edwards and Bouvier, Mem. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 47, p. 302, 1923. Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S. Nat.
Mus., p. 20, pi. 5, figs. 3 and 4, 1937.
Type locality. — Albatross station 3369.
T^';^^.— MCZ No. 4506.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Glassell), to La
Plata Island, Ecuador (Velero III); Galapagos (Velero III).
Atlantic analogue. — R. constricta (A. Milne Edwards).
Diagnosis. — Carapace subcylindrical, punctate, narrowing abruptly
forward of lateral angle. Rostral spine exceeding outer orbital. A terminal
spine on merus and carpus of cheliped. Inner border of dactyl of leg 3
convex.

Material examined (24 specimens from 10 stations). —
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 male

(USNM No. 69198).
183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 male

(USNM No. 69341).
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934,

2 females (USNM No. 69201).
191-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 70 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 3
females (USNM No. 69200), 2 females (AHF no. 34001).

346 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

195-34. North of Charles Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, 1 female

(AHF no. 34002).
325-35. Off Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 80 fms, Dec. 10, 1934,

Imale (AHF no. 35001).
327-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male,

2 females (AHF no. 35002).
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 1 female

(AHF no. 38002).
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 male

(photographed), 5 females, 2 fragments (AHF no. 38003).
816-38. North of Hood Island, 50-100 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 1 male,
2 females (AHF no. 38004).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 12.6 mm, width 8.7
mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace white, overcast with small
patterns of various shades of pale dull yellow and striated with pale
ochraceous orange. Eyestallcs white, banded with ochraceous orange; eye
apple green. Cheliped white with large spot of ochraceous orange at distal
end of merus. Hand ochraceous orange, brighter on upper surface, fading
on under side. First two ambulatory legs clear white, third and fourth
with ochraceous orange along under side to dactyl, which is clear white.
Ventral side clear white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and mud, sand and nullipore; rock and sand;
coral, nullipore, and rock.
Depth.— 7-100 fms.

Remarks. — Judging from the number of Galapagos stations at which
R. fornicata was taken, it, rather than the preceding Raninoides ecua-
dorensis Rathbun, is the abundant member of the family Raninidae in
the archipelago. An excellent series of motion pictures, showing the
manner in which this species buries itself in sand, is in the photographic
libraiy of the Allan Hancock Foundation.

The family Raninidae had not been recorded in the Galapagos Islands
prior to the work of Velero III collectors.

Subtribe DrOMIACEA

Family DROMIIDAE

Genus DROMIDIA Stimpson, 1858

Dromidia larraburei Rathbun

Plate 61, Figs. 1,2

Dromidia sarraburei (by error) Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 38, p. 553, pi. 48, fig. 4, 1910.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 347

Dromidia larraburei Schmitt, Univ. California Publ. Zool., vol. 23,
p. 183, pi. 33, fig. 1, 1921. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4,
p. 285, fig. 102a, b, c, and d, 1927. Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S.
Nat. Mus., p. 35, pi. 7, figs. 4 and 5, text fig. 13, and synonymy,
1937. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 7, p. 106, 1937.
Type locality. — Sechura Bay, Peru.
T^^^._USNM No. 40475.

Range. — Monterey Bay, California (Weymouth), to Sechura Bay,
Peru; Galapagos Islands (Arcturus).

Atlantic analogue. — D. antillensis Stimpson.

Diagnosis. — Carapace convex, hairy, broader than long. Frontal and
marginal teeth stout and blunt. A well-marked branchial groove, behind
it an acute tooth. Palm studded w^ith rounded tubercles. Carries a sponge
cover.

Material examined (32 specimens from 22 stations). —
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 young

(AHF no. 34003).
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

young (AHF no. 34004).
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 male,

1 female (AHF no. 34005).
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 1 male,

1 ovig. female, 1 young (USNM No. 69240).
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 male (USNM No. 70769).
155-34. Off Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934,

1 young (AHF no. 34006).
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 2
males (USNM No. 69620), 1 male, 1 soft shell (AHF no. 34007).
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 male

(USNM No. 70771).
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

1 female (AHF no. 34008).
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 young

(AHF no. 34009).
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 young

(USNM No. 69337).
183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 young

(AHF no. 34010).
189-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 25, 1934, 1 ovig.
female (AHF no. 34011).

348 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 31, 1934,

1 female, 1 young (AHF no. 34012).
204-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 1 female

(USNM No. 69242).
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male,

1 young (AHF no. 35003).
326-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 15 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 young

(USNM).
327-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male

(AHF no. 35004).
346-35. Between South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 55 fms, Dec.

13, 1934, 1 soft shell (AHF no. 35005).
795-38. Suli'van Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 males,

1 female (AHF no. 38005).
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male (AHF

no. 38006).
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 female
(photographed), (AHF no. 38007).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, ovigerous female: length 21.8
mm, w^idth 22.6 mm. This is one of the largest specimens of the species
in Hancock collections.

Habitat. — A variety of bottoms, including sand and shell, coral, nul-
lipore, and rock. D. larraburei was encountered also in shore collecting
and even in Pocillopora coral.
Depth. — Shore to 60 fms.

Remarks. — D. larraburei is one of the few Galapagos brachyuran
species occurring as far north as California waters. Rathbun (1937)
records a specimen taken at Long Beach by H. N. Lowe, in territory
familiar to the writer, as well as the Weymouth specimen from Monterey
Bay. This dromid crab slips into and out of his sponge "house" with great
facility.

Genus HYPOCONGHA Guerin, 1854

Hypoconcha panamensis Smith

Plate 61, Figs. 3,4

Hypoconcha panamensis Smith, in Verrill, Amer. Nat., vol. 3, p. 249,
1869. Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 47, pi. 9, figs. 6 and 7,
and synonymy, 1937.

Type locality. — Panama.

Type. — In Peabody Mus., Yale.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 349

Range. — From Angeles Bay, Gulf of California (Glassell), to Mata-
palo, Peru (Coker) ; Galapagos Islands (Albatross).
Atlantic analogue. — H. arcuata Stimpson.

Diagnosis. — Frontal and lateral margins expanded in a broad arc con-
cealing eyes and antennules. Cardiac area paper thin. A distinct lobe at
widest part of dorsum. Manus with 3 granulate tubercles near fingers.
Last two pairs of legs prehensile.

Material examined (11 specimens from 7 stations). — •
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5, 1933,

1 female (USNM No. 68260).
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 female

(USNM No. 69340), 2 males, 1 young (AHF no. 34013).
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 female

(USNM No. 69338).
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 1

young (USNM No. 69251), 1 young (AHF no. 34014).
200-34. Off Black Beach, Charles Island, 25-40 fms, Jan. 30, 1934,

Imale (USNM No. 69245).
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male

(photographed) (AHF no. 38008).
816-38. North of Hood Island, 50-100 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 1 male
(AHF no. 38009).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 33.5 mm, width
36.0 mm.

Habitat. — Sand, sand and nullipore; coral, nullipore, and rock.
Depth.— ?,-\0() fms.

Remarks. — Unlike the preceding species, Dromidia larraburei Rath-
bun, H. panamensis carries a shell "house" instead of a sponge. The shells
selected are not always of the same species, but are always the single valve
of a bivalve shell, pectens and clams being favorites. In this way they differ
from the hermit crabs of the tribe Anomura, which invariably select a
univalve, or gastropod, shell for their temporary abode.

Family D YNOMENIDAE

Genus DYNOMENE Latreille, 1825

Dynomene Ursula Stimpson

Plate61, Figs. 5, 6

Dynomene Ursula Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p.
239 (111), 1860. Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 54, pi. 12,
figs. 1-4, 1937. Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p.
25, 1939.

350 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Ensenada de los Muertos, Gulf of California (Glas-
sell), to San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua (Lowe) ; Galapagos Islands
(Velero III).

Diagnosis. — Carapace densely hairy, Pilumnus-Vike. Front triangular,
notched at tip. Five anterolateral spines, excluding outer orbital. First 3
legs setose, nails black ; legs of pair 4 reduced, dorsal in position.
Material examined (199 specimens from 35 stations). —
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 1 female

(AHF no. 33001).
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 2 females

(AHF no. 33002).
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 female

(AHF no. 33003).
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 2 males, 3

females (USNM No. 68313).
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 6 males, 2

females (USNM No. 68314).
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

3 males, 1 female (AHF no. 33004).
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 female (USNM No.

68318).
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 1 male (USNM No. 68321).
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 12

males, 10 females (AHF no. 33005).
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 1 male, 1

female (USNM No. 68323).
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 10 males,

14 females (3 ovig.) (AHF no. 33006).
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 8 males,

9 females (3 ovig.) (USNM No. 68316).
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 male, 1

female (USNM No. 68324).
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male

(AHF no. 33007).
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

female, 4 young (AHF no. 34015).
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 3 fe-
males (AHF no. 34016).

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 351

154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 3 females (AHF no. 34017).
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, I young

female (AHF no. 34018).
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 young

(AHF no. 34019).
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 young

(AHF no. 34020).
183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 young

(AHF no. 34021).
189-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 25, 1934, 1 young

female (AHF no. 34022).
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 1 female (AHF no. 34023).
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 male

(AHF no. 34024).
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 3 males

(AHF no. 34025).
309-35. Marchena Island, 8 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 young (AHF no.

35006).
311-35. Marchena Island, 20 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 female (AHF no.

35007).
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 female, 1 young (AHF no. 35008).
317-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 25-30 fms, Dec.

8, 1934, 1 young (AHF no. 35009).
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, 3

females (1 ovig.), 1 young (AHF no. 35010).
344-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, coral, Dec. 12, 1934,

4 females (AHF no. 35011).
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 3 males, 2

females (AHF no. 38010).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 4 females (2

ovig.) (AHF no. 38011).
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 28 males,

(1 photographed), 24 females, 3 young (AHF no. 38012).
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 4 males,

4 females (AHF no. 38013).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 18.5 mm, width
23.2 mm; female: length 14.0 mm, width 17.8 mm.

352 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Habitat. — Rocky shore ; occasionally in Pocillopora coral.

Depth. — Shore to 30 fms ; rarely to 70 fms.

Remarks. — ^With no other Galapagos species of Brachyura is the field
collector so likely to be misled as to identity as with D. Ursula. Unless he
notices that the fourth pair of walking legs are reduced to minute size and
carried dorsally, he will believe himself to have found a species of
Pilumnus. In the preliminary sorting of the Hancock Brachyura, all
Dynomene were placed with the Xanthidae and retained by the writer
instead of being placed with the oxystome crabs consigned to the National
Museum, and they had to be sent for later in order to be included in the
Rathbun monograph of 1937.

In view of the fact that D. ursula is one of the very few oxystomatous
and allied crabs taken commonly in shore collecting, it is surprising that
it had not been collected in the Galapagos Islands previous to the Hancock
Expeditions, which found it to outnumber such common nonoxystomatous
species as Herbstta edwardsi Bell and Ozius perlatus Stimpson.

Subtribe OXYSTOMATA

Family DORIPPIDAE

Genus ETHUSA Roux, 1828

Ethusa lata Rathbun

Plate 60, Fig. 3

Ethusa lata Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, p. 258, 1893; Bull.
166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 84, pi. 24, fig. 1, pi. 25, fig. 1, pi. 28, fig. 3,
text fig. 19, and synonymy, 1937. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 7,
p. 105, 1937.

Type locality. — Gulf of California, 33 fms.
Type.— USNM No. 17483.

Range. — From 20 miles south of San Roque Island, Lower California
(Glassell), to La Plata Island, Ecuador (Velero III) ; Galapagos Islands
(Velero III).

Atlantic analogue. — E. Tiiicrophthabna Smith.

Diagnosis. — First and second ambulatory legs stout, dactyls flattened,
long as meri ; last two pairs slight, dorsally placed, bearing hooked dactyli.
Eyestalks very short, not extending beyond outer orbital spine. First 3
abdominal segments visible dorsally.

Material examined (13 specimens from 5 stations). —
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 young

(USNM No. 69180).
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 1
male ( AH F no. 34026).

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 353

792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 6 young

(AHF no. 38014).
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1 male, 1 fragment

(AHF no. 38015).
816-38. North of Hood Island, 50-100 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 3 young
(1 photographed) (AHF no. 38016).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 12.3 mm, width
12.0 mm, cheliped 17.0 mm, chela 7.3 mm, dactyl 4.0 mm.

Habitat. — Sand and shell, sand and mud; coral, nullipore, and rock.
Depth.— 2-100 fms.

Remarks. — E. lata is another species which carries a protective armor
dorsally. In this case it is neither a sponge, as with the Dromidias, nor a
clam shell, as with the Hypoconchas, but a particle of a shell no bigger
than the carapace, which leaves the long, slender legs protruding instead
of tucked underneath, as in the other two.

With the exception of Ethusina gracilipes Miers, dredged by the
Albatross in depths of from 885 to 1,360 fathoms, far below the limits
of the littoral zone, no member of the family Dorippidae was known to
inhabit Galapagos waters prior to the dredging operations of the Velero
III.

Genus GLYTHROGERUS A. Milne Edwards and bouvier, 1899

Glythrocerus laminatus Rathbun

Plate 50, Figs. 1-7

Clythrocerus laminatus Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 48,
p. 2, 1935 ; Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 115, pi. 80, figs. 1-4, 1937.
Type locality. — ^Wenman Island, Galapagos Islands, 100-150 fms.
Type.— USNM No. 69221.

Range. — Clarion Island, Mexico (Velero III); Galapagos Islands
(Velero III).

Diagnosis. — Carapace wider than long. Frontal teeth broad, subacute ;
outer orbital tooth bluntly rounded. One lateral marginal tooth in front
of widest part of carapace. Carpus of male bearing a large square plate
on inner edge. Last two legs dorsal, prehensile ; crab carries a bit of shell.
Material examined (48 specimens from 9 stations). —
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 4 males, 2 fe-
males (USNM Nos. 69221 (the type), 69194, 69192, 69222, and
69193), 5 males, 2 females, 1 young (AHF no. 34027).
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1
young (AHF no. 34028).

354 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,
2 males (1 illustrated), 2 females (USNM No. 69185), 5 males
(AHF no. 34029).
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 young

(AHF no. 34030).
185-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 3
males, 3 females (USNM No. 69187), 8 females (1 illustrated in
part) (AHF no. 34031).
187-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 3

females (AHF no. 34032).
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 1

male (AHF no. 34033).
201-34. Ofif Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934,

1 male, 3 females (AHF no. 34034).
323-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 15 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 fe-
male (AHF no. 35012).

Measurements. — Male: length 4.5 mm, width 5.0 mm; female:
length 2.7 mm, width 3.3 mm.

Habitat. — Sand and rock, sand and coral, sand and nullipore; mud;
coral, nullipore, and calcareous worm tubes.
Depth. — 8-150 fms.

Remarks. — The range as given by Rathbun (1937), "Mexico to the
Galapagos Islands," is very misleading, as it implies continuous distribu-
tion along the mainland shore. Actually, the only Mexican record is one
of Velero III from Clarion Island, 600 miles off the Mexican coast.
Obviously, we have here either a true Galapagos endemic species which
has extended its range to Clarion Island, or a Clarion Island endemic
species which has migrated to the Galapagos Islands. A parallel distribu-
tion is that of Leptodius cooksoni Miers. In neither case has the species
established itself on continental shores.

No new records of the species were obtained on the Allan Hancock
Expedition of 1938.

Y^mWYLEUCOSIIDAE

Subfamily EbALIINAE

Genus EBALIA Leach, 1817

Ebalia hancocki Rathbun

Plate 51, Figs. 1-6

Ebalia hancocki Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 46, p. 183,
1933; Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 128, pi. 36, figs. 6-8; pi. 82,
figs. 1 and 2, 1937.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 355

Type locality. — Charles Island, Galapagos Islands, 56 fms.

Type.—\]?>NM No. 67988.

Range. — Braithwaite Bay, Socorro Island (Velero III); Galapagos
Islands (Velero III).

Diagnosis. — Carapace broader than long, covered with large mush-
room granules. Front divided into 2 blunt teeth. Hepatic and branchial
regions elevated. A pterygostomian tooth. Posterior lobes broad and
shallow. A triangular tooth on upper base of movable finger.

Material examined (44 specimens from 18 stations). — •
55-33. Lat. or 03' 33'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5,

1933, 1 ovig. female (the type, USNM No. 67988).

147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 male,

2 females (USNM No. 69278), 2 males, 2 females (1 illustrated

in part) (AHF no. 33008).
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

male, 3 females (AHF no. 33009).
156-34. In channel off Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 80-100 fms,

Jan. 15, 1934, 1 female (USNM No. 69744).
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan, 15, 1934, 1

male, 3 ovig. females (USNM No. 67273).
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

2 ovig. females (AHF no. 34035).
171-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21,

1934, 2 females (USNM No. 69277).

173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 young female

(AHF no. 34036).
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 2 females

(AHF no. 34037).
183-34. Near Albany Island, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934,

1 male, 2 females (USNM No. 69275).

190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934,

2 females (USNM No. 69760).

193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 1

male (AHF no. 34038).
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 31, 1934,

2 females (AHF no. 34039).
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934,

1 male, 2 ovig. females (USNM No. 69281).
324-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 45 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 2 young

(AHF no. 35013).
328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 3 young

males (AHF no. 35014).

356 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 1 male

(illustrated) (AHF no. 38017).
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 male, 2
young (AHF no. 38018).
Measurements. — Female holotype: length 7.2 mm, width 8.0 mm.
Color in life. — General appearance pinkish cinnamon with a great
number of granules lightly colored with red and vermilion. Some granules
a shade darker and a few very highly colored. Eye greenish black. Ventral
side same as dorsal but lighter. ( Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand and rock, sand and shell, sand and coral ; rock ; coral,
nullipore, and rock.
Depth.— 5-\Q0 fms.

Remarks. — This is another instance of a species common to the Galap-
agos Islands and the Revilla Gigedo group, but not to the adjacent main-
land. This time it is Socorro Island, which is nearer the Mexican main-
land than Clarion, but still over 400 miles offshore. The remarks made
for the preceding species, Clythrocerus laminatus Rathbun, apply here
as well.

Genus LITHADIA Bell, 1855
Lithadia cumingii Bell

Plate 62, Fig. 1

Lithadia cumingii Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 21, p. 305, pi.
33, f^gs. 6 and 7, 1855. Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 136,
pi. 38, figs. 1 and 2, 7-15, 1937. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 7,
p. 102, 1937.

Type locality. — Potrero, Costa Rica.
Type.— In Mus. Bell.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Albatross), to
La Plata Island, Ecuador (Velero III) ; Galapagos Islands (Velero III).
Atlantic analogue. — L. granulosa A. Milne Edwards.
Diagnosis. — Skull like in appearance. Carapace with deep hollows and
upstanding ridges, especially in male. Rostrum produced, narrow, up-
turned, bilobate at tip. A hepatic lobe or tooth, a posterior branchial lobe,
and an intestinal pair closely approximated. Hand carinate.
Material examined. —
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 male
(photographed) (USNM No. 69418).
Measurements. — Young specimen, male: length 5.3 mm, width 5.4
mm.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 357

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace olive buff. Granules of
frontal and anterolateral portion reddish cadmium orange, those of other
areas cadmium yellow to cadmium orange. Eye light yellowish olive.
Chelipeds same as carapace but granules on merus and carpus reddish cad-
mium orange, on hand pale orange. Base of fingers light cadmium orange.
Merus and carpus of ambulatory legs same as cheliped but a little more
reddish; propodus and dactylus without color, very pale olive buff.
Ventral side white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Rock and sand.

Depth. — 2-51 fms.

Kemarks. — The single male recorded above appears to be the only
Galapagos record for the species, which is common enough along the
mainland coast from Lower California to Ecuador. L. cumingii is a vari-
able species : not only is there considerable difference between the sexes
in shape of carapace, but young specimens show sufficient differences from
adults to raise the question as to whether or not more than one species
might be present in a given series.

Genus UHLIAS Stimpson, 1871

Uhlias ellipticus Stimpson

Plate 60, Figs, 4, 5

Uhlias ellipticus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10, p.
117, 1871. Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 149, pi. 36, figs.
1 and 2, 1937.
Type locality. — Panama.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From San Jose Island, Gulf of California (Glassell), to
Panama (Stimpson) ; Galapagos Islands (Velero III).
Atlantic analogue. — JJ. limbatus Stimpson.

Diagnosis. — Carapace thick, broadly elliptical, the expanded margin
concealing eyes and antennules. Carapace covered with deep, round or
oval pits. Legs cristate ; dactyls close against a process of the propodi.
Material examined (8 specimens from 5 stations). —
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 female

(USNM No. 68261), 1 female (AHF no. 33010).
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 female

(USNM No. 68259).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 2 males (1 photo-
graphed), 1 female (AHF no. 38019).
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male (AHF

no. 38020).
811-38. Barrington Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 female (AHF no.
38021).

358 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Measurements. — Male: length 5.4 mm, width 8.1 mm; female:
length 5.6 mm, width 8.6 mm.

Color in life. — Pure white.

Habitat. — Rocky shore.

Depth. — Shore

Remarks. — A minute species, but positively identifiable in the field
because of its pure white, elliptical, eroded carapace. \]. ellipticus is one
of the few oxystomatous crabs not dredged, and like Dynomene Ursula
Stimpson was not known in the Galapagos Islands prior to the advent
of Velero III collectors.

Subfamily PhILYRINAE

Genus PERSEPHONA Leach, 1817

Persephona edwardsii Bell

Persephona edwardsii Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 21, p. 294,
pi. 31, fig. 8, 1855. Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 154,
pi. 45, figs. 3, 4, and synonymy, 1937.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands.

Types.— In Mus. Bell.

Range. — From Panama (Stimpson) to Cape San Francisco, Ecuador
(Velero III) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell).

Diagnosis. — Three posteriorly directed carapace spines; subhepatic
spines wanting. Length and breadth of carapace subequal, a distinct lateral
line of granules. Palm high, width equal to more than half of length.

Material examined. — None from Galapagos. Hancock collections con-
tain specimens from Pt. Piaxtla, Mexico, to Cape San Francisco, Ecuador,
the first an unpublished record.

Genus LEUGOSILIA Bell, 1855
Leucosilia jurinei (Saussure)

Guaia (Ilia) jurinei Saussure, Rev. Mag. Zool., no. 8, p. 65 (12), pi. 13,

fig. 4-4b, 1853.
Leucosilia jurinii Bell, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 295, pi. 32,

fig. 1, 1855.
Leucosilia jurinei Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, p. 552, pi. 45,
fig. 1, 1910; Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 170, pi. 48, figs. 1-8, and
synonymy, 1937.

Type locality. — Mazatlan, Mexico.
Type. — In Geneva Mus.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 359

Range. — Mexico to Peru (Coker) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell).

Diagnosis. — Front bidentate. Carapace with single intestinal, double
hepatic, and single subhepatic protuberances; carapace and chelipeds
coarsely granulate. Sixth segment of male abdomen protruding backward
over fifth.

Material exarnined. — None from the Galapagos Islands. The Han-
cock collections contain several specimens of this species from Sechura
Bay, Peru.

Genus RANDALLIA Stimpson, 1857

Randallia agariclas Rathbun

Plate 62, Fig. 2

Randallia agaricias Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 614, pi.
44, figs. 7 and 7a, 1898; Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 178, pi. 50,
figs. 3 and 4, text fig. 40, 1937.

Type locality. — Off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, 31 fms.
Type.— USNM No. 21601.

Range. — From Thurloe Bay, Lower California (Velero III), to La
Libertad, Ecuador (Velero III) ; Galapagos Islands (Velero III).

Diagnosis. — Carapace subglobular, a deep pit on either side of median
ridge, 4 lobes on posterior border. Frontal margin with a blunt outer
tooth. Dorsal tubercles mushroomlike, those of sternum and abdomen
beadlike.

Material examined (2 specimens from as many stations). —
186-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1 male

(photographed) (USNM No. 69298).
187-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1
male (USNM No. 69303).
Measurements. — Male specimen : length 6.3 mm, width 6.5 mm.
Habitat. — Sand and nullipore, sand and rock.
Depth. — 3-55 fms.

Remarks. — ^The extreme northern and southern records of the occur-
rence of the species along the mainland coast of the Americas, as well as
the Galapagos record, are the results of the work of Hancock Expedition
collectors.

R. agaricias is now recognized as a member of the Galapagan fauna.

360 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Family CALAPPIDAE

Subfamily GaLAPPINAE

Genus GAL APPA Weber, 1795

Galappa convexa Saussure

Plate 62, Fig. 6

Calappa convexa Saussure, Rev. Mag. Zool., ser. 2, vol. 5, p. 362 (9),
pi. 13, fig. 3, 1853. Rathbun, Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 14, p. 159, 1924;
Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 206, pi. 62, figs. 1-3, and synonymy,
1937.

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Glassell), to
Salinas, Ecuador (Schmitt), Galapagos Islands (Williams Expedition).

Atlantic analogue. — C. flammea (Herbst).

Diagnosis. — Carapace broad, one and one-half times as wide as long,
rounded in front, surface low tuberculate, a series of transverse granlated
ridges arising from the posterolateral borders, Chelipeds closely approxi-
mating carapace ; hands with a high dentate crest.

Material examined (2 specimens from as many stations). —
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 young (USNM No. 69334).
173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 j^oung (photo-
graphed) (USNM No. 69758).

Measurements. — ^Young specimen : length 7.0 mm, width 7.9 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace hazel on frontal and gastric areas, an under-
tone of Eugenia red on branchial areas, and white across carapace at
cardiac level. A large Eugenia red patch on anterolateral area extending
over branchial area but almost covered with small patterns of ochraceous
orange and russet. Marginal teeth ochraceous orange. Eyestalks tawny;
eye pale blue. Chelipeds same as carapace with a large Eugenia red spot
across distal end of hand and base of movable finger. Fingers tawny olive
shading to very light tips. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand.

Depth.— 0-32 fms.

Remarks. — C. convexa is the commonly encountered "Shame-faced
Crab" of the equatorial Pacific. It may be distinguished from the nearly
related C. saussurei Rathbun by the short, transverse, granulated ridges
on the posterolateral portions of the carapace, those of C. saussurei being
extended beyond the margin of the carapace onto the teeth at the postero-
lateral angles. It is also taken at shallower depths.

No, 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 361

Rathbun (1937) records Calappa saussurei from Wreck Bay, Chat-
ham Island, 32 fms, Hancock Expedition of 1934. After examining this
specimen, the writer is convinced that it is a young C. convexa; indeed, he
is unable to distinguish it in any way from the South Seymour Island
specimen and has recorded both above.

Genus MURSIA Leach, 1823

Mursia gaudichaudii (Milne Edwards)

Plate 62, Figs. 3, 4

Platymera gaudichaudii Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crustaces, vol. 2,

p. 108, 1937.
Mursia gaudichaudii Rathbun, Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 220, pi. 66,
figs. 1-3, pi. 67, figs. 1-6, and synonymy, 1937. Crane, Zoologica, vol.
22, no. 7, p. 99, 1937.
Type locality. — Chile.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — From Farallon Islands (Albatross) to Valparaiso, Chile
(type loc.) ; Galapagos Islands (Velero III).

Diagnosis. — Carapace transversely oval, anterolateral margins arcuate
and minutely dentate, posterolateral margins sinuous, entire. A strong
lateral spine directed outward ; a similar spine at distal end of merus.
Material examined (27 specimens from 7 stations). —
191-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 70 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 2

young (USNM No. 69224), 1 young (AHF no. 34040).
195-34. North of Charles Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, 10 young

(AHF no. 34041).
788-38. SE of Daphne Major Island, 55 fms, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 male

(AHF no. 38022).
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 1 female,

4 young (AHF no. 38023).
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 young

(AHF no. 38024).
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 2 young

(AHF no. 38025).
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 male
(photographed), 4 young (AHF no. 38026).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 16.6 mm, width
including lateral spine 35.2 mm, length of spine 6.8 mm, cheliped 22.8
mm, chela 11.0 mm, height of chela 8.5 mm, dactyl 5.8 mm.

362 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Color in life. — Carapace light olive gray on frontal and anterolateral
regions to pale olive gray on intestinal and posterolateral regions, covered
with granules of orange red to dragon's blood red. Tubercles of carapace
light orange to almost white tips. Eyestalks with blotches of dark orange
red; eye dark olive green. Color of carapace extending about one third
on spine, blending into bright orange and fading to white at tip. A light
touch of orange on marginal teeth. Distal meral spine of cheliped similar
to lateral spine of carapace. Carpus darker than carapace with two spines
of orange red. Hand pale dull gray above, crested with orange yellow
shading to dull pale yellow on middle outer portion and white beneath.
Ambulatory legs pale olive gray with touches of vinaceous purple; tips
of dactyls white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and coral, sand and mud, sand and rock, sand
and shell.

Depth.— 20-21S fms.

Remarks. — M. gaudichaudii has the greatest latitudinal range of all
Galapagos brachyuran species, from San Francisco, California, to Val-
paraiso, Chile. This exceeds the range of the dromid, Drotnidia larraburei
Rathbun, which occurs from Monterey Bay, California, to Sechura Bay,
Peru, M. gaudichaudii has also an extreme bathymetric range, 20-218
fathoms, exceeded by but one other Galapagos species, Euchirograpsus
americanus A. Milne Edwards, found from 32-278 fathoms ; the extreme
depth in this case is an Atlantic record. Apparently Mursia is widely
tolerant to changes in temperature and pressure.

The affinities of this species are with Japan and Australia, the genus
not being found in the Atlantic Ocean. It is characterized by a long lateral
spine, suggestive of the attenuated spine of the portunids, particularly
Portunus (A.) acuminatus Stimpson (not Rathbun, 1930).

M. gaudichaudii was not previously recorded from the Galapagos
Islands.

Genus GYGLOeS de Haan, 1837

Cycloes bairdii Stimpson

Plate 62, Figs. 7, 8

Cyclois bairdii Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p. 237

(109), 1860.
Cycloes bairdii Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 610, 1898;
Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 225, pi. 69, figs. 3 and 4, and synony-
my, 1937. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 7, p. 100, 1937.
Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Types.—USNM No. 2001.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 363

Range. — From Cape San Lucas, Lower California (Xantus), to La
Libertad, Ecuador (Velero III); Galapagos Islands (Crocker Expedi-
tion) ; also occurs in the Atlantic.

Diagnosis. — Carapace circular except for slightly concave postero-
lateral margins, length and breadth subequal. Anterolateral margins with
beaded edge and a terminal denticle. Eyes large, orbits prominent, especi-
ally in young.

Material examined (69 specimens from 18 stations). —
25-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 24, 1933, 3 young

(USNM No. 68019).
57-33. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 4 fms, Feb. 6, 1933, 2 young

(AHFno. 33011).
81-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, 6 fms, Feb. 16, 1933,

1 soft shell (USNM No. 68018).
84-33. South Seymour Island, 13 fms, Feb. 18, 1933, 2 young (AHF

no. 33012).
87-33. South Seymour Island, 15 fms, Feb. 19, 1933, 1 male, 2 young,

soft shell (AHF no. 33013).
145-34. North end of Albemarle Island, 6-7 fms, Jan. 12, 1934, 3

males, 2 females (USNM No. 69165).
146-34. North end of Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 2 males

(USNM No. 69172).
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934, 2

young (AHFno. 34042).
173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 5 young (USNM

No. 69329).
196-34. North of Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, 1 young

(AHFno. 34043).
204-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 3 females

(AHFno. 34044).
329-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 young

(AHFno. 35015).
360-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 3 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 4 young

(AHFno. 35016).
783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male

(AHFno. 38027).
785-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 17, 1938, 13

young (1 photographed) (AHF no. 38028).
790-38. South Seymour Island, 10-20 fms, Jan. 19, 1938, 7 young

(AHFno. 38029).
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 young
(AHFno. 38030).

364 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

807-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 10-25 fms, Jan. 24, 1938,
1 male, 10 young (AHF no. 38031).

Measurements. — Male : length 20.4 mm, width 20.9 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace light olive gray with numer-
ous deep purplish vinaceous spots. Ambulatory legs French gray with
stripes of purplish lilac, salmon color at distal end of merus. Dactyls light
amber yellow. Eyestalks French gray; eyes light green. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and coral, sand and rock.

Depth. — 2-70 fms; 1 shore record, presumably extreme low tide.

Remarks. — C. bairdii is the only Galapagos oxystome to be found also
in the Atlantic. It is even commoner in dredge hauls than the foregoing
species, Mursia gaudichaudii (Milne Edwards), but has a much more
normal range, both geographic and bathymetric. Its Pacific distribution
coincides nicely with the belt of warm water extending from Lower Cali-
fornia to Cape Santa Elena, Ecuador, its bathymetric range to the surface
layers of wanner water also.

Subfamily MaTUTINAE

Genus OSACHILA Stimpson, 1871

Osachila galapagensis Rathbun

Plate 52, Figs. 1-7

Osachila galapagensis Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 48,
p. 3, 1935; Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 254, pi. 82, fig. 5; pi. 83,
fig. 3, 1937.

Type locality. — Wenman Island, Galapagos Islands, 100-150 fms.
Type.—\]?>NM No. 69215.

Range. — Known only from the Galapagos Islands.
Atlantic analogue. — Not O. antillensis Rathbun (see Remarks
below) .

Diagnosis. — Carapace granulate, length little more than three fourths
width. Rostrum thick, bilobed. Anterolateral margin completely denticu-
late, teeth in clusters of 3. Postbranchial prominence high ; outer branchial
elevation extending both forward and backward of lateral angle. Leg
surfaces nearly smooth, edges dentate.

Material examined (14 specimens from 6 stations). —
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 1 male, 4 fe-
males (USNM No. 69215), the type series; 2 females (1 ovig., 1
illustrated) (AHF no. 34045).
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 male
(USNM No. 69212).

No. 10 GARTH : BRACK YURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 365

155-34. Off Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934,

1 male (illustrated in part) (AHF no. 34046).
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

young female (USNM No. 69213).
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 1
female (USNM No. 69214), 1 female, 1 carapace (AHF no.
34047).
325-35. Outside of Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 80 fms, Dec. 10,
1934, 1 male (USNM).
Measurements. — Female: length 20.6 mm, width 24.7 mm.
Habitat. — Sand and shell, sand and nullipore; coral, nullipore and
rock.

Depth.— \0-\5Q fms.

Remarks. — O. galapagensis is not the true Pacific analogue of the
Atlantic O. antillensis Rathbun (1916) as given by Rathbun (1937, p.
250). Another and better analogue has been proposed by the vt^riter
(1940) in O. sona Garth from the Panamanian mainland.

Osachila levis Rathbun
Plate 62, Fig. 5

Osachila levis Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 612, 1898;

Bull. 166, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 254, pi. 78, figs. 3 and 4, 1937.
Osachila lata Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 7, p. 100, 1937 (part: the
female specimen, Sta. 150: D16, pi. 1, figs. 3 and 4).
Type locality. — Off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, 31 fms.
TyM— USNM No. 21598.

Range. — From off Cape San Lucas, Lower California (Albatross),
to La Plata Island, Ecuador (Velero III) ; Galapagos Islands (Velero
III).

Diagnosis. — Surface smooth and punctate, length almost as great as
width. Front projecting, bilobate. Anterolateral margins dentate on ante-
rior two-thirds only. Hand paved with sharp tubercles arranged in rows.
Leg surfaces entirely smooth.

Material examined (8 specimens from 5 stations). — •
155-34. Off Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934,
1 male, 1 female (USNM No. 69754), 1 male (AHF no. 34048).
172-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 12 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

fragment of carapace (AHF no. 34049).
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 1
female (AHF no. 34050).

366 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 2 young

males (AHF no. 38032).
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 male
(photographed) (AHF no. 38033).

Measurements. — Male: length 11.0 mm, width 12.6 mm.

Habitat. — Sand and shell, sand and nullipore, sand and mud; rock,
coral, nullipore, and bryozoa.

Depth.— 12-SO fms.

Remarks. — Before the Hancock Expeditions began their work in 1931
this species was known only from the unique type, an ovigerous female
taken by the Albatross off Cape San Lucas, Lower California, in 1888.
Its congener, O. lata Faxon, was known from but a single specimen, a
male (MCZ No. 4497), taken by the Albatross off Tres Marias
Islands, Mexico, in 1891. Because the disparity between the male and
female of each species, as shown by specimens in Hancock collections, is
greater than that between the males of both or the females of both. Crane
(1937, pi. 1, figs. 1-4) mistakenly figured the male of one and the female
of the other as one and the same species.

From a study of the extensive Hancock series of the 3 species, it would
seem that O. lata is the Gulf of California-Mexican species, O. galapa-
gensts Rathbun the Galapagos endemic species, and O. levis the widely
distributed species of warmer equatorial waters.

Subtribe BrACHYGNATHA

Superfamily OXYRH YNGH A

Family MAJIDAE

Subfamily InAGHINAE

Genus STENORYNGHUS Lamarck, 1818

Stenorynchus debilis (Smith)

Plate 63, Fig. 1

Leptodta sagittaria Milne Edwards and Lucas, d'Orbigny's Voy. I'Amer.

Merid., vol. 6, pt. 1, p. 3, 1843; atlas, vol. 9, Crust., pi. 4, figs. 3-3c,

1847 ; not L. sagittaria Leach.
Leptodia debilis Smith, Rept. Peabody Acad. Sci. for 1869 and 1870,

appendix, p. 87, 1871.
Stenorynchus debilis Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 568,

1898; Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 283, 1902; Bull. 129,

U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 18, pis. 4 and 5, and synonymy, 1925. Boone,

Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 131, fig. 34, 1927. Finnegan, Journ. Linn.

Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 617, 1931. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3,

p. 50, 1937.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 367

Type locality. — Bay of Realejo, Nicaragua.
Type.— MCZ No. 3948.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Albatross), to
Chile (Milne Edwards and Lucas) ; Galapagos Islands (Hopkins-Stan-
ford Expedition) ; low water to 50 fathoms (Crane).
Atlantic analogue. — S. seticornis (Herbst).

Diagnosis. — Rostrum as long as, or longer than, remainder of cara-
pace, its lateral margins spinulous. A small spine located at end of basal
article of antenna. Legs exceedingly long and slender.

Material examined (26 specimens from 12 stations). —
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

large male.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 male,

2 ovig. females.
186-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1

young.
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934,

1 male.
310-35. Marchena Island, 15 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 male, 1 female.
311-35. Marchena Island, 20 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 young.
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male,

1 female.
326-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 15 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 young

female.
330-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male.
345-35. South Seymour Island, 30 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male, 1

female.
362-35. Hood Island, 20 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 1 young.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 5 males,
5 females (1 ovig.). All but ovigerous female very young
Measure?nents. — Largest male specimen : length, 20.0 mm, width 7.8
mm, cheliped 36.7 mm, chela 16.4 mm, first ambulatory leg 66.0.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace a warm buff with faint
orange tint. Rostrum bright apricot orange which becomes darker toward
tip. Spines of carapace bright orange red. Stripes of carapace pale apricot
orange with double dotted stripe on top. Four stripes of pale yellow on
carapace. Ambulatory legs same color as carapace with tint of apricot
orange which appears in irregular bands. Legs with numberless tiny spots
of brownish black. Dactyl bright apricot orange; nail pale yellow. (Peter-
sen)

368 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Habitat. — A variety of bottom conditions is recorded, including rock
with sand patches, shell, nullipore, and mud.

Depth. — S. debilis has been taken by Velero III collectors from shore
to 60 fms.

Remarks. — Because of their exceeding fragility and the fact that most
of the specimens were obtained by the cotton swabs of the tangles, only a
few of our S. debilis from the Galapagos Islands are in perfect condition.
The series as a whole is remarkable for the minute size of the specimens.
Only two may be considered at all well developed. These, being males,
have enlarged and thickened palms, and one of them shows the supple-
mentary spinules along the rostral spine and walking legs particularly
well. The fingers of this specimen are hairy.

The vertical range of the species has been extended to 60 fathoms.

Genus ANOMALOTHIR Miers, 1879

Anomalothir hoodensis Garth

Plate 64, Figs. 1, 2

Anomalothir hoodensis Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2,
pp. 9-ll,pl. l,f?gs. 1-4, 1939.

Type locality. — North of Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, 140-160
fms.

Type.—ARF no. 381.

Range. — Waters of the central and southern islands of the Galapagos
group.

Atlantic analogue. — A. frontalis (A. Milne Edwards).
Diagnosis. — Postorbital spine longer than preorbital. Third and
fourth legs of approximately equal length. A single spine on the carpus
of the cheliped. Merus of the third leg entire. Carapace little produced
posteriorly ; no tubercle in front of posterior margin.
Material exa?nined (8 specimens from 5 stations). —
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 2 males.
810-38. (D-1) Barrington Island, 48 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male,

1 female.
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 female.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 male.
817-38. North of Hood Island, Lat. 1° 20' S, Long. 89° 40' W, 140-
160 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 1 male, 1 female (holotype, AHF no. 381).
Measurements. — Female holotype: length 10.8 mm, width 5.6 mm,
cheliped 12.6 mm, first ambulatoiy leg 21.8 mm.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 369

Color in life. — Carapace clear pearly gray with numerous orange red
dots along midline and continued on rostrum. Eye dark purplish red with
green highlights; a few red dots on eyestalk. Merus of ambulatory legs
banded with similar dots. Chela with faint tint of orange along upper
surface. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and shell, sand and mud.

Depth.— 20-160 fms.

Remarks. — This species is the only representative of its genus thus
far found on the Pacific side of the Isthmus of Panama. Its similarity to
J. frontalis (A. Milne Edwards) (1879) of the Atlantic has been noted
in the original description. Because of its wide bathymetric range, 20-160
fms, A. hoodensis belongs at once to both littoral and abyssal faunas.

Genus PODOGHELA Stimpson, 1860
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Podochela

A^ Rostrum acuminate, typically bifurcate; a laciniate postorbital

lobe P. schmitti

A^ Rostrum hood shaped ; postorbital lobe lacking . P. margaritaria

Podochela margaritaria Rathbun
Plate 64, Figs. 5, 6

Podochela margaritaria Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4,
p. 283, pi. 12, fig. 12, 1902 ; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 43, pi. 15 ;
pi. 209, fig. 1,1925.

Type locality. — Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands.
Tj;/.^.— USNM No. 24834.

Range. — Previously known only from the type locality, Tagus Cove,
Albemarle Island (Hopkins-Stanford Expedition).

Diagnosis. — Rostrum broad, hood shaped. Postorbital lobe absent.
Material exafnined (50 specimens from 24 stations). —
66-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-20 fms, Feb. 9, 1933, 1

female.
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

male, 1 female.
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

male.
161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 1 large

ovig. female.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 ovig.
female.

370 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 2 males,

1 ovig. female.

182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 specimen.
183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 2 females.
193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 1

ovig. female.
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934,

2 males, 1 female.

307-35. Marchena Island, 20 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 2 large males.
310-35. Marchena Island, 15 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 male, 2 females.
316-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fms, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 male.
318-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 45 fms, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 female.
320-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 8-10 fms, Dec. 8, 1934,

2 males,
327-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1

female.
328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male,

1 female (photographed).

339-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 10 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 ovig.

female.
340-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 8 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, 1

female.
341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 3 females.
355-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 3 males,

6 females (2 ovig.).
356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 2 males,

2 ovig. females.

795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male,

1 female.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 female
(color noted).
Measurements. — Largest female: length 15.6 mm, width 12.5 mm,
first ambulatory leg 45.0 mm, cheliped 17.0 mm.

Color in life. — Frontal, gastric, and cardiac areas brick red. Branchial
areas a little lighter and with a few light patches. Chela carrot red.
Ventral side dark coral pink. Eye brownish black. (Petersen)
Habitat. — Rock, sand, shell, coral, and nullipore bottoms.
Depth.— 3-70 fms.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACK YURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 371

Remarks. — Only the male of the species shows the granulate sternum
and abdomen mentioned by Rathbun in the original description. The
globular abdomen of the fully developed female is smooth and bare, and
the small portion of the sternum left exposed consists of a series of con-
voluted ridges leading to the bases of the walking legs. The edges of these
are cristate, the centers depressed, giving the whole the vermiculate ap-
pearance of the corresponding region in Podochela vestita Stimpson. But
for the fact that in so many instances a male with granulate abdomen and
a female with the bare ridges described above, obviously a pair, were taken
together, one might be led to believe them two species.

The largest series, taken at two adjacent stations, consists of 13 speci-
mens dredged in 12-15 fathoms in Gardner Bay, Hood Island. This
shows not only the wide geographical range of the species within the
archipelago but also indicates that the metropolis of the species may be
in southern Galapagos waters.

This hooded decorator crab, heretofore believed to be the sole repre-
sentative of its genus in the archipelago, makes way for a companion
species, P. schmitti Garth, from which it must now be carefully distin-
guished by the points given in the above diagnosis.

P. margaritaria, hitherto known only from the type specimens of the
Hopkins-Stanford Expedition taken at Tagus Cove, occurs throughout
the Galapagos Islands at depths of from 5 to 70 fms.

Podochela schmitti Garth
Plate 64, Figs. 3, 4

Podochela schmitti Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2, pp.
ll-13,pl. 2, f^gs. 1-4, 1939.

Type locality. — North of Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, 20-40 fms.

Type.—ARY no. 382.

Range. — Waters surrounding the southern and central islands of the
Galapagos group, 20-80 fms.

Diagnosis. — Rostrum acuminate, typically bifurcate. Postorbital spine
laciniate. First ambulatory leg of male two and one-half times length of
carapace.

Material examined (20 specimens from 10 stations). —
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 male.

185-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1 male,

2 females.

372 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934,

1 male, 1 female.
191-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 70 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 1 male,

1 female.
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 1

specimen.
788-38. SE of Daphne Major Island, 55 fms, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 ovig.

female.
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 4 fe-
males.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 large

male.
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 2 males.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 2 males, 1
female, including the male holotype (AHF no. 382).
Measurements. — Male holotype: length 12.8 mm, width 7.9 mm,
cheliped 14.6 mm, first ambulatory leg 34.0 mm.
Color in life. — Deep olive buff. ( Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and rock, sand and mud, sand and shell, sand
and nullipore, sand and coral.
Depth.— 20-^0 fms.

Remarks. — The acuminate rostrum separates P. schmitti distinctly
from hooded P. margaritaria Rathbun ( 1902), the other Galapagos mem-
ber of the genus, and the two median tubercles on the first abdominal seg-
ment from P. hemphillii Lockington (1877) of the northern fauna, which
has but one.

Genus EUPROGNATHA Stimpson, 1871

Euprognatha granulata Faxon

Plate 53, Figs. 1-6

Euprognatha granulata Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 149,
1893; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 6, pi. 1, figs. 1 and la,
1895. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 104, pi. 35, figs. 5 and
6, 1925.

Type locality. — Near Cocos Island, 52 fms.
Cotypes.—MCZ No. 4477.

Range. — Previously known only from the type locality, off Cocos
Island, Costa Rica (Albatross).

Diagnosis. — ^Anterior margins of postorbital spines laciniated. Anten-
nal spine reaching beyond horns of rostrum.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 373

Material examined (104 specimens from 15 stations), —
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5,

1933, 5 males (1 illustrated), 3 females (1 ovig.).

143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 1 male, 7 fe-
males.
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 male.

183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 2 males.
185-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 6

males, 4 females.
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 1

male, 2 females.
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 3

males, 1 female.
318-35. Off Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 45 fms, Dec. 8, 1934,

2 males, 4 females.

324-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 45 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 ovig.

female.
346-35. Between South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 55 fms, Dec. 13,

1934, 1 male.

792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 26 males,

21 females.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male,
1 female.
795a-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 large
male.
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 2 females.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 5 males, 2
females.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 10.0 mm, v^^idth 7.7 mm,
cheliped 38.0 mm, chela 19.7 mm.

Color in life. — Frontal, cardiac, and gastric regions reddish garnet
brown. Branchial region cream buff with numerous orange-red blotches,
giving this portion of the carapace a light orange appearance. All spines
pale yellow to white tips. Cheliped pearl gray with blotches of ochraceous
buff to salmon ; orange red at distal end of merus. Ambulatory legs like
cheliped ; blotches a little darker and light Van Dyke red at distal end of
merus. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand with shell, mud, nullipore, and coral; mud,
mud with shell ; rock and shell.
Depth.— 2()-\5Q fms.

374 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Remarks. — The specimens obtained by the Velero III are the first
since Faxon's types and include the only male specimens known.

This species was encountered sparingly until 1938, when a dredge
haul made off Daphne Minor Island brought up 47 specimens. This
might indicate either that the channel between James and Indefatigable
Islands in which Daphne Minor is located may be the metropolis of
the species, or simply that the depth of the haul, 70-80 fathoms, is more
favorable than the relatively shallow depths at which most of the small
boat dredging was done in earlier years.

The geographical range of E. granulata has been extended to include
the entire Galapagos Archipelago, and its bathymetric range from 52
fathoms to 150 and shoalward to 20.

Description of the male. — The male of Euprognatha granulata differs
from Faxon's description and figure of the female in the following par-
ticulars :

1. The ratio of length to breadth of carapace is greater, the male
measuring 10.0 mm by 7.7 mm, the female 7 mm by 6 mm.

2. The chelipeds are elongated to almost four times the length of the
carapace, or 38 mm, in the 10 mm male above. Of this length the chela
occupies over half, or 18.9 mm.

3. The ambulatory legs are correspondingly attenuated and decrease
regularly in length from first to last.

4. A third median spine is present in addition to the gastric and
cardiac spines mentioned by Faxon and is located on the intestinal region.

5. The pterygostomian region is tumid and is clearly visible in dorsal
view between the postorbital lobe and the hepatic spine.

6. The under side of the postorbital lobe is concave.

7. The outer maxilliped, described by Faxon only as granulated, has
a triangular merus sharply produced at the anterointernal angle, broad-
ened toward the anteroexternal angle, and but weakly grooved for the
insertion of the thickened and compressed palpus. The exognath is also
broad, particularly for its basal two-thirds.

8. The male abdomen is widest opposite the third segment and nar-
rowest at the union of the fifth and sixth. The last two segments appear
to be fused. A well-developed median spine is present on the first segment,
and rudimentary spines on the following two, rather than three, segments.

Genus DASYGYIUS Rathbun, 1897
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Dasygyius

A^ Carapace subglobular, rostrum bifid; first leg not appreciably
shorter than others; tip of male abdomen triangular
D. gibbosus

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 375

A^ Carapace depressed, rostrum simple ; first ambulatory leg short-
est; tip of male abdomen rounded . . . D. depressus

Dasygyius gibbosus (Bell)

Microrynchus gibbosus Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 88, 1835 ;

Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 41, pi. 8, figs. 1-lc, 1836.
Dasygyius gibbosus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, p. 571,
1910; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 138, pi. 274, figs. 1-4, 1925.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, 6 fms, sandy mud.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Known only from the Galapagos Islands (Bell).

Diagnosis. — Carapace subglobular, coarsely granulate, rostrum bifid.
Male chelae moderately inflated, dactyl w^ith a large basal tooth. Legs
long, cylindrical, hairy, first leg not appreciably shorter than second. Tip
of male abdomen narrowly triangular.

Material examined. — None.

Remarks. — See Remarks under the following D. depressus.

Dasygyius depressus (Bell)

Microrynchus depressus Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 88,
1835; Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 42, pi. 8, figs. 2, 2d-f,
1836.
Dasygyius depressus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 579,
1898; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 138, pi. 1; pi. 274, figs. 5-8,
1925. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 56, 1937.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, 6 fms, sandy mud.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Gulf of California (Zaca) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell) ; 6-
60 fms (Crane).

Diagnosis. — Carapace depressed, finely granulate, rostrum simple.
Chelae of male turgid, dactyl without large basal tooth. Legs long, cylin-
drical, hairy, first ambulatory shortest. A large conical spine on male first
abdominal segment.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos Islands.

Remarks. — The Hancock collections contain a long series of specimens
obtained along the mainland from Concepcion Bay, Gulf of California,
to Port Utria, Colombia. All were dredged from mud of a type which
was not found in the Galapagos Islands, as there are no rivers, with the
exception of the small stream at Freshwater Bay, to provide a bottom rich
in detritus. Since D. depressus has not been taken in Galapagos waters in

376 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

over 100 years, and since Cuming, who obtained the original specimens,
also visited the mainland of Ecuador, it is possible that he may have con-
fused the localities on this species. The same would hold true for D. gib-
bosus if its habits are at all similar.

Subfamily ACANTHONYGHINAE

Genus AGANTHONYX Latreille, 1825

Acanthonyx petiverii Milne Edwards

Plate 63, Fig. 4

Acanthonyx petiverii Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 1 p. 343,
1834. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 142, pi. 44; pi. 222,
figs. 1-6, and synonymy, 1925. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 137,
fig. 38, 1927. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 620,
1931. Hult, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 11, 1938.
Type locality. — The Antilles.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California, to Valparaiso,
Chile (Dana) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell) ; occurs also in the Atlantic.

Diagnosis. — A large hepatic lobe and 2 small branchial lobes tufted
with hair. Three tufted tubercles on gastric region, one cardiac, one
intestinal.

Material examined (38 specimens from 12 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 male.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

5 males, 7 females (3 ovig.), 7 young.
46-33. Barrington Island, 4-10 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 2 females.
66-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-20 fms, Feb. 9, 1933, 1

male, 1 female.
146-34. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 1

male (photographed), 1 female.
147-34 to 151-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Taylor's sargassum,

Jan. 13, 1934, 1 specimen.
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 2 ovig.

females.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 male, 1 female.
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

male.
161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 2 males,
2 young.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 377

166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 small

male.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,
1 young.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 21.3 mm, width 14.0 mm,
cheliped 22.0 mm, chela 11.1 mm, first ambulatory leg 26.0 mm.
Habitat. — Seaweeds.

Remarks. — This species, which has been known to occur in the
Galapagos Islands since earliest times, is generally secured from marine
plant washings.

A large series of tiny individuals was obtained, probably from algal
washings, at a shore station at Cormorant Point, Charles Island. The
series consisted of 5 male and 7 female specimens, of which 3 were oviger-
ous, and 7 young. It was possible to distinguish the sex quite readily on
specimens 3 mm or more in length,and a 7.5 mm female was found carry-
ing eggs. This is but one-third the length of the male the measurements
of which are given above.

Genus EUPLEURODON Stimpson, 1871
Eupleurodon rathbunae Garth

Epialtus peruvianas Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 620,

1931.
Eupleurodon rathbunae Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no.
2, p. 13, pi. 3, figs. 1-5, 1939.

Type locality. — Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands.

Type.— USNM No. 77366.

Range. — Known only from the type locality.

Diagnosis. — Carapace foreshortened, wider between anterolateral
than between posterolateral lobes. No preocular tooth. No small tooth on
lateral margin between the two lobes. Distance between anterior lobes
greater than distance from the tip of anterior lobe to middle of posterior
border.

Material examined. —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, female holo-
type (USNM No. 77366).

Measurements. — Female holotype : length of carapace including ros-
trum 7.1 mm, width 5.3 mm, length of rostrum 2.1 mm.

Habitat. — Among algae.

Remarks. — Although the writer has not seen the Crossland specimen
referred to Epialtus peruvianus Rathbun by Finnegan (1931), a camera
lucida drawing made by Dr. Isabella Gordon of the British Museum

378 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

proves it to be identical with the Eupleurodon under consideration. It is
exceedingly unfortunate that three questionable species, Eupleurodon
trifurcatus Stimpson (1871), Epialtus peruvianus Rathbun (1924)
(which should be transferred to Eupleurodon and given another specific
name), and Eupleurodon rathbunae Garth were all described from single
specimens and that the type of the first no longer exists. Having found
so little infiltration of the Peruvian crustacean fauna into the Galapagos
Islands, the writer deemed it best to consider a specimen of doubtful
affinities a distinct, endemic species, rather than to attribute to a mainland
species, and particularly a sub-Antarctic one, an extension of range having
far greater implications than are justified under the circumstances. To
quote the pioneer carcinologist, Wm. Stimpson : "We have named it be-
cause we consider it far better for the interest of science to admit a slight
risk of adding a synon3^m, than to refer a species to a locality at which it
does not exist, which would tend to confuse our ideas upon geographical
distribution, a knowledge of which constitutes one of the most important
aims in our investigation of species." (Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York,
vol. 7, p. 50 (178), 1860.)

Genus TALIEPUS A. Milne Edwards, 1878
Taliepus marginatus (Bell)

Epialtus marginatus Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 173, 1835;
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 62, pi. 11, fig. 4, 4i-k; pi. 13,
1836.
Taliepus marginatus Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 164, pis. 52
and 53 ; pi. 220, fig. 2; pi. 221, and synonymy, 1925.

Type locality. — "Ad oras Brasiliae."

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Independencia Bay, Peru (Coker) to Guaiacan, Chile
(Lenz) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell) ; Brazil (Bell).

Diagnosis. — Carapace smooth, broadly oval. A preorbital but no post-
orbital tooth. A small hepatic and large anterolateral tooth. An inferior
distal tooth on the propodus of each ambulatory leg. Chelipeds of adult
male large and powerful.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos Islands. The Han-
cock collections contain specimens from Independencia and San Juan
Bays, Peru.

No. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS 379

Genus SPHENOGARGINUS A. Milne Edwards, 1875

Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathbun

Plate 63, Fig. 2

Sphenocarcinus agassizi Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, p. 231,
1893 ; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 188, pi. 63 ; pi. 223, figs. 1 and
2, 1925. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 7, pi. 1, figs.
3 and 3a, 1895. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 58, 1937.

Type locality. — Gulf of California, 14 fms.

Type.—\]?>NM No. 17343.

Range. — From Cape Tepoca, Gulf of California (Albatross), to
Panama (Albatross); 14 to 71 fms.

Atlantic analogue. — S. corrosus A. Milne Edwards.

Diagnosis. — Rostrum formed of 2 blunt spines contiguous to tips.
Lateral margins of carapace coarsely dentate.

Material examined (5 specimens from 2 stations). —
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 1 male,

3 young.
810-38. Barrington Island, 48-73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 female (photo-
graphed).

Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 24.6 mm, width
18.8 mm, rostrum 10.0 mm, cheliped 19.2 mm, chela 8.5 mm, first ambu-
latory leg 26.8 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace pink with grayish hue. A
pair of broad bands of vinaceous rufous extending from behind front to
intestinal region, one on either side of median line. Median frontal por-
tion light cerulean blue. Anterolateral teeth yellow orange. Cheliped
orange buff at base to yellow cinamon buff on hand and fingers. First three
ambulatory legs pale orange cinnamon, last leg yellow cinnamon buff
banded with vinaceous rufous. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, mud and sand.

Depth.— \4-80 fms.

Remarks. — The finding of this species in 1938 and not in previous
years is attributable to the deeper dredging attempted. S. agassizi is com-
mon enough in the Gulf of California but has not before been taken in
the Galapagos Islands.

No particular significance is attached to the circumstance of taking
the Daphne Minor specimens in association with a holothurian, as none
of the subfamily Acanthonychinae, to which Sphenocarcinus belongs, are
known to the writer to be commensal in habitat.

380 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Subfamily PiSINAE

Genus PELIA Bell, 1835

Pelia pulchella Bell

Pelta pulchella Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 170, 1835;
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 45, pi. 9, figs. 2, 2d-f, 1836.
Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 284, pi. 241, figs. 1-4, 1925.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, 6 fms, sandy mud.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Known only from the original specimen collected by Cuming
in 1829.

Diagnosis. — Carapace pyrifonii, hairy, regions well defined. Rostrum
deeply cleft, equal to nearly one-half of carapace length. Male chelipeds
long, carinated, gap of movable finger closed by a tooth on pollex. Basal
article of antenna exposed in dorsal view. (Based on Bell's description.)

Material examined. — None.

Genus PISOIDES Milne Edwards and Lucas, 1843
Pisoides edwardsii (Bell)

Hyas edwardsii Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 171, 1835;

Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 49, pi. 9, fig. 5, 1836.
Pisoides edwardsii Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., vol. 13, Crust., p. 87, 1852;
atlas, pi. 1, figs. 2a-b, 1855. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
p. 285, pi. 236, and synonymy, 1925.

Type localities. — Valparaiso and Galapagos Islands.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Panama (A. Milne Edwards) to Straits of Magellan;
Galapagos Islands (Bell).

Diagnosis. — Carapace broadly triangular, longer than wide, gastric
and cardiac regions prominent. Rostrum deflected, horns broad and di-
vergent. Basal antennal article broad, a spinulous tubercle at its outer
angle ; succeeding articles wide, depressed, hairy. A large, acute postorbital
spine.

Material examined. — None from Galapagos. The Hancock collections
contain specimens from the bays of San Juan and San Nicolas, Peru.

Genus HERBSTIA Milne Edwards, 1834
Key TO THE Galapagos Species of the Genus Herbstia

A^ Posterior margin of carapace strongly produced ; ambulatory legs

longer than chelipeds H. pyriformis

A^ Posterior margin of carapace rounded; ambulatory legs shorter

than cheliped of adult male . . . . H. edwardsii

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 381

Herbstia edwardsii Bell
Plate 65, Figs. 1, 2

Herbstia edwardsii Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 170, 1835
(1836) ; Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 46, pi. 9, figs. 3, 3g-i,
1836. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 300, pi. 105, figs. 3
and 4; pi. 240, figs. 1-4, 1925. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 145,
fig. 42, 1927. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 623,
1931. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 11, 1933,
part ; not the 2 mm specimen. Hult, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A,
no. 5, p. 11, 1938.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, 6 fms, coral sand.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Galapagos Islands, shore to 6 fms.

Diagnosis. — Carapace rounded behind, narrowing before, lateral mar-
gin with a few spinules. Chelipeds of adult male longer than ambulatory
legs ; 2 teeth in gape of movable finger. Meri of ambulatory legs spinulous
above.

Material examined (180 specimens from 29 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 4 males, 4

females.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 2 females.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 6 males, 4

females.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 female.

69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 1

female.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 3 males,

4 females, 4 young.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 1 male,

4 females.
80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 6 males, 6 females.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933,

2 females (1 ovig.).

94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 male, 2

ovig. females.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 female.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 3 males, 1

female.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 3 males,

3 females.

382 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 2

females.
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 3 males,

5 females.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 10 males,

7 females (6 ovig.).
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 3 males, 3 females.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 1 male.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 3 males, 3

females.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 female.
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934,

1 male, 2 females.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 3 males, 4 females (1 ovig.).
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 2 males,

3 females.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 10 males (1

photographed), 10 females.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 10 males, 15

females, 1 young.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 3 females

(1 ovig.).
803-38. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1938, 3 males,

1 female.
804-38. Onslow Island, off Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 1

male, 1 female.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 2 females, 1 young.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 15.8 mm, width 13.9 mm,
cheliped 30.0 mm, chela 15.2 mm.

Color in life. — Chelae dusky dark brown, fingers white. Carapace
light bluish gray. (Petersen). General appearance pink to magenta, the
lightest coloring about the leg joints. Chelipeds much darker, almost
black, dactyls pure white. A series of 17 remarkably uniform. (Garth)
Habitat. — Holes in narrow rock shelf and cave. (Finnegan)
Depth. — Shore to 6 fms.

Remarks. — This species, nowhere abundant, was occasionally obtained
from coral, but more generally from ordinary rocky shore. Its flatness and
slender, naked chelae serve to distinguish it from the sponge-covered
young of Mithrax (Mithrax) bellii Gerstaecker, the species with which
it is most readily confused in the field.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 383

The largest series, consisting of 17 specimens, was collected at Black
Beach, Charles Island. It was noticed that an unusually large proportion
of the females were ovigerous, 6 of the 7 having a full complement of
eggs.

Herbstia pyriformis (Bell)
Plate 63, Fig. 3

Rhodia pyriformis Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 170, 1835
(1836) ; Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 44, pi. 9, figs. 1-lc,
1836.
Herbstia pyriformis Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10,
p. 93, 1871. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 301, pi. 104,
figs. 2 and 3 ; pi. 240, figs. 5-8, 1925.
Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, 6 fms, coral sand.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Known only from the type locality and from James Island
(Hassler Expedition).

Diagnosis. — Carapace pyriform, posterior margin strongly produced,
lateral margin with 4 spines. Ambulatory legs longer than chelipeds. A
spine on palm. Meri of ambulatory legs without spines, red banded.
Material examined (14 specimens from 7 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 young

female.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 male, 3

young females.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 large female.
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 2 females.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 3 males (1

photographed).
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 females.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 female.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 26.0 mm, width
19.7 mm, cheliped 26.3 mm, chela 11.8 mm, second ambulatory leg (the
longest) 35 mm; largest male: length 21.4 mm, width 16.0 mm, cheliped
20.0 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace light ochre red on gastric and cardiac areas.
Branchial and frontal portions Van Dyke red; marginal teeth white. A
white triangular spot on postbranchial and intestinal regions. Merus of
cheliped light vinaceous fawn with bands of vivid Van Dyke red. Dark

384 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Van Dyke red bands at distal ends of merus and on carpus. Hand Pompe-
ian red ; movable finger carmine, tip orange yellow. Fixed finger similar,
fading to white at tip. Ambulatory legs same as merus of cheliped. Pro-
podus a shade darker with bands of Indian lake. Dactyl Indian lake;
nail yellow. (Petersen) ^

Habitat. — Rocky shore.

Remarks. — H. pyriformis was considered a rarity by Hancock Expe-
dition collectors, who were alwa on the alert for its telltale "peppermint
stick" legs. The species had been^ nown previously by the type specimen
collected by Cuming circa 1829, no longer extant, and by the Hassler
specimen, collected in 1872. Both of these specimens were males.

The young of the species are very hairy, this feature being especially
noticeable on the last three segments of the ambulatory legs. The smallest
specimen in the series measures 7 mm in length.

The female of H. pyriformis is now known and the range of the
species is hereby extended to include six of the islands of the Galapagos
group.

Genus LISSA Leach, 1815

Lissa aurivilHusi Rathbun

Plate 65, Figs. 3, 4

Lissa aurivilHusi Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 575, pi. 41,
fig. 4, 1898 ; Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 284, 1902 ; Bull.
129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 333, pi. 246, fig. 2, 1925. Crane, Zoologica,
vol. 22, no. 3, p. 59, 1937.
Type locality. — Off Cape San Lucas, 31 fms.
T^^e.—USNM No. 21575.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Albatross), to
Cape San Lucas (Albatross); Galapagos Islands (Hopkins-Stanford
Expedition) ; to 35 fms (Crane).

Atlantic analogue. — L. bicarinata Aurivillius.

Diagnosis. — Gastric elevation angular, continued posterolaterally as
a sharp branchial crest. Posterior margin doubly concave ; a cardiac eleva-
tion.

Material examined (18 specimens from 12 stations). —
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1

young female.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

1 female (photographed).
183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 2 young
males.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 385

187-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1

young female.
193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 2

females.
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934,

1 male, 3 females.
204-34. West of Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934,

1 male, 1 female.
308-35. Marchena Island, 3-5 fms, )ec. 3, 1934, 1 male.
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1

female.
328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 fe-
male.
341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 1
female.
Measurements. — Photographed specimen: length 8.7 mm, width 7.4
mm.

Color in life. — From Gulf of California specimen: entire dorsal
surface of carapace dull yellow orange with numerous indistinct darker
small spots. Chelipeds as carapace, finger tips white. Ambulatory legs
white with but little color. Ventral side pale gray with light touches of
dull orange. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Rock, frequently covered with red algae ; rock and sand ;
rock and shell ; sand.
Depth. — 3-70 fms.

Remarks. — A single specimen taken on a reef north of Tagus Hill by
the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition appears to be the only previous Galapa-
gos record for the species. It is now known to occur throughout the archi-
pelago to a depth of 70 fms.

All Galapagos Lissas were subjected to careful scrutiny in the hope
that some of them might prove to be L. tuberosa, encountered by Hancock
Expeditions from the Gulf of California to Colombia along the mainland.
However, none had the cristate legs and double crests on the carpus
characteristic of this species.

Both sponge and bryozoan encrustations were observed on Galapagos
specimens.

386 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Subfamily MaJINAE

Genus THOE Bell, 1835

Thoe erosa Bell

Thoe erosa Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 171, 1835; Trans.
Zool. Soc, London, vol. 2, p. 48, pi. 9, figs. 4, 4k:-o, 1836. Rathbun,
Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 351, pi. 249, figs. 1-6 and synonymy,
1925.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, 7 fms, sandy mud.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Bay of Santa Elena, Ecuador (Nobili) ; Galapagos Islands
(Bell).

Diagnosis. — Carapace depressed, posteriorly and laterally rounded,
tuberculous. Rostrum minute, bifurcate. Only one anterior lobe on basal
antennal article. Both rows of rectangular excavations on merus of che-
liped fully developed. Fingers slender and widely gaping; a single tooth
at basal third of movable finger.

Material examined. — None.

Remarks. — Judging from the writer's experience in collecting Thoe
sulcata Stimpson at Socorro Island, Mexico, and in collecting T. pana-
mensis Nobili on the mainland from Costa Rica to Gorgona Island,
Colombia, T. erosa would most probably be encountered among sponge-
covered rocks at extreme low tide. Since the type of collecting which
yielded the two former species was the type most frequently pursued by
Velero III collectors in the Galapagos Islands, it is difficult to understand
why the Bell species, if present, was not uncovered.

Genus PITHO Bell, 1835
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Pitho

A^ Five anterolateral teeth, the second and third united at bases

P. quinquedentata

A^ Six acute anterolateral teeth, the second and third separated at

bases P. sexdentata

Pitho quinquedentata Bell

Pitho quinquedentata Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 172, 1835.

Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 361, pi. 250, figs. 1-4, and

synonymy, 1925.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, sandy mud, 6 fms.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Panama (A. Milne Edwards) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell).
Atlantic analogue. — P. Iherminieri (Schramm).

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 387

Diagnosis. — Male carapace anteriorly broad, posteriorly narrow;
female carapace broadened posteriorly as well. Front wide, rostral and
inner orbital teeth in the same transverse line. Five lateral teeth, excluding
outer orbital, the second and third fused at base, the fourth and fifth
reduced in the male, in the female the fifth only.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos Islands. The Han-
cock collections contain a considerable series of this species from Isabel
Island, Mexico, to Bahia Honda, Panama.

Pitho sexdentata Bell

Pitho sexdentata Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 172, 1835.
Rathbun,Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 367, pi. 130, fig. 1 ; pi. 250,
figs. 5-9, and synonymy, 1925. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus.
Oslo, no. 38, p. 11, 1933. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 60,
1937.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, sandy mud, 6 fms.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Santa Inez Bank, Gulf of California (Crane), to
Galapagos Islands (Bell).

Atlantic analogue. — P. mirabilis (Herbst).

Diagnosis. — Carapace broadly rounded in both sexes, granulate and
hairy. Front narrow, rostral teeth acute. Six lateral marginal teeth, ex-
clusive of outer orbital, all acute, separated at their bases, the sixth
reduced in size and at a higher level.

Material examined. — ^A cast from Galapagos Islands. The Hancock
collections contain specimens from Manta and Cape San Francisco,
Ecuador.

Remarks. — ^A cast of P. sexdentata was picked up by a crew member
while beach combing. Since several days elapsed before it came to the
attention of the carcinologists, it was impossible to assign to it a more
exact locality than Galapagos.

Genus MITHRAXLatreille, 1817
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Mithrax

A^ Carapace without oblique branchial furrows (Subgenus Mithrax)
B^ Rostral spines long, divergent; carapace longer than broad,

spinulous M. (Mithrax) spinipes

B^ Rostral horns short, tuberculate or subtruncate; carapace

broader than long

388 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

C^ Carapace paved with smooth, flat granules; rostrum

tuberculate ; size large . . . M. (Mithrax) bellii
C^ Carapace with 2 rows of lateral marginal spines, rostrum

subtruncate ; size small . . M. (Mithrax) pygmaeus
h? Carapace with oblique branchial furrows (Subgenus Mithraculus)
B^ Three large anterolateral lobes; inner margin of entire

cheliped laminated . . . M. (Mithraculus) nodosus
B2 Two acute tubercules and a spine on anterolateral margin ;

carpus only of cheliped, laminated

M. (Mithraculus) denticulatus

Subgenus Mithrax

Mithrax (Mithrax) spinipes (Bell)

Plate 65, Figs. 5, 6

Pisa spinipes Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 171, 1835 (1836) ;

Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 50, pi. 9, figs. 6, 6s-u, 1836.
Mithrax (Mithrax) spinipes Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 391,
pi. 136, figs. 3 and 4; pi. 262, fig. 5, 1925. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8,
no. 4, p. 154, fig. 48, 1927. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo,
nr. 38, p. 12, 1933. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 60, 1937.
Mithrax (Mithrax) mexicanus Glassell, Zoologica, vol. 21, no. 17, p.
213, 1936.

Type localities. — Galapagos Islands, 16 fms; Santa Elena, 6 fms.
Types. — Not extant.

Range. — From Gulf of California (Albatross) to Santa Elena, Ecua-
dor, and the Galapagos Islands (Bell) ; 2^-33 fms.
Atlantic analogue. — M. acuticornis Stimpson.

Diagnosis. — Based on immature specimens: carapace elongate oval,
spinulous, rostral horns long and divergent. A series of anterolateral
spinules which develop into 5 lateral spines in the adult. Paired meso-
gastric tubercles of adult not always apparent in young specimens. No
lateral angle, as in older specimens.

Material examined (3 specimens from as many stations). —
155-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

male.
814-38. North of Hood Island3-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 male (pho-
tographed).
817-38. North of Hood Island, 140-160 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 1 male.
Measurements. — Young male: length 11.3 mm, width 6.5 mm.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 389

Color in life. — Carapace olive buff with yellowish tint. Touches of
red around bases of spines. Eye dull dark purple. Cheliped pale cream
buff with a few blotches of vermilion and green. Legs pale cream buff
banded with deep olive buff with orange-red margins. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and shell ; also one varied bottom marked "rock,
coral, nullipore, and biyzoa."

Depth.— 2y2-\60 fms.

Remarks. — M. (M.J spinipes is a companion species, in point of habi-
tat, with Anomalothir hoodensis Garth, being encountered in both deep
and shallow dredging. A depth of 160 fms, recorded on the 1938 cruise,
represents a valuable extension of bathymetric range, the Albemarle
Island record a new locality within the archipelago.

A Galapagos specimen of M. (M.) spinipes has been compared with
the type of M. (M.J mexicanus Glassell (1936) by Miss Jocelyn Crane
of the New York Zoological Society, who finds them identical. Miss
Crane allows herself to be quoted to the effect that she has seen examples
clearly intermediate in developmient of anterolateral spines, shape of cara-
pace, and development of paired anteromesogastric tubercles between the
two, which would indicate M. (M.J mexicanus to be the young of M.
(M.J spinipes.

Mithrax (Mithrax) bellii Gerstaecker
Plate 66, Figs. 1, 2

Mithrax ursus Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 171, 1835 (1836)
(not Cancer ursus Herbst, 1788) ; Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol.
2, p. 52, pi. 10, figs. 2, 2c-e, 1836.
Mithrax bellii Gerstaecker, Arch, fiir Naturg., vol. 22, pt. 1, p. 112,

1856; name substituted for M. ursus Bell (not Herbst).
Mithrax (Mithrax J bellii Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 403,
pis. 142 and 143, 1925. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 155, fig.
49, 1927. Hult, Arkiv. for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 11, 1938.
Type locality. — Galapagos Islands.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Galapagos Islands, shore to a depth of 6 fms, (Bell) ; Chile
(Miers).

Atlantic analogue. — M. (M.J verrucosus Milne Edwards.
Diagnosis. — Carapace paved with flat, round granules. Five tubercles
on inner margin of wrist. Margin broken into numerous irregular
tubercles.

Material examined (76 specimens from 28 stations). —
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 2 males,
2 females.

390 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 large male.

48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 young female.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 2 males.
68-33. South of Cape Berkeley, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 10,

1933, 2 small males.

73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 male.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 3 females

(1 photographed).
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 1 male.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 female, 1 young.

163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 1 large

male.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 3 males,

3 young.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

large male.
173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 male.
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 2 young.
188-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1934, 1 male.
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 male.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 1 male.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 2 males,

2 females.

314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 1

male.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 young.
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934,

1 male.

359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 2 males, 2 females, 2 young.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 male, 2

females.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 3 males, 3

females, 3 young.
796-38. Sulivan Ba}^, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 female,

2 young.

800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 6 males,
7 females.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 391

803-38. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1938, 1 female,

1 young.
804-38. Onslow Island, off Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 1
young.

Measure/nents. — Largest female: length 53.7 mm, width 56.6 mm,
cheliped 60.0 mm, chela 28.9 mm.

Color in life. — Frontal, gastric, and cardiac areas, tips of marginal
teeth, and spines of carapace pansy purple. Branchial and hepatic regions
dahlia purple. Cheliped light brick red at base to pansy purple at ex-
tremity; hand Pompeian red, tips of fingers white. Ambulatory legs
similar to cheliped ; nail cadmium orange. ( Petersen)

Habitat. — Rocky shore.

Depth. — Shore to 6 fms.

Remarks. — Young individuals are invariably sponge encrusted, some-
times so heavily as to be totally unrecognizable. The sponge seems always
to be of the same light gray color and delicate texture. Older specimens
are completely naked and of the bright shades of red described above.

A small male from a reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island,
compares in an interesting manner with a specimen of similar size of
Mithrax (Mithrax) spinipes (Bell) from San Francisco Island, Gulf of
California, Allan Hancock Expedition of 1936. This young male is spinu-
lous : the rostral and orbital horns are acute like those of spinipes but are
of relatively smaller size. On a key like Rathbun (1925, p. 380), based
upon adult characters, the young bellii keys to spinipes. A 17.5 mm speci-
men clearly shows the transition from spines to the tubercles and granular
pavement of the adult carapace. It is quite possible that a similar transi-
tion takes place in the case of spinipes, as indicated in the discussion of
that species. However, we do not yet possess specimens of spinipes of size
comparable to the tuberculate and granulate adults of bellii; that is, not
unless the adults have been given another specific name, such as Mithrax
(Mithrax) orcutti Rathbun, of which the young in turn are unknown.

Mithrax (Mithrax) pygmaeus Bell

Mithrax pygmaeus Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 172, 1835;
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 55, pi. 11, figs. 3, 3f-h, 1836.
Mithrax (Mithrax) pygmaeus Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p.
406, pi. 262, figs. 1-4, 1925. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London,
Zool., vol. 37, no. 255, p. 624, 1931.
Type locality. — Panama, 10 fms, sand.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Perlas Islands, Panama (Garman) ; Galapagos Islands
(Crossland).

392 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis. — Carapace smooth, depressed, broadly oval. Frontal lobes
subtruncate, separated by a distinct V. Two rows of lateral marginal
spines. Eyes prominent, a minute preocular spine. Basal antennal article
broad, marginal teeth 2, flagellum half as long as carapace.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos Islands. Hancock
collections contain specimens from Bahia Honda, Panama, to La Plata
Island, Ecuador.

Subgenus Mithraculus

Mithrax (Mithraculus) nodosus Bell

Plate 68, Fig. 1

Mithrax nodosus Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 171, 1835
(1836; Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 53, pi. 11, figs. 1-lb,
1836.
Mithrax (Mithraculus) nodosus Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
p. 429, pi. 155, and synonymy, 1925. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4,
p. 158, fig. 50, 1927. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37,
p. 625, 1931. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 12,
1933. Hult, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 12, 1938.
Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Type locality. — Galapagos Islands.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Galapagos Islands (Bell) ; Chile (Miers).
Diagnosis. — Carapace with smooth, oblique, branchial furrows. Three
large anterolateral lobes. Inner margin of cheliped laminated.
Material examined (850 specimens from 57 stations). —
11-32. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, Jan. 12, 1932, 1 male.
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 15 males.
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 20 males, 16

females (6 ovig.).
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 11 males,

20 females (15 ovig.).
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 11 males,

6 females (4 ovig.).

38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

7 males, 6 females (2 ovig.).

42-33. Opposite Kicker Rock, Chatham Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1933,

3 males, 7 females (5 ovig.).
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 7 males, 9 females (1

ovig.).

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 393

49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 15

males, 12 females (5 ovig.).
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 8

males, 6 females (2 ovig.).
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 8 males.
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 2 males,

1 female.

65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 3 males, 3 females.

69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 5

males, 4 females.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 16 males, 8

females (2 ovig.).
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 6

males, 9 females (6 ovig,).
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 34

males, 22 females (15 ovig.).
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 9

males, 6 females.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 6 males, 1 female.
88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 9 males, 2 females.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 2 females,

2 young.

96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 11 males,

1 7 females ( 5 ovig. ) .
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 7 males, 7

females (5 ovig.).
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 7 males, 11

females (4 ovig.).
153-34. Mangrove Point, Narborough Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934,

2 females.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 2 males, 1 female.

161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 2 males,

1 female.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 4 males,

8 females.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 13 males,

8 females.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 16

males, 19 females.

394 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

174-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 2 males.
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 3 males, 6

females.
179-34. Bartholomew Island, James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934, 18

males, 14 females.
188-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1934, 1 female.
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 2 males,

8 females (6 ovig.).
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 15 males,

13 females.
306-35, Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 6 males, 3 females.
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 1 specimen.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 8 males, 6

females (3 ovig.).
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 14

males, 22 females (7 ovig.).
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 2 males, 1 female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 9 males, 7

females (2 ovig.), in poor condition.
342-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934,

1 specimen.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 22 males, 13

females (7 ovig.).
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 8 males, 6 females

(4 ovig.).
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934,

6 males, 4 females (1 ovig.).
354-35. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, shore, Dec. 15, 1934, 1 male.
358-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 17, 1934, 8 males,

3 females (1 ovig.).
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 23 males, 14 females (10 ovig.).
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 5 males,

1 female, 11 young.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 5 males, 4

females (1 ovig.).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 5 males, 12 fe-
males (8 ovig.), 5 young.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 18 males, 17

females (16 ovig.), 6 young.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 395

800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 7 males,

3 females (2 ovig.), 1 young.
803-38. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1938, 2 young.
804-38. Onslow Island, off Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 1
female.

-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1938, 1
male, Karl Kiibler, collector.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 30.1 mm, width 38.2 mm,
cheliped 57.0 mm, chela 30.9 mm, dactyl 18.6 mm, height of gape 3.6 mm.
Color in life. — Uniform purplish brown. Hairs on legs and about
antennae yellow, in sunlight yellow green. (Garth)
Habitat. — Shore, both in coral and under rocks.
Depth. — Although predominately a shore species, M. nodosus has
been recorded to 12 fms.

Remarks. — M. nodosus was collected at a greater number of stations
than any other species excepting Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson. It is the
most abundant spider crab in the Galapagos Islands, being taken both in
coral and in ordinary rock turning at low tide. In the Pocillopora coral
colony it occupies an analogous situation to M. (Mithraculus) areolata
Lockington of the Bay of Panama, both in relative abundance and as the
sole representative of its subgenus. From the experience of the Allan
Hancock Expeditions, M. nodosus may be considered a true Galapagos
endemic species, none having been encountered on the mainland coast as
far south as the bays of San Juan and San Nicolas, Peru, well within the
limits of the Chilean fauna.

Mithrax (Mithraculus) denticulatus Bell

Mithrax denticulatus Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 172, 1835;

Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 54, pi. 11, fig. 2, 1836.
Mithrax (Mithraculus) denticulatus Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat.
Mus., p. 428, pi. 154, figs. 2-3, and synonymy, 1925.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands, under stones.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Cape San Lucas, Lower California (Xantus), to
Ecuador (Nobili) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell).

Atlantic analogue. — M. (Mithraculus) coryphe (Herbst).

Diagnosis. — Carapace wide, breadth exceeding length by nearly one
half. Two acute tubercles and a spine on lateral m.argin, the latter
opposite greatest width of carapace. Inner margin of carpus laminate.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos Islands. The Han-
cock collections contain a long series of this species ranging from Espiritu
Santo Island, Gulf of California, to Manta, Ecuador.

396 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Genus TELEOPHRYS Stimpson, 1860

Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson

Plate 68, Figs. 5, 6

Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol.
7, p. 190 (62), pi. 2, fig. 2, 1860. Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad.
Sci., vol. 4, no. 8, p. 284, 1902; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 441,
pi. 159, figs. 1, 2, and 7; pi. 262, fig. 7, and synonymy, 1925. Finne-
gan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 625, 1931. Crane, Zoo-
logica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 61, 1937. Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col.,
vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Teleophrys diana Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 162, fig. 52, 1927.
Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus. Oslo, nr. 38, p. 13, 1933. Hult,
Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 12, 1938.
Teleophrys tumidus Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 442, part
(the Galapagos specimen), 1925. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4,
p. 166, 1927.

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type.— MCZ No. 1226.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Zaca), to Gorgona
Island, Colombia (Crossland) ; Galapagos Islands (Hopkins-Stanford
Expedition).

Atlantic analogue. — T. pococki Rathbun.

Diagnosis. — Carapace rotund, front low and arching, hepatic region
prominent, margins spinulous. Second antennal segment long and cylind-
rical.

Material examined (1,231 specimens from 62 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 30 males,

49 females (38 ovig.).
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 10 males,

11 females (10 ovig.), 1 young.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 54 males,

94 females ( 73 ovig. ) , 26 young.
31-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 4 fms, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 male, 1

female, 4 young.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 7 males,

7 ovig. females.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

6 males, 5 ovig. females, 3 young.
46-33. Barrington Island, 4-10 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 4 males (1 photo-
graphed), 3 females (2 ovig.).

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 397

47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 11 males, 6 females

(4 ovig.), 8 young.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 male.

-33. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, fish trap, Feb. 5, 1933, 1 male.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933, 17

males, 12 females (7 ovig.), 32 young.

-33. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, "roach" trap on fish trap, Feb.

6, 1933, 1 male.
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 4 males,

1 female.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 129

males, 131 females (114 ovig.), 4 young, 1 fragment.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 4 males,

10 females (8 ovig,).
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 4 males,

9 ovig. females.
80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 12 males, 12 females (8

ovig.).
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 3 young males.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tov^er Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 7 males, 8

females (7 ovig.).
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 3 males.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 7 males, 4

females (3 ovig.).
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 6 males, 6

females (5 ovig.).
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 ovig.

female.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 26, 1933, 4 males, 1

female.
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934, 18 males,

16 females (9 ovig.), 5 young.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 6 males, 6 ovig. females.
161-34. Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 3 males, 5 females (4

ovig.), 2 young.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 4 males, 12

females (11 ovig.).
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 male.
l68a-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 2

males, 3 females (2 ovig.).

398 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

180-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 3 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 2 males, 1

female.
189-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 25, 1934, 3 males,

1 young.
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 2 males, 5 females (4 ovig.).
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 2 males.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 4 males, 12

females (10 ovig.).
309-35. Marchena Island, 8 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 2 specimens.
310-35. Marchena Island, 15 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 young female.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 12 males, 4

females.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 1

ovig. female.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 11 males, 20 females (15 ovig.).
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1

ovig. female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 11 males, 2

females.
340-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 8 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 2 males, 1

female.
341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 23 males, 17

females (11 ovig.), 1 young.
344-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, coral, Dec. 12, 1934,

1 male, 3 ovig. females.
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934,

1 male, 1 female.

355-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 2 males,

3 females (2 ovig.).
356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 1 male,

2 ovig. females, 2 young.

357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 3 males, 2

females.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 26 males, 19 females (12 ovig.).
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 4 males, 2

ovig. females, 2 young.

No. 10 garth: brack yuran fauna of the galapagos 399

783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 2

ovig. females.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 7 males, 5

females (3 ovig.).
785-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 17, 1938, 2 males,

2 females (1 ovig.).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 25 males, 18

females (15 ovig.).
790-38. "Velero Bay," South Seymour Island, 10-20 fms, Jan. 19,

1938, 1 male.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 17 males, 10

females ( 3 ovig. ) .
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 5 males,

4 females (3 ovig.).
804-38. Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island crater, Jan. 23,

1938, 5 males, 6 females (5 ovig.), 1 young.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 23 males, 27 females
(17 ovig.).
811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 3 males, 4
females.
Measurements. — Male: length 12.0 mm, width 13.4 mm, cheliped
20.0 mm, chela 10.8 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace a rich dull magenta purple.
Lacelike designs on frontal and branchial regions white tinged with red.
Ground color of chelipeds and ambulatory legs creamy white; patterns
similar to those of carapace but much paler. Crest of hand dark magenta
purple. Fingers banded with various shades of orange, tips white. Legs
also have blotches of dull yellow. Dactyls golden. (Petersen)
Habitat. — Rocky shore or Pocillopora coral.
Depth. — Shore to 20 fms; exceptionally 40-70 fms.
Remarks. — This most abundant spider crab was taken at a greater
number of stations than any other Galapagos brachyuran. It is exceeded
in number of individual specimens only by two of the Xanthidae, the free-
living Leptodius cooksoni Miers and the Pocz7/o/»orfl:-dwelling Trapezia
cymodoce ferruginea Latreille.

The remarks of Finnegan (1931) concerning the variability of this
species and the difiference between those collected ashore and those taken
in corals are pertinent in the light of the experience of Velero III col-
lectors. The larger specimens which stray beyond the protecting branches
of the Pocillopora are almost invariably smooth legged and lumpy of
carapace, while smaller individuals cracked from coral have cristate legs
and spinous lateral margins.

400 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. :)

Since Teleophrys tumidus (Cano) has been twice recorded as from
the Galapagos Islands, once by Rathbun (1925, p. 443) and once by
Boone ( 1927, p. 166) , it was assumed that specimens of this species would
be found among the 1,231 specimens from 62 collecting stations which
constitute the Velero III Galapagos series of Teleophrys. Indeed, in the
early years of this study specimens thought to be tumidus were taken to
the U.S. National Museum for comparison with material determined by
Miss Rathbun. Substantial agreement was found between them and the
Hopkins-Stanford Expedition specimen (USNM Cat. No. 25678) upon
which the first Galapagos record of tumidus rests, and on this basis the
Hancock series was laboriously separated into " cristulipes" and "tumidus"
fractions, not, however, without an inseparable residue.

The introduction of new material obtained by Hancock Expeditions
of 1935 and 1938 in Peru, Cano's type locality, revealed differences be-
tween Galapagan and Peruvian specimens which are based upon struc-
tural, rather than superficial characters. The Hopkins-Stanford specimen,
re-examined in this light, proved to be no more than a particularly cristate
cristulipes, which was indeed the original Rathbun determination ( 1902).
As a result, the entire Hancock Galapagos series is now referred to cristu-
lipes, and doubt is expressed concerning the occurrence of tumidus outside
of Peruvian waters.

The differences between cristulipes and tujnidus, as represented by
Galapagan and Peruvian specimens, respectively, are, in the order of
relative importance, (1) the long, cylindrical second free antennal seg-
ment of cristulipes as compared to the short, broad segment of tumidus,
(2) the low, arched front of the adult cristulipes as compared to the elon-
gated front and closely approximated rostral horns of tumidus, (3) the
less prominent branchial and more prominent hepatic region of cristulipes,
giving it a rotund carapace as compared to the more triangular one of
tumidus, and (4) the absence of a lateral propodal flange in cristulipes,
although its place is sometimes occupied by a low tubercle in Galapagos
specimens. The remaining characters mentioned by Rathbun (1925, p.
442), such as number of anterolateral spines or spinules, proportionate
number of tubercles and granules on the carapace, and entire or dentate
margin of the basal antennal article, are subject to considerable variation
even among adult specimens.

Genus STENOGIONOPS (Leach MS.) Desmarest, 1823
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Stenocionops

A^ 9 median spines and 3 lateral spines .... 5. triangulate
A^ 8 median spines and 4 or 5 lateral spines .... 5. ovata

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 401

Stenocionops triangulata (Rathbun)
Plate 67, Figs. 1, 2 ; Plate 68, Fig. 2

Pericera triangulata Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, p. 246, pi.

32, fig. 1, 1892.
Stenocionops triangulata Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 577,
1898 ; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 461, pi. 165, fig. 1 ; pi. 266, fig.
1, 1925.
Type locality. — Gulf of California, 29 fms.
Tj;^e.— USNM No. 16066.

Range. — West coast of Lower California, Gulf of California (Alba-
tross); Bay of Panama (Albatross); 13-51 fms.

Diagnosis. — From young specimens: nine median spines and a he-
patic spine; 3 marginal spines; rostrum one-sixth carapace length, horns
strongly divergent.

Material exajnined (8 specimens from 6 stations). —
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 1 large male

(photographed, pi. 67).
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 young male (photographed, pi. 68).
317-35. Off Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 25-30 fms, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 female.
328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male.
355-35. Gardner Island, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 2

specimens.
356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 2
males.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 40.0 mm, width 32.9 mm,
width between preorbital spines 14.8 mm, cheliped 33.5 mm, chela 14.9
mm, rostrum 5.2 mm.

Habitat. — Sand and coral, coral and nullipore.
Depth.— \2-\50 fms.

Remarks. — From the standpoint of previous records, the reasonable
expectation was that Stenocionops ovata (Bell) would be found, since its
type locality is Galapagos Islands. However, the smaller specimens all fit
the description of S. triangulata (Rathbun) much better. The measured
specimen from Wenman Island, of moderately large size, differs from
the young in ways characteristic for the members of the genus. Sufficient
difference between it and mainland S. triangulata of like size has been
noted to suggest the possibility that it may be the adolescent S. ovata,
which is known only from the description and figure of a young specimen.

402 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

In the absence of long series showing growth changes, the writer prefers
to refer all Hancock-collected Stenocionops from the Galapagos Islands
to S. triangulata, while calling attention to this discrepancy.

Stenocionops ovata (Bell)

Pericera ovata Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 173, 1835 ; Trans.

Zool. Soc, London, vol. 2, p. 60, pi. 12, figs. 5, 5o-q, 1836.
Stenocionops ovata Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, p. 574,
1910; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 459, pi. 264, f^gs. 5-7, 1925.

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Known only from the Galapagos Islands (Bell).

Diagnosis. — Eight median spines and a hepatic spine; 4 or 5 marginal
spines. Rostrum one-fifth carapace length, horns strongly divergent.
(From Bell's description.)

Material exa?nined. — None, unless the Wenman Island specimen
mentioned above should prove to be of this species.

Remarks. — See Remarks under the preceding S. triangulata.

Genus MIGROPHRYS Milne Edwards, 1851
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Microphrys

A^ No flattened, imbricated lobes on the lateral margins of the cara-
pace M. triangulatus

A^ Two flattened, imbricated lobes on the lateral margins of the
carapace
B^ Carapace considerably longer than broad ; 2 spines at widest

part of branchial region M. platysoma

B^ Carapace little longer than broad, hairy; 4 spines on each

branchial region M. aculeatus

Microphrys aculeatus (Bell)
Plate 63, Fig. 5

Fisa aculeata Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 171, 1835 (1836) ;

Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 50, pi. 9, fig. 7, 1836.
Microphrys aculeatus A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 63, 1875.

Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 500, pi. 271, fig. 1, and

synonymy, 1925. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 169, fig. 55, 1927.

Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 13, 1933.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 403

Type locality. — Galapagos Islands.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Ecuador (Nobili) ; Peru(Coker) ; Galapagos Islands (Bell).
Diagnosis. — Two imbricated, flattened lobes on the side walls of the
carapace. Typically 4 anterolateral spines. No lobe on basal antennal
article below the acuminate spine.

Material examined (14 specimens from 9 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 female

(photographed).
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 1 ovig.
female.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

1 male.
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 ovig.

female.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 female.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 5

specimens.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 male, 1 young.
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934,

1 male.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 female.

Measurements. — Largest female: length 15.6 mm, width 14.0 mm,
cheliped 12.8 mm, chela 6.4 mm.
Habitat. — Rocky shore.

Remarks. — M. aculeatus is a rarely encountered shoreline species. Its
discovery by Velero III collectors never failed to arouse comment because
of the beauty and variety of its bryozoan and coralline encrustations.

Known previously from Tagus Cove and Hood and Charles Islands,
its range has been extended to Indefatigable and adjacent South Seymour
Islands. M. aculeatus is one of the very few species common to the
Galapagos Islands and Peru.

Microphrys triangulatus (Lockington)
Plate 63, Fig. 6

Mithraculus triangulatus Lockington, Proc. California Acad. Sci., vol.

7, p. 73 (11), 1876 (1877).
Microphrys triangulatus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p.

578, 1898; Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 505, pi. 177, 1925.

404 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Microphrys branchialis Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p.
285, 1902 (part: Galapagos specimens) .
Type locality. — Gulf of California.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Agua Verde Bay to Cerralvo Island, Gulf of Cali-
fornia (Albatross) ; Galapagos Islands (Rathbun, as M. branchialis) ;
shallow water to 10 fms.

Diagnosis. — Carapace short, broad, nodose. Basal article of antenna
with 3 marginal teeth. Branchial region swollen.

Material examined (57 specimens from 12 stations). —
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

male, 5 females (4 ovig. ).
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 male,

2 females.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 5

males, 4 females, 1 carapace.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

1 male, 1 female, 1 young.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 4 males

(1 photographed), 2 females.
193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 5

males, 6 females, 3 young.
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934,

1 male.

341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, 1
female.

352-35. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35 fms, Dec. 15, 1934, 1 male.

355-35. Gardner Island, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 3 males.

356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 4 speci-
mens.

795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 3 males,

2 females.

Measurements. — Largest male: length 14.5 mm, width 13.8 mm,
cheliped 25.9 mm, chela 13.2 mm, dactyl 6.2 mm, height of gape 1.8 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace carmine, slightly more intense on frontal
areas. Antenna banded with same color. Eye dark green. A few white
spots scattered on carapace, especially around spines. Cheliped also car-
mine with a few white spots. Fingers carmine, white banded. Ambulatory
legs also carmine, banded with white. ( Petersen)

Habitat. — Rock, frequently with red algae attached ; rock and sand ;
one record of coral, nullipore, and rock.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 405

Depth. — Shoal water to 40 fms.

Sex variation. — Adult male has well-developed chelipeds, broad
fingers, wide gape.

Remarks. — Velero III records considerably extend the range of this
species within the insular group, it being known previously from but two
specimens taken at Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, by the Hopkins-
Stanford Expedition. M. triangulatus is the commonly dredged Micro-
phrys of the Galapagos Islands, M. aculeatus the shore-dwelling species.

The known depth is hereby increased from 10 to 40 fms.

Microphrys platysoma (Stimpson)
Plate 68, Figs. 3, 4

Milnia platysoma Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p.

180, 1860.
Microphrys platysoma A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 62,
1875. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 497, pi. 176, figs. 1
and 2, and synonymy, 1925. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 63,
1937. Not Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, no. 8, p.
285, 1902.

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Patos Island, Gulf of California (California Academy
of Sciences), to Panama (Meek and Hildebrand) ; Salinas, Ecuador
(Schmitt, unpublished) ; low tide to 4^^ fms.
Atlantic analogue. — M. antillensis Rathbun.

Diagnosis. — Two imbricated, flattened lobes on the sides of the cara-
pace. Two branchial spines on each side in the same transverse line. A
lobe on the basal antennal article below the single spine.
Material examined. —
783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 2 young
(1 photographed).
Measure?nents. — Young specimen: length 6.3 mm, width 5.0 mm.
Habitat. — White sand and rock.
Depth. — Low tide to 70 fms.

Remarks. — In view of the fact that M. aculeatus is invariably a shore-
collected species, Miss Rathbun (1925) was undoubtedly right in refer-
ring the Hopkins-Stanford ^'platysoma" to that species, since it was
collected on a reef north of Tagus Hill, a shore locality. The Hancock
specimens were dredged in 40-70 fms, and, although not mature, show
the two imbricated lobes clearly. Because of the depth at which they
were obtained, thy could scarcely be aculeatus^ and the only other Pacific
Microphrys with two imbricated lobes is platysoma.

406 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Genus TYGHE Bell, 1835
Tyche lamellifrons Bell
Plate 54, Figs. 1-6

Tyche lamellifrons Bell, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 3, p. 173, 1835
(1836) ; Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, p. 58, pi. 12, figs. 3, 3f-j,
1836. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 508, pi. 273, figs. 1-6,
and synonymy, 1925. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 64, 1937.
Type locality. — Panama.
Type. — In Brit. Mus.

Range. — Gulf of California (Albatross) to Panama (Bell) ; to a
depth of 29 fms (Crane).

Atlantic analogue. — T. emarginata White.

Diagnosis. — Preorbital horns divergent, exceeding rostral horns.
Posterior margin of carapace faintly trilobate. Orbits concealing eyestalks
to extremities.

Material examined (6 specimens from 6 stations). —
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 1

female (illustrated).
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 male

(illustrated in part).
311-35. Marchena Island, 20 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 young.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
355-35. West of Gardner Island, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934,

1 male.
784-35. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 young.
Measure/nents. — Largest specimen, female: length 29.0 mm, width
18.0 mm; male: length 24.2 mm, width 15.0 mm, cheliped 19.0 mm,
chela 9.1 mm.

Color in life. — ^A young specimen: carapace uniform Sudan brown.
Eyestalk amber, eye buff yellow. Cheliped same as carapace but hand a
tone lighter, color fading gradually to very pale tips. Ambulatory legs
lighter than carapace; nail of dactyl clear pale amber. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sandy bottom (Bell) with weed (Crane). Velero III
specimens were all taken either on rocky shore, or with tangles, indicating
rocky bottom.

Depth. — Shore to 29 fms.

Remarks. — An adult female, measuring 29 mm in length by 18 mm
in width, appears to be the largest specimen on record. The preorbital
horns exceed the rostral and are strongly divergent, as in the Atlantic
species, T. emarginata White, thus differing from the diagnostic char-

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS

407

acters given by Rathbun (1925, p. 509) and requiring supplementary
description which can best be given by a point-by-point comparison with
the Atlantic species.

In comparing the above-mentioned female of Tyche lamellifrons with
a female specimen of T. emarginata loaned by the U.S. National Museum
(Cat. No. 46770) and a male with loaned male No. 46772, the following
differences became apparent :

1. The rostral horns are parallel in lamellifrons and are almost
joined half way to their extremities by protuberances which almost, if not
actually, touch one another on the midline. The rostral horns of emargi-
nata, on the other hand, are strongly divergent from their bases and have
no suggestion of such protuberances.

TEXT FIG. 1
Left outer maxilliped of Tyche emarginata White

408 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

2. The orbital horns of both species are divergent, although less
strongly so in T. lamellifrons, and in both they extend beyond the rostral
horns. Lines drawn through their long axes would cross at the gastric
level in emarginata and at the cardiac level in lamellifrons because of the
more divergent angle taken by them in the former species.

3. The posterior margin of the carapace of lamellifrons is faintly
trilobate, that of emarginata strongly bilobate and lamellate.

4. Because of these posterior lobes and the greater length of the
rostral and orbital horns, the proportion of length to breadth of carapace
appears greater in emarginata than in lamellifrons, particularly in adult
male specimens.

5. The ambulatory legs of lamellifrons are shorter and stouter than
those of emarginata.

6. The exopodite of the third maxilliped of emarginata has a basal
protuberance which recurves to cover the base of the ischium. The merus
inserts deeply into the outer distal portion of the ischium by a similar,
but less developed tongue or flange. The inner margin of the ischium is
strongly dentate. (See text fig. 1.)

In lamellifrons the basal projection of the exopodite does not recurve
to cover the base of the ischium, the merus does not insert so deeply into
the ischium, the inner margin of which is nondentate.

7. The first free antennal segment in lamellifrons is flattened, in
emarginata it is cylindrical.

8. The sternal plastron of emarginata is deeply indented and there
are 2 strong tubercles, one on either side of the base of the last abdominal
segment in the male. The sternum of lamellifrons is flat with but a slight
tubercle opposite the last abdominal segment.

T. lamellifrons is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 409

Family PARTHENOPIDAE

Subfamily PaRTHENOPINAE

Genus PARTHENOPE Weber, 1795

Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Parthenope

A^ Chelipeds more than twice as long as carapace ; carapace broadly

triangular, sides rounded . . (Subgenus Platylambrus)
B^ Three large tubercles on posterior margin, one of which is

median P. (Platylambrus) exilipes

A^ Chelipeds less than twice as long as carapace ....

(Subgenus Pseudolambrus)

B^ Anterolateral margins without an abrupt angle; upper border

of chela with 8 or 9 strong teeth P. (Pseudolambrus) triangula

Subgenus Platylambrus Stimpson, 1871
Parthenope (Platylambrus) exilipes (Rathbun)

Plate 69, Fig. 2

Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) exilipes Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,

vol. 16, p. 234, 1893.
Lambrus exilipes Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 581, 1898.
Parthenope (Platylambrus) exilipes Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
p. 523, pis. 184 and 185; pi. 277, figs. 1-2, and synonymy, 1925.
Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 64, 1937.
Type locality. — Off San Domingo Point, Lower California.
Tj;/.^.— USNM No. 17365.

Range. — West coast of Lower California (Albatross) to Panama
(Albatross) ; Galapagos Islands (Albatross).

Atlantic analogue. — P. (Platylambrus) pourtalesii (Stimpson).
Diagnosis. — Carapace one-third broader than long, branchial regions
expanded and inflated, a median tubercle on posterior margin. Lateral
teeth short and blunt.

Material examined (100 specimens from 12 stations). —
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5, 1933,

3 males, 3 young.
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 female.
171-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21,

1934, 2 females, 1 young.
185-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, frag-
ments.

410 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934,

4 females (1 ovig.) (photographed), 14 young.
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 2

specimens.
318-35. Off Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 45 fms, Dec. 8, 1934,

1 female.
346-35. South Seymour Island, 55 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male, 1

female.
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 38 young.
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male, 2

females.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 5 males, 2

females, 17 young.
816-38. North of Hood Island, 50-100 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 1 male, 1
female, 1 young.
Measurements. — Largest female: length 16.3 mm, width 19.5 mm,
cheliped 42 mm, chela 18.9 mm.

Habitat. — Sand, sand and mud, sand and shell, sand and coral ; mud
and shell.

Depth. — 20-100 fms (one shore record).

Remarks. — P. exilipes is the most abundant of Galapagos partheno-
pids, occurring throughout the archipelago at medium depth, 20-100 fms.

Subgenus Pseudolambrus Paulson, 1875
Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) triangula (Stimpson)

Plate 69, Fig. 1

Lambrus triangulus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7,

p. 201, 1860.
Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) triangula Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat.
Mus., p. 528, pi. 278, figs. 1-3. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p.
65, pi. 5, fig. 18, 1937.

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Known only from the type locality. Cape San Lucas, and
from San Lucas Bay (Zaca).

Diagnosis. — Chelipeds less than twice as long as carapace. Carapace
an equilateral triangle, definitely widest at posterolateral angle; antero-
lateral margin nearly straight, multidenticulate ; 8 or 9 strong teeth on
upper margin of chela.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 411

Material examined (44 specimens from 17 stations). —
25-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 24, 1933, 1 male.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933, 1

female.
87-33. South Seymour Island, 15 fms, Feb. 19, 1933, portion of left

cheliped.
173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 2 males.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 male

(photographed).
187-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1

male.
204-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 1 male.
310-35. Marchena Island, 15 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 male.
339-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 10 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 young

male.
341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
355-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 1 male,

1 female.
356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 1 male.
360-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 3 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 3 young.
361-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 1 male.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 young.
783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 5 males,

3 females.
785-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 17, 1938, 7 males,
8 females, 2 young.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 16.3 mm, width 20.6 mm,
cheliped 34.0 mm, chela 14.7 mm, dactyl 8.1 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace pale dull yellow overcast
with numerous tiny orange blotches among which appear tiny dark car-
mine spots. A broad band of dark tourmaline pink on raised branchial
area. Raised portion on gastric, cardiac, and intestinal areas with broad
bands of pale orange yellow. Eye light nickel green. Ground color of
cheliped same as carapace. A large orange-red spot on distal end of merus.
Carpus darker than merus or hand, the teeth of which are white. Fingers
deep orange, blending into rich brownish purple to dull yellow at tips.
Ambulatory legs pale dull yellow with bands of vinaceous purple. Dactyls
pale yellowish white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and rock, sand and coral; rock.
Depth.— 2-70 fms.

412 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Re7narks. — A specimen sent Miss Rathbun in 1933 was returned with
the notation "Parthenope, n. sp., nr. P. guerini (Brito Capello)." Ex-
amination of a specimen of the latter (USNM No. 55783) in 1937 re-
vealed that the Galapagos specimens were not even of the same subgenus,
their shorter chehpeds placing them in Pseudolambrus Paulson (1875)
rather than in Platylambrus Stimpson (1871). By this time most of the
Hancock mainland material had been identified, Stimpson's P. triangula
rediscovered, both in the north and in adjacent Ecuadorean waters (un-
published records), and it was realized that the Galapagos specimens were
referable to this species.

P. triangula is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Genus DALDORFIA Rathbun, 1904

Daldorfia Rathbun, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 17, p. 171, 1904.

The name Daldorfia was proposed to replace Lambrus Leach, retired
as a synonym of Parthenope Weber. Besides the type species, D. horrida
(Linnaeus), the genus now contains D. semicircularis (Flipse) and the
following D. garthi Glassell.

Daldorfia garthi Glassell

Plate 55, Figs. 1-11

Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) excavata Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4,

p. 173, fig. 58, 1927.
Daldorfia garthi Glassell, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 3, p. 67,
pi. 17, figs. 1-11, 1940.

Type locality. — Sulivan Bay, James Island, Galapagos Islands.
T:i;^^.— AHFno. 3811.

Range. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California, to Colombia (Velero
III); Galapagos Islands (Velero III).

Diagnosis. — Carapace triangular, deeply eroded, anterolateral margins
spined, posterolateral margin straight. Meri of ambulatory legs with over-
lapping teeth, propodi with 2 denticles on lower margin. Chelipeds mas-
sive, unequal. A semiovoid sternal pit.

Material examined (11 specimens from 4 stations). —
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 1 female.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 1 female.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male (holo-
type, AHF no. 3811) ; also 6 males and one female (paratypes).
Measuretnents. — Male holotype : length 31 mm, width 47 mm, merus
of cheliped 29 mm, carpus 13 mm, manus including pollex 46 mm.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 413

Habitat. — Under rocks at extreme low tide.

Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — This large and striking species, the only Pacific partheno-
pid commonly encountered at low tide, has suffered at the hands of taxon-
omists, having been referred to Parthenope (Pseudolambrus) excavata
(Stimpson) by Boone (1927) and to Thyrolambrus erosus Rathbun
(1898) by the author of that species, although not in print, in an fdenti-
fication made in 1933. While at the National Museum in 1939, the
writer compared for Mr. Glassell a specimen from Cape San Lucas with
the type of T. erosus (USNM No. 21577) and reported that the San
Lucas specimen was undoubtedly a new species. The Hancock material
was turned over for description to Mr. Glassell, who selected his types
from among James Island, Galapagos, material.

Daldorfia is an Indo-Pacific genus reaching the Hawaiian Islands,
where it is represented by D. horrida (Linnaeus), but not known to occur
heretofore in the Americas.

Genus SOLENOLAMBRUS Stimpson, 1871

Solenolambrus arcuatus Stimpson

Plate 69, Figs. 3, 4

So!enola?nbrus arcuatus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol.
10, p. 101 (128), 1871. Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 538,
and synonymy, 1925. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37,
p. 625, 1931.
Type locality. — Panama.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Panama (Stimpson, Finnegan).
Atlantic analogue. — S. typicus Stimpson.
Material examined (5 specimens from 4 stations). —
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30" S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5, 1933,
1 young.
204-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 2 young

females.
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male.
328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male
(photographed).
Measurements. — Largest male: length 11.5 mm, width 14.4 mm,
cheliped 24.7 mm, chela, 12.2 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color pale olive buff to white. Rostrum cad-
mium orange, gastric region olive gray with white spots and streaks show-
ing through. Anterolateral margins white. Other areas overcast with

414 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

patterns of deep livid brown and dark vinaceous purple. Ambulatory legs
white with tone of cadmium yellow and touches of vinaceous purple on
upper surfaces of merus, carpus, and propodus; tip of dactyl yellow.
Cheliped like carapace with patterns of vinaceous purple in broad bands ;
two on merus and one on chela. Fingers white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand.

Depth. — 10-60 fms.

Remarks. — S. arcuatus is one of very few species of which no specimen
was available for illustration in the Rathbun monograph (1925). Known
previously only from Panamanian specimens, it is now recorded from the
Galapagos Islands in several widely separated localities.

Genus MESORHOEA Stimpson, 1871

Mesorhoea bellii (A. Milne Edwards)

Plate 69, Figs. 5, 6

Solenolambrus bellii A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Max., p. 163, pi.

29, figs. 6-6d, 1878.
Mesorhoea bellii Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 548, pi. 201 ;
pi. 280, figs. 1-4, and synonymy, 1925. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22,
no. 3, p. 65, 1937.
Type locality. — Mexico.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — From Abreojos Point, Lower California (Albatross), to
Panama Bay, including the Gulf of California; 9 to 71 fms.
Atlantic analogue. — M. sexspinosa Stimpson.
Material examined (8 specimens from 5 stations). —
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5, 1933,

1 young female.
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 1

young female.
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 2 males,

1 female.
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 young.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 male
(photographed), 1 female.
Measurements. — Largest specimen: length 11.0 mm, width 14.6 mm,
cheliped 21.0 mm, chela 8.7 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace pale ochraceous buff. Frontal
areas a tone darker and a little more yellow ; pattern on frontal area deep
olive buff. Chela pale ochraceous buff, fading on fingers to white tips.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 415

Numerous tiny and larger red spots appear in groups and scattered on
carapace, but none on ambulatory legs, which are nearly white; merus
banded with chrome orange, nail of dactyl yellow. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Sand, sand and shell, sand and nullipore, sand and coral.

Depth.— 9-SO fms.

Remarks. — M. bellii is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Genus AETHRA Leach, 1816

Aethra scruposa scutata Smith

Plate 70, Figs. 1, 2

Aethra scutata Smith, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 48, p. 120, 1869.
Oethra scruposa, var. scutata A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p.

170, pi. 31, figs. 2-2e, 1878.
Aethra scruposa scutata Rathbun, Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 552, pi.
195, and synonymy, 1925.

Type locality. — La Paz, Lower California.

Type.— In Yale Univ. Mus.

Range. — From La Paz, Lower California (Smith), to Mazatlan (A.
Milne Edwards).

Diagnosis. — Carapace transversely elliptical, margins thin, expanded
to conceal legs and cut by closed fissures into numerous broad teeth.
Margins of chelipeds and ambulatory legs produced, dentate.

Material exajnined (4 specimens from 2 stations). —
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 male.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male, 2
females (1 photographed).

Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 63.0 mm, width
97.1 mm, cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 34 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl
42 mm, chela 36.3 mm, dactyl 23.4 mm.

Color in life. — The appearance of the carapace is that of a much
eroded rock encrusted with coralline algae.

Habitat. — Under rocks at low tide.

Depth. — Strictly a shoreline species.

Remarks. — For five years a single, very large male from Hood Island
was the only representative of this species in Hancock collections, despite
repeated collecting over the same territory. Then, in 1938, an exceptional
tide at Sulivan Bay gave Velero HI collectors three more specimens, in-
cluding females, along with more of the equally desirable Glyptoxanthus
hancocki Garth (1939) and Daldorfia garthi Glassell (1940), all three
of which occupy extremely low tide levels.

A. scruposa scutata is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

416 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Superfamlly BRAGHYRHYNGHA
Y^mWyPORTUNIDAE

Subfamily ThALAMITINAE

Genus PORTUNUS Weber, 1795

Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Portunus

A^ A spine at posterior angles of the carapace ; merus of swimming

leg unarmed P. (Achelous) tuberculatus

A^ No spine at posterior angles of the carapace ; a spine at postero-
distal angle of merus of swimming leg
B^ Carapace with numerous areolations ; lateral spine as long as

width of 3 adjacent teeth . . P. (Achelous) stanfordi
B^ Carapace flat and smooth ; lateral spine no longer than larg-
est of anterolateral spines . . P. (Achelous) angustus

Subgenus AcHELOUS de Haan

Portunus (Achelous) stanfordi Rathbun

Plate 71, Fig. 1

Portunus (Achelous) brevimanus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus,, vol.
21, p. 593, 1898; vol. 38, p. 578, 1910 (part: the Galapagos speci-
mens).
Portunus (Achelous) stanfordi Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci.,
vol. 4, p. 282, pi. 12, fig. 11, 1902; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p.
69, pi. 31, text fig. 11, 1930. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 178,
fig. 60, 1927.
Type locality. — Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island.
Type.—\J?>NM No. 24833.

Range. — Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island (Hopkins-Stanford Expedi-
tion), and Hood Island (Arcturus) ; known only from the Galapagos
Islands.

Diagnosis. — Carapace with numerous lumpy elevations. Lateral spine
almost transverse, its length equal to the width of the two adjacent teeth.
A spine at the posterodistal angle of the merus of the fourth leg.
Material examined (234 specimens from 40 stations). —
9-32. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Jan. 6, 1932, surface at light,
1 female.
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5, 1933,

1 young male.
78-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, surface at light, Feb. 15,
1933, 2 males, 2 females.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 417

84-33. South Seymour Island, 13 fms, Feb. 18, 1933, 1 specimen and

fragments.
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 1 female.
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 2 males,

4 ovig. females.
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

male, 3 young.
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 2 young

females, 1 fragment.
155-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

male, 1 female.
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 4

males, 2 females, 2 young.
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

30 young.
171-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21,

1934, 8 young.
173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 4 males, 2

females. Also 1 atypical specimen doubtfully referable to the above.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 young.
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 3 young, 1

carapace.
185-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 2

young.
186-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 2 young

and fragments.
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 18

young.
195-34. North of Charles Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, 1 large

male, 2 ovig. females.
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934,

7 young.
198-34. NW of Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 55-65 fms, Jan.

29, 1934, 4 young.
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934,

1 large male, 5 young.
204-34, Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 5 young.
318-35. Off Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 45 fms, Dec. 8, 1934,

4 young.
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male,

1 female, 8 young.

418 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

324-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 45 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male,

2 females ( 1 ovig.) , 6 young.
326-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 15 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 2 males

(1 photographed), 1 female, 6 young.
327-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male,

15 young.
328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 2 males,

8 young.
330-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 4

young.
345-35. Between Daphne and South Seymour Islands, 30 fms, Dec. 13,

1934, 1 young.
346-35. Between South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 55 fms, Dec. 13,

1934, 5 young.
347-35. South Seymour Island, 3 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 3 young.
362-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 20 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 17 young.
790-38. South Seymour Island, 10-20 fms, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 young.
792-38. Between South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 70-80 fms, Jan.

20, 1938, 1 male, 1 female, 4 young.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male,

1 female.
813-38. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, surface at light, Jan. 27, 1938,

1 male*'
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 4 males, 4

females, 7 young.
816-38. North of Hood Island, 50-100 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 2 males, 1
female, 1 young.
Measurements. — Large female: length 26.7 mm, width 45.6 mm,
cheliped 60.0 mm, chela 27.8 mm, dactyl 14.6 mm; largest male: length
28.0 mm, width 48.4 mm, cheliped 78.0 mm, chela 35.0 mm, dactyl 16.7
mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace pale olive buff. Granules on
all raised areas cadmium orange to bright red and carmine on edges.
Anterolateral teeth with a cluster of orange-yellow dots at bases ; lateral
tooth edged with carmine. Cheliped with carmine on large spines. Fingers
carmine, banded with white. Ambulatory legs with delicate pale lavender
tint becoming more intense distally. Merus of swimming leg faintly tinted
with yellow. (Petersen)

Habitat. — The bottom, where noted, is sandy in every case but one
which is marked "very rocky" and one marked "gray mud and shell."
Red algae were frequently present in the haul.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 419

Depth. — 5-150 fms; also pelagic at night.

Remarks. — All were dredged specimens except four which came to
the gangway light. P. (A.) Stanford! may be distinguished from P. (A.)
angustus Rathbun (1898) by the rough carapace and the strong lateral
spine, both unmistakable in even the smallest specimens. Hancock speci-
mens have been compared with the type (USNM No. 24833).

The range of the species has been extended to include the northern-
most island, Wenman, and the known depth increased to 150 fms.

Portunus (Achelous) angustus Rathbun
Plate 71, Figs. 3, 4

Portunus (Achelous) angustus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21,
p. 594, pi. 44, fig. 2, 1898; Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p.
282, 1902; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 70, pi. 32, 1930. Finnegan,
Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 629, 1931.
Type locality. — Off Hood Island, Galapagos Islands, 20 fms.
Type.—USNM No. 21587.

Range. — Hood Island (Albatross) and Tagus Cove, Albemarle
Island (Hopkins-Stanford Expedition) ; known only from the Galapagos
Islands.

Atlantic analogue. — P. ordwayi (Stimpson).

Diagnosis. — Carapace flat and smooth, except for low transverse
granulate ridges. Lateral spine short, no larger than largest of antero-
lateral spines. A spine at the posterodistal angle of the merus of leg 4.
Anterolateral spines alternately large and small, as in Cronius,
Material examined (128 specimens from 31 stations). —
66-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-20 fms, Feb. 9, 1933,

fragments.
86-33. South Seymour Island, surface at light, Feb. 18, 1933, 2

young.
87-33. South Seymour Island, 15 fms, Feb. 19, 1933, 2 young.
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 male.
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 2

males.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 5

young.
168a-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

young.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,
11 young.

420 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 young.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 2 males,

2 females (1 ovig.) (photographed), 9 young.

193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 17

young.
196-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, chela.
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934,

3 young.

204-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 28 young.

326-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 15 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 2 fe-
males, 1 young.

327-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1
female.

328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male.

330-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male.

336-35. SuHvan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, 2
females, 2 young.

339-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 10 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, 1
female.

340-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 8 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 young and
fragment.

341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 5 females
( 1 ovig. ) , 3 young.

347-35. South Seymour Island, 3 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 young.

348-35. South Seymour Island, 15 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 young.

361-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 3 males.

362-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 20 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 2 males,

1 young.

788-38. SE of Daphne Major Island, 55 fms, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 male.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 3 young.
799-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 15-18 fms, Jan. 22, 1938, 1

female.
807-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 10-25 fms, Jan. 24, 1938,

2 males, 2 young.

809-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, surface at light, Jan. 25,
1938, 1 female.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 24.1 mm, width 34.6 mm,
cheliped 46 mm, chela 21.6 mm, dactyl 12.8 mm.
Habitat. — As given for P. (A.) stanfordi.
Depth. — 3-55 fms.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 421

Remarks. — While P. (A.) angustus was taken in a number of the
same dredge hauls as F. (A.) stanfordi Rathbun (1898), none of the
former were encountered at depths greater than 55 fms, while the latter
was dredged six times at depths of over 55 fms to depths as great as
150 fms.

The reduction in size of the alternate anterolateral spines, suggestive
of the genus Cronius, is diagnostic of the species, together with the
smooth, flat carapace and the short lateral spine.

Portunus (Achelous) tuberculatus (Stimpson)
Plate 71, Fig. 2

Achelous tuberculatus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol.

7, p. 223 (95), 1860.
Portunus (Achelous) tuberculatus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol.
21, p. 596, 1898; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 90, pi. 44, and
synonymy, 1930. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p.
629, 1931. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 68, 1937.
Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Types.— Cotypes in Brit. Mus., MCZ, and USNM, No. 19679.
Range. — From Cape San Lucas (Xantus) to Panama (Albatross);
Gorgona Island, Colombia (Crossland) ; 3-29 fms (Crane).

Diagnosis. — Carapace with many tubercles, a spine at posterior angles.
Lateral spine exceedingly long, not at all forward directed. No spine at
posterodistal angle of merus of fourth leg.

Material examined (5 specimens from 4 stations). —
66a-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, "roach" trap, attached to fish

trap, Feb. 9, 1933, 1 young.
87-33. South Seymour Island, 15 fms, Feb. 19, 1933, 1 ovig. female
(photographed).
783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 ovig.

female.
785-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 male,
1 female.
Measurements. — Ovigerous female: length 7.9 mm, width including
lateral spines 16.6 mm, cheliped 16.0 mm, chela 7.5 mm, dactyl 4.2 mm.
Habitat. — White sand, sand and rock, sand and coral.
Depth. — 3-70 fms.

422 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Remarks. — This rarest of swimming crabs in the Galapagos Islands
may be distinguished from the two commoner species, P. (A.) stanfordi
Rathbun and P. (A.) angustus Rathbun, by the paired spine on the poste-
rior margin of the carapace, although it may be incipient in young speci-
mens.

P. (A.) tuberculatus is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands. Its
vertical range has been increased to 70 fms.

Genus CRONIUS Stimpson, 1860

Cronius ruber (Lamarck)

Plate 72, Figs. 3, 4

Portunus ruber Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 5, p. 260,

1818.
Cronius ruber Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p. 225
(97), 1860. Rathbun, Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 14, p. 159, 1924; Bull.
152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 139, pis. 62 and 63, and synonymy, 1930.
Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 182, fig. 62, 1927. Finnegan,
Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 630, 1931. Sivertsen, Med.
fra det. Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 13, 1933.
Type locality. — Brazil.
Type. — Not located.

Range. — From Port San Bartholome, Lower California (Albatross),
to Paita, Peru (Schmitt) ; Galapagos Islands (Williams Expedition) ;
4-10 fms; also occurs in the Atlantic.

Diagnosis. — All spines tipped with black; 4 spines on manus. Basal
lobe of antenna prolonged into orbital hiatus.

Material examined (11 specimens from 10 stations). —
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 2 males.
96a-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, fish trap, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 large

male.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 male.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 1 large

ovig. female.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, chela.

-34. Charles Island, fish trap, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 ovig. female.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 male.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 male

( photographed ) .
339-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 10 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 specimen.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,
1934, 1 male.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACK YURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 423

Measurements. — Largest male : length 56 mm, width 84 mm, cheliped
115 mm, chela 60 mm, dactyl 31.5 mm.

Habitat. — Rocky shore and shoal water.

Depth. — 4-20 fms.

Rernarks. — This largest of swimming crabs in the Galapagos Islands
was obtained once in a dredge haul, twice by shore parties, and three times
in lobster traps. Four spines on the hand serve to distinguish the young of
this species from P. (A.) angustus Rathbun.

Subfamily PODOPHTHALMINAE

Genus EUPHYLAX Stimpson, 1860

Euphylax dovii Stimpson

Plate 72, Figs. 1, 2

Euphylax dovii Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p. 226
(98), pi. 3 (not 5), figs. 5 and 5a, 1860. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S.
Nat. Mus., p. 147, pi. 65, 1930.

Type locality. — West coast of Central America.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — ^West coast of Mexico? (A. Milne Edwards), Panama
(Ward), Talcahuano, Chile (MCZ).

Diagnosis. — Orbits occupying whole of anterior border of carapace
except for narrow front. Eyes borne on long stalks. Anterolateral margins
5-spined.

Material examined. —

9-32. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, surface at light, Jan. 6, 1932,
12 specimens (1 photographed).

Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 32 mm, width 52
mm, cheliped 83 mm, chela 42 mm, dactyl 23 mm.

Habitat. — Pelagic.

Depth. — Surface.

Remarks. — E. dovii undoubtedly occurs in great numbers in the
Galapagos Islands during the seasonal invasion of the warmer waters of
El Nino current from the Bay of Panama. Countless numbers of these
periscopic-eyed swimmers were observed at Cocos Island in 1938. They
were being gathered by fishermen into bait tanks to be released later as
chum for tuna in lieu of sardines.

E. dovii is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

424 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Family A TELEC YCLIDA E

Genus KRAUSSIA Dana, 1852

Kraussia Dana, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, vol. 13, no. 37, p. 120, 1852.
Kraussia Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, pt. 2, no. 3, p. 97,
1899.

Carapax paulo transversus, margine postero-laterali breve, fronte
denticulatOj medio emarginato. Antennae internae obliquae. Pedes 8
postici natatorii, tarso falciformi. Articulus maxillipedis externi 3tius vtx
oblong us. (Dana).

Carapace not much broader than long, not concealing the first three
abdominal terga even in the male, subcircular but with the antero-lateral
borders much longer than the postero-lateral, and the latter rather
strongly convergent and slightly concave : the regions not defined.

Front well separated from and prominent beyond the inner supra-
orbital angles, almost horizontal, cut into two lobes which may, or may
not, be again divided into two lobules.

The antennules fold alongside their basal joint, much nearer the
longitudinal than the transverse.

The basal antenna-joint touches the front and occupies all the space
between the antennulary pits and the orbit : the flagellum, which is short
and slender, stands in the orbital hiatus.

Buccal cavern squarish, a little elongate: the external maxillipeds —
of which the merus is not elongate — slightly overlap the epistome, which
though short and sunken is well enough defined. No ridges on the palate
to define the efferent branchial channels.

Cheliped massive, short and stumpy with particularly stumpy fingers.

Legs short and stout, ending in blade-like dactyli.

The abdomen of the male consists of 5 segments, the 3rd-5th terga
being fused.

Sternum narrow. (Alcock)

The writer follows Rathbun (1911, p. 211) and Balss (Journ. Roy.
Soc. Western Australia, vol. 21, 1934-35, p. 132) in assigning the genus
Kraussia to the family Atelecyclidae.

Kraussia amerlcana Garth
Plate 73, Figs. 1, 2

Kraussia americana Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2,
p. 19, pi. 7, figs. 1-4, 1939.

Type locality. — Puerto Refugio, Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf
of California.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 425

Tj;;^^.— AHFno. 371.

Range. — From Angel de la Guardia Island, Gulf of California, to
Secas Islands, Panama (Velero III) ; Galapagos Islands (Velero III).

Diagnosis. — Front bilobed, subtruncate; lobes arched. Carapace one
and one-third times as broad as long. Anterolateral margin greatly ex-
ceeding posterolateral margin. Orbits reduced to slits dorsally ; eyes small.
Fingers of nearly equal length, gaping in a broad oval. First segment of
palpus of third maxilliped inflated and horizontally compressed. Margins
of carapace and legs fringed with long, cjdindrical, golden hairs.
Material examined (10 specimens from 8 stations). —
46-33. Barrington Island, 4-10 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 young.
66-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-20 fms, Feb. 9, 1933, 1

male.
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

young.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 female.
187-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1

young.
193-34. Post OflSce Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 1

young.
204-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 2 males.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male,
1 female.
Measurements. — Male holotype: length of carapace 10.9 mm, width
14.7 mm, of front 6.3 mm, chela 8.3 mm, manus 5.0 mm, movable finger
6.3 mm, immovable finger 3.7 mm, height of gape 2.3 mm.

Color in life. — From Gulf of California specimen: carapace pale
apricot orange, a triangular red space on branchial region. Chelae pale
cream color with a few touches of red. Fingers light bone brown, fading
on tips. Ambulatory legs light cream buff, semitransparent, and with a
few touches of bright red. Ventral side clear white. (Petersen)
Habitat. — On clean white sand.
Depth. — 4-40 fms.

Remarks. — Because both are white and hairy, Kraussia americana
may be confused with Acidops fimbriatus Stimpson, of the family Xanthi-
dae. The minute orbits of the former, contrasted with the long eye stalks
of the latter, and the peculiar, curved fingers of Kraussia with their im-
bedded brushes of hair serve readily to distinguish one from the other.

The existence of Kraussia, an Old World genus, in the Galapagos
Islands, along with Maldivia, Daldorfia, and others, indicates a trans-
pacific origin of a proportion of the Galapagos crustacean fauna which
will undoubtedly increase as exploration continues.

426 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

YzmiXy XANTHIDAE

Genus CARPILODES Dana, 1 85 1

Carpilodes cinctimanus (White)

Plate 74, Figs. 1-4

Carpilius cinctimanus White, in Jukes, Narrative Voy. H.M.S. Fly, vol.

2, append, no. 8, p. 336, pi. 2, fig. 3, 1847.
Carpilodes cinctimanus Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 5, p.
234, 1880. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 242, pi. 100,
and synonymy, 1930. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 12, no. 3, p. 69, 1937.
Liomera cocosana Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 184, fig. 63, 1927.
Type locality. — Indian Ocean and Eastern Seas.
Type. — Not in Brit. Mus.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Zaca), to Maria
Madre Island, Mexico (Contreras) ; Galapagos Islands (Arcturus)',
occurs also in Australia, Japan, and islands of the Pacific.

Diagnosis. — Carapace twice as broad as long, cut into 3 large lobes.
Wrists banded with black in adult male.

Material examined (190 specimens from 24 stations). —
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 5 males, 7

females (2 ovig.), 24 young.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 female.
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 male.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 9 young.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 4

males, 25 young.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 male,

1 female, 3 young.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 6 males,

1 female, fragment.
80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 1 male, 1 young.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 1

young.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 3 males, 4

females (1 ovig.), 10 young.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 2 males.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 6 males, 7

females (1 ovig.), 11 young.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 male, 1
female, 1 young.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 427

101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 3 males, 2
females.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 male, 2
females ( 1 ovig. ) .
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 male.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 2

females.
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 1 male, 2 females, 1 young.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 1 male.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 2 young.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, coral, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,
1934, 4 males, 7 females (including the photographed pair), 2
fragments.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 2 males.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 10 males, 6 females,
3 young.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 23.0 mm, width 42.5 mm,
cheliped 36.0 mm, chela 20.0 mm, dactyl 11.9 mm; largest female: length
20.7 mm, width 38.3.

Color in life. — Carapace claret brown shading into dragon's blood red
on marginal lobes. Appendages dragon's blood red with a band of claret
brown on each segment. Chelae black. Dactyls of walking legs white, nail
yellow.

Habitat. — Pocillopora coral clumps.
Depth. — Shoal water.

Remarks. — C. cinctimanus belongs to the Pocillopora coral fauna,
and, when occasional specimens are encountered under rocks at low tide
level, a diligent search seldom fails to reveal coral nearby.

Growth. — An interesting growth series has been aranged, showing
complete intergradation between pure white young and pure red adult
with black banded wrists. The color appears at first as a delicate pink
which gradually deepens, rather than as a series of widening bands, as
in Actaea dovit^tim^son (pi. 79, fig. 2). The 2.7 mm specimen described
by Crane (1937) was thought to be of the latter species until a single
banded Carpilodes was noted among Velero III collections also.

428 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Genus PLATYPODIA Bell, 1835
Key TO THE Galapagos Species of the Genus Platypodia

A^ Mesogastric region linear, protogastric lobule bifid

P. rotundata

A^ Mesogastric region broadened anteriorly, protogastric lobule

entire P. gemmata

Platypodia gemmata Rathbun
Plate 79, Fig. 1

Platypodia gemmata Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p.
279, pi. 12, figs. 5 and 6, 1902; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 249,
text fig. 40, 1930. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p.
633, 1931. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 15,
1933. Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Type locality. — Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands.
Type.—U^^M No. 24850.

Range. — Galapagos Islands, Albemarle (Hopkins-Stanford Expedi-
tion) ; Bay of Panama, Taboga Island (Crossland).

Diagnosis. — Carapace rotund, areolate, margin cristate. Mesogastric
region broadened anteriorly. Palm with transverse ridges ; superior crest
high.

Material examined (82 specimens from 26 stations). —
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 1 male, 1

ovig. female.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 young.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 young.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933, 1

female.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 1 male, 1 large female.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 2 males, 1

female.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, coral, Feb. 14, 1933, 10 males,

9 females.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 2

females.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 3 young.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 2 males, 2
females.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 429

96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 ovig.

female.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 2 ovig.

females.
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 3 males,

1 female, 1 young.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 3 males, 1 female, 1 young.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

male, 1 female.
174-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 male, 1 young.
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 male, 1 female.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 1 specimen.
316-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fms, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 ovig. female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 2 specimens.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 7 males, 3 females.
361-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 1 specimen.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male, 4

females.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 male, 1

young female.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 2 young males.
804-38. Onslow Island, off Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 2
males.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 13.0 mm, width 18.2 mm,
cheliped 17.4 mm, chela 9.2 mm, dactyl 5.2 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace reddish naphthalene violet.
Tubercles and margin dark dull purple. Outer side of cheliped light
brilliant neutral red extending slightly on movable finger. Fingers dull
dark yellow, lighter toward tip. Ambulatory legs Brazil red. Color
extends half way on dactyl, which is dull yellow. Nail banded with brown
at root, bright yellow at tip. Ventral side jasper red; abdomen brick red;
legs scarlet beneath. (Petersen)

Habitat. — In circular depressions, particularly in sponges.
Depth. — An intertidal species; occasionally to 15 or 20 fms.
Remarks. — These Platypodias fit so snugly into the circular depres-
sions which they have hollowed out for themselves that they are likely
to be overlooked. They were most abundant in rocks near a sandy shore
where a clump of dead trees forms a conspicuous landmark a few miles
north of the anchorage at Cartago Bay, where 19 were found.

430 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

From the fact that Finnegan (1931) records the mainland species,
P. rotundata (Stimpson) (1860) from the Galapagos Islands, it might
be expected that some of the Hancock series would prove to be of that
species also. However, comparison of selected pairs with the type of P.
gemmata (USNM No. 24830) and with the Rathbun photographed
specimen of rotundata (No. 4079) collected by Capt. Dow at Panama
conclusively shows all Hancock Galapagos Platypodias to be gemmata,
none having the linear mesogastric or bifid protogastric region of
rotundata.

Platypodia rotundata (Stimpson)

Atergatis rotundatus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7,

p. 202 (74), 1860.
Platypodia rotundata Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 38, p. 584,
1910; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 248, pi. 102, figs. 1-3, and
synonymy, 1930. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol.
37, no. 255, p. 633, 1931.

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.

Types. — Cotypes in MCZ.

Range. — From La Paz, Gulf of California (Lockington), to Pta.
Santa Elena, Ecuador (Schmitt) ; Galapagos Islands (Crossland).

Atlantic analogue. — P. spectabilis (Herbst).

Diagnosis. — Carapace rotund, areolate, margin cristate. Mesogastric
region narrowed anteriorly, protogastric region divided into two distinct
lobules.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos Islands. The Han-
cock collections contain a long series of this species from Escondido Bay,
Gulf of California, to Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador.

Remarks. — Since Finnegan (1931) recorded both P. gemmata and
P. rotundata from among Galapagos material collected by Crossland on
the St. George Expedition, it is presumed that she was familiar with the
distinguishing features of both species. However, her inclusion of P.
gemmata, regarded heretofore as a Galapagos endemic species, in the
Taboga Island, Bay of Panama, fauna, where rotundata would be ex-
pected, suggests that she may have placed too much emphasis upon the
presence or absence of hair in the depressions of the carapace, a feature
given as diagnostic by Rathbun (1930), and not enough upon the shape
of the proto- and mesogastric regions, which is the structural basis for
separation of the two species.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 431

Genus AGTAEA de Haan, 1833
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Actaea

A^ Carapace covered with raised smooth nodules, deeply separated

J. sulcata

A^ Carapace areolate, areoles granulate and not deeply separated
B^ Carapace narrow, areoles covered with bead granules .

A. angusta

B^ Carapace wider, areoles sharp granulate

C^ Areoles inconspicuous, scarcely elevated above general
carapace level ; granules minute ; leg joints granulous

A. dovii

C? Areoles conspicuous on anterior two-thirds of carapace;
granules increasing in size toward anterolateral mar-
gins; leg joints spinulous .... A.crosslandi

Actaea dovii Stimpson
Plate 79, Figs. 2, 6

Actaea dovii Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10, p. 104,
1871. Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, no. 8, p. 281,
1902; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 254, pi. 104, figs. 1-2, 1930.
Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 203, fig. 71, 1927. Finnegan,
Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 632, 1931. Sivertsen, Med.
fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 15, 1933. Schmitt, Smithsonian
Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Type localities. — San Salvador and Panama.
T);^^.— MCZNo. 1021.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Lower California (Zaca), to Ecuador
(Nobili) ; Galapagos Islands (Hopkins-Stanford Expedition).
Atlantic analogue. — A. setigera (Milne Edwards).
Diagnosis. — ^Areoles inconspicuous, granulate. Carapace covered with
fine hairs.

Material examined (250 specimens from 41 stations). —
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 male, 1

female, 1 young.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 16 males, 2

females, 9 young, 1 fragment.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 6 males,

3 females (1 ovig.).
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 male, 1 female, 1
young.

432 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 13 males, 1 ovig.

female.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933, 6

young.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 17

males, 4 females, 5 young.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 1 male, 1

female.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 4 males,

2 females, 3 young.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 3 males.
80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 7 males, 5 females, 3

young.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 4 males,

1 young.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 2 females.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 2 males, 1

female, 1 young.

98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 female. {

101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 4 males, 1 I

female. j

148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

female.
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 1 male,

1 young.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 young.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 young.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 3

males, 2 females.
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 8 males, 4 females.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 2 males.
310-35. Marchena Island, 15 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 male, 1 female.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 young.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 male, 1 female, 3 young.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, fragments.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 10 males, 4
females, 2 young.

No. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 433

344-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, coral, Dec. 12, 1934,

5 males, 2 females, 6 young.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male, 1 female,

2 young.
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 2 young.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 11 males, 5 females, 1 young, fragment.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 male, 1

female, 1 young.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 5 males, 1 female.
792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 1 young.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 13 males.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 male,

1 female.
803-38. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1938, 1 female.
804-38. Onslow Island, near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 1

female, 2 young.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 2 males.

Measurements. — Large male: length 15.6 mm, width 21.4 mm,
cheliped, coxa to elbow 10.7 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 14.0 mm, chela
12.2 mm, dactyl 7.0 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace and cheliped light neutral red, fingers dark
dusky brown fading toward tip. Tubercles on carapace and cheliped
cameo brown. Ambulatory legs vinaceous buff with reddish tint, netted
with neutral red. Dactyls with blotches of neutral red at base, nail yellow.
(Petersen)

Habitat. — Pocillopora coral and free living, under rocks.
Depth. — Shore and shoal water; occasionally to 12 or 15 fms ; 1 record
to 80 fms.

Remarks. — ^While A. dovii is found in the Pocillopora colony, it is by
no means restricted to living coral but may be found on rocky shore or
while diving at moderate depths. The posteriorly converging, reddish-
brown bands of the carapace of the young (pi. 79, fig. 2) serve to separate
them from immature Carpilodes cinctimanus (White), which occurs with
them in the coral. In life the eye is bright begonia rose.

Actaea angusta Rathbun
Plate 75, Figs. 1, 2

Actaea angusta Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 582, pi. 42,
fig. 2, 1898; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 256, pi. 104, figs. 7 and
8, text fig. 42, 1930.

434 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Type locality. — Off Hood Island, Galapagos Islands.

Type.—\]?>^M No. 21578.

Range. — Known only from the type locality.

Atlantic analogue. — A. bifrons Rathbun.

Diagnosis. — Carapace narrow, covered with bead granules; margin
cut into 4 well-defined teeth. A small species.

Material examined. —
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 1
young (photographed).

Measurements. — Length 4.3 mm, width 5.8 mm.

Habitat. — "Mostly rock." (Probably with sand patches.)

Depth. — 20-35 fms.

Remarks. — Apparently this distinctive species is destined to remain a
great rarity in collections, as repeated dredging over the type locality has
yielded but one specimen in five expeditions, the first since the type. This
specimen has been compared with the holotype (USNM No. 21578) and
is identical in size and appearance. The pearly granules of the carapace
and cheliped distinguish it from the remaining Galapagos members of the
genus.

Actaea sulcata Stimpson
Plate 77, Fig. 1

Actaea sulcata Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p. 203
(75), 1860. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 259, pi. 105,
figs. 3 and 4, 1930. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37,
p. 632, 1931. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 69, 1937.
Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Crane), to Gorgona
Island, Colombia (Crossland) ; 2^-15 fms.

Atlantic analogue. — A. rufopunctata nodosa Stimpson.
Diagnosis. — Carapace covered with raised nodules, deeply separated.
Material examined (44 specimens from 22 stations). —
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 young.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 male, 1

1 female, 2 young.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 female, 1 young.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 5 specimens.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933, 1
male, 2 young.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 435

65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 1 male.

69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 2

young males.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 3 males.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 2 males,

1 fragment.

94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 male, 2

females ( 1 ovig. ) .
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 female.

167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 fe-
male.

194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island
crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 1 female.

199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 female.

344-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, coral, Dec. 12, 1934,

2 males.

356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 1 young.
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 2 females.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 female.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 male (photo-
graphed ) .
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male, 2

females.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 male.
2 females.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 11.0 mm, width
17.0 mm, cheliped 14.0 mm, chela 7.5 mm, dactyl 4.3 mm.

Color in life. — General appearance neutral red with bluish tinge.
Raised nodules on gastric, cardiac, and intestinal regions pale yellowish
white. Cheliped and legs neutral red. Fingers warm Van Dyke brown, a
touch of bright lavender at base of movable fingers, tips almost white.
Dactyls of ambulatory legs orange yellow at base fading to near white.
Nail pale yellow. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Pocillopora^ or free living under rocks.
Depth. — Shore to 15 fms.

Remarks. — Like A. dovii, this species is found most frequently in liv-
ing coral, but may be picked up from under rocks or dredged in 12-15 fms.
It is less abundant than A. dovii in the proportion of about 1 :5.
A. sulcata is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

436 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Actaea crosslandi (Finnegan), new comb.
Plate 56, Figs. 1-4

Xanthias crosslandi Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 638,
193L
Type locality. — Tagus Cove, Galapagos Islands.
Type. — In Brit. Mus.

Range. — Known only from the type locality.

Diagnosis. — Carapace areolate on anterior two-thirds only. Hepatic
region coarsely granulate. Anterolateral margin with 4 tuberculated teeth,
excluding exorbital cluster; first depressed, second largest. Last three
ambulatory segments spinulous.

Material examined (100 specimens from 21 stations). —
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 1 young, frag-
ment.
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 3

young.
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 4

males, 3 females.
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 5 males,

8 females (4 ovig.).

166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 male.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 6

males, 2 females.
168a-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 2

males.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

9 males, 5 females.

170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

4 young.
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 2 males, 3

females.
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 2

young.
193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 3

males, 1 ovig. female.
196-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, 1

female, 1 young.
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934,

8 males, 10 females.
198-34. NW of Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 55-65 fms, Jan. 29,

1934, 1 male.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 437

199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 male.
316-35. Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fms, Feb. 8, 1934,

1 male.

317-35. Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 25-30 fms, Feb. 8, 1934,

2 females ( 1 ovig.) .

792-38. Off Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 1 male.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 5 males,

4 females (2 ovig.).
810-38. (D-1) Barrington Island, 48 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 young.

Measurements. — Male: length 10.3 mm, width 15.1 mm; female:
length 10.1 mm, width 15.0 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace reddish salmon orange, slightly darker on
frontal region and entirely covered with red spots, which become lighter
toward the frontal and hepatic regions, where they almost disappear.
Chela lighter than carapace, with spots much in evidence on carpus and
propodus. Dactyl yellow to white tip. Legs as chelae with pale yellow
hairs. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Rock, rock and sand, rock and algae; sand, sand and coral,
sand and nullipore ; coral, nullipore and worm tubes.

Depth. — From shore to 150 fms.

Remarks. — A pair of specimens from the type locality were sent to
the British Museum for comparison with the type and were returned
labeled "Xanthias crosslandi Finnegan" by Dr. Isabella Gordon. As
restricted by Odhner (1925), only one American species, X. inornatus
(Rathbun) (1898), belongs in this genus, and the writer proposes its
transfer to the genus Actaea de Haan.

Genus GLYPTOXANTHUS A. Milne Edwards, 1879

Glyptoxanthus hancocki Garth

Plate 76, Figs. 1, 2

Glyptoxanthus labyrinthicus Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 266,

part (the Galapagos specimen), 1930.
Glyptoxanthus hancocki Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no.
2, p. 15, pi. 4, fig. 1 ; pi. 5, figs, la, 2a, 3a, 1939.

Type locality. — Sulivan Bay, James Island.

Type. AHF no. 383.

Range. — Known only from the Galapagos Islands.

Diagnosis. — Elevations of carapace sparsely pitted. Gastric areole
independent of inner protogastric. Front separated from rest of carapace
by a transverse furrow joining orbits.

438 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Material examined (22 specimens from 10 stations). —
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 1 male.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 2 males.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 male.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 1 male, cara-
pace.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, chela.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 specimen.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 males, 8
females (the type series, including the female holotype, AHF no.
383).
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 female.
803-38. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1938, 1 male, 2
females.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, female, not holotype : length 25.8
mm, width 38.0 mm; male allotype: length 18.6 mm, width 26.9 mm.

Color in life, — Dark areas on carapace a rich violet carmine, a little
more reddish on branchial and posterior areas. Light areas cadmium
orange on frontal, gastric, and cardiac regions; branchial and intestinal
regions same color but lighter hue. Chela violet carmine on dark areas;
fingers very dark seal brown, fading toward tips, which are almost white.
Ambulatory legs burnt lake on dark areas and light cadmium orange on
light areas. Nail of dactyl amber. Eyestalk pale orange-yellow; eye black-
ish brown. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Under rocks at low tide.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — ^As set forth in the diagnosis of the species, G. hancocki
differs from G. labyrtnthicus (Stimpson) (1860) of the Bay of Panama
in having the gastric areole independent of the inner protogastric, the
orbits joined by an open, transverse furrow, and the vermiculations
sparsely pitted. Exceptionally low tides are necessary to uncover this
brilliant red and orange xanthid crab, which is found in company with
Aethra scruposa scutata Smith and Daldorfia garthi Glassell.

Genus DAIRA de Haan, 1833

Daira americana Stimpson

Plate 82, Figs. 1, 2
Daira americana Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p.

212 (84), 1860. Rathbun, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 268, pi. 110,

figs. 1 and 2, 1930. Hult, Arkiv. for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p.

12, 1938. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 70, 1937.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 439

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type.— MCZ No. 1275.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Zaca), to Ecuador
(Nobili) ; Galapagos Islands (Hult).

Diagnosis. — Regions subdivided into numerous rounded lobules, inter-
spersed with tufts of hair. Fingers pointed at tips, not spoon shaped.
Material examined (431 specimens from 35 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 16 males, 6

females ( 3 ovig. ) , 30 young.
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 8 males, 10

females ( 7 ovig. ) , 22 young.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 3 males, 13

females (8 ovig.), 14 young.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 5 males,

10 females (7 ovig.), 5 young.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 young.
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 young.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 6

males, 4 females, 4 young.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 4 males,

8 females ( 1 ovig. ) .
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 1 female.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 2 males, 4

young.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male, 1

female, 3 young.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male, 2

young.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 7 males, 5

females (4 ovig.), 4 young.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 2 males,
3 females ( 2 ovig. ) , 4 young.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 5 males, 1
ovig. female, 2 young.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 male.
161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 1 male.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 3 females.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 19 males,
33 females (13 ovig.) (1 photographed).

440 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 2

males.
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 6 males, 3 females.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 6 males, 3

females.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1935, 8 females,

2 young.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 6 males, 2 females, 12 young.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 1 male, 7

females.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, 2

young.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male, 1 female.
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 3 males, 4

females, 8 young.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 9 males, 19 females.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 10 males,

10 females, 6 young.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 8 males, 6 females.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 males, 4

females (1 ovig.).
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 female.
804-38. Onslow Island, near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 2
young.

-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, no date, 1938, Karl
Kiibler, collector, 1 young.
Measurements. — A large female: length 31.0 mm, width 44.0 mm,
cheliped 38.0 mm, chela 23.7 mm, dactyl 12.0 mm.

Color in life. — Uniform rich chocolate brown. Eyes and under side
prune purple. (Garth)

Habitat. — Under rocks and in Pocillopora coral.
Depth. — Shore to 3 fms.

Remarks. — In view of the fact that D. americana was the first brachy-
uran encountered by the Hancock Expedition of 1933 and one of the most
abundant thereafter, it seemed incredible that it had not previously been
taken in the Galapagos Islands. The ship's crew, with a little instruction,
could be relied upon to bring back this species among the half dozen which
they learned to recognize by sight, aided no doubt by its chocolate-brown
color and the distinctive rounded nodules of the carapace.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 441

Genus LIPAESTHESIUS Rathbun, 1898

Lipaesthesius leeanus Rathbun

Plate 75, Figs. 3, 4

Lipaesthesius leeanus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 585, pi.
42, figs. 4 and 5, 1898; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 272, pi. 112,
text fig. 43, 1930.
Medaeus rugosus Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, p. 201, fig. 70, 1927.

Type locality. — Southern part of the Gulf of California, 10 fms.
Type.— [J^^M No. 21581.

Range. — East of La Paz, Gulf of California (Albatross) j Galapagos
(Arcturus) (as Medaeus rugosus) ; 4-10 fms.

Diagnosis. — Anterolateral margins running obliquely downward and
forward to the buccal cavity, instead of to the orbits. Antennal flagellum
completely concealed by large basal article bordering the orbit.
Material examined (13 specimens from 5 stations). —
69a-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, bottom sample,

Feb. 11, 1933, 2 specimens.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 4 males.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 2 males,

1 female.
196-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, 1

male, 1 female.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 fe-
males (1 photographed).
Measurements. — Largest female: length 5.6 mm, width 8.0 mm.
Habitat. — The character of the bottom, where noted, was "very
rocky" or "rock with sand patches." In two instances the dredge brought
up a pair.

Depth. — 4-40 fms.

Remarks. — The writer has examined the type of Medaeus rugosus
Boone in the collection of the New York Zoological Society and agrees
with Rathbun (1930) that it is identical with L. leeanus.

The aptness of the name Lipaesthesius, which means "to lack percep-
tion by feeling," vanishes with the discovery that a small but complete
antennal flagellum exists, although hidden from view by the basal
antennal article.

The vertical range of the species has been extended to 40 fms.

442 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Genus MEDAEUS Dana, 1851
Key TO THE Galapagos Species of the Genus Medaeus

A^ Carapace and chelipeds areolate ; legs with lobate crests

M. lobipes

A^ Carapace and chelipeds spinulous ; legs spinulous also .

M. spinulifer

Medaeus lobipes Rathbun
Plate 77, Fig. 2

Medaeus lobipes Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 583, pi. 44,
fig. 1, 1898; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 275, pi. 114, text fig. 44,
1930. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 70, 1937.
Type locality. — Panama Bay, 33 fms.
T^^^._USNM No. 21580.

Range. — From Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California (Zaca), to
Panama (Albatross) ; Galapagos Islands (Albatross) ; 5^-33 fms
(Crane).

Atlantic analogue. — M. spinimanus (Milne Edwards).
Diagnosis. — Carapace coarsely areolate. Anterolateral margin cut into
4 prominent teeth. Carpus and propodus of walking legs cristate. Manus
with a superior crest of lobules.

Material examined (55 specimens from 18 stations). —
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5, 1933,

1 carapace.
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 7 males, 5 fe-
males (1 ovig.).
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 2 males.
155-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

male, 1 female.
156-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 80-100 fms, Jan. 15, 1934,

fragments.
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 male.
171-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21,

1934, 1 ovig. female.
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 young male.
183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 3 males,

1 ovig. female.
201-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 7 males.
324-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 45 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 5 males
(1 photographed), 5 ovig. females.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 443

345-35. South Seymour Island, 30 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 female.
346-35. Between South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 55 fms, Dec.

13, 1934, 1 female.
788-38. SE of Daphne Major Island, 55 fms, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 female.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 3 females

(1 ovig.).
810-38. (D-1) Barrington Island, 48 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 3 males, 1

female.
810-38. (D-2) Barrington Island, 73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male, 1

young.
816-38. North of Hood Island, 50-100 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 1 female.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 16.4 mm, width 22.7 mm,
cheliped 27.0 mm, chela 15.7 mm, dactyl 8.7 mm; largest female: length
12.7 mm, width 18.4 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace orange chrome. Granules
dark grenadine red, giving carapace a bright orange-red color. Frontal,
intestinal, and anterolateral areas bright ox-blood red. Marginal teeth
and hepatic region white with yellowish tint. Chela same color as carapace
externally. Dactyls dark Indian red, tips almost white. Ambulatory legs
like carapace but granules a shade darker, bands white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Rock, rock and sand, rock and shell, rock and coral, rock
and nullipore; sand, sand and coralline; mud and shell.
Depth.— 5y2-\50 fms.

Remarks. — M. lobipes was taken in many of the same dredge hauls as
Actaea crosslandi (Finnegan). The two species have much in common
but may always be distinguished by the cristate legs of M. lobipes, those
of A. crosslandi being spiny granulate.

Medaeus spinulifer (Rathbun)
Plate 75, Figs. 5, 6

Pilumnus spinulifer Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 585, pi.
42, figs. 6-8, 1898; Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 281,
1902. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 217, fig. 79, 1927. Finnegan,
Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 643, 1931.
Medaeus spinulifer Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 276, text fig.
45, 1930.

Type locality. — Off Cape San Lucas, 31 fms.
T>>/.e.— USNM No. 21582.

Range. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California (Albatross); Galapagos
Islands (Hopkins-Stanford Expedition) ; 2}^-3l fms.

444 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis. — Carapace and chelipeds rough and spinulous. Antero-
lateral margins with 4 compound spines and a subhepatic cluster of
spinules. Legs spinulous. Tip of male abdomen concave.
Material examined (39 specimens from 19 stations). —
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 young male.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933, 1

young.
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

male (photographed), 3 females, 1 young.
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1 male.
155-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

female.
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 1

male, 1 female.
162-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 1 female.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1

female.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 young

male.
187-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1

young.
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934.

1 specimen.
311-35. Marchena Island, 20 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 large male, 3 young.
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1 male.
330-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
346-35. Betvi^een South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 55 fms, Dec. 13,

1934, 1 male, 1 young.
352-35. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 30 fms, Dec. 15, 1934, 1

specimen.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 5 males,

4 females, 3 young.
807-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 10-25 fms, Jan. 24, 1938,

1 male.
810-38. Barrington Island, 48-73 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male.

Measurements. — Largest male: length 9.0 mm, w^idth 12.7 mm,
cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 6.0 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 10.0 mm,
chela 9.3 mm, dactyl 5.8 mm; largest female: length 8.2 mm, width 11.5
mm.

Habitat. — Rock, rock with sand patches, rock with coral and nulli-
pore ; sand, sand and shell ; mud and shell.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 445

Depth. — Shore to 73 fms.

Remarks. — Although referred by Rathbun (1930) to the genus
Medaeus because of certain structural peculiarities, the appearance of this
crab is that of a Pilumnus.

Genus GYGLOXANTHOPS Rathbun, 1897

Gycloxanthops vittatus (Stimpson)

Plate 79, Fig. 5

Xantho vittata Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p. 206

(78), 1860.
Cycloxanthops vittatus Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. 35, p.
70, 1907; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 291, pi. 133, figs. 3 and 4;
pi. 134, fig. 3, 1930. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 197, fig. 68,
1927. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 15, 1933.
Type locality. — Panama and Cape San Lucas.
Types. — Cotypes from Cape San Lucas in MCZ, No. 1260.
Range. — From Cape San Lucas (Xantus), to Panama (Dow) ;
Galapagos Islands (Arcturus).

Diagnosis. — Front advanced, truncate, separated from orbit by a
notch. Carapace narrow, anterolateral margins arcuate, broken into 9
sharp teeth. A denticle on inner slope of orbit.

Material examined (44 specimens from 21 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 2 males.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 1 large

female.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 male,

1 female.

76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 1 male.

80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 1 young.

98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 male, 1

ovig. female.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 1 female.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 female.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 male.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 2 males.
204-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 30 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 2 males,

2 females.

314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 2
specimens.

446 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 7 specimens.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 2 males, 2

ovig. females.
354-35. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, shore, Dec. 15, 1934, fragment.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 3 males.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 male.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 2 males, 1 female, 2
young.
811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 young male.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 16.3 mm, width
21.6 mm, cheliped 23.0 mm, chela 12.8 mm, dactyl 7.0 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace white overcast with tiny pale orange to red
spots more intense in grooves separating areolations and more numerous
on gastric and intestinal regions. Cheliped white, fingers dull clay color.
Ambulatory legs white. Eyestalks streaked with pale orange, eye very
light. (Petersen) A young specimen: carapace grayish olive with laven-
der tint. Chelae show more lavender. Fingers yellowish dusky drab.
(Garth)

Habitat. — In coarse gravel at high tide level ; larger individuals under
rocks at low tide level.

Depth. — Shore ; occasionally to 30 fms.

Remarks. — Small specimens of the "Cameo Crab," as C. vittatus is
called^ were encountered in coarse gravel near the high tide line in
company with Leptodius cooksoni Miers and Lophoxanthus lamellipes
(Stimpson). Larger individuals were found among the bright coralline-
and bryozoan-encrusted rocks of the low tide level. In each case the crab
matched the coloration of its surroundings.

Genus LEPTODIUS A. Milne Edwards, 1863
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Leptodius

A^ Anterolateral margins of carapace thick and lobed L. cooksoni

A^ Anterolateral margins of carapace thin and denticulate

B^ Hand with external transverse ridges . L. snodgrassi
B^ Hand without external transverse ridges . L. occidentalis

Leptodius occidentalis (Stimpson)

Chlorodius occidentalis Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol.
10,p. 108, 1871.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 447

Leptodius occtdentalis A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 269,
1880. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 589, 1898; Bull.
152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 301, pi. 137, figs. 3-4; pi. 138, fig. 2 and
synonymy, 1930.
Xanthodius occtdentalis Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 195, figs. 67A-
B, 1927.

Type locality. — Panama and Manzanillo, Mexico.

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Orcutt), and
Guaymas, Sonora, M.tx\co ( Albatross )jto Manzanillo, Mexico (Orcutt),
Galapagos Islands (Albatross).

Atlantic analogue. — L. floridanus (Gibbes).

Diagnosis. — Anterolateral margin thin, 5-toothed, including orbital
tooth. Carapace with transverse ridges. Outer surface of palm without
longitudinal furrows.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos taken by Hancock
Expeditions. Through the courtesy of Miss Jocelyn Crane of the New
York Zoological Society the specimen taken at Gardner Bay, Hood Is-
land, by the Arcturus Expedition and recorded as Xanthodius occidentalis
Boone (1927) was made available for examination and was found to
agree substantially with Hancock specimens of Leptodius occidentalis
from the Gulf of California.

Remarks. — Like its congeners, L. cooksoni and snodgrassi, Leptodius
occidentalis is an intertidal species and would scarcely be taken "while
diving in fifteen feet of water," as reported by an earlier expedition.

Leptodius snodgrassi Rathbun
Plate 83, Fig. 1

Leptodius snodgrassi Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p.

279, 1902; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 303, pi. 139, text fig. 47a

and b, 1930. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, ZooL, vol. 37,

p. 631, 1931. Hult, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 13, 1938.

Type locality. — Black Bight, Albemarle Island.

Tj;^e.— USNM No. 24831.

Range. — Known only from the type locality and a nearby reef, ( Hop-
kins-Stanford Expedition), and from Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island
(Crossland).

Diagnosis. — ^Anterolateral margin thin, 5-toothed, including orbital
tooth. Carapace with numerous transverse ridges. Outer surface of palm
with longitudinal carinae.

448 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Material examined (32 specimens from 7 stations). —
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 11

specimens.
153-34. NE point of Narborough Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934, 1

fragment.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

male, 3 females ( 1 ovig. ) .
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 10

specimens.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male, 3 females.
811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 young male.
-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, no date, collected
by Karl Kiibler, 1 male (photographed).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, broken male: length 13.7 mm,
width 21.5 mm, cheliped (detached) 24.6 mm, chela 14.2 mm, dactyl
7.7 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace a patchwork of 4 distinct colors: rose, yellow
green, purplish black, and light blue. Chelipeds rich Mars brown con-
tinued on fingers, tips of dactyls white. Ambulatory legs opalescent,
predominately lavender, blue, brown, and yellow green. Dactyls bright
lemon yellow. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Lower levels of rocky beach under lava boulders.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — This species may be readily distinguished from the follow-
ing L. cooksoni Miers by the carinate chelae, the areolate carapace, and
the well-defined anterolateral teeth. Repeated searching has failed to
reveal its presence in more than one locality. Academy Bay, in even
moderate numbers. It is found at a considerably lower level of the beach
than is L. cooksoni.

Leptodius cooksoni Miers

Plate 77, Fig. 3 ; Plate 79, Fig. 3

Leptodius cooksoni Miers, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 73, pi. 12, figs.

1-ld, 1877. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 589, 1898;

Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 310, pi. 142, and synonymy, 1930.

Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 188, fig. 65, 1927. Sivertsen, Med.

fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 14, 1933. Schmitt, Smithsonian

Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Xanthodius lobatus Rathbun, Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 14, p. 158, 1924.

Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 191, fig. 66, 1927.
Type locality. — Charles Island, Galapagos Islands.
Type. — In Brit. Mus.

No. 10 garth: ERACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS 449

Range. — Clarion Island, Mexico (Anthony) ; Galapagos Islands
(Albatross); Chile (A. Milne Edwards).

Atlantic analogue. — L. parvulus (Fabricius).

Diagnosis. — Anterolateral margin thick, lobed. Inner surface of palm
making an abrupt angle with upper outer surface. Fingertips slightly
spoon shaped.

Material examined (1,263 specimens from 53 stations). —
11-32. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1932, 3

males, 1 female.
13-32. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1932, 7 males, 8

females.
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 5 specimens.
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 18 males,

22 females (3 ovig.), 7 young.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 12 males, 8

females (7 ovig.), 1 young.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 2 specimens.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

5 males, 2 females ( 1 ovig. ) .
42-33. Chatham Island, opposite Kicker Rock, shore, Jan. 31, 1933, 6

specimens.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 36 males, 47 females

(28 ovig.), 1 young.
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 27

males, 32 females (21 ovig.).
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 32

males, 55 females (38 ovig.), 7 young.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 27 males,

44 females, (22 ovig.), 12 young.
58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 6, 1933, 4 males,

4 females (2 ovig.).
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 24 males,

19 females (10 ovig.), 1 fragment.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 1 specimen.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 2

males, 3 females.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 6 males, 11

females.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 6 speci-
mens.

450 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 49

males, 42 females, 10 young.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 10 males, 7 fe-
males, 2 young.
88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 110 specimens.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 33 speci-
mens.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 5 males, 9

females (1 young).
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 6 specimens.

101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 specimen.

146-34. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 12
males, 14 females (4 ovig.), 7 young.

153-34. NE point of Narborough Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934, 4 speci-
mens.

161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 1 specimen.

163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 1 specimen.

168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 12
males, 9 females (2 ovig.).

174-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 5 males (1 photo-
graphed), 8 females (6 ovig.).

175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934) 14 males, 15 fe-
males (7 ovig.), 5 young.

179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,
17 males, 20 females, 1 young.

184-34. James Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1934, 4 specimens.

188-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1934, 6 males,
3 females.

199a-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 4
specimens.

202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 22 males, 17
females, 1 young.

306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 28 males, 22 females
(9 ovig.).

312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 8 males, 17
females (12 ovig.).

314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 23
males, 30 females (19 ovig.), 2 young.

333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 6 males, 5
females (3 ovig.).

342-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934,
6 males, 3 females (2 ovig.).

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 451

343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1935, 3 specimens.
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934,

2 specimens.
354-35. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, shore, Dec. 15, 1934, 12 speci-
mens.
358-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 17, 1934, 8 males, 4

females.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 21 males, 21 females, 3 young.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 19 specimens.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 male, 1 female.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 4 males.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 6 speci-
mens.
803-38. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1938, 2 males.
808-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1938, 7
males, 8 females.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 17.6 mm, width
28.6 mm, cheliped 34.0 mm, chela 19.6 mm, dactyl 10.4 mm.
Habitat. — High tide level, under small rocks among pebbles.
Depth. — Shore to 3 fms.

Remarks. — L. cooksoni and Mithrax ( Mithraculus ) nodosus Bell, the
first a cancroid, the second a spider crab, could be taken plentifully at
high tide, when most other species were under several feet of water.
While, with the exception of the Pocillopora-dweWmg Trapezias, L.
cooksoni exceeded all other Galapagos brachyurans in number of speci-
mens obtained, three other species were collected at a greater number of
stations. The reason would seem to be that, whereas Teleophrys cristulipes
Stimpson, Eriphia granulosa A. Milne Edwards, and Mithrax (Mithracu-
lus) nodosus Bell occur in more than one habitat, L. cooksoni is closely
restricted to the intertidal zone.

Genus LOPHOXANTHUS A. Milne Edwards, 1879

Lophoxanthus lamellipes (Stimpson)

Plate 77, Fig. 5

Xantho lamellipes Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p.

205 (77), 1860.
Lophoxanthus lamellipes A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 256,

pi. 46, figs. 3 and 3a, 1879. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p.

317, pi. 148, figs. 3 and 4, 1930. Hult, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band

30A, no. 5, p. 13, 1938.

452 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Tj;i!>^.— Cotypes in MCZ, No. 1254.

Range. — From La Paz, Lower California (Belding), to Salinas,
Ecuador (Schmitt) ; Galapagos Islands (Hult).

Diagnosis. — Carapace flat, octagonal, anterolateral margin very thick
between orbit and first of 3 laterally placed teeth. Ambulatory legs com-
pressed, crested, eroded.

Material examined (129 specimens from 32 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 2 males, 2

females (1 ovig.).
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 3 males, 1

female.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 8 males, 1

female.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 male, 1 female.
42-33. Chatham Island, opposite Kicker Rock, shore, Jan. 31, 1933,

1 male.

47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 specimen.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 ovig. female.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 4

males, 3 females.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 1 male, 1

female.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 female.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 3 males,

2 females.

80-33. Duncan Island, shore, Feb. 15, 1933, 1 male, 1 female.
88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 1 female.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 female.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 2 males.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 female.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

female.
179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,

1 large male.
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 male.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 4 males, 4

females.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 female.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 1

male, 3 females (1 ovig.).

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 453

315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 ovig. female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 10 males (1

photographed ) , 5 females ( 2 ovig. ) .
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 6 males, 1

ovig. female.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 3 males, 2 fe-
males.
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934, 1

male.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 15 males, 10 females.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 2 males, 2 females.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 6 males, 2

females.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 male,
1 female.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 8.3 mm, width 11.8
mm, cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 6.5 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 10.0
mm, chela 10.0 mm, dactyl 5.8 mm.

Color in life. — Gastric, cardiac, and intestinal regions pale yellow
ochre. Branchial area pale pinkish white. Frontal and anterolateral mar-
gins pale red orange. Chelipeds pale orange to white with a few reddish-
orange spots on carpus and hand. Fingers a rich dark hazel brown with
dull yellow tips. Ambulatory legs dull yellow shaded with Van Dyke
red. (Petersen)

Habitat. — In coarse gravel near high tide level.
Depth. — Shore to 3 fms.

Remarks. — L. lamellipes is found with Leptodius cooksoni Miers and
Cycloxanthops vittatus (Stimpson) in coarse gravel near high tide level.
These three species appear to require less moisture than most of the
Xanthidae.

Genus LOPHOPANOPEUS Rathbun, 1898

Lophopanopeus maculatus Rathbun

Plate 78, Figs. 3, 4

Lophopanopeus maculatus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p.
588, pi. 40, figs. 10 and 11, 1898; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 330,
text fig. 51, 1930.
Type locality. — Southern part of Gulf of California, 8 fms.

Type.—U^NM No. 21585.

454 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Range. — Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Albatross) ; Gulf of
California (Albatross) ; 7-17 fms.

Diagyiosis. — Chelipeds smooth, unequal. Carapace with 5 blunt teeth,
the second depressed. Upper margins of meri of ambulatoiy legs spinulous.
Tip of male abdomen broadly rounded.

Material examined (32 specimens from 9 stations). —
46-33. Barrington Island, 4-10 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 ovig. female.
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 ovig. female.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, Feb. 6, 1933, 2 males, 1
ovig. female.
69a-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, mud sample, Feb.

11, 1933, 1 female.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 2 males

( 1 photographed ) .
341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 2 males,

1 female.
355-35. West of Gardner Island, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934,

1 male, 1 young.
783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 9 males.
785-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 17, 1938, 10
males.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 7.0 mm, width 9.2
mm, cheliped 11.0 mm, chela 7.1 mm, dactyl 4.0 mm.

Habitat. — Sand and coral, sand and rock ; rock, rock and algae.
Depth.~2-70 fms.

Remarks. — The Barrington Island and Charles Island specimens were
compared with the type female, USNM No. 21585, and agree so closely
that the name is applied without hesitation to Galapagos specimens. The
female type is more ornamented throughout, the ornamentation consist-
ing of a more spinulous orbit with a definite outer, as well as inner, notch.
In the type specimen the third anterolateral tooth appears more promi-
nent; in Hancock specimens, the fourth. The remainder of the Albatross
specimens exhibit sufficient latitude in variation to encompass these slight
discrepancies.

L. maculatus is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Genus HEXAPANOPEUS Rathbun, 1898

Hexapanopeus cartagoensis Garth

Plate 78, Figs. 5, 6

Hexapanopeus cartagoensis Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5,
no. 2, p. 17, pi. 6, f^gs. 1-4, 1939.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 455

Type locality. — Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands;
15-18 fms.

Type.—AHY no. 384.
Range. — Known only from the type locality.

Diagnosis. — Front oblique, lateral lobes prominent. First and second
teeth fused, their combined width equal to that of third; fifth tooth re-
duced, almost postlateral. Major chela of adult male without superior
crest.

Material exa?ni?ied (14 specimens from 3 stations). —
74-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 3-6 fms, Feb. 14, 1933, 3
females (2 ovig.).
187-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 3

males, 7 females (4 ovig.).
799-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 15-18 fms, Jan. 22, 1938, 1
male (holotype, AHF no. 384).
Measurements. — Male holotype: length 5.4 mm, width 7.3 mm, chela
6.4 mm ; female allotype : length 3.9 mm, width 5.4 mm.
Habitat. — Sand bottom with occasional rock patches.
Depth. — 3-18 fms.

Remarks. — One of the most localized members of the Galapagos
brachyuran fauna, this tiny panopeid crab has been found only on the
extensive flat bottom of Cartago Bay, the indentation from the east which
separates Albemarle Island into two halves at Perry Isthmus. The only
representative of its genus in the archipelago, it finds its nearest affinity
in H. costaricensis Garth (1940) of the Central American mainland
coast. Both species have the first and second anterolateral teeth fused.

Genus EURYPANOPEUS A. Milne Edwards, 1880
Eurypanopeus transversus (Stimpson)

Panopeus transversus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7,

p. 210 (82), 1860.
Eurypanopeus transversus A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 319,
pi. 59, figs. 1-1 f, 1880. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 211, text
fig. 76, 1927. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 407, pi. 172,
figs. 5-7, 1930.
Type locality. — Panama.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Mexico (A. Milne Edwards) to Paita, Peru (Jones) ;
Galapagos Islands (Noma).

456 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis. — Carapace somewhat depressed posteriorly, curving down-
ward anteriorly, front double edged. Anterolateral margin cut into 5
shallow lobes, the first two completely fused. A basal tooth on major
dactyl ; color of fingers continued on palm.

Material examined. — None from the Galapagos Islands. The Han-
cock collections contain a number of specimens collected at Callao and at
the bays of San Juan and San Nicolas, Peru.

Genus EURYTIUM Stimpson, 1859

Eurytium afBne (Streets and Kingsley)

Plate 83, Fig. 2

Panopeus affinis Streets and Kingsley, Bull. Essex Inst., vol. 9, p. 106,

1877.
Eurytium affine A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 334, pi. 60,
figs. 1-lc, 1880. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 213, fig. 77, 1927.
Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 425, pi. 177, figs. 1 and 2,
1930.
Type locality. — Not designated ; one of Lockington's.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Orcutt), and
Gulf of California (Albatross) to Ecuador ( ?) ; Galapagos Islands
(Noma).

Diagnosis. — Carapace broad, nearly flat, without transverse ridges.
Anterolateral margins cut into 5 shallow teeth, the first two coalesced.
Carapace widest opposite fifth pair of teeth. Frontal lobes with truncate
outer lobules.

Material examined. —
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 1
female (photographed).
Measurements. — Female: length 10.0 mm, width 15.0 mm, cheliped
18.7 mm, chela 10.2 mm, dactyl 5.5 mm.
Habitat. — Rocky shore.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — Repeated searching over the same territory at Academy
Bay has failed to reveal more specimens of this species, which belongs to
the Gulf of California fauna.

Genus MIGROPANOPE (Stimpson), 1871
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Micropanope

A^ Carapace granulate, granules mostly in transverse lines

B^ Chelae granulate; 3 prominent grooves on superior margin

of manus M. xantusii

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 457

B^ Chelae spinulous ; manus without grooves, outer distal two-
thirds smooth and bare M. frasert

A^ Carapace smooth and punctate posteriorly, granulate anteriorly.
Chelae smooth, dissimilar ; fingers of minor manus strongly
deflexed M. polita

Micropanope xantusii (Stimpson)
Plate 77, Fig. 6

Xanthodes xantusii Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10,

p. 105 (15), 1871.
Micropanope xantusii Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 438, pi.

179, figs. 1-4, 1930. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 72, 1937.
Pilumnus beebei Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 219; not fig. 80, which

is a Micropanope of another species.
Xanthias serrulate Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 634,
fig. 6, 1931.

Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Arena Bank, Lower California (Zaca); Clarion Island
(Hanna and Jordan) ; Galapagos Islands (Arcturus).
Atlantic analogue. — M. truncatifrons Rathbun.
Diagnosis. — Carapace covered with granulations arranged in trans-
verse lines. Chelipeds coarse granulate, 3 prominent sulci on superior
margin of manus. Five anterolateral teeth, the last plainly discernible.
Material examined (497 specimens from 38 stations). —
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 7 males, 3

females.
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 16 males, 17

females ( 7 ovig. ) .
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 2 males.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 17 males, 15

females.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 5 males, 2

females (1 ovig.).
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

3 males, 1 ovig. female.
46-33. Barrington Island, 4-10 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 female.
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 male.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 20
males, 16 females.

458 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 1 male, 1

female.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 9 males,

13 females.
80-33. Duncan Island, shore, Feb. 15, 1933, 5 males, 8 females.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 38 males,

25 females (11 ovig.).
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 23 males,

18 females.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 3 males, 5

females.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 7 males, 7

females.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 26, 1933, 4 males, 5

young.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 5 females

(2 ovig.).
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 3 males,

1 ovig. female.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

male, 2 females.
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral, from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 13 males, 4 females.
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934,

1 male.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 11 males,

13 females (1 ovig.).
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 female.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 18 males, 19 females (1 ovig.).
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 3 ovig. females.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 8 males, 3

females (1 ovig.).
344-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934,

6 males, 3 females (2 ovig.).
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 3 males, 2 females

( 1 ovig.) .
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 1 male.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 1 female.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 459

782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 4 males, 2

females, 1 young.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 3 males, 8

females, (2 ovig.).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 7 males, 9 females.
804-38. Onslow Island, near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 4

males, 4 females.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 12 males (1 photo-
graphed), 19 females (10 ovig.).
811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 3 young
males.
Measurements. — Large male: length 8.4 mm, width 11.9 mm,
cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 5.3 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 9.8 mm,
chela 8.8 mm, dactyl 4.5 mm.
Habitat. — Pocillopora colony.

Depth. — Shore and shoal water; occasionally to 40 fms.
Remarks. — While at the laboratories of the New York Zoological
Society in 1937 the writer examined 3 male and 1 female specimens
labeled "cotypes of Pilumnus beebei, Sta. 54, Hood Island, Arcturus Expe-
dition, identified by L. Boone." These also carry the label " Micropanope
xantusii (Stimpson), identified by M. J. Rathbun," which is unquestion-
ably correct. A specimen in a separate bottle labeled "Sta. 54 Arcturus.
Photo. Iden. Boone" (but not designated cotype) is of another species of
Micropanope. In view of the fact that Boone's written description is based
upon the specimens of Micropanope xantusii and these are the designated
types, the writer follows Rathbun (1930) in considering Pilumnus beebei
a synonym of Stimpson's species. The photographed specimen is described
on page 462.

Through the courtesy of Dr. Isabella Gordon of the British Museum,
a paratype of Xanthias serrulata Finnegan (1931) was examined and
proved also to be identical with Micropanope xantusii (Stimpson).

Micropanope polita Rathbun
Plate 77, Fig. 4

Micropanope polita Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, p. 238,
1893; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 440, pi. 180, figs. 3 and 4, text
fig. 40, and synonymy, 1930. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 71,
1937.

Panopeus tanneri Faxon, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, p. 154, 1893;
Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 19, pi. 3, figs. 4 and 4a, 1895.

Xanthias politus Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 210, fig. 75, 1927.

460 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Type locality. — Off Magdalena Bay, Lower California; 36 fms.
Type.— CotyY>t^: USNM No. 17397; MCZ No. 4252.
Range. — Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Albatross) ; Galapagos
Islands (Albatross); 20-66 fms.

Atlantic analogue. — M. granulimanus (Stimpson).
Diagnosis. — Front double edged, edges granulate, a small tooth at
outer angle. Chelae smooth, the larger with a strong tooth at base of
dactyl. Carapace smooth and punctate posteriorly, granulate anteriorly.
Five anterolateral teeth. Legs spinulous above.

Material examined (722 specimens from 36 stations). —
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 4 males, 2 fe-
males (1 ovig.).
147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 7 males,

13 females (3 ovig.).
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 13

males, 40 females ( 8 ovig. ) .
149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 16

males, 17 females (7 ovig.), 4 young.
155-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 39

males, (1 photographed), 20 females.
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 4

males, 7 females (1 ovig.).
161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 1 male.
167-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 15 fms, Jan. 19, 1934, 59
males, 32 females (14 ovig.), 9 young.
168a-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 1
young.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

16 males, 12 females (4 ovig,), 45 young.
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 male, 1 female.
171-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21,

1934, 12 females.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 39 males,

16 females.
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 4 males, 9

females (3 ovig.), 22 young.
183-34. James Bay, James Island, 50-70 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 12 males,

5 females, 4 young.
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934, 25
males, 20 females (6 ovig.).

No. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS 461

193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 60

males, 22 females (2 ovig.).
197-34. Off Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 29, 1934,

3 males, 4 young.

201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 8

males, 15 females (8 ovig.).
317-34. Off Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 25-30 fms, Dec. 8,

1934, 1 male.
324-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 45 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 3

males, 4 females.
328-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 14 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1

female.
336-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 7 specimens.
339-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 10 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
340-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 8 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male, 2

females (1 ovig.).
341-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 20 fms, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
346-35. Between South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 55 fms, Dec. 13,

1934, 2 young.
352-35. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35 fms, Dec. 15, 1934, 1 male,

4 females.

355-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 1 young.
356-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12-15 fms, Dec. 17, 1934, 1

female.

788-38. SE of Daphne Major Island, 55 fms, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 young.

795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 16 males,

24 females.

795a-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 4 males.

807-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 10-25 fms, Jan. 24, 1938,

1 male.
810-38. (D-1) Barrington Island, 48 fms, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male.
816-38. North of Hood Island, 50-100 fms, Jan. 29, 1938, 2 males.
Measurements. — Large male: length 7.5 mm, width 10.4 mm,
cheliped 14.4 mm, chela 8.0 mm, dactjd 4.5 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace ivory yellow overcast with
cadmium orange. Granules on frontal area bright red. Cheliped like
carapace, but a little more red. Fingers light clay color with reddish tint ;
dark red at base of movable finger fading to light at tip. Eyes black.
(Petersen)

Habitat. — Bottom rock, coral, nullipore, bryozoa, and, in one case,
mud.

Depth. — 3-150 fms.

462 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Remarks. — ^Almost infinite variation is exhibited by the exhaustive
series of this species obtained at a great range of depths and on a variety
of bottoms. Only a few of them are as M^ell developed as the type of
Panopeus tanneri Faxon (USNM No. 20606), a synonym of M. polita,
from 66 fms, Cocos Island, w^ith vv^hich they w^ere compared. Distinct
beads on the carapace and chelipeds are characteristic. It is perhaps sig-
nificant that these are Wenman Island specimens, also deep water, and
nearest to Cocos Island. A second careful sorting under the binocular of
the 800 specimens revealed a number of the very similar young of Lopho-
panopeus maculatus Rathbun, a new record for the archipelago.

Micropanope fraseri, new species
Plate 57, Figs. 1-4

Pilumnus beebet Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, 1927, p. 220, text fig. 80
only; not pp. 219-221, exclusive of text-fig. 80, which is Micro-
panope xantusii (Stimpson).

Type. — Male, holotype, and female, allotype, AHF no. 331, Allan
Hancock Foundation, The University of Southern California, from Black
Beach Anchorage, Charles Island, Galapagos Islands, shore ; January 27,
1933; collected by Allan Hancock Expedition of 1933 at Velero station
33-33. The remaining specimens, paratypes, are considered under Mate-
rial examined.

Measurements. — Male holotype: length of carapace 7.4 mm, width
11.1 mm, length of major cheliped 13.5 mm, of major chela 8.3 mm, of
major dactyl 4.6 mm; female allotype: length 7.0 mm, width 10.0 mm.

Diagnosis. — Five anterolateral spines, including the postorbital, the
second existing as a cluster of spinules. A similar cluster on the subhepatic
region. Granules of the manus of the major chela terminating in an
oblique line, leaving the outer distal two-thirds smooth and bare.

Description. — Carapace one-third wider than long, smooth, flat,
regions faintly indicated, microscopically pubescent anteriorly, completely
naked posteriorly, front visible in dorsal view. Frontal lobes obliquely
truncate, bordered with acute granules, a shallow sulcus extending from
the mesogastric region to the well-defined median V. Orbits spinulous
above and below; two well-marked sulci above. Five anterolateral spines,
including the postorbital, the second existing as a cluster of spinules, the
posterior three largest, anteriorly directed, and with outer edges serrate,
their interspaces U-shaped, the greatest distance between spines 3 and 4.
A cluster of subhepatic spinules.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 463

Chelipeds clothed with short, soft hairs, interspersed occasionally with
longer hairs. Upper surface of major carpus and manus covered with
acuminate granules, which become flattened distally and terminate in an
oblique line across the manus, leaving the outer distal two-thirds of the
hand smooth and bare. Fingers stout, slightly gaping, pollex somewhat
deflexed, an enlarged tooth at base of dactyl, a prominent lobe at basal
two-fifths of fixed finger; color of fingers not continued on palm. Minor
carpus and manus covered with hairs and acuminate granules extending
onto the pollex, fingers slender, deflexed, grooved, acuminate, their tips
crossing when closed.

Merus of ambulatory legs spinulous, carpus grooved and spinulous,
carpus, propodus, and dactylus with long hairs; dactyli with incurving,
horny tips.

Segments 3-4-5 of male abdomen coalesced, sixth segment broadly
rectangular, seventh triangular with a rounded tip.

Merus of outer maxilliped roughly rectangular, anterolateral angle

broadly rounded, almost lobate, inner margin minutely spinulous, antero-

internal angle with a shallow notch for insertion of the 3-jointed palpus.

Material examined (469 specimens from 37 stations). —

24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 4 males, 6

females.
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 3 males, 3

females.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 female.
3)2)-2>Z. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 3 males,

2 females.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 young.
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 2 males, 1 female.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 male, 1 female.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 5

males, 2 females.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 29

specimens.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 43

males, 19 females (1 ovig.) 19 young.
80-33. Duncan Island, shore, Feb. 15, 1933, 14 males, 7 females, 11

young.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 2 females.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male, 1
female.

464 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 2 males,

3 females.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 male, 2

females.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 2 males.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 6

males, 5 females.
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 female.
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 5 males.
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 male.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 5 males, 5

females (3 ovig.).
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 3 males, 2

females.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 2

males, 6 females (3 ovig.).
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 5 males, 4 females (2 ovig.), 7 young.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 4 males, 7

females (3 ovig.), 4 young.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male, 1 ovig.

female.
351-35. South of Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 14, 1934,

2 young males.
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 3 males, 2

females.
358-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 17, 1934, 2 males, 3

females (2 ovig.), 2 young.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 22 males, 16 females, 2 young.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 male.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 6 males, 7 females.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 4 males, 7

females.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 2 males,

2 females.
804-38. Onslow Island, near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 1

male, 1 female, 1 young.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 55 males, 42 females,

16 young.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 465

811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 young male
Color in life. — Ground color of carapace pale vinaceous russet with
pale violet purple tint on intestinal and branchial areas, gradually blend-
ing into very strong violet purple on other areas. Tips of marginal teeth
light. Numerous small and a few large blotches of bluish white. Cheliped
like carapace but violet purple color much more intense. Fingers black;
tips brownish white. Ambulatory legs with pale blue and white blotches
more in evidence, almost in bands. Dactyl white, nail yellow. (Petersen)
Habitat. — Shore, under rocks; Pocillopora coral.
Remarks. — The largest male from the first Charles Island shore
station (the type) was compared with the specimen figured as Pilumnus
beebei Boone (1927, fig. 80) and agrees with it in every particular. Since
the photographed specimen was not the type, and since the written descrip-
tion is of a different species and has page precedence over the figure, the
writer follows Rathbun (1930) in considering the Boone species a syno-
nym of Micropanope xantusii (Stimpson). (See also remarks under this
species.)

This distinctive species is named for Dr. C. McLean Fraser.

Genus TETRAXANTHUS Rathbun, 1898

Tetraxanthus rathbunae Chace (tentative)

Plate 80, Fig. 1

Not Xanthodes bidentatus A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 353,

pi. 53, figs. 5-5b, 1880.
Tetraxanthus bidentatus Rathbun, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ.
Iowa, vol. 4, p. 275, 1898; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 458, pi.
184, 1930.
Tetraxanthus rathbunae Chace, Mem. de la Soc. Cubana de Hist. Nat.,
vol. 13, no. 1, p. 52, 1939. Torreia, no. 4, p. 37, 1940.
Type locality. — Old Bahama Channel due north of Punta Caldera,
Camaguey Province, Cuba, 150-180 fms.
Type.— MCZ No. 10213.

Range. — From off Cape Lookout, North Carolina (Albatross), to of?
Cape Frio, Brazil (Albatross); 15-260 fms. (Chace)

Diagnosis. — Carapace very convex, regions not indicated. Four lateral
teeth, of which the first two are inconspicuous, the last two wide and
blunt. Front not sharply demarcated from internal orbital angles. A
lobe on carpus of cheliped at inner angle. Legs spindly. Tips of fingers
crossing.

466 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Material examined. —

58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, not over 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933,
1 young female (photographed).

Aleasurernents. — Female: length 6.3 mm, width 7.8 mm, cheliped
9.5 mm, chela 5.0 mm, dactyl 3.0 mm.

Depth. — The Galapagos specimen was dredged in not over 13 fms.

Remarks. — The sending of this unique specimen in Hancock collec-
tions to Dr. Fenner A. Chace for comparison with the type of Xanthodes
bidentatus A. Milne Edwards resulted in a complete review of the
Atlantic species of Tetraxanthus by Dr. Chace, involving the suppression
of T. rugosus Rathbun (1930) and the establishment of T. bidentatus
Rathbun (1898) as T. rathbunae Chace with recent Atlantis material
for types.

The Galapagos specimen, though differing in minor particulars, is
tentatively referred to the latter species until more material is available
on which to base a Pacific species of Tetraxanthus.

Genus EGTAESTHESIUS Rathbun, 1898

Ectaesthesius bifrons Rathbun

Plate 58, Figs. 1-7

Ectaesthesius bifrons Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 591, pi.
42, figs. 12-14, 1898; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 460, text fig.
76a-c, 1930.
Type locality. — Off Chatham Island, Galapagos Islands ; 45 fms.
Type.—\]?>NM No. 21586.
Range. — Known only from the type locality.

Diagnosis. — Carapace smooth and glabrous, anterior margins biden-
tate, posterior margins strongly converging. Orbits completely closed.
Fingers long and tapering. Legs with last three segments hairy; dactyls
as long as propodi.

Material examined (9 specimens from 4 stations). —
346-35. South Seymour Island, 55 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 males
(1 illustrated), 1 female (illustrated in part), 2 young.
795a-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 50-60 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 female,
1 young.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 1 female.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 9.3 mm, width 12.9 mm,
cheliped 19.0 mm, chela 11. 8 mm, dactyl 6.4 mm ; female : length 8.2 mm,
width 11.4 mm.

Habitat. — Sand and rock, sand and shell, mud and shell.
Depth.— 20-60 fms.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 467

Remarks. — This Trapezia-like xanthid was not encovmtered by the
earlier Allan Hancock Expeditions, and it remained for the cruise of 1938
to turn it up in any numbers. The finding of 2 males, 2 females, and 3
young in Sulivan Bay, James Island, proves that it must occur with some
frequency on the right type of bottom, which in this case was sand with
some rock.

E. bifrons is now known to occur at two localities, James and Sey-
mour, other than the type locality, Chatham. The first male specimen has
also been found.

Description of the rnale. — The description of Ectaesthesius bifrons as
given by Rathbun for the female is applicable to the male with the follow-
ing exceptions :

1. In the female, the major and minor chelae are apparently alike
and are similar to the minor chela of the male. The major chela of the
male is higher than the minor and more swollen. The dactylus is con-
siderably shorter than the superior margin of the palm. The inferior
margin is less sinuous than that of the minor chela and is almost straight.
The pollex is short and thick, bearing on its inner margin a raised ridge
which may represent 2 low teeth worn down to their bases. The tips of
the fingers are blunt, incurving, that of the fixed finger having a hooked
appearance.

2. The male abdomen has 7 free segments, as has the female, a fact
which should be mentioned in the generic description. The first two seg-
ments are narrow, the third is widest, its edges broadly convex, the fourth
and fifth segments narrowing anteriorly, the sixth rectangular, almost
square, and the seventh broadly rounded. All 7 segments are fringed with
hair.

3. There is a tiny papilla on the inner distal margin of the merus of
the cheliped.

Genus PARAXANTHIAS Odhner (part), 1925

Paraxanthias insculptus (Stimpson)

Plate 78, Figs. 1, 2

Xanthodes insculpta Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., New York, vol. 10,

p. 105 (15), 1871.
Pilumnoides pusillus Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p.

281, pi. 12, figs. 9 and 10, 1902. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p.

215,fig. 78, 1927.
Xanthias insculpta Rathbun, Zoologica, vol. 5, p. 157, fig. 38, 1924.

Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 207, figs. 74A and B, 1927. Fin-

negan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 634, 1931.

468 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Paraxanthias insculptus Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 468,
pi. 189, fig. 4, text fig. 77a-b, 1930. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool.
Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 16, 1933.
Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California; Galapagos Islands
(Hopkins-Stanford Expedition).

Diagnosis. — Carapace subhexagonal, areolate, anterolateral margins
with 4 lobes. Chelipeds nodulous, color of fingers continued on palm of
adult male.

Material exainined (156 specimens from 39 stations). —
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 2 males.
25-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, dredged, Jan. 24, 1933, 3 males,

2 females (1 ovig.).
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 7 males, 8

females (5 ovig.), 3 young.
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 male, 1

female, 2 young.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 male.
?>3-?>?). Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 10 males

(1 photographed), 8 females (5 ovig.), 1 young.
46-33. Barrington Island, 4-10 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 9 young.
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 4 young.
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 1

specimen.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933,

fragment.
66-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-20 fms, Feb, 9, 1933, 1

young.
68-33. South of Cape Berkeley, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 10,

1933, 1 young.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 1

male.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 2 males.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 3 males.
80-33. Duncan Island, shore, Feb. 15, 1933, 3 males and a fragment.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 male.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 male.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 female.
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 2 males.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 469

161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 1 male, 1

ovig. female.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 1 ovig.

female.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 2 males, 1

female.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

1 young.
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934, 2

specimens.
173-34. South Seymour Island, 5 fms, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 male.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 4 males.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 male, 1

ovig. female.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 20 males, 8 females (6 ovig.).
329-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1

young,
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 4 males, 5

females (4 ovig.), 4 young.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 ovig. female.
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 17, 1934, 1 specimen.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 4 males, 1 female.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 3 males, 2 females,

1 young.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 female.
804-38. Onslow Island, near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 1

male, 2 females.
807-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 10-25 fms, Jan. 24, 1938,

1 young female.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 3 males, 3 females.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 10.4 mm, width
15.0 mm, cheliped 16.0 mm, chela 11.0 mm, dactyl 6.1 mm.

Color in life. — General appearance of crab light ochre red. Chelipeds
light purplish mineral red. Fingers dark sorghum brown fading toward
almost white tips. Frontal, gastric, cardiac, and intestinal areas a tone
darker than branchial areas. A few bluish white spots scattered over cara-
pace, especially along regional grooves. Ambulatory legs with ground
color of chelae but speckled with bluish white spots. Dactyl yellow, nail
dark yellow. (Petersen)

470 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Habitat. — Rocky shore.

Depth. — Shore; occasionally to 32 fms.

Remarks. — This series is remarkable for the small size of the ovig-
erous females as compared to the adult males. Females less than 6 mm
long were found with the full complement of eggs. The conspicuous
extension of the black on the fingers backwards on the palm, given by
Boone (1927) as diagnostic of Xanthias insculpta, appears from Hancock
series to occur only in large males. In females and smaller males it is
chopped off abruptly at the base of the fingers or extends but slightly on
the palm. A large male examined by the writer checks exactly with the
proportions given for the type of X. insculpta.

The young of this species is difficult to distinguish from the young of
Xanthodius stimpsoni (A. Milne Edwards), of the mainland coast; in
fact, one Galapagos specimen so labeled was found in the collections of
the U.S. National Museum. Since it is altogether possible that X.
stimpsoni may occur in the Galapagos area, future collectors should ex-
amine with particular care their series of P. insculptus.

Genus MENIPPE de Haan, 1833

Menippe obtusa Stimpson

Plate 82, Figs. 3, 4

Menippe obtusa Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p.
53 (7), 1860. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 478, pi. 197;
pi. 198, f^gs. 1 and 2, 1930. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus.,
Oslo, nr. 38, p. 16, 1933.
Type locality. — Panama.
Type.—\]^nM No. 2050.

Range. — Pacific side of Costa Rica and Panama (Sternbergh) ;
Floreana (Charles) Island, Galapagos (Sivertsen).

Diagnosis. — Anterolateral borders strongly arched; 5 broad teeth,
including orbital ; second tooth bilobate. Chelipeds massive, a stridulating
ridge on inner surface of chela. But one lobule on frontal margin adjoin-
ing each submedian lobe.

Material examined (19 specimens from 8 stations). —
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 4 females.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

2 males, 1 female.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 4 females,
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 male.
166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 1 female.
174-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 2 females.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 471

359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 2 males, 1 young.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 large male
(photographed).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 40 mm, width 59
mm, cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 41 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 57 mm,
chela 52 mm, height 29 mm, dactyl 27.5 mm.
Habitat. — Under rocks at low tide.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — A specimen from Hood Island was compared with the
type (USNM No. 2050) collected by Sternbergh. Stridulating ridges on
the inner side of the palm are a remarkable characteristic of the genus.
They play upon certain of the anterolateral teeth and appear capable of
producing sound. (See illustration.)

Genus PILUMNUS Leach, 1815
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Pilumnus

A^ Lateral margin with 5 spines, including orbital; size large

P. xantusii

A^ Lateral margin with 5 teeth, including orbital ; size minute

P. pygmaeus

Pilumnus xantusii Stimpson
Plate 59, Figs. 1-5 ; Plate 79, Fig, 4

Pilumnus xantusii Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7,
p. 213 (85), 1860. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 486,
pi. 201, figs. 1-3, 1930.
Eriphides hispida Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 237, fig. 87B, 1927;

(not fig. 87A, which is E. hispida).
Pilu7nnus crosslandi Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 643,
1931.
Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Types.— Cotypts in Paris Mus. and MCZ, No. 1259.
Range. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California (Xantus) ; Galapagos
Islands (as P. crosslandi Finnegan), (Crossland).
Atlantic analogue. — P. sayi Rathbun.

Diagnosis. — Five anterolateral spines including exorbital. Outer sur-
face of major manus completely roughened. Meri of ambuatory legs
entire. Carapace narrow ; proportion of length to width 5 : 6. Carapace
and chelipeds covered with long hairs.

472 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Material examined (33 specimens from 9 stations). —
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 3

males, 1 female.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 male, 2

ovig. females.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 3 males, 5

ovig. females.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 ovig.
female.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 ovig.
female.
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 4 males

(1 illustrated in part), 6 females (1 illustrated), 1 young.
322-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 1

specimen.
344-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, coral, Dec. 12, 1934,

1 male, 2 females.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male.

Also a paratype of P. crosslandi Finnegan and the specimen identified
as Eriphides hispida by Boone (photographed).

Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 17.6 mm, width
22.0 mm, cheliped 24.0 mm, chela 13.7 mm, dactyl 8.8 mm.

Habitat. — Shore, the Pocillopora colony, or dredged (10 fms).
Depth. — Shore to 10 fms.

Remarks. — A paratype of Pilumnus crosslandi Finnegan ( 1931 ) was
examined through the courtesy of Dr. Isabella Gordon of the British
Museum and later referred to Dr. Fenner A. Chace of Harvard MCZ
for comparison with cotypes of Stimpson's P. xantusii. Dr. Chace finds
agreement in all points but the degree of armature of the upper orbit,
a character variable in the 8 cotypes at hand. In all other respects he
reports the species indistinguishable.

Through the courtesy of Miss Jocelyn Crane of the New York Zoo-
logical Society, the specimen figured by Boone ( 1927, fig. 87B) as Eriphi-
des hispidaj young, has been examined and found to be a well-developed
male specimen of Pilumnus xantusii.

Pilumnus pygmaeus Boone
Plate 80, Fig. 4

Pilumnus pyginaeus Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 221, fig. 81, 1927.
Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 515, pi. 207, figs. 4 and 5,
1930.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 473

Type locality. — Off Hood Island, Galapagos Islands; 15 ft.
Type.—lr\ Mus. N.Y. Zool. Soc.

Range. — Hood and Tower Islands, Galapagos Islands (Arcturiis).
Diagnosis. — Of minute size. Carapace and chelipeds granulate. Ante-
rolateral margins toothed, not spinulous; teeth obscure. Major chela
twice the size of minor, hairy.

Material examined (138 specimens from 28 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 male

(photographed), 1 female.
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 male, 3

females ( 1 ovig. ) .
31-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 4 fms, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 ovig.

female.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

3 females.
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 2 males, 2 females.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933,

1 male, 8 females.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 1 young.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 1

young.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 2 males.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 2-3 fms, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 young

male.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 ovig.
female.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 ovig.
female.
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 1 young

male.
161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 2 females

(1 ovig.).
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

female.
169-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 15-25 fms, Jan. 20, 1934,

15 males, 3 young.
193-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, 8-10 fms, Jan. 27, 1934, 1
specimen.

474 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 3 males, 6 females.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 6 young.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 3 males, 1 female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 1 male, 1

ovig. female.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 17 males,

13 females.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 female.
804-38. Onslow Island, near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 10

males, 14 females.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 4 males.
811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 male.
Measurements. — Length 2.5 mm, width 3.3 mm.
Color in life. — Carapace warm blackish brown with scattered small
irregular patches of creamy white to pale blue. A large posterolateral
area of white with an adjoining band of reddish ochraceous orange.
Cheliped lighter than carapace and covered with small granules of light
purplish vinaceous color. Outer surface covered with long courge green
hair. Ground color of ambulatory legs same as carapace but almost
covered with irregular patches of creamy white with pinkish tone. Hair
on legs pale yellowish white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Shore, Pocillopora colony, and shallow dredging.
Depth. — Shore to 13 fms.

Remarks. — While secured more abundantly in the Pocillopora coral,
P. pygmaeus is also gathered in ordinary shore collecting, where it is likely
to be overlooked because of its infinitesimal size. Those at Barrington
were obtained by use of the diving helmet, those in Cormorant Bay by
shallow dredging.

Genus ACIDOPS Stimpson, 1871

Acidops fimbriatus Stimpson

Plate 80, Fig. 3

Acidops fimbriatus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10,
p. Ill (21), 1871. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 534.
1930. (part: not the Australian specimen).
Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Type. — Not extant.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 475

Range. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California; also from Ecuador, if
Rathbun's synonymy of Ceratoplax ciliata Cano be accepted.

Diagnosis. — Eyestalks elongate, compressed. Front fringed with long,
golden hair. Four teeth including orbital; teeth not produced. Chelipeds
hairy and with granulate ridges.

Material examined (6 specimens from as many stations). —
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 large

female.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 male

(photographed).
170-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 32 fms, Jan. 21, 1934,

1 specimen.
783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male.
785-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 17, 1938, 1

female.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 female.

Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 11.0 mm, width

14.4 mm, cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 7.0 mm, elbow to end of dactyl
7.5 mm, chela 6.5 mm, dactyl 4.1 mm; female: length 10.0 mm, width

13.5 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace white with bluish tinge,
densely covered with hair of a light, pale yellow tint. Scattered all over
are long hairs of bright red color to vermilion with light yellow to white
tips. An irregular spot of yellow orange on cardiac region, a vermilion
spot on gastric region, and a darker spot on branchial region. Cheliped
overcast with vermilion spots and covered with long hairs like those of
carapace. Carpus of ambulatory legs with tiny spots like those of cheliped ;
legs clothed with hair similar to that of carapace. Dactyls pale yellow.
(Petersen)

Habitat. — Rocky shore ; coral ; sand bottom.

Depth. — Shore to 70 fms.

Remarks. — In the absence of Stimpson's type, or material from the
Gulf of California, it is a moot question whether the Galapagos specimens
are what Stimpson had. Certainly they are not the same as the Australian
specimen which Rathbun (1930, p. 534, pi. 215) considered conspecific
with the Stimpson specimen. Judging from the increasing number of
species known to be common to both Gulf of California and Galapagos
waters, the writer considers it much more probable that the above series
represents the true Acidops fimbriatus than does the Australian specimen.

476 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Genus OZIUS Milne Edwards, 1834
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Ozius

A^ Carapace less than 1^ times as wide as long . . O. verreauxii
A^ Carapace more than 1^^ times as wide as long

B^ Chelae not strikingly dissimilar. Anterolateral margins

broadly arched O. peraltus

B^ Fingers of minor chela extremely attenuate. Anterolateral

margins almost straight O. tenuidactylus

Ozius verreauxii Saussure
Plate 81, Fig. 3 ; Plate 82, Figs. 5, 6

Ozius verreauxii Saussure, Rev. Mag. Zool., ser. 2, vol. 5, p. 359 (6), pi.
12, fig. 1, 1853. Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 18, p. 21,
1895. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 540, pi. 219; pi. 220,
fig. 5, and synonymy, 1930. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 223,
fig. 82, 1927. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p.
17, 1933.
Type locality. — Mazatlan, Mexico.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Orcutt), to
Ecuador (Nobili) ; Galapagos Islands (Habel).

Diagnosis. — Carapace less than one and one-half times as wide as
long, first three lateral teeth broad and shallow, last two small but well
defined. Front with 4 well-marked, equal lobules. A strong tooth at base
of dactyl of large chela.

Material examined (45 specimens from 19 stations). —
11-32. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1932, 1

male.
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 2 males, 1

female.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 male, 3

females (1 ovig.).
42-33. Opposite Kicker Rock, Chatham Island, Jan. 31, 1933, 1

female.
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 1

male.
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 2

males, 1 female.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 6 males,
2 females.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 477

58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 6, 1933, 2 males,

2 females (1 ovig.).
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 3 females.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 1 male.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 3

males, 2 females.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 1 male.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 2 males.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 2 specimens.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 1 large

female.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 2 males.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 1

male.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 large female.

Measurements. — Largest male: length 57 mm, width 86 mm, cheliped
(rigid) coxa to elbow 45 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 73 mm, chela 67 mm,
dactyl 37 mm; large female: length 53.5 mm, width 82 mm, cheliped
(rigid) coxa to elbow 38 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 60 mm, chela 56 mm,
dactyl 28 mm.

Habitat. — Shore, typically under large, columnar boulders of lava,
which have to be pried apart with a crowbar.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — Galapagos specimens of O. verreauxii attain large size.
They are more secretive than other members of the genus, which accounts
for their relative scarcity in collections.

Ozius perlatus Stimpson
Plate 81, Fig. 2

Ozius perlatus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p. 211
(83), 1860. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 543, pi. 221,
figs. 1 and 2, 1930. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 228, fig. 84,
1927. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 17, 1933.
Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Type locality. — Cape San Lucas, Lower California.
Types. — Cotypes in MCZ, No. 1256.

Range. — From Cape San Lucas, Lower California (Xantus), to
Santa Elena, Ecuador (Schmitt) ; Galapagos Islands, (Arcturus).
Atlantic analogue. — O. reticulatus (Desbonne and Schramm).

478 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis. — Carapace more than one and one-half times as wide as
long. Anterolateral margins broadly arcuate. Chelipeds not strikingly
dissimilar.

Material examined (170 specimens from 20 stations). —
10-32. James Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 10, 1932, 16 males, 21

females ( 4 ovig. ) .
12-32. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 14-18, 1932, 1 male, 1

female.
42-33. Opposite Kicker Rock, Chatham Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1933,

2 males, 2 females, 1 young.

49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 1

female.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 3 males,

3 females (2 ovig.), 3 young.

58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 6, 1933, 9 males,

12 females (6 ovig.), 5 young.
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 11 males

(1 photographed), 14 females (2 ovig.), 8 j^oung.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 5 males, 8 females, (7 ovig.), 1 young.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 2

males.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 4

males.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 1 male, 1 female,

1 young.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 female.
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 male.
179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,

5 males, 5 females (3 ovig.).
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 1 male, 1 female, 1

young.
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 1 male, 1

female.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 5

males, 2 females.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 2 young.
342-35. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934,

4 males, 2 females.

796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male, 1
female.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 479

Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 20.0 mm, width
33.2 mm, cheliped 31.0 mm, chela 20.0 mm, dactyl 10.0 mm.

Color in life. — Cardiac and intestinal regions pansy purple, blending
into a dusky aricula purple on other areas. Grooves between areolations
white, with only a little of the color of the adjoining areas. Chelipeds
dark pansy purple to middle of fingers. Fingers banded with light taupe
brown, lighter toward tips. Ambulatory legs light pansy purple, dactyl
lighter, nail yellow. (Petersen)

Habitat. — In crevices between large boulders, where they may be
found by removing loose pebbles.

Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — This species is not nearly so abundant or so continuously
distributed as the following O. tenuidactylus (Lockington). Small
colonies adhere closely to a few favorable localities, as at James Bay,
where about 40 were removed in a few minutes from a single moist pocket
filled with smooth, round pebbles.

Ozius tenuidactylus (Lockington)
Plate 81, Fig. 1

Xantho tenuidactylos Lockington, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, pt. 1,

p. 98, 1877.
Ozius tenuidactylos Glassell, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8,

no. 14, p. 104, 1935.
Ozius tenuidactylus Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p 25,

1939.
Ozius agassizii A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 279, pi. 55, figs.
1-ld, 1880. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 583, 1898;
Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 544, pi. 221, figs. 3 and 4, 1930.
Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 225, fig. 83, 1927. Sivertsen, Med.
fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 17, 1933.
Type locality. — Unknown; one of Lockington's.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From the Gulf of California (Lockington) to Ecuador
(Nobili) ; Galapagos Islands (Hassler Expedition).

Diagnosis. — Carapace much more than one and one-half times wider
than long. Anterolateral and posterolateral margins nearly straight, meet-
ing in two rounded lobes at lateral angles. Chelipeds dissimilar, dactyls
of minor chela extremely attenuated.

Material examined (1,224 specimens from 49 stations) . —
11-32. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 12-14, 1932,
2 young.

480 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

12-32. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1932, 2 females.
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 3 males, 7

young.
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 2 males.
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 2 males.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 1 male, 2

ovig. females, 3 young.
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 1 male.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

1 male.

42-33. Opposite Kicker Rock, Chatham Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1933,

4 males, 2 females.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 23 males, 16 females

(1 ovig.), 5 young.
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 15

males, 15 females.
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 40

males, 34 females, 1 young.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 25 males,

26 females.

58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 6, 1933, 6 males,

9 females.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 1

male.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 20 males, 12

females (1 ovig.).
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 1 male,

2 females, 2 young.

82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 85
males, 77 females (61 ovig.), 16 young.

85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb, 18, 1933, 56 males, 44 fe-
males (34 ovig.), 16 young.

88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 20 males, 14 fe-
males (13 ovig.), 6 young.

93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 7 males, 3
females (2 ovig.), 1 young.

96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 28 males,

27 females (21 ovig.), 1 young.

97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 male.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 481

101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 5 males, 5

ovig. females.
146-34. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 1

male.
153-34. Mangrove Point, Nai'borough Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934, 1

male.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 1 male, 2

females.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 21

males, 20 females (10 ovig.).
174-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 13 males, 25

females (6 ovig.).
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 65 males, 70

females (15 ovig.).
179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,

20 males, 22 females.
188-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1934, 8 males,

6 females, 2 young.
199a-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 4 males,

2 females.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 6 males, 5

females.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 6 males, 6 females (1

ovig.), 2 young.
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 26 males,

42 females.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 31

males, 43 females.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 8 males, 14

females.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 5 males.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male.
358-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 17, 1934, 11 males,

6 females, 1 young.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 1 male, 1 fragment.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 3 males, 4

females, 1 young.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 1 male.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 male.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 males.

482 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 male,

5 females (2 ovig.).
808-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1938, 4
males, 6 females (4 ovig.).

Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 16.5 mm, width
25.9 mm, cheliped 34.0 mm, chela 23.3 mm, dactyl 10.8 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace and chelipeds uniform heliotrope purple.
Fingers black, lightening toward tips. Eggs magenta. (Garth)

Habitat. — Shore, under loose rocks and pebbles. Rarely found in
coral.

Depth. — Shore.

Re?narks. — This species is one of the most abundant of the Galapagos
fauna and is exceeded in numbers of specimens collected only by Leptodius
cooksoni Miers among free-living Xanthidae. It may be distinguished at
once from its congeners and from all other Galapagos xanthids by the
extremely tenuous dactyls of the minor chela, which suggested to Locking-
ton the specific name tenuidactylus. The species has gone for many years
under the name of Ozius agassizii A. Milne Edwards, and so appears in
all publications dealing with Galapagos Brachyura with the exception of
Schmitt (1939), and including the Rathbun monograph (1930).

Genus ERIPHIA Latreille, 1817
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Eriphia

A^ Frontal lobes and margins of orbit smooth and convex. Tubercles

of wrist coalesced E. granulosa

A^ Frontal lobes and margins of orbit thin and granulate. Tubercles

of wrist single E. squamata

Eriphia squamata Stimpson
Plate 83, Figs. 5, 6

Eriphia squamata Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p.
56 (10), 1859. Rathbun, Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 14, p. 158, 1924;
Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 550, pi. 223; pi. 224, fig. 1 ; text fig.
84, and synonymy, 1930. Hult, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5,
p. 13, 1938.

Type locality. — Mazatlan, Mexico.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Magdalena Bay, Lower California (Orcutt), and
Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California (Albatross), to Salinas, Ecuador
(Schmitt) ; Galapagos Islands (Jones).

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 483

Atlantic analogue. — E. gonagra (Fabricius).

Diagnosis. — Front wide, lobes truncate, edges thin and granulate.
Granules of gastric region arranged in short rows. Tubercles of wrist
single, rounded, and ciliated anteriorly.

Material examined. — None from among Hancock Galapagos mate-
rial. The W. H. Jones specimen, USNM No. 17783, male, has been
examined and is definitely of this species. It was taken at Chatham Island,
Galapagos, April 16-17, 1884, and is photographically reproduced herein.
Two females from Eden Island, Galapagos, taken by the Noma Expedi-
tion in 1923 have also been examined through the courtesy of Miss
Jocelyn Crane of the New York Zoological Society. A series of this species
taken at Cocos Island by the Hancock Expeditions has been used in com-
paring the Galapagos material.

Eriphia granulosa A. Milne Edwards
Plate 80, Fig, 2

Eriphia granulosa A. Milne Edwards, Crust. Reg. Mex., p. 339, pi. 56,
figs. 2-2b, 1880. Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, no.
8, p. 282, 1902; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 551, pi. 224, figs. 2-4,

1930. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 234, 1927 (part: the Galapa-
gos specimens). Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 646,

1931. Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 18, 1933.
Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.

Type locality. — Chile (?).
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — Chile (?) (the holotype) ; Galapagos Islands (Jones) ; not
Cocos Island (Boone).

Diagnosis. — Anterolateral margins spinate. Frontal lobes and margins
of orbit smooth and convex, edges of front arching. Granules of gastric
region single, not combined in rows. Tubercles of wrist coalesced.
Material examined (553 specimens from 58 stations). —
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 3 males, 3

females (2 ovig.).
28-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 2 fms, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 male, 1

young.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 9 males,

2 females, 1 fragment.

33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 3 males,

3 ovig. females.

38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,
2 males.

484 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 3 males, 2 females
(1 ovig.).

49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 2
males.

52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 4 fe-
males (1 ovig.).

56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 2 males,
(1 photographed), 3 ovig. females.

58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 6, 1933, 2 males,
1 female.

65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 5 males, 3 females, 1 young.

69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 25

males, 13 females, 6 young.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 4 males, 5

females.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 4 males,

1 female.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 3 males,

1 female.
80-33. Duncan Island, shore, Feb. 15, 1933, 1 young.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 1

female, 1 young.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 7 males, 3 fe-
males.
88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 1 male, 2 females.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 male.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 9 males,

16 females (7 ovig.).
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 4 males, 5

ovig. females.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 6 males,

13 females (8 ovig.).
146-34. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 12

males, 6 females (3 ovig.).
152-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 14, 1934, 1 male,

1 female, 7 young.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 4 males, 4 ovig. females.

161-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, 3 fms, Jan. 17, 1934, 2 males.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 2 males,
8 females ( 7 ovig. ) .

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 485

166-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1934, 2 males,
4 females (3 ovig.).

168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 9
males, 11 females (10 ovig.).

174-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 2 males, 2 ovig.
females.

175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 10 males, 6 fe-
males (5 ovig.).

179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,
2 males, 3 ovig. females.

188-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1934, 1 male,

I ovig. female.

194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 1 male, 1 small female.
199-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 male.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 6 males, 5

females.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 12 males, 3 females

(1 ovig.), 1 fragment.
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 11 males,

I I females ( 7 ovig. ) .

313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 male.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 20

males, 22 females (13 ovig.).
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 16 males, 1 fragment.
316-35. Off Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 20 fms, Dec. 8, 1934,

1 male.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 15 males, 9

females (5 ovig.).
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 27 males,

17 females (10 ovig.).
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 3 males, 4 fe-
males (3 ovig.).
354-35. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, shore, Dec. 15, 1934, 1 male,

1 female.
357-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Dec. 17, 1934, 14 males,

6 females (2 ovig.).
358-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 17, 1934, 2 males,

1 female.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 23 males, 6 females.

486 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 5 males, 5

females.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 2 males.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 3 females.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 3 males, 1

female.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 male.
804-38. Onslow Island, near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 1

female.
808-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1938, 2
males.
811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 1 young fe-
male.
Measurements. — ^A large male: length 14.0 mm, width 19.0 mm,
cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 12 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 16 mm,
chela 15.0 mm, dactyl 8.0 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace and chelipeds purplish brown. Apple-green
markings on cardiac region. Two longitudinal bands of purple on maxil-
lipeds and three on subhepatic region. Last three rows of squamae on
chelae (most ventral) white. Abdominal segments each marked with
purplish brown transversely. Row of setae on hepatic region yellow.
(Garth)

Habitat. — Shore, under rocks, and in Pocillopora coral.
Depth. — Shore to 3 fms.

Remarks. — After a careful individual examination of over 500 speci-
mens of Eriphia from the Galapagos Islands in Hancock collections it
appears that all are E. granulosa. The writer differs emphatically from
Boone (1927, p. 234), who avers that this species may prove to be only
a subspecies of E. squamata Stimpson and agrees with Rathbun (1930, p.
552) that it is very distinct from, and not to be confused with, the
gonagra-squamata type. Her distinguishing features are borne out very
nicely by a pair of Hancock specimens from Charles Island which were
compared with Hopkins-Stanford material (USNM No. 25667). The
front is entire, the granules of the carapace single, and the tubercles of
the wrist tend to form bands (pi. 80, fig. 2).

That there has been confusion of these species, even among specialists,
is amply demonstrated. A specimen in the National Museum identified
by Rathbun as squamata, Pinchot Expedition, Daphne Island, A. K.
Fisher, collector, is definitely granulosa. The specimens reported by Boone
(1927) from Cocos Island as granulosa have been re-examined at the
request of the writer by Miss Jocelyn Crane of the New York Zoological
Society and have proved to be squamata.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 487

The occurrence of E. granulosa at localities other than the Galapagos
Islands is open to question. A footnote in Rathbun (1930, p. 552) states
that an interrogation point follows the designation "Chili" on the label
of the type specimen in the Paris Museum. Its reported occurrence on
Cocos Island has been disposed of in the paragraph above. In conclusion,
it would seem that E. granulosa is a Galapagos endemic species, and that
E. squamata, found from Mexico to Ecuador occurs also at Cocos and
sporadically in the Galapagos Islands (pi. 83, figs. 5, 6).

Genus ERIPHIDES Rathbun, 1897

Eriphides hispida (Stimpson)

Plate83, Figs. 3,4

Eriphia hispida Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, p. 218

(90), 1860.
Eriphides hispida Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 282,
1902; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 552, pis. 225 and 226, 1930.
Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 236, fig. 87A, 1927; (not fig. 87b,
which is Pilumnus xantusii Stimpson). Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool.
Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 18, 1933. Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col.,
vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Pseuderiphia hispida Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 590,
1898.
Type locality. West coast of Central America.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — West coast of Costa Rica (Tristan) to Panama (A. Milne
Edwards) ; Galapagos Islands (Albatross).

Diagnosis. — Carapace and chelipeds covered with short bristles and
paved with sharp granules. Front very wide. Fingers of minor chela
spoon shaped.

Material examined (133 specimens from 31 stations). —
10-32. James Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 10, 1932, 1 male.
12-32. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1932, 1 male.
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 1 specimen.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

13 males, 16 ovig. females (1 photographed).
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 4

specimens.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 5 rnales,

6 females (2 ovig.), 1 young.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,
1933, 8 males, 4 young.

488 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

68-33. South of Cape Berkeley, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 10,

1933, 1 male.

69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 1

male.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 3 specimens.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 5 speci-
mens.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, I

specimen.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 2 males, 2 ovig.

females, 2 young.
88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 1 young.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 1 male, 1

ovig. female, 2 young.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 2 males.
146-34. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 3

males.
163-34. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 18, 1934, 1 male,

2 ovig. females.
168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

male, 2 females.
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 6 males, 3 fe-
males.
179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, Jan. 23, 1934, 4 males,
1 female.
199a-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 male.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 9 males, 1 female, 1

young.
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 8 males,

1 female.

314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 1

female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 3 males, 4

females, 1 young.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 11 specimens.

782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 female,

2 young.

796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male.
808-38. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1938, 1
female.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 489

Measurements. — Large female: length 43.7 mm, width 59 mm,
cheliped 67 mm, chela 38 mm, dactyl 21 mm.

Color in life. — Carapace dull violet black with a few cadmium orange
patches showing on gastric and cardiac areas. Eyes garnet brown. Cheliped
neutral red with tubercles violet black. Movable finger neutral red with
purplish tint fading toward tip. Fixed finger very much darker, almost
black, with white tip and teeth. Ventral side dull orange yellow with
abdomen dull purplish red. Eggs scarlet. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Rocky shore; typically in burrows in sandstone.

Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — The purple bristle crab is one of the most formidable
members of the Galapagos crustacean fauna, and one of the very few
species capable of inflicting a painful wound. The massive claws maintain
their viselike grip even after being severed from the body. A ledge of soft
rock southeast of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, was riddled with
burrows of this species.

Genus DOMEGIA Eydoux and Souleyet, 1842

Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet

Plate 81, Fig. 5

Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, vol. 1, Crust., p.
235, 1842. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 554, pi. 227, and
synonymy, 1930. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p.
647, 1931. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 73, 1937.
Type locality. — Sandwich Islands.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Zaca)j to Gorgona
Island, Colombia (Crossland) ; Eastern Atlantic, Indian, and Pacific
Oceans.

Diagnosis. — Carapace transversely oval, flat, smooth. Front and
anterolateral margins profusely spinulous, posterolateral margins con-
verging rapidly. Chelipeds covered with black spines. Merus of third
maxilliped of no great length. Legs spiny.

Material examined (250 specimens from 20 stations). —
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 2 females

(1 ovig.).
47-33. Barrington Island, 2 fms, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 ovig. female.
59-33. Off Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, 13 fms, Feb. 6, 1933,

1 male.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 20
males, 26 females (12 ovig.).

490 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 3 males,

18 females (12 ovig.), 1 young.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 9 males,

11 females (7 ovig.).
80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 14 males, 18 females (9

ovig.), 5 young.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 1

male, 2 females.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb, 22, 1933, 33 specimens.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 18 males,
24 females (16 ovig.).
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 26, 1933, 5 males,

2 ovig. females.
168a-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 1
female.
189-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 25, 1934, 2 females

(1 ovig.).
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 1 male, 1 female.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 1 female.
309-35. Marchena Island, 8 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 specimen.
311-35. Marchena Island, 20 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 specimen.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 5 males, 3 females (2 ovig.).
804-38. Onslow Island near Charles Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1938, 2

males, 1 female.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 5 males (1 photo-
graphed), 12 females (6ovig.).
Measurements. — A large female: length 8.3 mm, width 10.8 mm.
Habitat. — Pocillopora coral, shallow dredging. Among sponges, under
stones. (Crane)

Depth. — Shore ; also 8-20 fms.

Remarks. — Associated with the Trapezias in the Pocillopora colony,
this species was taken occasionally where coral was not recorded. It was
probable in such a case that a small head of coral was found and cracked
on the beach, no record having been made of it at the time. This species
was dredged twice in shallow water.

D. hispida is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 491

Genus TRAPEZIA Latreille, 1825
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Trapezia

A^ Fronto-orbital width greatest width of carapace. No lateral

tooth T. digitalis

A2 Fronto-orbital width less than greatest width of carapace. A

lateral tooth T. cymodoce ferruginea

Trapezia cymodoce ferruginea Latreille
Plate 81, Fig. 4

Trapezia ferruginea Latreille, Encyc. Meth., Hist. Nat., Entom., vol.

10, p. 695, 1825.
Trapezia cymodoce ferruginea Rathbun, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol.
35, p. 58, 1907; Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 557, pi. 228, figs. 1
and 2, and synonj^my, 1930. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 240,
fig. 88, 1927. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 645,
1931. Hult, Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 13, 1938. Crane,
Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 73, 1937.
Type locality. — Red Sea.
Type. — Not in Paris Mus.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Zaca), to Gorgona
Island, Colombia (Crossland) ; Galapagos Islands (Arcturus); Red Sea
and Indo-Pacific Ocean.

Diagnosis. — Carapace smooth, no trace of regions. Fronto-orbital
width almost equal to width of carapace. Anterolateral margins short,
diverging slightly posteriorly. A lateral tooth projecting. Color red.
Material examined (1,809 specimens from 21 stations). —
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 37 males,

31 females (16ovig.).
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 411

specimens.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 37

males, 26 females (18 ovig.).
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 17 males,

17 females (12 ovig.).
80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 42 males, 37 females

(27 ovig.), 2 young.
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 308 speci-
mens.
96-33. Dai-win Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 486 speci-
mens.

492 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

99-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, tangles, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 male,
1 ovig. female, 2 young.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 26, 1933, 23 males, 13

females (8 ovig.).
168a-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 5
males, 3 females.
189-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, coral, Jan. 25, 1934, 6 males,

5 females ( 4 ovig. ) .
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, 3 males, 1

female.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 8-10 fms, Dec.

8, 1934, 32 males, 26 females (20 ovig.), 2 young.
320-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, 8-10 fms, Dec. 8, 1934, 2

males.
350-35. South Seymour Island, shore, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 male, 1 ovig.

female.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 3 males, 2

females (1 ovig.), 1 young.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Jan. 17, 1938, 6 males,

5 females (2 ovig.).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 1 male, 4 females

(2 ovig.).
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1938, 3 speci-
mens.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 206 specimens.

Measurements. — A large, ovigerous female: length 13.3 mm, width
16.3 mm, cheliped 26.3 mm, chela 16.5 mm, dactyl 8.2 mm.
Color in life. — Bright red.
Habitat. — The Pocillopora coral colony.
Depth. — Shore to 10 fms.

Remarks. — The collection of over 1,800 of this red porcelain crab
was almost involuntary. Every head of living Pocillopora coral contained
hundreds of specimens, and it was as convenient to preserve them as to
toss them overboard while cracking coral. In view of the exceeding abun-
dance of this species, it seems incredible that a single specimen obtained
by William Beebe and two specimens by Rolf Blomberg are the only
examples ever recorded from the Galapagos Islands. Apparently, no other
expedition has examined coral heads, for the Trapezias rarely stray beyond
the protecting labyrinth of their rasping branches.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 493

Trapezia digitalis Latreille
PlateSl, Fig. 6

Trapezia digitalis Latreille, Encyc. Meth., Hist. Nat., Entom., vol. 10,
p. 696, 1825. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 559, pi. 228,
figs. 5 and 6, and synonymy, 1930. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3,
p. 73, 1937.

Type locality. — Red Sea.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Zaca)j to Panama
(Bradley) ; Red Sea to Indo-Pacific Ocean.

Diagnosis. — Carapace smooth, regions not indicated. Fronto-orbital
width greatest width of carapace, the anterolateral margins converging
posteriorly. No lateral projection. Color brown.

Material examined (667 specimens from 18 stations). —
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1933, 5 males, 6

females.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 82

males, 59 females (40 ovig.), 5 young.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 9 males,

10 females (2 ovig.).
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 4 males,

8 females (7 ovig.).
80-33. Duncan Island, coral, Feb. 15, 1933, 11 males, 12 females

(8 ovig.).
94-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 22, 1933, 61 males,

70 females (36 ovig.), 11 young.
97-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, coral, Feb. 24, 1933, 41 males,

31 females (15 ovig.).
99-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 2 males,
1 female.
lOla-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 15 males,
8 females (4 ovig.).

-33. Galapagos Islands, 1933, 52 males, 47 females (15 ovig.), 7
young.
168a-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

male, 1 ovig. female.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, coral, Jan. 31, 1934, 1 female.
315-35. Opposite Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, coral, Dec. 8,

1934, 16 males, 7 females (3 ovig.), fragment.
782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male.

494 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 4 males, 5

females (2 ovig.).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 4 males, 1 ovig.

female.
800-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, Jan. 22, 1938, 1 male.
811-38. Barrington Island, coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 28 males, 30 females
(21 ovig.).
Measurements. — A large female: length 10.8 mm, width 13.5 mm,
cheliped 18.0 mm, chela 12.8 mm, dactyl 7.3 mm.
Color in life. — Brown and yellow.
Habitat. — The Pocillopora coral colony.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — This brown and yellow Trapezia occurs with the red T.
cymodoce ferruginea Latreille in the proportion of 1 : 3. In separating so
many hundreds, the color alone was relied upon, although there are other
important differences, as given in the diagnoses. The front of T. digitalis
is finely denticulate, as compared to the shallow frontal lobes of T. c. fer-
ruginea, and there is no lateral tooth.

T. digitalis is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Genus QUADRELLA Dana, 1851

Quadrella nitida Smith

Plate 80, Fig. 6

Quadrella nitida Smith, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 12, p. 288,
1869. Rathbun, Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 561, pi. 229, and
synonymy, 1930. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 74, 1937.
Type locality. — Pacheca, Perlas Islands, Panama.
Type. — In Peabody Mus., Yale Univ.

Range. — Lower California (Stimpson) to Panama (Bradley); 6-75
fms. (Crane)

Diagnosis. — Carapace hexagonal, convex, smooth, regions not indi-
cated. Front cut into 4 spines, median notch deepest. Merus of cheliped
stout, projecting beyond carapace and armed with 6 to 8 spines. Carpus
with an inner tooth. Hand exceeding width of carapace, fingers long and
incurved.

Material examined. —
311-35. Marchena Island, 20 fms, Dec. 3, 1934, 1 young (photo-
graphed).
Measurements. — Young specimen : length 3.4 mm, width 3.5 mm.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 495

Color in life. — From a Gulf of California specimen : ground color of
carapace light yellowish drab gray, overcast with tiny snowflakelike
blotches. Front dark scarlet red, extended on eyestalk. Ground color of
cheliped deep orange buff. Merus netted with light scarlet; carpus same
but much lighter scarlet ; hand overcast with scarlet spots, very dense on
upper surface and extending on fingers. A few large, carmine spots at the
distal end of the hand and on the fingers. Ambulatory legs a warm buff.
(Petersen)

Habitat. — The gorgonian, Muricea miser Verrill, according to Crane.

Depth. — 6-75 fms. (Crane)

Remarks. — For a classic description of the remarkable association of
this rare xanthid crab and the gorgonian, Muricea miser Verrill, the
reader is referred to Crane (1937).

Q. nitida is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Genus MALDI VIA Borradaile, 1903

Maldivia Borradaile, In: J. S. Gardiner, Fauna and Geography of the
Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 269-270,
1903.
The following are the characters of this genus : ( 1 ) Carapace hexago-
nal, swollen, a little longer than broad, hairless, roughened with granula-
tions which pass into spines at the sides, and with indications of the
regions. (2) Front broad, triangular, widely grooved, bent strongly down-
wards. (3) Anterolateral edge toothed, about equal to postero-lateral.
Hind edge wavy. (4) Orbits large, very slanting, not fully closed. (5)
Abdomen of male seven-jointed. (6) Endostome ridges present, but not
very strong. (7) Eyesl^LVge. (8) ^/z/^nrafle with slender basal joints which
do not touch the front, and long flagella. (9) Merus of third maxilliped
about as long as broad, without a notch in the fore edge, which is straight.

(10) Chelipeds stout, Pilumnus-like, fingers not hollowed at the tip.

(11) Walking legs moderately stout. (Borradaile)

Maldivia galapagensis Garth
Plate 80, Fig. 5

Maldivia galapagensis Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2,
p. 22, pi. 8, figs. 1-6.

Type locality. — Onslow Island near Charles Island, Galapagos
Islands, from Pavona coral in 2 fms.

Type.—AYLY no. 385.

496 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Range. — Charles and Barrington Islands, Galapagos Islands.

Diagnosis. — Carapace convex, polished, faintly granulate anteriorly.
Posterolateral borders exceeding anterolateral; 2 denticles on antero-
lateral margin. Granules of cheliped flattened, not arranged in rows.
Minor chela excavate, fingers slender, curved, M^ith knifelike edges.

Material examined (31 specimens from 4 stations). —
180-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 3^^ fms, coral, Jan. 22, 1934, 1

male, 4 females (3 ovig.).
194-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, coral from Onslow Island

crater, Jan. 27, 1934, 7 males, 11 females.
804-38. Onslow Island near Charles Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 23,
1938, 2 males, 4 females, (the type series, including the male holo-
type, AHFno. 385).
811a-38. Barrington Island, Pavona coral, Jan. 26, 1938, 2 females.

Measurements. — Male holotype: length 3.7 mm, width 4.6 mm,
chela 4.9 mm; female allotype: length 3.9 mm, width 5.5 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color of carapace ivory yellow to cream buff
with designs of Eugenia red and grass green on posterior and Brazil red
and cedar green on anterior areas. Cheliped clear creamy white with coral
red on merus and carpus. Fingers hazel brown at base, becoming lighter
toward tips. Ventral side clear white with tinge of bluish lavender.
(Petersen)

Habitat. — Pavona coral.

Depth. — 2-35^ fms.

Pemarks. — The compact heads of "brain coral" {Pavona sp.) allow
much less freedom of movement for the crustaceans which inhabit their
interstices than do the multiramose heads of Pocillopora. The Pavona
colony is therefore made up of fewer and less active species than the
Trapezias and DomeciaSj the alpheid and peneid shrimps of the Pocillo-
pora, which indeed were totally lacking in the three loads of Pavona
cracked by Velero III parties. In their place are the delicate Maldivia
and an even more fragile shrimp, which has been turned over to Dr. W.
L. Schmitt for study. Although an effort was made to find specimens in
sitUj none were observed as the cracking with geological hammers pro-
ceeded. All specimens were recovered from the rinse water at the bottom
of the bucket.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 497

Family PINNOTHERIDAE

Subfamily PiNNOTHERINAE

Genus PARAPINNIXA Holmes, 1894

Parapinnlxa glasselli Garth

Plate 84, Figs. 1, 2

Parapinnlxa glasselli Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2,
p. 24, pi. 9, figs. 1-4, 1939.

Type locality. — Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, Galapagos Islands.

Tj;/.^.— USNM No. 77367.

Range. — Known only from the type locality.

Diagnosis. — Displacement of first ambulatory leg equal to nearly one-
half the volume of carapace. Fingers long and slender, gaping when
closed, a small tooth near tips. Immovable finger curving well down-
ward. Lines separating abdominal segments sinuous.

Material examined. —
66a-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, from "roach" trap attached to
fish trap suspended in 2 fms, Feb. 9, 1933, 2 females, including the
holotype (USNM No. 77367).

Measurements. — Female holotype : length 2.8 mm, width 6.5 mm.

Habitat. — Worm tubes.

Depth. — 2-3 fms.

Remarks. — The capture of two female specimens in a baited "roach"
trap, suspended in two fathoms of water attached to a lobster pot, suggests
that this species, while undoubtedly commensal, does not hesitate to fare
I'orth from its worm tube in search of food.

The male of the species is unknown.

Subfamily PiNNOTHERELIINAE

Genus PINNIXA White, 1846

Pinnixa transversalis (Milne Edwards and Lucas)

Plate 84, Figs. 6-8

Pinnotheres transversalis Milne Edwards and Lucas, d'Orbigny's Voy.
Amer. Merid., vol. 6, pt. 1, p. 23, 1843; vol. 9, atlas, pi. 10, figs.
Z-Zt, 1847.
Pinnixa transversalis Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol.
20, p. 220 (186), pi. 11, fig. 5, 1853. Rathbun, Bull. 97, U.S. Nat.
Mus., p. 131, pi. 29, figs. 1-3, text figs. 74-76, and synonymy, 1918.
Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 648, 1931.
Type locality. — Chile.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

498 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Range. — From Coiba Island, Panama (Crossland), to Punta Arenas,
Patagonia (Lenz).

Atlantic analogue. — P. faxoni Rathbun.

Diagnosis. — A prominent ridge across carapace at cardiac level.
Lateral angles forming a prominent shoulder. Terminal segment of palpus
of third maxilliped reaching proximal end of merus. Abdomen of male
enlarging from middle of sixth segment; tip semicircular.

Material examined. —
783-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, 40-70 fms, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male,
2 females.

Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 5.0 mm, width
9.4 mm.

Habitat. — From the tubes of Chaetopterus variopedatus (Renier),
identified by Olga Hartman. (See pi. 84, fig. 7).

Depth.— 2y2-70 fms.

Remarks. — The occurrence of this commensal crab may be expected
wherever its widespread host, Chaetopterus, is found. This worm builds
a tube to which sand particles are attached by agglutination.

P. transversalis is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Genus PINNAXODES Heller, 1865

Pinnaxodes chilensis ( Milne Edwards)

Plate 84, Figs. 3-5

Pinnotheres chilensis Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 2, p. 33,

1837.
Pinnaxodes chilensis Smith, in Verrill, Amer. Nat., vol. 3, p. 245, 1869.
Rathbun, Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 175, pi. 38, text f^g. Ilia
and b, and synonymy, 1918. Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol.
98, no. 6, p. 26, 1939.
Type locality. — ^Valparaiso, Chile.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — Ecuador (Heller) to Port Otway, Patagonia (Albatross);
Galapagos Islands (Hopkins-Stanford Expedition).

Diagnosis. — Carapace subquadrate with rounded corners, soft in fe-
male, firm in male. Female chelae elongate. A constriction about sixth
abdominal segment of male.
Material examined. —
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,
1934, a single specimen contained within the test of the sea urchin,
Strongylocentrotus gibbosus (Valenciennes) (pi. 84, fig. 4).

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 499

Habitat. — Commensal in the periproct of the sea urchin, S. gibbosus.

Remarks. — Schmitt (1939) is in error in stating that the first time
this species had been observed in the Galapagos Islands was on the Presi-
dential Cruise of 1938. Actually, it was taken on the Hopkins-Stanford
Expedition in 1898-99, but because of its commensal habit was observed,
not by the person who reported on the Brachyura, but by the person who
wrote up the echinoderms. H. L. Clark (1902) writes concerning
Strongylocentrotus gibbosus (Valenciennes) :

"There are 11 dry specimens of this interesting urchin, from Tagus
Cove. They range in diameter from 16 to 40 mm. The color is a distinct
reddish-brown, the spines very dark olive, tipped with purplish; speci-
mens from Chile and Peru, whence this species was previously known, are
said to be gray. All but the smallest of the shells before me are distorted
by the presence of the parasitic crab so generally found in this urchin, and
in all but 3 the crab is present." (Italics are author's)

Because the relationship between Pinnaxodes chilensis and this host
is a specific one, there can be no doubt that this was the species observed
by Dr. Clark.

Family CYMOPOLIIDAE

Genus GYMOPOLIA Roux, 1828
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Cympolia

Ai Second ambulatory leg not more than twice as long as carapace
B^ Two acuminate anterolateral spines, excluding exorbital
C^ Four slender frontal teeth. Carapace 1^ times broader

than long C. lucasii

C2 Two large, triangular frontal teeth. Carapace 1^ times

as broad as long C. cortezi

B2 Four truncate anterolateral spines, excluding exorbital. A

sternal plate at base of third walking leg . . C. velerae
A2 Second ambulatory leg more than twice as long as carapace

C. fragilis

Gymopolia cortezi Crane
Plate 85, Fig. 2

Cymopolia cortezi Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 75, pi. 8, fig. 25,
1937.
Type locality. — Santa Inez Bay, Gulf of California; 60 fms.
Type.— N.Y. Zool. Soc. No. 36,895.
Range. — Known only from the type locality.

500 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Diagnosis. — Front with 2 large, triangular teeth ; 2 sharp antero-
lateral teeth. Last leg overreaching merus of third ambulatory leg. Lobe
at distal extremity of ambulatory meri acute.

Material examined. —
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 1 young speci-
men (photographed).

Measurements. — Young specimen: length 5.5 mm, width 6.2 mm.

Habitat. — Mud and crushed shell (Crane). Velero III records show
rock, coral, and nullipore, presumably with sand.

Depth.— 60-150 fms.

Remarks. — The single small specimen from deep water north of
Wenman Island conforms remarkably with Miss Crane's description of
the type, and also with a small specimen from the Gulf of California,
particularly as regards the front, the two triangular teeth of which meet
at almost a right angle. Extension of the range of C. cortezi to the Galap-
agos Islands is less surprising in view of the simultaneous extension of
ranges of two other Gulf of California species, C. lucasii Rathbun and
C. fragilis Rathbun.

C. cortezi is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Cymopolia lucasii (Rathbun)
Plate 87, Fig. 1

Palicus lucasii Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 600, pi. 43,

fig. 2, 1898.
Cymopolia lucasii Rathbun, Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 193, pi. 44,
figs. 1 and 2, text fig. 119, 1918. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3,
p. 76, 1937.

Type locality. — Off Cape San Lucas, Lower California; 31 fms.
Tj,;^^._USNM No. 21590.

Range. — From Arena Bank, Gulf of California (Zaca), to Cape San
Lucas (Albatross) ; 31-60 fms.

Atlantic analogue. — C. faxoni (Rathbun).

Diagnosis. — Carapace only one-eighth wider than long, tuberculate.
Anterolateral margin with 2 acute teeth, excluding exorbital; supra-
orbital teeth sharpened. Ambulatory legs wide ; an acute lobe at distal end
of mems of legs 1 and 2, that of leg 3 rounded.

Material examined (18 specimens from 11 stations). —
69a-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, 12 fms, mud sample, Feb.

11, 1933, 1 specimen.
148-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 12-15 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1
male.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 501

149-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 20 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 2 fe-
males, fragment.
157-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-18 fms, Jan. 15, 1934, 2

males (1 photographed), 3 females.
177-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 5-20 fms, Jan. 23, 1934, 2 females.
201-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 5 males,

1 female.
345-35. Off Daphne Islands, 30 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 1 female.
361-35. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 12 fms, Dec. 19, 1934, 1 male.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 females.
799-38. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 15-18 fms, Jan. 22, 1938, 1
male.
Measurements. — Largest male: length 10.5 mm, width 12.4 mm,
second ambulatory leg 20.0 mm.

Color in life. — Dragon's blood red and white. A solid median band
of color extends longitudinally from front to posterior border, dividing
the carapace into 3 approximately equal parts, the outer two of which are
white. Anterolateral and preorbital teeth dragon's blood red, orbital tooth
white. Legs banded with dragon's blood red, the wide propodal band
brightest. Spines of merus, tips of dactyls, and entire reduced leg white.
(Garth)

Habitat. — Muddy and sandy bottoms (Crane). Velero III records
show sand and rock, sand and shell, sand and algae, and two stations:
"coral, nullipore, and rock."
Depth. — 5-60 fms.

Remarks. — A Galapagos Island specimen of this species, identified by
its author. Miss Rathbun, was the first indication that Gulf of California
Cymopolias might be expected in the Galapagos archipelago. Since that
time two other Gulf species, C. fragilis Rathbun and C. cortezi Crane, as
well as a new species, C. velerae Garth, have been found to occur in the
Galapagos Islands.

C. lucasii is now recorded from the Galapagos Islands.

Cymopolia fragilis Rathbun
Plate8S, Figs, 3,4

Cymopolia fragilis Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, p. 259, 1893 ;

Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 213, pi. 51, figs. 2 and 3, text fig. 129a

and b, 1918.
Cymopolia zacae Glassell, Zoologica, vol. 21, no. 17, p. 217, 1936. Crane,

Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 76, pi. 8, fig. 26, 1937.

502 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Type locality. — Off Lower California; 58 and 71 fms.

Type.—\]^NM No. 17485.

Range. — From northwest of Cedros Island, Lower California (Alba-
tross), to Ecuador (Albatross), including the Gulf of California; 52-71
fms. (Albatross).

Diagnosis. — Carapace one and one-half times as wide as long. Four
anterolateral teeth, excluding exorbital. First ambulatory leg short, not
overreaching merus of second in male.

Material examined (124 specimens from a single station). —
143-34. Wenman Island, 100-150 fms, Jan. 11, 1934, 56 males, 65
females (including the photographed pair), 3 young.

Measurernents. — Largest specimen, male: length 7.7 mm, width 12.3
mm, length of second ambulatory leg 22.5 mm; largest female; length
8.2 mm, width 11.7 mm, length of second ambulatoiy leg 22.8 mm. Note
difference of proportions in the two sexes.

Habitat. — Bottom of coral, nullipores, and calcareous worm tubes.

Depth.— 52-150 fms.

Remarks. — Specimens from Wenman Island were compared with the
type of C. zacae Glassell in the laboratories of the New York Zoological
Society by Miss Jocelyn Crane, who found them to agree very nicely.
Specimens from Wenman Island were also compared with the type of
C. fragilis Rathbun at the U.S. National Museum, and were found to be
the same. Evidence pointing to the synonymy of C. zacae, which was said
by Glassell (1936) to differ from C. fragilis in having 5 anterolateral
spines instead of 4, in having the first leg extending past the merus of the
second instead of falling short of it, in having the suborbital lobe truncate,
instead of bilobed, and not equally advanced with the pterygostomian
lobe, is as follows :

1. The inferior orbital lobe is truncate in the type specimen of C.
fragilis, although bilobed on the photographed specimen (USNM No.
20620) from Ecuador.

2. The inferior orbital lobe makes an oblique line with the ptery-
gostomian lobe, which is much more advanced on an anterior-posterior
line. Wenman Island specimens and the type of C. fragilis are alike in
this respect.

3. Both Wenman Island specimens and the type specimen of C.
fragilis have 4 teeth if the exorbital tooth and the posterior marginal fold,
which resembles a tooth, be excluded.

4. The first ambulatory leg is detached from the carapace of the type
of C. fragilis and the other legs are rigid, making it impossible to tell
whether or not the type had the first ambulatory leg overreaching the

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 503

merus of the second. In the Wenman Island specimens there is sufficient
difference between merus lengths of the male and female to allow the
male first leg to overreach and the female not.

Gymopolia velerae Garth
Plate 85, Fig. 1

Cymopolia velerae Garth, Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2, p.
25, pi. 10, figs. 1-4.

Type locality. — Off Daphne Minor Island, Galapagos Islands, 70-80
fms.

Type.—ARY no. 386.

Range. — Throughout the Galapagos Islands, exclusive of the three
northern islands, in depths of 3-80 fms (Velero III). (See Remarks
below).

Diagnosis. — Five anterolateral teeth diminishing in size posteriorly.
Outer suborbital lobe trilobed, inner sinus narrow. Outer slope of frontal
lobe continuous with preorbital lobe. Supraorbital teeth broad, truncate.
Merus of leg 2 with distal spine acuminate. Carapace 1.4 times wider
than long ; a sinuous posterior line of tubercles.

Material examined (111 specimens from 16 stations). —
55-33. Lat. 1° 03' 30'' S, Long. 90° 17' 30" W, 60 fms, Feb. 5, 1933,

1 male.

147-34. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 30 fms, Jan. 13, 1934, 1

female.
171-34. East of Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21,

1934, 3 females.
182-34. James Bay, James Island, 30 fms, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 male.
185-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 16

males, 15 females (5 ovig.), 3 fragments.
186-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 10

males, 2 ovig. females, 1 young.
190-34. Lat. 0° 55' S, Long. 90° 30' W, 58-60 fms, Jan. 26, 1934,

3 males, 7 females (3 ovig.), 2 young.
198-34. NW of Post Office Bay, 55-65 fms, Jan. 29, 1934, 1 ovig.

female.
201-34. Off Gardner Bay, Hood Island, 25-35 fms, Jan. 31, 1934, 4

males, 1 young.
318-35. Off Gordon Rocks, Indefatigable Island, 45 fms, Dec. 8, 1934,

2 females ( 1 ovig. ) .

324-35. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 45 fms, Dec. 10, 1934, 2
females.

504 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

346-35. Between South Seymour and Daphne Islands, 55 fms, Dec.

13, 1934, 1 male, 2 females, 2 fragments.
347-35. South Seymour Island, 3 fms, Dec. 13, 1934, 3 males.
792-38. Ofif Daphne Minor Island, 70-80 fms, Jan. 20, 1938, 2 males,

16 females, including the holotype (AHF no. 386).
795-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 2 males,

1 female.
814-38. North of Hood Island, 20-40 fms, Jan. 28, 1938, 12 females.
Measurements. — Female holotype: length 6.9 mm, width 9.9 mm,
length of second ambulatory leg 14.3 mm; largest male paratype: length
4.1 mm, width 4.9 mm.

Habitat. — Sand, sand and shell, sand and nullipore, sand and coral;
mud, mud and shell, mud and sand ; rock.
Depth. — 3-80 fms.

Remarks. — This species was erroneously recorded as occurring in
depths to 150 fms, apparently through inadvertency in including a Wen-
man Island station, at which only C. fragilis Rathbun and C. cortezi
Crane were taken.

Family G RAPS I DAE

Subfamily GrAPSINAE

Genus GRAPSUS Lamarck, 1801

Grapsus grapsus (Linnaeus)

Plate 86, Figs. 1, 2

Cancer grapsus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 630, 1758.
Grapsus grapsus Ives, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 190, 1891.
Faxon, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, vol. 18, p. 30, 1895. Rathbu^,
Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 227, pis. 53 and 54, and synonymy,
1918. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 244, fig. 90, 1927. Sivertsen,
Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 18, 1933. Crane, Zoo-
logica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 77, 1937.
P achy grapsus crassipes Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 257, fig. 93,
1927.
Type localities. — America and Ascension Island.
Types. — Not extant.

Range. — San Benito Islands, Lower California (Anthony), to Mol-
lendo, Peru (Coker) ; Galapagos Islands (Hassler) ; occurs also in the
Atlantic.

Diagnosis. — Carapace discoidal with transverse granular ridges. Front
almost vertical. Fingers with spoon shaped tips.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 505

Material examined (76 specimens from 22 stations). —
11-32. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1932, 2

males, 1 female.
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 2 males,

2 females, (1 ovig.).
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

4 males.
42-33. Opposite Kicker Rock, Chatham Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1933,

1 male.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 1 male (soft shell).
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 2

males.
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 1

male.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 16 young.
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 3 young

males.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 5 young males.
66-33. Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, 10-20 fms, Feb. 9, 1933, 4

young.
68-33. South of Cape Berkeley, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 10,

1933, 3 young males.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 2

young males.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 1 male.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 3 males

(1 photographed), 1 female.
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 9 males,

1 female.
146-34. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 2

males, 1 large female.
179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,

1 small male.
184-34. James Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 young male.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 1 male.
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 1 young.
815-38. East side of Hood Island, shore, Jan. 28, 1938, 4 males, 1 ovig.
female.
Measurements. — ^A large male : length 65 mm, width 73 mm, cheliped
65 mm, chela 30 mm, dactyl 21 mm.

506 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Habitat. — Lava rocks above water line (spray zone).

Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — "Sally Lightfoot," as this well-known grapsoid crab is
commonly called, is abundant on all the islands of the Galapagos group
and, because of the contrast of its bright red carapace against jet black
lava, the m.ost conspicuous member of the crustacean fauna. The young
are so unlike the adults as to have been mistaken for another species, as
noted under Pachygrapsus crassipes Boone. The greenish-blue carapace
is spattered with creamy dots and the slender legs appear longer in pro-
portion to body size than in the more compact adult. Furthermore, the
young are occasionally obtained in shallow dredging, a situation in which
the adults would not be found. The loss of a leg or two to the bright-eyed
Galapagos bittern, a bird which stalks these crabs relentlessly, seems but
a temporary inconvenience, as a new appendage is soon regenerated.

Genus GEOGRAPSUS Stimpson, 1858

Geograpsus lividus (H. Milne Edwards)

Plate 86, Figs. 3, 4

Grapsus lividus Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 2, p. 85, 1837.
Geograpsus lividus Stimpson, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7,
p. 230, 1860. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 604, 1898;
Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 232, pi. 55, and synonymy, 1918. Boone,
Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 251, fig. 91, 1927. Sivertsen, Med. fra det
Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 19, 1933. Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc.
Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Type locality. — ^Antilles.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — From La Paz, Lower California, (Belding), to Chile;

Galapagos Islands (Albatross); occurs also in the Atlantic and in Hawaii.

Diagnosis. — Carapace subquadrate, sides little arched. Edge of front

visible in dorsal view. Fingers with pointed tips. Legs conspicuously hairy.

Material examined (46 specimens from 14 stations). —

38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

2 males, 1 female.
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 6

males, 1 female.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 5 males,

5 females.
58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 6, 1933, 5 males,
1 female.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 507

62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 2 males.
68-33. South of Cape Berkeley, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 10,

1933, 3 males, 4 females.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, I

female.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 2

males.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 1 male.
153-34. Mangrove Point, Narborough Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934,

1 male, 2 females.
179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,

1 ovig. female.
184-34. James Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1934, 1 ovig. female.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 1 female (photo-
graphed ) .
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 1
ovig. female.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 30 mm, width
38 mm, cheliped 50 mm, chela 25 mm, dactyl 15.7 mm.
Habitat. — Rocky shore, above water line (spray zone).
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — G. lividus is a most secretive species in comparison with
Grapsus grapsus, dwelling in crevices above the water line and darting
into some deep recess upon the slightest sign of danger. Only the glint of
the long, yellow hairs with which the walking legs are liberally provided
reveals the hiding place of the species.

Genus PACHYGRAPSUS Randall, 1840

Pachygrapsus transversus ( Gibbes )

Plate 87, Fig. 2

Grapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 3, p. 181,
1850.

Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 3,
p. 182, 1850. Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, no. 8,
p. 279, 1902; Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 244, pi. 61, figs. 2 and 3,
and synonymy, 1918. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 253, fig. 92,
1927. Finnegan, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 37, p. 649, 1931.
Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 19, 1933.
Schmitt, Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.

508 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Type locality. — Key West, Florida.
Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Agua Verde Bay, Gulf of California (Albatross), to
Matapalo, Peru (Coker) ; Galapagos Islands (Jones); occurs also in
the Atlantic.

Diagnosis. — Lateral margins strongly converging, bearing a single
tooth just behind outer orbital tooth at widest part of carapace. Edge of
front sinuous. Distal extremity of merus of fourth leg finely dentate.
Material examined (214 specimens from 40 stations). —
24-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 24, 1933, 8 males, 6

females.
27-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 25, 1933, 1 ovig.

female.
30-33. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 26, 1933, 53 males,

23 females (12 ovig.).
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, Jan. 29, 1933, 1

ovig. female.
48-33. Barrington Island, shore, Feb. 2, 1933, 6 males, 3 ovig. females.
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 3

males, 1 ovig. female.
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 5

males, 1 ovig. female.
56-33. Flamingo Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 5, 1933, 1 male.
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 1 male.
65-33. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Feb. 9,

1933, 8 males, 2 females.
69-33. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 11, 1933, 2

males, 2 females (1 ovig.).
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 1 male, 1

female.
73-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 13, 1933, 1 male.
76-33. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 14, 1933, 1 male,

1 female.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 3

males, 7 females (3 ovig.).
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 4 males, 2 females.
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, lagoon, Feb. 22, 1933, 3 males,

3 females.
96-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 24, 1933, 1 male, 6
females.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 509

98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 male

(photographed), 1 female.
146-34. Albemarle Point, Albemarle Island, shore, Jan. 12, 1934, 1

male, 3 females (1 ovig.), 1 young.
153-34. Mangrove Point, Narborough Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934,

1 male.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1933, 1 male.

168-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1934, 1

male, 1 ovig. female.
168a-34. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, coral, Jan. 20, 1934, 3

young.
174-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 2 females.
175-34. North Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 1 male, 1 ovig.

female.
179-34. Bartholomew Island near James Island, shore, Jan. 23, 1934,

1 male, 2 females.
180-34. Sulivan Bay, James Island, coral, Jan. 23, 1934, 1 specimen.
199a-34. Post Office Bay, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 30, 1934, 1 female.
202-34. Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1934, fragment.
306-35. Marchena Island, shore, Dec. 2, 1934, 5 males, 3 ovig. females.
312-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 5, 1934, 1 male.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 2

males, 1 ovig. female.
333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 2 males.
343-35. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 12, 1934, 1 male.
354-35. Wreck Bay, Chatham Island, shore, Dec. 15, 1934, 1 male,

1 female.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 3 males, 3 females (1 ovig.).

782-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 16, 1938, 1 male, 2

females, 1 young.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, fragment.
796-38. Sulivan Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 young.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 19 mm, width 23.3
mm, cheliped 32 mm, chela 18 mm, dactyl 12.8 mm.

Color in life. — General appearance black, chela shading to purple on
outer margin of movable finger. A strip of apple green shows on either
side of the carpus at point of articulation with next segment. Abdomen
hazel brown. (Garth)

510 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Habitat. — Rocky shore.

Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — After a microscopic examination of over 200 Pachygrapsus
from the Galapagos Islands, most of which are minute, it appears that all
have the distal extremity of the merus of the last ambulatory leg finely
dentate and so must be classified as P. transversus (Gibbes) instead of as
P. crassipes Randall (1839), in which the merus is entire. Since Boone
(1927, p. 257) figures and describes as crassipes a young Grapsus grapsus
(Linnaeus), there remains but a single record of the occurrence in the
Galapagos Islands of P. crassipes, that of Rathbun (1902). The identifi-
cation of this specimen is correct, as verified by Mr. G. P. Ashcraft. The
error, if there be one, is on the label. The specimen (USNM No. 25663)
is one of three (2 males, 1 female) taken by the Hopkins-Stanford Expe-
dition in 1898-99 and recorded from Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, in 12
fathoms of water. Other species taken at this station were Micropanope
polita {R.zthhun) , Medaeus spinulifer (Kathhun) , P or tunus (Achelous)
angustus Rathbun, Stenorynchiis debilis (Smith), Podochela margaritaria
Rathbun, and Microphrys triangulatus (Lockington). While it is normal
for the above-mentioned species to be found in 12 fathoms, it is not
usual to encounter P. crassipes outside the intertidal zone ; in fact, records
of its occurrence at any depth at all are nonexistent. Although it is possible
that there may have been a shore station of the same day at which P.
crassipes was collected, to be later inadvertently placed in a bottle contain-
ing the dredged specimens, it is more probable that the crassipes was col-
lected at a more northerly station. This is borne out by the fact that in
his unpublished personal notes R. E. Snodgrass records spending a day
ashore on the south end of Guadalupe Island at Whaler's Bay, where
crassipes is abundant. Until further specimens are obtained to substantiate
this Galapagos record, it seems unwise to consider crassipes a. member of
the Galapagan fauna.

Genus PLANES Leach
Planes minutus (Linnaeus)

Cancer minutus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 625, 1758.
Planes minutus Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., vol. 13, p. 325,

pi. 13, figs, a-j'; pi. 27, fig. 6; text fig. 7, 1908. Rathbun, Proc.

Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, no. 8, p. 278, 1902; Bull. 97, U.S.

Nat. Mus., p. 253, pi. 63, 1918. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4,

p. 259, fig. 94, 1927. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22, no. 3, p. 77, 1937.
Type locality. — "fn Pelagi Fuco natante."

No. 10 garth: erachyuran fauna of the galapagos 511

Type. — Not extant.

Range. — From Humboldt Bay, California (Dall), to Payta, Peru
(Jones) ; Galapagos Islands (Albatross) ; also occurs in the Atlantic.

Diagnosis. — Carapace smooth, bare, convex in both directions, length
and breadth subequal. Frontal width approximately half of carapace
width, front entire or slightly bilobed. A small lateral tooth behind outer
orbital tooth.

Material exarnined. — None from Galapagos.

Remarks. — ^While the writer has examined as many living sea turtles
on Galapagos beaches as are likely to come under the observation of one
collector, he has not been fortunate in finding this pelagic species in the
situation from which it has been reported, about the reptile's venter. Like
Plagusia iminaculata Lamarck, which rides upon drifting logs, its occur-
rence depends to a large extent upon the vagaries of ocean currents and
eddies.

Subfamily VaRUNINAE

Genus EUCHIROGRAPSUS Milne Edwards, 1853

Euchirograpsus americanus A. Milne Edwards

Plate 85, Figs. 5, 6

Euchirograpsus americaiiiis A. Milne Edwards, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
vol. 8, p. 18, 1880. Rathbun, Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 282, pi.
74, text f^g. 144, 1918.
Type locality. — Barbados, 69 fms.
Type.—CotYpti in MCZ, No. 6132.

Range. — From off South Carolina (Albatross) to off Santa Lucia
(Blake); Caribbean Sea; 42-278 fms.

Diagnosis. — Carapace squarish, covered with pubescence. A single lobe
on the inner surface of the merus of the third maxilliped. Three small
spines behind outer orbital spine on margins of carapace. Legs hairy with
conspicuous bands of orange red.

Material examined (Two specimens from as many stations). —
186-34. Cartago Bay, Albemarle Island, 32 fms, Jan. 25, 1934, 1

female.
795-38. Sulivan Bay, Jam.es Island, 35-40 fms, Jan. 21, 1938, 1 male
(photographed).
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 11.8 mm, width
13.3 mm, cheliped 19.0 mm, chela 10.0 mm, dactyl 5.7 mm.

Color in life. — Ground color light apricot orange, a shade darkei on
frontal portion of carapace, which is marked by delicate orange-red
blotches and small orange-red dots. Eye green. Chelae apricot orange

512 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

with ridges of orange red; tips of teeth white. Ambulatory legs apricot
orange banded with orange red on merus, carpus, and propodus, and
dactylus. Tip of nail white. (Petersen)

Habitat. — Coarse sand and nullipore ; sand and rock.

Depth.— 32-2n fms.

Remarks. — The specimens have been compared with the cotypes from
Barbados at Harvard MCZ by Dr. Fenner Chace and with a male and
two females taken off Santa Lucia by Captain E. Cole of the Blake in
the collections of the U.S. National Museum. Concerning the former
comparison Dr. Chace writes: "From the specimens I have seen, both
Atlantic and Pacific, I do not believe the latter deserve a specific designa-
tion at this time." With this sentiment the writer, in his examination of
the Blake specimens, is in perfect agreement.

E. americanus is now recorded for the first time in Pacific waters.

Subfamily PlAGUSIINAE

Genus PLAGUSIA Latreille, 1806

Plagusia immaculata Lamarck

Plagusia immaculata Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 5, p.
247, 1818. Rathbun, Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 335, pi. 103, 1918.
Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 264, fig. 95, 1927.

Type locality. — Mediterranean Sea or Indian Ocean.

Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — From Punta Arenas, Costa Rica (Biolley), to Taboga
Island, Panama (Meek and Hildebrand) ; Galapagos Islands (Arcturus) ;
also Indo-Pacific.

Diagnosis. — Carapace subcircular, depressed, covered with low tu-
bercles or squamae, lateral margin toothed. Meri of ambulatory legs with
an anterodistal spine, legs conspicuously hairy.

Material examined. — None from Galapagos Islands. Hancock col-
lections contain a series from Cocos Island, Costa Rica.

Remarks. — ^A pelagic species, the Pacific Log Rider is to be expected
whenever the warm Niiio current carries floating rafts southwestward
from the Bay of Panama.

Genus PERGNON Gistel, 1848

Percnon gibbesi (Milne Edwards)

Plate 86, Figs. 5, 6

Acanthopus gibbesi Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, Zool., vol. 20,
pp. 180 and 146, 1853.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 513

Percnon gibbesi Rathbun, Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 337, pi. 105, 1918.
Hult, Arkiv. for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 14, 1938. Schmitt,
Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, p. 25, 1939.
Type locality. — Antilles.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range. — From Cape San Lucas, Lower California, to Chile ; Galapa-
gos Islands (Hult) ; occurs also in the Atlantic.

Diagnosis. — Carapace exceedingly flat and depressed, disclike. Legs
long and slender; anterior margins of meri armed with strong spines.
Chelae of adult male bulbous but compressed.

Material examined (28 specimens from 9 stations). —
33-33. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 27, 1933, 1 female.
38-33. SE of Cormorant Point, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933,

3 males, 5 females (1 ovig.).
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 1 ovig.

female.
101-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 26, 1933, 1 male.
154-34. Reef north of Tagus Hill, Albemarle Island, reef, Jan. 15,

1934, 2 females.
313-35. Black Beach, Charles Island, shore, Dec. 6, 1934, 1 female.
359-35. Osborn Island in Gardner Bay, Hood Island, shore, Dec. 19,

1934, 2 males, 3 females.
784-38. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 17, 1938, 4 males, 2

females (1 photographed).
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 2 males, 1 young,
fragment.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, female: length 32.5 mm, width
34.3 mm ; largest male : length 30.0 mm, width 27.7 mm, cheliped 32.0
mm, chela 14.0 mm, height of palm 9.0 mm, dactyl 7.4 mm. These speci-
mens are of exceptional size.

Color in life. — Carapace and merus of ambulatory legs brown above.
A fine white line bisecting carapace into right and left halves. Carpus,
propodus, and dactylus show increasing amounts of chrome orange, tRe
brown superior band narrowing with each article. Eyestalks and chelae
orange, though paler than legs. (Garth)

Habitat. — Under large, turnable rocks in shallow, turbulent water.
Depth. — Shoal water.

Remarks. — The Spray Crab is found in white water of knee to hip
depth. Its extreme flatness and propensity for keeping always on the under
side no matter how rapidly the rock is turned make P. gibbesi the most
difKcult to capture of all the Galapagos Grapsidae. Undoubtedly, many
more specimens are present than are seen.

514 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

P. gibbesi was first taken in the Galapagos Islands by Velero III
collectors.

A key to the genus Percnon is given by Schmitt ( 1939, p. 23).

Family OCYPODIDAE

Subfamily OCYPODINAE

Genus OGYPODE Fabricius, 1798

Ocypode gaudichaudii Milne Edwards and Lucas

Plate 87, Fig. 7

Ocypoda gaudichaudii Milne Edwards and Lucas, d'Orbigny's Voy. dans
I'Amer. Merid., vol. 6, Crust., p. 26, 1843; vol. 9, atlas, pi. 11, figs.
4-4b, 1847.
Ocypode gaudichaudii Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 603,
1898 ; Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 373, pi. 129, fig. 1 ; pi. 130, fig. 1,
1918; not Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 14, p. 155, pi. 7, figs. 1-3. Boone,
Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 267, fig. 96A, 1927 {not fig. 96B). Sivert-
sen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 19, 1933. Crane,
Zoologica, vol. 25, p. 65, 1940.
Type locality. — Chile.
Type. — In Paris Mus.

Range.— G\x\i of Fonseca, Salvador (MCZ), to Chile (MCZ) ;
Galapagos Islands (Albatross).

Diagnosis. — Carapace subcylindrical, granulate. Front narrow, one-
seventh or less of carapace width. Eyestalks extending beyond cornea.
Fingers truncate.

Material examined (47 specimens from 12 stations). —
10-32. James Bay, James Island, shore, Jan. 9, 1932, 3 males.
13-32. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Jan. 20, 1932, 1 female.
42-33. Opposite Kicker Rock, Chatham Island, shore, Jan. 31, 1933,

6 males (1 photographed), 5 females.
58-33. Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, shore, Feb. 6, 1933, 1 male.
71-33. James Bay, James Island, shore, Feb. 12, 1933, 5 males, 2 fe-
males.
82-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 1

male.
85-33. North Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 18, 1933, 1 female,
88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 11 males, 2 fe-
males.
175a-34. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 22, 1934, 2 females.
332-35. Two miles south of Tagus Cove, Albemarle Island, shore, Dec.
10, 1934, 1 male.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 515

333-35. James Bay, James Island, shore, Dec. 11, 1934, 1 male.
789-38. South Seymour Island, shore, Jan. 19, 1938, 4 males, 1 female.

AIeasure?nents. — Largest specimen, male: length 35 mm, width 46
mm, cheliped (rigid) coxa to elbow 30 mm, elbow to tip of dactyl 30 mm,
chela 30 mm, dactyl 17.4 mm.

Color in life. — General appearance light coral pink, slightly darker
on posterior regions and ambulatory legs. Merus of cheliped light coral
red, carpus coral pink, manus pinkish with yellowish crest. Eyestalks
bright coral red, eye pale lilac, almost white, with longitudinal dark
brown cornea ending in a coral pink spine. Dactyls with pale yellowish
tinge. (Petersen)

Habitat. — In burrows on sandy beaches.

Depth. — Shore.

Re?narks. — The Ghost Crab or Cart Driver, El Carretero, as he is
called in Latin America, is found only on the hard-packed sand beaches
which occur much less frequently in the Galapagos Islands than the rocky
shoreline. Two striking differences separate O. gaudichaudii from the
species of the Mexican coast, O. occidentalis Stimpson 1860; the eyestalks
are prolonged beyond the cornea and the tips of the dactyls are truncate.

Crane (1940, p. 70) presents convincing evidence that the megalops
described and figured by Rathbun (1924, p. 155, pi. 7) as (?) Ocypode
gaudichaudii and repeated by Boone (1927, p. 271, fig. 96B) with photo-
graphic illustration and without the question mark should be referred
instead to the genus Plagusia because of its grapsid, rather than ocypodid,
characters.

Genus UGA Leach, 1814
Key to the Galapagos Species of the Genus Uca

A^ Front less than one-third width of carapace. No granular ridge

on superior margin of palm. Size small . . U. helleri

A^ Front about one-third width of carapace. A granular ridge on

superior margin of palm. Size large . . JJ. galapagensis

Uca galapagensis Rathbun
Plate 87, Figs. 3, 4

Uca galapagensis Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 275,
pi. 12, figs. 1 and 2, 1902; Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 403, pi. 142,
text fig. 167a and b, 1918; Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 14, p. 155, 1924.
Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 271, fig. 97, upper figure, 1927;
not fig. 97, lower figure, which is Uca panamensis, (Stimpson).
Sivertsen, Med. fra det Zool. Mus., Oslo, nr. 38, p. 20, 1933. Hult,
Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 30A, no. 5, p. 14, 1938.

516 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Uca macrodactyla Crane, Zoologica, vol. 26, no. 19, p. 178, 1941 ; part:
the Galapagos specimen.
Type locality. — Indefatigable Island.
Type.—\]?>NM No. 22319.

Range. — Known only from the Galapagos Islands, Indefatigable,
James, and Seymour.

Diagnosis. — Superior margin of palm with a granular ridge. Orbital
margins moderately oblique. Front about one-third width of carapace.
Size large.

Material examined (173 specimens from 6 stations). —
8-32. E. of Post Office Bay, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 3, 1932, 16
males, 3 females, fragment.
39-33. Flamingo Lagoon, Charles Island, shore, Jan. 29, 1933, 39

males, 12 females, (including photographed pair).
49-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 3, 1933, 29
m.ales, 19 females.
82a-33. Conway Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 17, 1933, 2
males.
88-33. South Seymour Island, shore, Feb. 19, 1933, 38 males, 15
females.
314-35. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Dec. 7, 1934, 5
males, 2 females.
Measurements. — Largest specimen, male: length 14.6 mm, width
22.1 mm, cheliped 60 mm, chela 38.6 mm, dactyl 28 mm; female: length
13.5 mm, width 19.6 mm.

Habitat. — In mud flats of brackish lagoons.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — Brackish water and claylike soil are sought by the fiddler
crabs in general. The Galapagos species, U. galapagensis Rathbun, thrives
equally well in a pinkish muck at Charles Island or a red-orange gumbo
at South Seymour Island. The Academy Bay specimens, living in gray
mud, attain the greatest size.

The Eden Island specimen figured by Boone (1927, fig. 97, upper
figure) has been examined through the kindness of Miss Jocelyn Crane
of the New York Zoological Society and found to be in close agreement
with the large series of galapagensis taken by Velero III collectors at
Academy Bay, on the opposite side of Indefatigable Island. In view of
this fact and the fact that Miss Crane considers the specimen to be atypical
as U. macrodactyla, the specimen is here referred once more to the estab-
lished Galapagos species until others unquestionably of the latter species
put in an appearance.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 517

Uca helleri Rathbun
Plate 87, Figs. 5, 6

Uca helleri Rathbun, Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, p. 277, pi. 12,

figs. 3 and 4, 1902; Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 415, pi. 151, text

fig. 170a and b, 1918. Boone, Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, p. 278, fig. 98,

1927. Crane, Zoologica, vol. 26, no. 19, p. 198, text figs. 4R, 5, 1941.

Type locality. — Mangrove Point, Narborough Island, Galapagos

Islands.

Type.—\]?>NM. No. 24829.

Range. — Albemarle, Narborough, and Tower Islands, Galapagos
Islands.

Diagnosis. — Superior margin of palm without granular ridge. Orbital
margins strongly oblique. Front less than one-third width of carapace.
Size small.

Material examined (225 specimens from 5 stations). —
52-33. Academy Bay, Indefatigable Island, shore, Feb. 4, 1933, 14

males, 11 females (2ovig.).
62-33. Black Bight, Albemarle Island, shore, Feb. 8, 1933, 63 males,

38 females (4 ovig.), (including photographed pair).
93-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 22, 1933, 50 males,

43 females (3 ovig.).
98-33. Darwin Bay, Tower Island, shore, Feb. 25, 1933, 4 males,

1 female.
153-34. Mangrove Point, Narborough Island, shore, Jan. 14, 1934, 1
male.
Measurements. — Large specimen, male: length 8.2 mm, width 12.3
mm, cheliped 32 mm, chela 21.4 mm, dactyl 15.5 mm; female: length
8.0 mm, width 11.0 mm.

Habitat. — Sandy mud beneath mangrove roots.
Depth. — Shore.

Remarks. — U. helleri and U. galapagensis Rathbun are found in
separate colonies and on separate islands except at Academy Bay, where
they occur in adjacent coves. The Academy Bay record is an extension of
range for U. helleri.

518 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

LITERATURE CITED

Alcock, a.

1899. Materials for a Carcinological Fauna of India. No. 4. The Brachyura
Cyclometopa. Pt. II. The Families Portunidae, Cancridae, and Corys-
tidae. Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. 68, pt. 2, no. 3, pp. 1-104.

Bell, T.

1835. Some Accounts of the Crustacea of the Coasts of South America, with
Descriptions of new Genera and Species, founded principally on the
collections obtained by Mr. Cuming and Mr. Miller. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, vol. 3, pp. 169-173.

1836. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 2, pp. 39-66, 6 pis.

1855. XXXI. Horae Carcinologicae, or Notices of Crustacea. I. A Monograph
of the Leucosiadae, with observations on the relations, structure, habits,
and distribution of the family; a revision of the generic characters;
and descriptions of new genera and species. Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
vol. 21, pp. 277-314, pis. 30-34.

Boone, Lee

1927. The Littoral Crustacean Fauna of the Galapagos Islands. Part I:
Brachyura. Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 127-288, text figs. 34-101.

BORRADAILE, L. A.

1903. Marine Crustaceans. III. The Xanthidae and some other Crabs. In J. S.
Gardiner, Fauna and Geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archi-
pelagoes, vol. 1, pt. 1, pp. 237-271, text figs. 41-60.

Chace, F. a.

1939. Reports on the Scientific Results of the First Atlantis Expedition to the
West Indies, under the joint auspices of the University of Havana and
Harvard University. Preliminary Descriptions of One New Genus and
Seventeen New Species of Decapod and Stomatopod Crustacea. Mem.
de la Soc. Cubana de Hist. Nat., vol. 13, no. 1, pp. 31-54.

1940. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Atlantis Expeditions to the West
Indies, under the joint auspices of the University of Havana and
Harvard University. The Brachyuran Crabs. Torreia, no. 4, pp. 1-67,
text figs. 1-22.

Clark, H. L.

1902. Papers from the Hopkins-Stanford Galapagos Expedition, 1898-1899.
XII. Echinodermata. Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 4, pp. 521-531.

Crane, Jocelyn

1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. VI. Oxystomatous Crabs from the
Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. Zoologica,
vol. 22, pt 2, no. 7, pp. 97-107, pis. 1-2.

1937. The Templeton Crocker Expedition. III. Brachygnathous Crabs from
the Gulf of California and the West Coast of Lower California. Zool-
ogica, vol. 22, no. 3, pp. 47-78, pis. 1-8.

1940. Eastern Pacific Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society. XVIII.
On the Post-Embryonic Development of Brachyuran Crabs of the Genus
Ocypode. Zoologica, vol. 25, no. 6, pp. 65-82, text figs. 1-7.

1941. Eastern Pacific Expeditions of the New York Zoological Society. XXIX.
On the Growth and Ecology of Brachyuran Crabs of the Genus Ocy-
pode. Zoologica, vol. 26, pL 4, pp. 297-310, pis. 1 and 2, text figs. 1-7.

Dana, J. D.

1852. United States Exploring Expedition during the Years 1838, 1839, 1840,
1841, 1842, under the Command of Charles Wilkes, U.S.N. Vol. 8,
Crustacea, Parts 1 and 2, 1618 pp. Vol. 13, Atlas.

No. 10 garth: brachyuran fauna of the galapagos 519

EyDOUX, F., & L. F. A. SOULEYET

1842. Voyage autour du monde execute pendant les anees 1836 et 1837 sur la
corvette la Bonite, commandee par M. Vaillant. Tome I, pt. 2.

Faxon, W.

1893. Reports on the Dredging Operations off the West Coast of Central
America, etc. VI. Preliminary Descriptions of New Species of Crustacea.
Bull. Mas. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 24, no. 7, pp. 149-220.

1895. Reports on an Exploration off the West Coasts of Mexico, etc. XV. The
Stalk-eyed Crustacea. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 18, pp.
1-292, pis. A-K, 1-56.

FiNNEGAN, Susan

1931. Report on the Brachyura Collected in Central America, the Gorgona
and Galapagos Islands, by Dr. Crossland on the "St. George" Expedi-
tion to the Pacific, 1924-25. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 37, no.
255, pp. 607-673, text figs. 1-6.

Garth, J. S.

1939. New Brachyuran Crabs from the Galapagos Islands. Allan Hancock
Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 9-29, pis. 1-10.

1940. Some New Species of Brachyuran Crabs from Mexico and the Central
and South American Mainland. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5,
no. 3, pp. 53-95, pis. 11-26.

Gerstaecker, K. E. a.

1856. Carcinologische Beitrage. Arch, fiir Naturg., vol. 22, pt. 1, pp. 101-162,
pis. 4-6.

GiBBES, L. R.

1850. On the Carcinological Collections of the United States and an Enumera-
tion of the Species contained in them, with Notes on the most remark-
able, and Descriptions of new Species. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
vol. 3, pp. 167-201.

Glassell, S. a.

1934. Some Corrections Needed in Recent Carcinological Literature. Trans.
San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, no. 38, pp. 453-454.

1935. New or Little-Known Crabs from the Pacific Coast of Northern Mexico.
Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, no. 14, pp. 91-106, pis. 9-16.

1936. The Templeton Crocker Expeditions. I. Six New Brachyuran Crabs
from the Gulf of California. Zoologica, vol. 21, no. 17, pp. 213-218.

1940. In J. S. Garth, Some New Species of Brachyuran Crabs from Mexico
and the Central and South American Mainland. Allan Hancock Pac.
Exped., vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 67-70, pi. 18.

HULT, J.

1938. Crustacea Decapoda from the Galapagos Islands collected by Mr. Rolf
Blomberg. Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm, Band 30A, no. 5, pp. 1-18, pi.
1, text figs. 1-4.

IVES, J. E.

1891. Crustacea from the Northern Coast of Yucatan, the Harbor of Vera
Cruz, the West Coast of Florida, and the Bermuda Islands. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 176-207, 2 pis.

Lamarck, J. B. P. A.

1818. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertebres, vol. 5.

Latreille, p. a.

1825. Histoire Naturelle; Entomologie, ou histoire naturelle des Crustaces, des
Arachnides, et des Insectes in: Encyc. meth., vol. 10, pp. 1-832.

520 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL, 5

Linnaeus, C.

1758. Systema Naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, pp. 1-823.

LOCKINGTON, W. N.

1877. Remarks on the Crustacea of the Pacific Coast, with Descriptions of
some new Species. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 28-36.

1877. Remarks on the Crustacea of the West Coast of North America, with
a Catalogue of the Species in the Museum of the California Academy
of Sciences. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 7, pt. 1, pp. 94-108, 145-156.

MiERS, E. J.

1877. Account of the Zoological Collection made during the visit of H.M.S.
"Peterel" to the Galapagos Islands. V. Crustacea. Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, pp. 73-75, pi. 12.

1880. On a Collection of Crustacea from the Malaysian Region. Part L Crus-
tacea Oxyrhyncha and Cyclometopa, except Telphusidea. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., London, ser. 5, vol. 5, pp. 226-239.

Milne Edwards, A.

1873-1880. Etudes sur les Xiphosures et les Crustaces de la Region Mexicaine.

Mission Scientifique au Mexique et dans I'Amerique Centrale. Pt. 5,

pp. 1-368, pis. 1-61.
1880. Reports on the Results of Dredging under the Supervision of Alexander

Agassiz in the Gulf of Mexico, etc. 8. Etudes preliminaires sur les

Crustaces, pt. 1. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. 8, pp. 1-68, pis.

1-2.

Milne Edwards, H.

1834. Histoire Naturelle des Crustaces, vol. 1, pp. 1-468; vol. 2, 1837, pp.

1-532.
1853. Memoire sur la Famille des Ocypodiens. Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, Zool.,

vol. 20, pp. 163-228, pis. 6-11.

Milne Edwards, H., & H. Lucas

1843. In d'Orbigny, Voyage dans I'Amerique Meridionale, vol. 6, pt. 1, pp.
1-39; atlas, vol. 9, 1847, pis. 1-17.

Odhner, T.

1925. Monographierte Gattungen de Krabbenfamilie Xanthidae. Goteborg's
K. Vet. Handl., Fjarde Foljden, vol. 29, no. 1, pp. 1-92, 5 pis., 7 text figs.

Randall, J. W.

1839. Catalogue of the Crustacea brought by Thomas Nuttall and J. K.
Townsend, from the West Coast of North America and the Sandwich
Islands. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 8, pt. 1, pp. 106-147,
pis. 3-7.

Rathbun, M. J.

1892. Catalogue of the Crabs of the Family Periceridae in the U.S. National
Museum. Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 15, pp. 231-277, pis. 28-40.

1893. Scientific Results of Explorations by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer
"Albatross." XXIV, Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Crabs
from the West Coast of North America and the Sandwich Islands. Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 16, pp. 223-260.

1898. The Brachyura collected by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer "Alba
tross" on the Voyage from Norfolk, Virginia, to San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, 1887-1888. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, pp. 567-616, pis. 41-44.

1902. Papers from the Hopkins-Stanford Expedition, 1898-1899. VIII. Brachy-
ura and Macrura. Proc. Washington Acad, Sci., vol. 4, pp. 275-292, pi,
12.

No. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS 521

1907. Reports on the Scientific Results of the Expedition to the Tropical
Pacific, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, by the U.S. Fish Commission
Steamer "Albatross." X. Brachyura. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard,
vol. 35, no. 2, pp. 23-74, 9 pis.

1910. The Stalk-eyed Crustacea of Peru and the Adjacent Coast. Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 38, pp. 531-620, pis. 36-56.

1911. The Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905 under
the Leadership of Mr. J. Stanley Gardiner. Vol. III. No. XI. Marine
Brachyura. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, 2nd. ser., Zool., vol. 14, pt. 2,
pp. 191-261, pis. 15-20.

1916. Descriptions of Three New Species of Crabs (Osachila) from the East-
ern Coast of North America. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 50, pp. 647-652,
Ipl.

1918. The Grapsoid Crabs of America. Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 1-461,
pis. 1-161.

1924. Brachyuran Crabs collected by the Williams Galapagos Expedition,
1923. Zoologica, vol. 5, no. 14, pp. 153-159.

1924. New Species and Subspecies of Spider Crabs. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol.
64, art. 14, pp. 1-5.

1925. The Spider Crabs of America. Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 1-613,
pis. 1-283.

1930. The Cancroid Crabs of America of the Families Euryalidae, Portunidae,
Atelecyclidae, Cancridae, and Xanthidae. Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
pp. 1-593, pis. 1-230.

1933. Preliminary Descriptions of Nine New Species of Oxystomatous and
Allied Crabs. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 46, pp. 183-186.

1935. Preliminary Descriptions of Seven New Species of Oxystomatous and
Allied Crabs. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 48, pp. 1-4.

1937. The Oxystomatous and Allied Crabs of America. Bull. No. 166, U.S.
Nat. Mus., pp. 1-272, pis. 1-86.

Saussure, H. de

1853. Description de quelques Crustaces noveaux de la cote occi-dentale du
Mexique. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., ser. 2, vol. 5, pp. 354-368, pis. 12-13.

SCHMITT, W. L.

1921. The Marine Decapod Crustacea of California. University of Calif.
Publ. Zool., vol. 23, pp. 1-470, pis. 1-50, text figs. 1-165.

1939. Decapod and other Crustacea collected on the Presidential Cruise of
1938. Smithsonian Misc. Col., vol. 98, no. 6, pp. 1-29, pis. 1-3.

SiVERTSEN, E.

1933. The Norwegian Zoological Expedition to the Galapagos Islands 1925,
conducted by Alf Wollebaek. VII. Littoral Crustacea Decapoda from
the Galapagos Islands. Medd. Zool. Mus. Oslo, nr. 38, pp. 1-38, pis. 1-4.

Smith, S. I.

1869. No. 2 — Descriptions of a new genus and two new species of Scyllaridae
and a new species of Aethra from North America. Araer. Journ. Sci.,
ser. 2, vol. 48, pp. 118-121.

1869. In Verrill, On the Parasitic Habits of some Crustacea. Amer. Nat, vol.
3, no. 5, pp. 239-250, text figs. 41-42.

1869. Notes on new or little-known Species of American Cancroid Crustacea.
Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 12, pp. 274-289.

1871. Thirty-two Species of Crustacea collected by J. A. McNeil at West
Coast of Central America, Nicaragua, and Bay of Fonsora. Rept. Pea-
body Acad. Nat. Sci., pp. 87-98.

522 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Stimpson, W.

1860. 22. Notes on North American Crustacea in the Museum of the Smith-
sonian Institution. No. 2. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 7, pp.
49-118 (177-246), 2 pis.

1871. 6. Notes on North American Crustacea in the Museum of the Smith-
sonian Institution. No. 3. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 10, pp.
2-46 (92-136).

Streets, T. H., & J. S. Kingsley

1877. An Examination of Types of some recently described Crustacea. Bull.
Essex Inst., vol. 9, pp. 103-108.

Verrill, a. E.

1908. Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda. I. Brachyura and Anomura, their Dis-
tribution, Variations, and Habits. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts Sci., vol.
13, pp. 299-474, 20 pis. 67 text figs.

White, A.

1847. Descriptions of a new Genus and Five new Species of Crustacea. In j

Jukes, Narrative of the Surveying Voyage of H.M.S. Fly, commanded ^,

by Captain F. P. Blackwood, R.N., in Torres Strait, New Guinea, and
other Islands of the Eastern Archipelago during the years 1842-1846.
Vol. 2, Append, no. 8, pp. 335-338, 1 pi.

i

EXPLANATION

OF

PLATES

524 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 49

Raninoides ecuadorensis Rathbun (p. 344)
Male paratype

Fig. 1 Dorsal view

Fig. 2 Outline of front

Fig. 3 Outline of wrist and hand

Fig. 4 Fourth walking leg

Fig. 5 First walking leg

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 49

.Zmm,

^TnTr^.

ztYi-m,. 5

526 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 50

Clythrocerus laminatus Rathbun (p. 353)

Fig. 1 Dorsal view, male

Fig. 2 Right chela, male

Fig. 3 Abdomen, female

Fig. 4 Abdomen, male

Fig. 5 Left outer raaxilliped

Fig. 6 Right cheliped, female

Fig. 7 Right cheliped, male

NO. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 50

imm,.

528 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 51

Ebalia hancocki Rathbun (p. 354)

Fig. 1 Dorsal view, male

Fig. 2 Abdomen, male

Fig. 3 Abdomen, female

Fig. 4 Right chela

Fig. 5 Frontal view of carapace

Fig. 6 Posterior view of carapace

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 51

Sm. ni-

530 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 52

Osachila galapagensis Rathbun (p. 364)
Female paratype

Fig. 1 Dorsal view

Fig. 2 Detail of anterolateral margin

Fig. 3 Abdomen

Fig. 4 Abdomen, male

Fig. 5 Left chela

Fig. 6 Left fourth ambulatory leg

Fig. 7 Right outer maxilliped

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 52

532 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 53

Euprognatha granulata Faxon (p. 372)

Male

Fig. 1

Dorsal view

Fig. 2

Abdomen

Fig. 3

Left outer maxilliped

Fig. 4

Right chela

Fig. 5

Dorsal view of orbit

Fig. 6

Ventral view of orbit

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 53

534 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 54

Tyche lamellifrons Bell (p. 406)

Fig. 1 Dorsal view, female

Fig. 2 Ventral view of orbit

Fig. 3 Left chela, male

Fig. 4 Abdomen, male

Fig. 5 Abdomen, female

Fig. 6 Right outer maxilliped

I

NO. 10 GARTH : RRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 54

Strim,.

536 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 55

Daldorfia garthi Glassell (p. 412)

Fig. 1 Dorsal view

Fig. 2 Frontal view

Fig. 3 Minor chela

Fig. 4 Major chela

Fig. 5 Sternal pit, showing position of male abdomen

Fig. 6 Sternal pit, showing position of female abdomen

Fig. 7 Left outer maxilliped

Fig. 8 Detail of lateral teeth

Fig. 9 Right third ambulatory leg

Fig. 10 Female abdomen

Fig. 11 Male abdomen

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 55

Atnm. 10

538 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 56

Actaea crosslandi (Finnegan) (p. 436)
Male

Fig. 1 Dorsal view

Fig. 2 Right chela

Fig. 3 Abdomen

Fig. 4 Left outer maxilliped

NO. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 56

^--^^^Iter,.

^^^,,,-«*?'=^'^^'^i5^t»^ ^

V

540 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 57

Micropanope fraseri, new species (p. 462)
Male holotype

Fig. 1 Dorsal view

Fig. 2 Frontal view of chelae

Fig. 3 Abdomen

Fig. 4 Left outer maxilliped

4

I

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 57

542 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 58

Ectaesthesius bifrons Rathbun (p. 466)
Male

Fig.

1

Dorsal view

Fig.

2

Right chela

Fig.

3

Left chela

Fig.

4

Left outer maxilliped

Fig.

5

Antennal region

Fig.

6

Abdomen, female

Fig.

7

Abdomen, male

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 58

544 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 59
Pilumnus xantusii Stimpson (p. 471)
Fig. 1 Dorsal view, female

Fig.

2

Abdomen, male

Fig.

3

Left outer maxilliped

Fig.

4

Right chela, male

Fig.

5

Right chela, female

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 59

546 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 60

Fig. 1 Ranilia fornicata (Faxon), male, dorsal view (p. 345)

Fig. 2 Ranilia fornicata (Faxon), male, ventral view

Fig. 3 Eihusa lata Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 352)

Fig. 4 Uhlias ellipticus Stimpson, male, dorsal view (i 357)

Fig. 5 Uhlias ellipticus Stimpson, male, ventra' view

NO. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 60

LiiJIIilMMMi

1 1 1 ! i II II I II II

548 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 61

Fig. 1 Dromidia lairalnufi Rathbun, female, dorsal view (p. 346)

Fig. 2 Dromidia larrabiuci Rathbun, female, ventral view,

showing sponge carried for concealment

Fig. 3 Hypoconcha patiamensis Smith, male, dorsal view (p. 348)

Fig. 4 Hypoconcha panamensis Smith, male, ventral view

Fig. 5 Dynomenc insula Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 349)

Fig. 6 Dynonunc ursiila Stimpson, male, ventral view

I

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 61

y. -r'^^^,

IMH! MljJ!IM!'|||||i

3

--ts^^faeww^

llltlll. .• /it;

550 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 62

Fig. 1 l.itliadia cum'inf/ii Bell, male, dorsal view (p. 356)

Fig. 2 Randallia a(/ariiias Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 359)

Fig. 3 Mursia (jaudichaudii (Milne Edwards), male, dorsal view
(p. 361)

Fig. 4 Mursia (jaudichaudii (Milne Edwards), male, ventral view-
Fig. 5 Osachila Icvis Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 365)
Fig. 6 Calappa convexa Saussure, young, dorsal view (p. 360)
Fig. 7 Cycloes hairdii Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 362)
Fig. 8 Cycloes hairdii Stimpson, male, ventral view

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 62

552 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 63

Fig. 1 Stenorynchus dehilis (Smith), female, dorsal view (p. 366)

Fig. 2 Sphenocarcinus aijassizi Rathbun, female, dorsal view (p. 379)

Fig. 3 Herbstia pyriformis (Bell), male, dorsal view (p. 383)

Fig. 4 Acanthonyx peti'verii Milne Edwards, male, dorsal view (p. 376)

Fig. 5 Microphrys aciilcatus (Bell), female, dorsal view (p. 402)

Fig. 6 Microphrys tria/u/ulalus (Lockington), male, dorsal view (p. 403)

NO. 10 garth: BRACHYLRAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 63

\

will

\ vim- ff

H *'^'^-

\

■^

(

i

^ -\

'^p-

3 4j

1 1 1 1 n I 111 m 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 n I n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 f 1 1 i I n i 1 1 1 1 1 11 III 1 1 1 ml i m 1 1 1 1 1 m 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ii 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r d

5 • 6

b- 1 I ~i n I r r I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i I rt I i n ill 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IN ii ' I ! n 111 1 1 1 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i ii

554 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 64

Fig. 1 Atiamalothir hoodensis Garth, female holotype, dorsal view (p. 368)
Fig. 2 Anomalothir hoodensis Garth, female holotype, ventral view-
Fig. 3 Podochela schmitti Garth, male holotype, dorsal view (p. 371)
Fig. 4 Podochela schmitti Garth, male holotype, ventral view
Fig. 5 Podochela margaritaria Rathbiin, female, dorsal view (p. 369)
Fig. 6 Podochela margaritaria Rathbiiii, female, ventral view

NO.

10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 64

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1

II IIIIIIIIIIH II mil IIUMI I I I llllllHili^ I I I M 11 I I 1 1 M I II Ij I I I I I I II I I I I I 1 I I M i| I I I I II;

ri II 1 1 n I II 11 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i.l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 II 1 1 1 1 1 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' I ' 1 1 1 1 1 "' I I '' M 1 1

556 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 65

Fig. 1 Herhstia eJicarJsii Bell, male, dorsal view (p. 381)

Fig. 2 Hrrhstia edivanisii Bell, male, ventral view

Fig. 3 Lissa auri'villiusi Rathbun, female, dorsal view (p. 384)

Fig. 4 Lissa aurivilliusi Rathbun, female, ventral view

Fig. 5 Mithrax (Mithrax) spinipes (Bell), male, dorsal view (p. 388)

Fig. 6 Mithrax (Mithrax) spinipes (Bell), male, ventral view

NO.

10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 65

LJ 11 III I J J__l L I I LLLl II I 1. L

558 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 66

Mithrax (Mithrax) bellii Gerstaecker (p. 389)
Female

Fig. 1 Dorsal view, x 1.25
Fig. 2 Ventral view, x 1.25

NO.

10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 66

560 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 67

Stettociotiops triangulata (Rathbun) (?) (p. 401)

Male

Fig. 1 Dorsal view, x 1.8
Fig. 2 Ventral view, x 1.8

«

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 67

562 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 68

Fig. 1 Mithrax (Mithraculus) nodosus Bell, young, dorsal view (p. 392)
Fig. 2 Stenocionops triangulata, (Rathbun), voung male, dorsal view
(p. 401)

Fig. 3 Micro phrys platysoma (Stimpson), young female, dorsal view (p. 405)

Fig. 4 Mlcrophrys platysoma (Stimpson), young female, ventral view

Fig. 5 Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 396)

Fig. 6 Teleophrys cristulipes Stimpson, male, ventral view

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 68

I I I 1 M i 1 L

564 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 69

Fig. 1 Parthcnnpe (Pseiuiolainhriis) triatKjiiIa (Stimpson),

male, dorsal view (p. 410)
Fig. 2 Parthenope (Platylambrus) exiliprs (Rathbun),

female, dorsal view (p. 409)
Fig. 3 Solenolamhrus arcuatus Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 413)
Fig. 4 Solrnolamhrus arcuatus Stimpson, male, ventral view-
Fig. 5 Mrsorliora hrllii (A. Milne Edwards), male, dorsal view (p. 414)
Fig. 6 Mcsorlioca bellii (A. Milne Edwards), male, ventral view

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 69

Uillillllltlllinilhlillllliltllilll

'MiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiirniiiiiiiiiiiiihMniiiiiinL

.C

n 5 ! 1 ! n 1 r n 1 1 ! ii 1 1 1

|^<^ -j/tx^ . ^' '

1^

It

1 1 1 1 1 n 1 1 n 1 1 1 1 M n I i

1 11 n ITIII I n I ( f i I ! I fy

566 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 70

Aethra scniposa sciitata Smith (p. 415)
Female

Fig. 1 Dorsal view, x 1.27
Fig. 2 ^'entral view, x 1.27

NO. 10 garth: KRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 70

-^,

568 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 71

Fig. 1 Pnrtunus (.Ichelous) stanfordi Rathbun, male, dorsal view

(p. 416)
Fig. 2 Portunus ( .Ichelous) tubcrculatus (Stimpson), female, dorsal

view (p. 421)
Fig. 3 Portunus (Achelous) atujustus Rathbun, ovigerous female,

dorsal view ( p. 419)
Fig. 4 Portunus (Achelous) angustus Rathbun, ovigerous female,

ventral view

XO. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 71

Sijf

CSI

^

/f

r.

i

-i

w

^e^

CO '

570 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

I

PLATE 72

Fig. 1 Euphylax dovii Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 423)

Fig. 2 Euphylax dovii Stimpson, male, ventral view

Fig. 3 C ratlins ruber (Lamarck), male, dorsal view (p. 422)

Fig. 4 Cronius ruber (Lamarck), male, ventral view

NO

.10 garth: RRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 72

^ J

I "

CO

572 ALLANT HAXCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

PLATE 73

Kraussia americana Garth (p. 424)
Male hol()t\pe

Fig. 1 Dorsal view-
Fig. 2 Ventral view

4

NO. 10 (lARTH : HRACHVURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 73

I I I I I I I I M I I I I i i I M I I I I lit

I I 1.LI IJJ I I U-l I LI II U^LJ_L_Li-Ai

574 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

i
I

PLATE 74

Carpilodes cliutiinanits (White) (p. 426)

Fig. 1 Male, dorsal view

Fig. 2 Male, ventral view

Fig. 3 Female, dorsal view

Fig. 4 Female, ventral view

\
\

NO,

10 garth: RRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PI,. 74

V

i \

CM -

X

^^ /

fr

v^

I

r—

V

/

I z

CO H

576 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 75

Fig. 1 Aetata angusta Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 433)
Fig. 2 Actaea ancjusia Rathbun, male, ventral view-
Fig. 3 Lipaesthesius leeanus Rathbun, female, dorsal view (p. 441)
Fig. 4 Lipaesthesius leeanus Rathbun, female, frontal view
Fig. 5 Medaeus spinulifer (Rathbun), male, dorsal view (p. 443)
Fig. 6 Medaeus spinulifer (Rathbun), male, ventral view

NO. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 75

ill I II I |i|l I |l II I |ll lljl IMjl 111(11

578 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 76

Glyptoxanthiis hancocki Garth (p. 437)
Female holotype

Fig. 1 Dorsal view i

Fig. 2 Ventral view 1

NO. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN fauna of the GALAPAGOS PL. 76

I I M I I i I I I I M i I I t i I I M I I I I l-l I I I I M I I I M I U I I I I M ||

I I I I Mi I I I I I I I I I yj^J^N 1 M M I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I M I

580 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 77

Fig. 1 Actaea sulcata Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. +34)

Fig. 2 Medaeus lobipcs Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 442)

Fig. 3 LeptoJius cooksoni Miers, male, dorsal view (p. 448)

Fig. 4 Micropanope polita Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 459)

Fig. 5 l.ophoxantlius lamellipes (Stimpson), male, dorsal view (p. 451)

Fig. 6 Micropanope xantusii (Stimpson), male, dorsal view (p. 457)

XO. 10 garth: BRACHYURAN FAUXA of the GALAPAGOS PL. 77

1 ™„ 2

iitiTiiriTrnirmTmitiiiiii

HI-;!

/<■

• • * v%

^-.

r

1 ^.

iT I I * t » » » I L I . i

t I IF I k » k t * I' ' II t

4'

1 M i n i n

\ \

^k.

r

w

N

J

i ii n i n li I i i i \ 1 1 ii i i

I. 1, f il K . / il fl M ( li t t f I ( I f I " ■■ ! '

582 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 78

Fig. 1 Paraxanthias insculptus (Stimpson), male, dorsal view (p. 467)

Fig. 2 Paraxanthias insculptus (Stimpson), male, ventral view

Fig. 3 I.ophopanoprus maculatus Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 453)

Fig. 4 Lophopanopeus maculatus Rathbun, male, ventral view

Fig. 5 Hexapanopeus cartagoensis CJarth, male holotvpe, dorsal view

(p. 454)

Fig. 6 Hexapanopeus cartagoensis Garth, male holotype, ventral view

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 78

II 1 1 1 ill rrri i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 n l

! J I I LLJ lilt II I I i i I I I I

584 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

I

PLATE 79

Fig. 1 Platypodia tjemmata Rathbun (p. 428)

Fig. 2 Actaea do'vii Stimpson, young (p. 431)

Fig. 3 I.eptodius cnoksotii Mitvi (p. 448)

Fig. 4 Pilumnus xantiisii Stimpson (p. 471)

Fig. 5 Cycloxaniliops vittatiis (Stimpson) (p. 445)

Fig. 6 Actaea dovii Stimpson, adult (p. 431)

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 79

586 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

i

PLATE 80

Fig. 1 Tetraxantlius rathJninae Chace, voung female, dorsal view

(p. 465)

Fig. 2 Eripliia granulosa A. Milne Edwards, male, dorsal view

(p. 483)"
Fig. 3 Acidops fimbriatus Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 474)
Fig. 4 Piliimnus pyymaeus Boone, male, dorsal view (p. 472)

Fig. 5 Maldi'via galapagensis Garth, male holotvpe, dorsal view
(p. 495)

Fig. 6 Ouadrclln nilida Smith, young, dorsal view (p. 494)

1

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 80

1 III 11 M i i 1 I 1 I I i I I I M I I II 1 I I I I il IJi

588 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

I

PLATE 81

Fig. 1 Ozius tenuidactylus (Lockington), male, dorsal view
(p. 479)

Fig. 2 Ozius perlatus Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 477)

Fig. 3 Ozius verreauxii Saussure, young, dorsal view (p. 476)

Fig. 4 Trapezia cymodoce ferruginea Latreille, male, dorsal view
(p. 491)

Fig. 5 Domecia hispida Eydoux and Souleyet, male, dorsal view

(p. +89) I

Fig. 6 Trapezia digitalis Latreille, female, dorsal view (p. 493) "

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 81

ruiuiiiHimiMni

AW' 1

«-J«

5' 6

1 1 1 1 1 « rrm i n • 1 1 1 1 1 < e • m 1 1 $ i 1 1 h i j '

I

590 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 82

Fig. 1 Daira americana Stimpson, female, dorsal view (p. 438)

Fig. 2 Daira americana Stimpson, female, ventral view

Fig. 3 Menippe obtusa Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 470)

Fig. 4 Menippe obtusa Stimpson, male, ventral view

Fig. 5 Ozius verreauxii Saussure, male, dorsal view (p. 476)

Fig. 6 Ozius verreauxii Saussure, male, ventral view

I

NO

. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 82

Tp»*-

592 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 83

Fig. 1 I.cptodius snod<jrassi Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 447)

Fig. 2 Eurytium affine (Streets and Kingslev), female, dorsal view

(p. 456)

Fig. 3 Eriphidcs hispida (Stimpson), female, dorsal view (p. 487)

Fig. 4 Eripliidfs hispida (Stimpson), female, ventral view

Fig. 5 Eriphia squamata Stimpson, male, dorsal view (p. 482)

Fig. 6 Eriphia squamata Stimpson, male, ventral view

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 83

i 1 1 M n T I f I i I I I I I

i I ! I ( 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 n I H I L

]iiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiii'iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiitnii>iiii

I:

TiiniTTrTnnTiTiTiiiirfiiiiiiiiiiiiiini

594 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 84

Fig. 1 Parapinnixa glasselli Garth, female paratvpe, dorsal view

(p. +97)
Fig. 2 Parapinnixa glasselli Garth, female paratvpe, ventral view-
Fig. 3 Pinnaxodes chilensis (Milne Edwards), female, dorsal view

(p. 498)
Fig. 4 Stronfflylocentrotus ffihhosus (Valenciennes)

host of Pinnaxodes chilensis ( p. 498 )

Fig. 5 Pinnaxodes chilensis (Milne Edwards), female,
ventral vie\v (p. 498)

Fig. 6 Pinnixa transversalis (Milne Edwards and Lucas), female,
dorsal view (p. 497)

Fig. 7 Tube of Chaetopterus variopedatus (Renier),
host of Pinnixa transversalis (p. 497)

Fig. 8 Pinnixa trans<versalis (Milne Edwards and Lucas), female,
ventral view (p. 497)

NO

. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 84

596 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

PLATE 85

Fig. 1 Cy/riof'olia I'clrrae Ciarth, female holotvpe, dorsal view

(p. 503)

Fig. 2 Cymopolia corlezi Crane, young, dorsal view (p. 499)

Fig. 3 Cymopolia fragilis Rathbun, dorsal view, male above,
female below (p. 501)

Fig. 4 Cymopolia frae/ilis Rathbun, \entral view, male above,
female below

Fig. 5 Eucliirof/rapsus americaniis A. Milne Edwards, male,
dorsal view (p. 511)

Fig. 6 Euchirot/rapsus americaniis A. Milne Edwards, male,
ventral view

NO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 85

I

598 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5 i

PLATE 86

Fig. 1 Grapsus grapsus (Linnaeus), male, dorsal view (p. 504)
Fig. 2 Grapsus grapsus (Linnaeus), male, ventral view-
Fig. 3 Geograpsus li'viJus (Milne Edwards), female, dorsal view

(p. 506)
Fig. 4 Geograpsus lividus (Milne Edwards), female, ventral view

Fig. 5 Percnon gibbesi (Milne Edwards), female, dorsal view
(p. 512)

Fig. 6 Percnon gibbesi (Milne Edwards), female, ventral view

NO.

lU GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 86

Xt^ss'

!i!i!iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiii'!iiiiiiiiiiii!iiiiiiii

iniiiiiiiiiiiitiiiiiiiiiiiifiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiffl

A'*^

K

^/.^

iiiiiiiMiiiiiiiiiiniiiiii'iiiiiiiiiiiii

iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii

il|'";ilMlii|!inii!ll!li!!|l'!ll

600 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Fig.

1

Fig.

2

Fig.

3

Fig.

4

Fig.

5

Fig.

6

Fig.

7

PLATE 87

CymopoUa lucasii (Rathbun), male, dorsal view (p. 500)

Pachyijrapsus transversus (Gibbes), male, dorsal view (p. 507)

Vca galapagcnsis Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 515)

Uca galapagcnsis Rathbun, female, dorsal view

Vca hcUcri Rathbun, male, dorsal view (p. 517)

Vca helleri Rathbun, female, dorsal view

Ocypode gaudichaudii, Milne Edwards and Lucas, male,
dorsal view, natural size (p. 514)

1

I

JO. 10 GARTH : BRACHYURAN FAUNA OF THE GALAPAGOS PL. 87

f^-

I I jT"

% 1

KElti 111 i III I II i iTIlttffiTlitttliili 1 1 1 1 1 M I n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 n i ii i m i i ii n 1 1 1 1 f

fun; linn 111 1 1 inn Hill I

III ; 11 II I III 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M I III 1 1

V

I i i I n 1 1 1 1 1 It i n ) ! Ill i

^1

il 1 1 1 ; 11 f i f) t n I H t !

REPORTS ON THE COLLECTIONS OBTAINED BY ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS OF

VELERO HI OFF THE COAST OF MEXICO, CENTRAL AMERICA, SOUTH AMERICA,

AND GALAPAGOS ISLANDS IN 1932, IN 1933, IN 1934, IN 1935,

IN 1936, IN 1937, IN 1938, IN 1939, in 1940, and in 1941.

DISTRIBUTION STUDIES
OF GALAPAGOS BRACHYURA

(Charts 1-10)

By JOHN S. GARTH

I

The University of Southern California Publications

Allan Hancock Pacific Expeditions

Volume 5, Number 11

Issued June 14, 1946

The University of Southern California Press
Los Angeles, California

DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF GALAPAGOS BRACHYURA

(Charts 1-10)

By John S. Garth

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Galapagos littoral is now credited with supporting some 120
brachyuran species, 47 of these by virtue of intensive carcinological col-
lecting carried on by Allan Hancock Expeditions in the years 1933-35 and
1938 (cf. Sivertsen, 1933). In the course of routine taxonomic studies
on Hancock collections which culminated in the writing of the Littoral
Brachyuran Fauna of the Galapagos Archipelago (Garth, 1946), 15
species were described as new to science (Rathbun, 1933, 1935; Garth,
1939; and Glassell, 1940). Several of these were noted as having close
trans-Pacific affinities, while the remaining 32 new to the islands repre-
sented extensions of range of known species from the North and South
American mainland.

Many species known previously to occur at one or two localities within
the islands were found to occur at most of the eleven major and numerous
minor islands which comprise the Galapagos group. Others were notice-
ably absent over large areas in which their existence might reasonably have
been expected. These new data appeared to furnish the basis for an
analysis of the distribution of species and genera with a view of ascertain-
ing the possible routes by which they arrived in and were distributed
through the archipelago.

INTRA-INSULAR DISTRIBUTION
(Charts I-III)
The first step in the study was to plot on charts of the Galapagos
Islands the stations at which individual species were encountered by Allan
Hancock Expeditions. These charts, too numerous for reproduction here-
with, are available at the Library of The University of Southern Cali-
fornia, where they form a part of the writer's doctoral dissertation. From
them it was apparent that the large majority of species were more or less
uniformly distributed throughout the length and breadth of the archi-
pelago. When the relationships of these species were examined, they were
found to be either endemic species, or if non-endemic, species common to
tropical faunas : the Caribbean, the Panamic, and the Indo-Pacific. Two

[603]

604 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

small but important groups of species remained, the one clearly restricted
to the northern and northwesterly islands, the other equally limited to the
southern and southeasterly islands. Since these minority groups seemed
to offer a clue to routes of arrival and dispersal, it was upon them that
attention was particularly concentrated.

Species found only at the extreme northerly islands were Cymopolia
fragilis and C. cortezi, dredged in 100-150 fathoms at Wenman,
Microphrys platysonia, dredged in 40-70 fathoms at Tower, and
Pilumnus xantusii, cracked from Pocillopora coral at Tower, Albemarle
(Albemarle Point and Tagus Cove), and James (Sulivan Bay). These
species also occur in the Gulf of California, some 2,000 miles to the north-
ward. Another Gulf of California species, Eurytium affine, was collected
on the north shore of Indefatigable at Conway Bay. This distribution is
shown on Chart I. If these species had been successful in extending their
range southward, it was felt that they would in all probability have been
taken at one or more of the numerous Velero III stations in the southern
half of the island group.

Species found only at the extreme southeasterly islands were Eupleuro-
don rathhunae, washed from sargassum at Hood and Charles, and
Microphrys aculeatus, collected on the shores of Hood and Charles and
along the south and east shores of Indefatigable to South Seymour and
again at Tagus Cove, Albemarle, a distribution shown on Chart II. The
latter is a Peruvian species, the former very similar to, if not identical
with, Epialtus peruvianus (not Euplcurodon peruvianus) , which should
be transferred to Eupleurodon and given another specific name. It was
likewise apparent that if these species had been successful in extending
their ranges northward they would almost certainly have been collected
at one or more of the numerous shore stations in the northern portion of
the archipelago. There must be, therefore, some natural obstacle to the
free migration of these species from north to south and vice versa, once
they have gained foothold at either extremity of the island group.

It will be seen by an examination of Chart III that the Galapagos
Islands are disposed in such a way that the primary channels, those passing
from one extreme of the archipelago to the other, are from southeast to
northwest. One of these runs on either side of Albemarle, the third
between Hood and Chatham, with Barrington, Indefatigable, and James
on the west and Chatham, Tower, Bindloe, and Abingdon on the east.
An important secondary channel, intersecting at right angles, divides the
eastern half of the archipelago north of Indefatigable. It is quite possible
that bodies of water of unlike temperatures, salinities, and oxygen contents

NO, 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 605

may be moving at differing rates of speed and in opposing directions in
these channels simultaneously. It is further probable that water flowing
through these channels may undergo a seasonal reversal of direction in
response to movements of large water masses in the greater Pacific area.
However, since each of the five Allan Hancock Expeditions to the
Galapagos was made in the months of December, January, and February,
observations of conditions during these months only can be given.

As shown by the accompanying Chart HI, a body of warm water, A,
flowing southeastward between northern Albemarle and James Islands,
meets a current of cold water, B, flowing northwest between southern
Albemarle and Indefatigable Islands, and is deflected to the east off
Jervis and Duncan Island, E, along the north shore of Indefatigable
Island, to join the warm water streaming down the east side of James
Island, which has met cold current C somewhere between James and
Tower Islands, as at F. Observations in this connection are ( 1 ) the
drifting of the expedition cruiser Velero III in a current too strong to
permit anchoring, along the north shore of Duncan Island in the direction
of Indefatigable, (2) the conflict of two currents coming from the south
around each side of Charles Island while dredging was being attempted
at G, (3) the casting of the survivors of the sloop Dinamita, becalmed
while crossing from Indefatigable to Chatham Island, upon Bindloe
Island, nearly 100 miles northwestward, and (4) the driving of an
Ecuadorean fishing vessel out of Academy Bay towards the Gordon Rocks,
opposite C.

Evidence of a difference of as much as 20° F. in surface temperature
between the cooler current coming from the southeast and warmer current
from the northwest was obtained in January, 1932, when 66° F. was
recorded on the west side of Albemarle Island and 86° F. on the east, the
former corresponding to surface temperatures of Coastal Peru, the latter
to that of Cocos Island, in the Bay of Panama. At the northern tip of
Albemarle, where these currents met at D, an extensive current rip was
noted in December, 1934. At Tagus Cove that year overcoats were worn
for comfort, while at Cartago Bay, on the eastern side of the Island, sum-
mer clothing was in order. Galapagos penguins were seen at both Tagus
Cove and Duncan Island, while at Cartago Bay the manta ray {Manta
birostris) and the sea snake (Pelamis platurus) , both characteristic of
warm tropical seas, were observed.

Taking Hood Island as a hypothetical starting point, a scheme of water
circulation based upon the observations just given would account for the
present known distribution of Peruvian species in the Galapagos Islands.

606 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

It would explain the occurrence of Microphrys aculeatus at such localities
as Tagus Cove, Academy Bay, and South Seymour Island, since all are
within the zone of influence of cold current B. Likewise, taking Wen-
man Island as a starting point, such a scheme would account for the
present known distribution of most Gulf of California species in the
Galapagos Islands. It would explain the occurrence of Piluinmis xantusii
at Albemarle Point and James Island, and of Eurytium affine at Conway
Bay, north shore of Indefatigable Island, since these are within the zone
of influence of warm current A. Only the finding of Lcptodius occi-
dentalis at Hood Island in 1925, as recorded by Boone (1927) is incom-
patible with this scheme. In order to appreciate the significance of the
occurrence of this Gulf of California littoral species at the most southerly
island of the group, and to understand the manner in which Gulf of
California and Peruvian species may have reached the outposts of the
Galapagos archipelago, it is necessary to consider the general scheme of
circulation of ocean currents in the Eastern Tropical Pacific.

OCEAN CURRENTS
(Charts IV-VII)

The accompanying Chart, IV, compiled from various sources, shows
that four ocean currents are concerned in the movement of water masses
in the region bounded by the Gulf of California on the north, the coast
of Peru on the south, and the Bay of Panama on the east. These are the
California Current, the Equatorial Countercurrent, the Nifio Current,
and the Peruvian or Humboldt Current.

The California current sweeps down the west coast of Lower Cali-
fornia, turning southwestward off Cape San Lucas, rather than con-
tinuing down the coast of Mexico, part of it becoming the westwardl}^-
directed North Equatorial Current. Two thousand miles or more off-
shore it impinges upon the Equatorial Countercurrent, which is traveling
in almost the opposite direction, due east. Upon reaching the mainland
of Central America a portion of this current turns northward and west-
ward along the Mexican coast, and a portion is deflected southward and
eastward to join the Nifio Current of the Bay of Panama.

The Nino Current is normally found only as far south as Punta Santa
Elena, Ecuador. Its waters are warm, 86° F. being an observed surface
temperature. Average salinity is said to be 33.00 o/oo (Sverdrup, 1942,
p. 705). Seasonally, from January to April, it extends its influence
southward, meeting the northerly-directed Peruvian Coastal Current at a
point south of Guayaquil and deflecting it away from the coast of South
America.

NO. 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 607

The Peruvian Current, with its coastal and oceanic subdivisions, is a
portion of the largest ocean current in the world, the Antarctic
Circumpolar Current, deflected northward by the tip of South America.
It carries polar water with little change in temperature from southern
Chile almost to the Equator. An observed surface temperature is 66° F.
in the Galapagos Islands, 35.00 o/oo ^n average saline content. Unlike
the Nino Current, the Peruvian Current is permanent and undirectional,
unvarying except as it may be seasonally deflected away from the South
American mainland north of Latitude 12° S.

A seasonal and cyclical analysis of ocean currents off the northwest
coast of South America is given by Schott (1931), from whose work the
accompanying three charts are taken. Chart V shows normal current
displacement during August and September, which are winter months
south of the Equator. During these months the Galapagos Islands are
completely surrounded by cold water, the coldest axis of the Peruvian
Current passing just south of the islands of Charles and Hood.

Chart VI shows the normal current displacement in February and
March, the summer season south of the Equator. At this season the body
of warm water, represented by diagonal striping, moves southward to in-
clude the islands of Culpepper and Wenman, almost reaching the tip of
Albemarle Island. According to observations of the Hancock Expedition
members, this warm water does reach Albemarle Point and inundates the
channel betv/een Albemarle and James, as previously related.

Chart VII shows an unusual disturbance which took place in 1891. In
that year the belt of warm water was pushed southward past the
Galapagos Islands to Callao, Peru, and beyond, seriously upsetting the
meteorological and biological equilibria. The arid coasts of southern
Ecuador and Peru were deluged by tropical rainfall. Millions of guano-
producing birds were destroyed in the Peruvian coastal islands. The
important fact to be noted is that the Galapagos Islands were completely
immersed in warm equatorial waters. Such an occurrence takes place in
milder proportions every seven years, according to Murphy (1936), with
serious disturbances about every thirty-fourth year. Murphy presents
substantial proof that these serious disturbances of 1891 and 1925 were
not caused by the Nino current, but were invasions of the southern hemi-
sphere by the Equatorial Countercurrent {op. cit., p. 103). Schott
{op. cit.) records twelve such disturbances since 1791, the most serious
known being that of 1925. It will be recalled that the single record of a
Gulf of California species of Brachyura on the extreme southern island
of Hood, that of Leptodius occidentalisj was in this year. Thus the

608 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

system of water circulation observed in the Galapagos Islands, plus that
known to exist in the greater Pacific area, including demonstrable irregu-
larities, are together capable of accounting for the present recognized
distribution of brachyuran species within the archipelago, if the oceanic
transportation of larval stages is assumed.

EXTRA-GALAPAGAN DISTRIBUTION

(See also Table of Distribution)

Galapagos species which enjoy the greatest longitudinal range, practi-
cally encircling the globe, are confined to the zone of warm equatorial
waters, which in the Eastern Pacific is compressed into a comparatively
narrow belt found mostly north of the Equator, or between 4° S. and
24° N. Latitude. Four Galapagos species are common to the Atlantic,
American- and Indo-Pacific Oceans. Grapsus grapsiis, Geograpsus lividus,
and Planes minutus are members of the family Grapsidae, among the most
highly evolved of the Brachyura, the first two found in the spray zone,
the third as a log rider. Domecia hispida, a member of the family
Xanthidae, is a commensal of the Pocillopora coral.

Four species are common to the Galapagos Islands and the Western
Pacific and Indian Oceans which are not represented in the Atlantic.
Three of these are members of the family Xanthidae, which reaches its
greatest development in the tropics. The fourth is a grapsoid, Plagusia
immaculata, commonly known as the Pacific Log Rider. While the great
majority of the Xanthidae are free living species, those common to the
Galapagos and Indo-Pacific are all obligatory commensals in corals.
Carpilodes cinctimanus. Trapezia cymodoce ferruginea, and T. digitalis
are found only in coral of the genus Pocillopora, while two other xanthids
with strong Indo-Pacific ties, Maldivia galapagensis and Quadrella nitida,
are found only in coral of the genus Pavona and on the gorgonian,
Muricea miser, respectively. This is taken to mean, not that the com-
mensal species arrive in relatively greater numbers than the free living
but that the accustomed habitat is greater assurance of survival. The fact
that the Galapagos Maldivia is very close to, if not conspecific with, the
Maldivia of Palmyra, which lies in approximately the same Latitude as
Cocos but south of Hawaii, would seem to indicate the Equatorial
Countercurrent as the means of dispersal involved. The speed of this
current approaches 2 knots (Sverdrup, 1942, p. 709).

The seven species common to the Galapagos and the Atlantic, but not
the Western Pacific, include three grapsoids: Pachy grapsus transversus,
Percnon gibbesi, and Eucliiro grapsus americanus, the latter reported from

NO. 1 1 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF ERACHYURA 609

the Pacific for the first time by Hancock Expeditions. The remaining
four, Cycloes bairdii, Acanthonyx petiverii, Cronius ruber, and (tenta-
tively) Tetraxanthus rathbunae, are free living species representing as
many different families and about them no generalization seems possible.

Galapagos species enjoying the greatest latitudinal range are closely
restricted to American shores. Mursia gaudichaudii, an oxystome, occurs
from the Farallone Islands, off San Francisco, to Valparaiso, Chile.
Drorjiidia larrabiirei ranges north to Monterey Bay, while Stenorynchus
debilis is found from Magdalena Bay, Lower California, to Chile. All
are dredged species and each is the sole representative of its genus in the
Eastern Pacific. Usually several species of a genus replace each other
along such a continuous coast line. When the break between species
occurs with consistent regularity in a number of genera and families it
becomes possible to delimit regions each of which supports a characteristic
aggregation of brachyuran species. Several such faunal provinces will be
mentioned in the discussion which follows.

The largest number of Galapagos brachyuran species common to any
continuous portion of the adjacent mainland are the 48 species which
occur from the Gulf of California to southern Ecuador or northern Peru.
If to these be added the 15 species common to the Galapagos and the Bay
of Panama alone, the total of 63 species gives the Galapagos brachyuran
fauna the unmistakable stamp of the Panamic province. It also indicates
the predominating influence of the warm Nino Current which emanates
from the Bay of Panama from January to April and which may have
served to transport larval stages to Galapagan shores.

The eleven species common to the Galapagos and the Gulf of California
— Lower California region but not recorded from the Central American
coast are evidence of the infiltration of a north temperate fauna.
Microphrys triangulatus may be taken as an example of a Gulf of Cali-
fornia species not represented in the Bay of Panama (except at Cocos
Island) but well established in the Galapagos. The fact that other
Galapagos species are common to the intermediate outposts of Clarion or
Socorro {Ebalia hancocki, Clythrocerus laminatus, and Leptodius
cooksoni) suggests that these islands, along with Cocos and perhaps
Clipperton, Chart IV, may have served as stepping stones for current-
borne larval stages. The California Current and Equatorial Counter-
current would appear to supply the needed transportation.

Of the nine species listed as common to the Galapagos and the Sub-
antarctic faunal region alone, the Peruvian or Chilean records in four
cases rest upon century-old reports which have not been recently verified.
Apart from these doubtful records, Mithrax bellii, M. nodosus, Leptodius

610 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

cooksoni, and Eriphia granulosa are to all intents and purposes Galapagos
endemic species. Of the remaining five, Pinnaxodes chilensis is com-
mensal with a common Peruvian sea urchin, Strongylocentrotus gibbosus.
The free-living Eupleurodon rathbunae and Microphrys aculeatus, the
distribution of vi^hich has been discussed, as vi^ell as Taliepus marginatus
and Pisoides edwardsii, unrecorded from the islands since Cuming's time,
are found on brown algae, a fact which lends credence to the drift method
of arrival via the Peruvian Current. Contrary to its magnitude, this
current appears to have exerted but a minor influence on the composition
of the Galapagos brachyuran fauna. This is no doubt due to its seasonal
and cyclical displacement from Galapagos waters by Nino Current and
Equatorial Countercurrent phenomena, as previously explained, which
acts to prevent the poikilothermic portion of the Subantarctic fauna from
becoming permanently established in the archipelago as have the holo-
thermic penguin and fur seal.

ATLANTIC ANALOGUES
(See also Table of Distribution)

As indicators of former geologic relationships in the Central American
region, second only in importance to those species which occur on both
sides of the Isthmus of Panama are those which occur in the Pacific only
but which have counterparts in the Atlantic from which they are scarcely
distinguishable. Such species are known as "twin", geminate, or repre-
sentative species and are more closely related than are ordinary species.
Their occurrence has been considered among echinoderms by Verrill
( 1867) , among brachyurans by Rathbun ( 1899 et seq.) and among fishes
by Jordan ( 1908), to mention only a few. They are considered as valid
evidence that the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans were confluent at a com-
paratively recent time, probably lower Pliocene (Vaughan, 1919). Charts
VIII, IX, and X, after Schuchert (1935), show the location of three
such oceanic connections since middle Oligocene.

A total of 38 Galapagos brachyuran species are considered by Rathbun
( 1918, 1925, 1930, 1937) to possess such analogues. This fraction, which
represents over 30 percent of the number recorded for the islands, is the
largest segment of the brachyuran population to which a common origin
can be assigned. It indicates an older and more fundamental relationship
between faunas than that which is based upon the occurrence of the same
species in each of them. It also suggests the former existence of a strong
current flowing in a westerly direction through the Panama Portal which
may have served for the transportation of larval crustaceans in the same
manner that the California, Nino, Peruvian Currents, and Equatorial
Countercurrent appear to serve today.

NO. 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 611

While the great majority of the 38 Galapagos species having Atlantic
analogues occur among the large group of species common to the Panamic
province, not all Galapagos Brachyura possessing such analogues are to be
found in this category. One or two species having analogues are to be
found among those common to the Galapagos and to north or south
temperate waters alone. This is understandable in view of the fact that
the Rathbun designations of analogous Atlantic and Pacific species repre-
sented comparisons of the two faunas as a whole, irrespective of the lesser
provinces into which each might ultimately be divided, and that morpho-
logical resemblance, rather than continuity of habitat, was the determining
factor in establishing relationship.

It is assumed, to begin with, that the analogous species, Pacific and
Atlantic, were one species occupying a continuous range at the time of the
Isthmian closure and that the slight morphological differences which
separate them have arisen since that time. Consequently, species now
occupying the Bay of Panama which do not possess Atlantic analogues are
believed to represent recent arrivals. It follows that their more strongly
differentiated characteristics, requiring greater time in development, have
been attained in another portion of their present or immediate past range.
In the case of Panamanian species now common to both Gulf of California
and Galapagos, this place of origin might have been either the Gulf of
California or the Galapagos ; in the case of Panamanian species common
only to the Galapagos, it would seem to have been the Galapagos alone.

Galapagos species without analogues now inhabiting the Bay of
Panama, 30 in number, may be broken down into the following groups :
(a) species belonging to genera excluded from the Atlantic, and therefore
without analogous possibility, 11 ; (b) species having one or more Pacific
congeners, one of which is analogous to the single Atlantic member of the
genus, 4; (c) species belonging to certain genera, mostly oxystomatous, to
which recent new species have been added, leaving species on both sides
of the continent for which there is no accepted pairing, 6. Thus but nine
Galapagos species remain whose presence without analogues in the Bay of
Panama must be otherwise explained.

It is reasonable to expect that a large number of current-borne species
would have been drawn into the vortex of the Bay of Panama from out-
lying regions in response to the shift in oceanic circulation which must
have taken place with the union of the two continents by a land bridge.
That some of these might have arrived from the Galapagos Islands with
the assistance of a current of the required magnitude and direction is even
more credible than that species should have reached the Galapagos from

612 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

more distant trans-Pacific islands. As in the case of the latter, the
Equatorial Countercurrent would appear to provide the necessary mo-
tility.

In the light of this reasoning, the occurrence of the Galapagos endemic
species. Platypodia gemmata, at Taboga Island, Panama, in 1925 as re-
ported by Finnegan (1931) may be attributed to the same cause as the
record of the Gulf of California species, Leptodius occidentalism at Hood
Island, Galapagos, in the same year as reported by Boone (1927) : the
invasion of the Southern Hemisphere by the Equatorial Countercurrent
in years of exceptional disturbance such as 1891 and 1925 (cf. Murphy,
op. cit.). Such years would appear propitious for the establishment of
Galapagos species on Central and northern South American shores.
Their survival beyond the first generation in the new environment would
be the exceptional occurrence; witness the failure of Hancock Expeditions
to duplicate either record in the relatively stable period of 1931-39.

While species common to the Galapagos Islands and the tropical
American mainland should possess Atlantic analogues unless belonging
to one of the classes previously enumerated, there should exist no com-
parable relationship between the Atlantic species and those common to
the Galapagos and either of the temperate faunas alone. Thus the 11
species common to the Galapagos and Gulf of California regions and none
other, with the exception of the two anomalous species mentioned below,
have no Atlantic analogues. Nor have the 5 which remain common to the
Galapagos and Subantarctic region (Chile and Peru) alone, after the
exclusion of the four species previously mentioned of which the early
mainland records are in doubt. (Taliepus marginatus, a Peruvian species
not present in the Bay of Panama, is said to occur in the Atlantic in view
of the fact that its non-existent type was attributed, perhaps erroneously,
to Brazil.)

The present study cannot be fairly concluded without mentioning two
species the recorded distribution of which cannot be satisfactorily ex-
plained by this reasoning. Leptodius cooksoni is found at Socorro and
Clarion, the Galapagos, and questionably, Chile. Furthermore, although
not present in the Bay of Panama, it is said to have an Atlantic analogue.
Any one of these relationships is possible, but the three together are in-
compatible with distributional theories which present the Galapagos as a
region of universal convergence only. Leptodius occidentalisj common to
the Gulf of California and Galapagos, but not found in the Bay of
Panama, is said to be analogous to L. floridanus. Here the species is
definitely of the northern fauna and the question becomes one of a past
link between the Gulf of California region and the Gulf of Mexico,

NO. 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 613

rather than between the Bay of Panama and the Caribbean, and an ap-
propriate subject for discussion in a paper on distribution of Brachyura
of the Gulf of California, rather than of the Galapagos.

GALAPAGOS ENDEMIC SPECIES
In considering the 23 species which have been taken only in waters of
the Galapagos Islands, the question of what constitutes a Galapagos en-
demic species arises. If a given species is found only in the Galapagos
Islands but shows a closer morphological relationship to an Atlantic species
than to any Pacific member of its genus, in other words, is geminate, it
may be assumed that the two species existed as one in Central American
waters prior to the Isthmian closure. In this case the Galapagos species
may be expected to occur in Pacific Panamanian waters unless very recent
extinction has occurred. If, on the other hand, a species found only in
Galapagos waters shows no greater affinity to a Caribbean species than to
the nearest Pacific member of its genus, i.e., is not geminate, it may be
assumed that it was not an inhabitant of Central American coastal waters
in Pliocene times. It is evident that such a species must have occupied the
Galapagos Islands for a period of time sufficient to have become specific-
ally distinct from either the American or Asiatic stock^ from which it was
originally derived. It is to the latter group that the writer would apply
the word endemic, in a more restricted sense than usual, indicating that
the species may be demonstrated to have originated in the archipelago by
evidence other than its having been taken only there.

It is obvious that no true Galapagos endemic species should have an
Atlantic analogue. However, Mithrax bellii, Portunus angustus, Actaea
angusta, and Osachila galapagensis, taken only in the Galapagos to date,
are said by Rathbun (1925, 1930, 1937) to possess such analogues. Fol-
lowing the reasoning of the last paragraph, these species, if true analogues,
should be expected to occur in the Bay of Panama. However, the dis-
covery in Pacific Panamanian waters of species which could be demon-
strated to be even more closely related to the Atlantic representatives than
the Galapagos species would resolve the question equally well, but in
favor of the endemic nature of the latter. Such a solution undoubtedly
occurred with the discovery at Bahia Honda, Panama, by the 1939 Allan

1 Lest it be thought that the 23 Galapagos endemic species of Brachyura have
been derived in whole or large part from Indo-Pacific sources, it should be stated
that 9 are members of the Majidae, a family strictly of western hemispheric
origin, while 7 of the 9 endemic Xanthidae can be traced to a more nearly related
American than Old World species.

614 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

Hancock Expedition of Osachila sona, in every detail a better counterpart
of the Atlantic O. antillensis than the currently accepted analogue, O.
galapagensis.

The writer also considers as probably endemic certain insular species
now common to Central American mainland shores which evidence shows
did not originate there. These are Galapagos species having one or more
Pacific congeners, one of which is analogous to the single Atlantic member
of the genus. Menippe obtusa and M. frontalis both occur in the Bay of
Panama. M. obtusa, found also in the Galapagos, has no Atlantic
analogue, whereas M. frontalis, not found in the Galapagos, is analogous
to the Atlantic M. mercenaria. The Galapagos origin of M. obtusa
would therefore seem to be strongly indicated. Similar examples are
Platypodia gemmata and P. rotundata, the latter analogous to the
Atlantic P. spectabilis, and perhaps Ocypode gaudichaudii and O. occi-
dentalis, the latter analogous to the Atlantic O. albicans. The possible
Galapagos origin of the first named in each case has not previously been
suggested.

The foregoing concept leaves the number of Galapagos endemic species
unchanged at 23, although it alters slightly the composition of the list.
It does, however, strengthen the endogenous nature of this fraction of the
Galapagos brachyuran fauna by presenting it as a possible source of enrich-
ment of the American mainland fauna. An even stronger argument for
the Galapagos origin of certain Central American brachyuran forms will
be presented in the discussion of distribution of genera.

Previously discussed under extra-Galapagan distribution were several
species common to the Galapagos and other islands of the Eastern Pacific,
particularly Clarion and Socorro, but not to the American mainland.
These were grouped with Gulf of California species because, like them,
they appear to have been transported to the Galapagos by the California
Current and the Equatorial Counteixurrent. That the migration has
proceeded predominantly in a southerly and easterly direction is indicated
by the prevailing direction of these currents and by the fact that, whereas
Gulf of California species are found at Clarion, Socorro, and Galapagos,
no Galapagos endemic species has so far been recorded from the Gulf of
California.

A corollary to this assumption would appear to be that species in
question must have originated at Clarion or Socorro. This is not im-
possible, but is unlikely when one of them, Leptodius cooksoni, is a domi-
nant Galapagos shore form said to have analogous Atlantic affinities.
These islands, along with San Benedicto and Roca Partida, form the

NO. 11 garth: distribution studies of brachyura 615

Revilla Gigedos, an archipelago of a sort; similar in origin to the
Galapagos and supporting an authentic, if limited, endemic population.
Each island group stands athwart a great oceanic current, the two so
nearly comparable that they have been called mirrored images of one
another (see Chart IV). Some hundreds of miles west of the Galapagos,
waters of both streams, on coming into contact with the edges of the
Equatorial Countercurrent, are subjected to a transverse circulation
(Sverdrup, op. cit., p. 711) and may actually interchange to some degree.
That planktonic forms of Galapagos origin could be cast back on the
Revilla Gigedos in a period of instability involving the invasion of
Northern Hemisphere waters (between 10° and 20° N. Lat.) by the
Equatorial Countercurrent, with accompanying displacement of the
California Current, is at least a theoretical possibility, although such a
shifting of the meteorological Equator would involve a deflection oppo-
site to that known periodically to occur. Such a phenomenon would
account most plausibly for the occurrence of Galapagos endemic species at
Socorro and Clarion, and would allow for the analogous Atlantic, or
even the direct Chilean, relationship claimed for L. cooksoni. In any
event, the Galapagos Islands cannot well be overlooked as a factor in
considering the faunas of other Eastern Pacific islands, either as a site of
possible origin or as a relay station between them and more remote
localities.

DISTRIBUTION OF GENERA

As pointed out by Finnegan (1931) : "The entire circumtropical, or
Indo-Pacific-American and American-African faunas, are knit together
not so much by their species as by their genera. . . The explanation of
this would seem to be that genera, being much older than species, were
established at a time when barriers now in existence, such as the Isthmus
of Panama, did not impede their migration." Clearly Galapagos Brach-
yura are no exception to this principle, for it is immediately apparent that
the relationship of the Galapagos fauna to the Indo-Pacific is better indi-
cated by genera than by species, there being 10 of the former common to
the two regions and to none other, as against but 5 of the latter. An
additional 20 genera were found to be common to western Pacific,
Galapagan, and Caribbean waters. Obviously these were established on
the American coast while the Panamanian portal was in existence, the 10
genera excluded from the Caribbean having put in their appearance after
its closure.

616 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

While the waters of the Galapagos Islands support 23 indigenous
brachyuran species, but one genus, Ectaesthesius, which is not found else-
where, occurs in the archipelago. However, the Galapagos Islands share
with adjacent Pacific coastal waters several other monotypic genera,
LipaesthesiuSj Lophoxanthus, and Eriphtdes, which are excluded from the
Atlantic. Thus the single species of each genus has no Atlantic analogue,
a fact which precludes its having been present in the Bay of Panama,
which it now occupies, as recently as Pliocene times. Yet having seen
that since late Pliocene only those species have evolved, the geminate
species, which are less distinct from one another than are ordinary species,
the question naturally arises : in what region have these organisms existed
while evolving differences which separate them generically as well as
specifically from all other crabs? It would seem that the only possibility
for such isolation within the territory they now occupy is the Galapagos
Islands. Are not they, then, to be considered Galapagos endemic genera
like Ectaesthesius which, unable to reach American mainland shores
against the westerly-directed current of the Panama Portal, have reached
them since its closure? According to this view, the Galapagos Islands
have existed from times sufficiently remote to have witnessed the differenti-
ation of genera as well as of species, and have served as a reservoir supply-
ing adjacent coastal waters with new and highly specialized brachyuran
forms.

DISTRIBUTION OF FAMILIES
Fifteen families of Brachyura are represented in Galapagos waters.
These families are encountered in waters of the American mainland, but
two others of particular significance are also present: the families
Goneplacidae and Gecarcinidae, the latter including the land crabs.
Members of the first named family, mostly dredged, may well be excluded
from the Galapagos by ecological factors, the absence of the detritus-rich
mud bottoms to be found on the opposite mainland, or of the increasingly
fresh water to be found as one approaches the mouths of great rivers,
such as the San Juan. There is no apparent reason, however, why
members of the second family, and particularly, Gecarcinus planatus,
should be absent from the red gumbo which borders many Galapagos
lagoons, or why Aratus pisoniij a member of the sesarmid section of the
Grapsidae, should be excluded from their mangrove-fringed margins.
The former is the dominant west coast land crab, while the latter is the
ubiquitous mangrove crab of the American tropics. The presence of
these species in the Galapagos would not in itself be conclusive evidence

NO. 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 617

of the formation of the islands by subsidence of the mainland mass (Baur,
1891, 1895, 1897), G. planatus having found its way to Socorro, San
Benedicto, Clipperton, and Malpelo. However, had the islands been so
formed it is scarcely conceivable that one or both families would not have
persisted. Their absence, therefore, is in keeping with the theory of inde-
pendent, volcanic origin proposed by Darwin (1839, 1845), in which
chance has been largely responsible for subsequent faunal accretions.

To one who inclines toward the latter view, the assemblage of brach-
yuran species, genera, and families which now inhabits the Galapagos
littoral appears as definite a faunal entity as do those of Hawaii, the
Azores, or any group of oceanic islands. The confluence of mighty ocean
currents which converge upon the archipelago from each of three
American faunal provinces and from trans-Pacific islands determines that
the small but stable endemic population shall occupy a subordinate position
to the large and diverse increment of current-borne species, while the
geographical proximity of the islands to the continental mass decrees that
a relatively large proportion of these shall be drawn from the more highly
developed fauna of the tropical American shore. As these vagrants be-
come established and their differentiation proceeds, barring always changes
in oceanic circulation which would force them back in numbers, the
Galapagos brachyuran fauna will become increasingly distinctive, and
will no longer be considered merely an extra-territorial extension of
either the Panamic or Peruvian faunas, as has been previously advocated.

SUMMARY OF DISTRIBUTION

(1) The system of oceanic circulation observed in the Galapagos
Islands, plus that known to exist in the greater Pacific area, are together
capable of accounting for the now recognized distribution of brachyuran
species within the archipelago on the basis of oceanic transportation of
larval stages alone.

(2) The 11 species of Galapagos Brachyura common to Caribbean
waters and the 38 Galapagos species represented by analogous Atlantic
species are the largest group to which a common origin can be assigned.
They indicate the former transportation of larval stages by a westerly-
directed current flowing through the Panama Portal over the present
Isthmus of Panama.

(3) The 63 Galapagos species common to the American mainland
from the Gulf of California to the Bay of Panama or to the Bay of
Panama alone are evidence of the predominant influence of the Panamic
Province upon the Galapagos brachyuran fauna. Except in the cases of

618 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL.5

species possessing analogues which may have reached the islands directly
from the Caribbean via the Panama Portal, recent seasonal transportation
of larval stages by the Nino Current is indicated.

(4) The 11 Galapagos species common to the Gulf of California-
Lower California region alone are evidence of the infiltration of a north
temperate fauna, with the transportation of larval stages by the California
Current and the Equatorial Countercurrent indicated.

(5) The 5 Galapagos species common to the coast of Chile or Peru
alone are evidence of a lesser infiltration of the Subantarctic fauna, with
the Peruvian Coastal Current indicated as the means of transportation of
such species as have arrived.

(6) The 5 Indo-Pacific species and 2 species with close Indo-Pacific
ties found in the Galapagos Islands indicate the transportation of larval
forms from trans-Pacific islands by the Equatorial Countercurrent.

(7) The relation of the Galapagos fauna to the Indo-Pacific is better
indicated by genera, of which there are 10 common to both regions and to
none other, than by species, of which there are but 5.

(8) Not only have species and genera originating elsewhere made
large contributions to the Galapagos fauna, but species, and even genera,
originating in the Galapagos Islands have made a smaller, but none the less
significant, contribution to the brachyuran faunas of the mainland and of
adjacent islands.

(9) The absence from the Galapagos of the families Goneplacidae and
Gecarcinidae, and of the Sesarminae section of Grapsidae, is in keeping
with the volcanic theory of origin of the archipelago as proposed by
Darwin (1845), rather than with the subsidence theory proposed by
Baur (1891).

NO. 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 619

CHECK LIST OF GALAPAGOS BRACHYURA AND
TABLE OF EXTRA-GALAPAGAN DISTRIBUTION

The accompanying table is intended to serve both as a check list of
Galapagos Brachyura and as a graphic recapitulation of previously dis-
cussed distributional relationships of the 120 brachyuran species known to
occupy the Galapagos littoral.

An asterisk (*) indicates a family, genus, or species recorded for the
first time in the Galapagos as a result of the work of Allan Hancock
Expeditions.

(t) indicates a species new to science as a result of taxonomic studies
made of Hancock Expedition collections.

($) indicates a species which has not been taken again in Galapagos
waters since its type was obtained by Cuming circa 1829.

The symbol x indicates the presence of the species itself in the faunal
division shown at the head of the column.

The symbol x? indicates an early record of the species which is subject
to reasonable doubt.

The symbol (x) indicates an unpublished mainland record obtai'ned by
explorations of the Velero III which sheds new light upon the distribu-
tion of the species.

The letters an indicate the presence of an analogous species in the faunal
division shown at the head of the column.

The word tie indicates the presence of a closely related, but not analo-
gous, species.

A geographical name in parentheses indicates that the species, while
hardly a bona fide member of the mainland fauna listed at the head of the
column, occurs in such proximity to it that a common method of transpor-
tation to or from the Galapagos may have served.

Species excluded from the list which follows and from the writer's
Galapagos Brachyuran Fauna (1946) for reasons stated therein include
the following: Calappa saussurei Rath., Teleophrys turnidus (Cano),
Panopeus bradleyi Smith, Pachygrapsus crassipes Randall, and Uca
macrodactylus (M. Edw. & Luc.)

For the distributional purposes of this list, and without prejudice to the
writer's taxonomic studies, Epialtus peruvianus is considered conspecific
with Eupleurodon rathbunae, and Stenocionops macdonaldi with S.
triangulata.

620

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Classification

Distribution of Species

Galapagan Species

Atlantic Gulf Cal. Panamic Sub-Ant. Indo-Pac.

*RANINIDAE
*Raninoides

t*ecuadorensis Rath

*Ranilia

*fornicata (Faxon) an

DROMIIDAE
Dromidia

larraburei Rath an

*HyPOCONCHA

*panamensis Smith an

*DYNOMENIDAE
*Dynomene

*ursula Stimp

•DORIPPIDAE
*Ethusa

*lata Rath an

*Clythrocerus

tlaminatus Rath

LEUCOSIIDAE
*Ebaua

thancocki Rath

*LlTHADIA

*cumingii Bell an

*Uhlias

*e]lipticus Stimp an

Persephona

:l:edwardsii Bell

Leucosilia

jurinei ( Saussure)

*Randalua

*agariciasRath

CALAPPIDAE
Calappa

convexa Saussure an

*MURSIA

*gaudichaudii (M. Edw.)..
Cyclo'es

bairdii Stimp x

*0SACHILA

tgalapagensis Rath

*levisRath

(x)

(Clarion)

(Socorro)

NO. 11

GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA

621

Classification

Distribution of Species

Galapagan Species

Atlantic Gulf Cal. Panamic Sub-Ant. Indo-Pac.

MAJIDAE
Stenorynchus

debilis Smith an

*Anomalothir

thoodensis Garth an

PODOCHELA

margaritaria Rath

tschmitti Garth

*EUPR0GNATHA

*granulata Faxon

Dasygyius

tgibbosus (Bell)

:|:depressus (Bell)

Acanthonyx

petiverii M, Edw x

*EUPLEUR0D0N

trathbunae Garth

Taliepus

marginatus (Bell) x?

*Sphenocarcinus

*agassizi Rath an

Pelia

tpulchellaBell

PiSOIDES

:|:edwardsii ( Bell )

Herbstia

edvvardsii Bell

pyrif ormis ( Bell )

LiSSA

aurivilliusi Rath an

Thoe

4:erosa Bell

PiTHO

quinquedentata Bell an

sexdentata Bell _ an

Mithrax (Mithrax)

spinipes (Bell) an

belHi Gerst an

pygmaeus Bell

Mithrax (Mithraculus)

nodosus Bell

:j:denticulatus Bell an

Teleophrys

cristulipes Stimp an

( Cocos )

X?

X

X?

X?

622

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Classification

Distribution of Species

Galapagan Species

Atlantic Gulf Cal. Panamic Sub-Ant. Indo-Pac.

Stenocionops

*triangulata (Rath.) an

rjrovata ( Bell )

MiCROPHRYS

aculeatus (Bell)

triangulatus (Lock.)

*pIatysoma (Stimp.) an

*Tyche

*lamellifrons Bell an

PARTHENOPIDAE

Parthenope (Platylarabrus)

exilipes (Rathbun) an

Parthenope (Pseudolambrus)

*triangula (Stimp.)

*Daldorfia

tgarthi Glassell

*Solenolambrus

*arcuatus Stimp an

♦Mesorhoea

*bellii (A.M. Edw.) an

*Aethra

*scruposa

scutata Smith

PORTUNIDAE

Portunus (Achelous)

stanfordi Rath

angustus Rath an

*tuberculatus (Stimp.)

Cronius

ruber (Lamarck) x

*EUPHYLAX

*dovii Stimp

*ATELECYCLIDAE
*Kraussia

tamericana Garth

XANTHIDAE
Carpilodes

cinctimanus (White)

Platypodia

gemmataRath

rotundata (Stimp.) an

X (Cocos)

X (La Plata)

tie

X

tie

tie

(x)

X

X

NO. 11

GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA

623

Classification

Distribution of Species

Galapagan Species

Atlantic Gulf Cal. Panamic Sub-Ant. Indo-Pac.

tie

X?

ACTAEA

dovii Stimp an X X

angusta Rath an

•sulcata Stimp an x x

crosslandi ( Finn. )

Glyptoxanthus

fhancocki Garth

Daira

araericana Stimp x x

LiPAESTHESIUS

leeanusRath x (x)

Medaeus

lobipes Rath an x x

spinulifer (Rath.) x (x)

Cycloxanthops

vittatus (Stimp.) x x

Leptodius

occidentalis (Stimp.) an x

snodgrassi Rath

cooksoni Miers an (Clarion)

(Socorro)

LOPHOXANTHUS

lamellipes (Stimp.) x x

*LOPHOPANOPEUS

*maculatus Rath x (x)

*Hexapanopeus

tcartagoensis Garth

Eurypanopeus

transversus (Stimp.) x

EURYTIUM

affine (Streets &Kingsley).. x

MiCROPANOPE

xantusii (Stimp.) an x (x)

politaRath an x (Cocos)

tfraseri Garth

*Tetraxanthus

*rathbunae Chace x

Ectaesthesius

bifrcns Rath

Paraxanthias

insculptus (Stimp.) x

Menippe

obtusa Stimp x

624 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

Classification Distribution of Species

Galapagan Species Atlantic Gulf Cal. Panamic Sub-rhtt. Indo-Pac.

PiLUMNUS

xantusii Stimp an x (x)

pygmaeus Boone (x) (x)

♦ACIDOPS

*fimbriatus Stimp x

Ozius

verreauxii Saus x x

perlatus Stimp an x x

tenuidactylus (Lock.) x x

Eriphia

squamata Stimp an x x

granulosa A.M. Edw *•

Eriphides

hispida (Stimp.) x

DOMECIA

hispida Eydoux & Souleyet.. x x x x

Trapezia

cymodoce

ferruginea Latr x x x

*digitalis Latr x x x

♦Quadrella

*nitida Smith x x tie

*Maldivia

tgalapagensis Garth *'^

PINNOTHERIDAE
*Parapinnixa

tglasselli Garth

*PlNNIXA

*transversalis

( M. Edw. & Luc. ) an x

Pinnaxodes

chilensis (M. Edw.) *

CYMOPOLIIDAE
*Cymopolia

*cortezi Crane x

*fragilis Rath X X

tvelerae Garth

*lucasii (Rath.) an x (x)

GRAPSIDAE
Grapsus

grapsus Linn x x x *

Geograpsus

lividus (M.Edw.) X X X X (Hawaii)

Pachygrapsus

transversus (Gibbes) x x x x

NO. 1 1 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 625

Classification Distribution of Species

Galapagos Species Atlantic Gulf Cal. Panamic Sub-Ant. Indo-Pac.

Planes

minutus (Linn.) x x x x

*EUCHIR0GRAPSUS

*americanus A. M. Edw x

Plagusia

imraaculata Lamarck x x

Percnon

gibbesi (M. Edw.) x x x x

OCYPODIDAE

OCYPODE

gaudichaudii
M. Edw. & Luc X X

UCA

galapagensis Rath.

helleriRath

626 ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS VOL. 5

LITERATURE CITED

Baur, George

1891. On the Origin of the Galapagos Islands. Am. Nat., vol. 25, pp. 217-

229, 307-326.
1895. The Differentiation of Species in the Galapagos Islands and the Origin

of the Group. Biol. Lect. M.B.L. Woods Hole, pp. 67-78.
1897. New Observations on the Origin of the Galapagos Islands, v^ith

Remarks on the Geological Age of the Pacific Ocean. Am. Nat., vol.

31, pp. 661-680, 864-896 (incomplete).

Boone, Lee

1927. The Littoral Crustacean Fauna of the Galapagos Islands. Part 1:
Brachyura. Zoologica, vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 127-288, text figs. 34-101.

Darwin, Charles

1839. In Fitz Roy, Robert: Narrative of the surveying voyages of His
Majesty's Ships Adventure and Beagle, between the years 1826 and
1836, describing their examination of the southern shores of South
America and the Beagle's circumnavigation of the Globe. 3 vols, and
appendix. Vol. 3 Journal and Remarks by Charles Darwin, pp. 1-460.

1845. Journal of Researches into the Natural History and Geology of the
Countries Visited during the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle round the
World, under the command of Capt. Fitz Roy, R.N. 2 vols. pp. 138-176.

FiNNEGAN, Susan

1931. Report on the Brachyura collected in Central America, the Gorgona
and Galapagos Islands, by Dr. Crossland on the 'St. George' Expedi-
tion to the Pacific, 1924-25. Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., vol. 37, no. 255,
pp. 607-673, text figs. 1-6.

Garth, John S.

1939. New Brachyuran Crabs from the Galapagos Islands. Allan Hancock
Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 9-29, pis. 1-10.

1946. Littoral Brachyuran Fauna of the Galapagos Archipelago. Allan
Hancock Pac. Exped., vol. 5, no. 10, pp. 341-602, pis. 49-87, text fig. 1.

Glassell, S. a.

1940. In Garth, J. S.: Some New Species of Brachyuran Crabs from Mexico
and the Central and South American Mainland. Allan Hancock Pac.
Exped., vol. 5, no. 3, pp. 67-70, pi. 17.

Jordan, D. S.

1908. The Law of Geminate Species. Amr. Nat., vol. 42, pp. 73-80.

Murphy, R. C.

1936. Oceanic Birds of South America. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New York.
Vols. 1-2, pp. 1-1245, pis. 1-72, text figs. 1-80.

Rathbun, M. J.

1899. The Brachyura collected by the U. S. Fish Commission Steamer Alba-
tross on the Voyage from Norfolk, Virginia, to San Francisco, Cali-
fornia, 1887-1888. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, pp. 567-616, pis.
41-44.

1918. The Grapsoid Crabs of America. Bull. 97, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 1-461,
pis. 1-161.

1925. The Spider Crabs of America. Bull. 129, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 1-613, pis.
1-283.

1930. The Cancroid Crabs of America. Bull. 152, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 1-593,
pis. 1-230.

NO. 1 1 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 627

1933. Preliminary Descriptions of Nine New Species of Oxystomatous and
Allied Crabs. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 46, pp. 183-186.

1935. Preliminary Descriptions of Seven New Species of Oxystomatous and
Allied Crabs. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 48, pp. 1-4.

1937. The Oxystomatous and Allied Crabs of America. Bull. 166, U.S. Nat.
Mus., pp. 1-272, pis. 1-86.

ScHOTT, Gerhard

1931. Der Peru-Strom und seine nordlicher Nachbargebiete in normaler und
anormaler Ausbildung. Annal. Hydr. und Marit. Meterol., pt. 5:161-
169; pt. 6:200-213; pt. 7 : 240-252 ; pis. 17-22.

SCHUCHERTj C.

1929. Geological History of the Antillean Region. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer.
Rochester, vol. 40, pp. 337-360, 9 text figs.

1935. Historical Geology of the Antillean-Caribbean Region or the Lands
Bordering the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea. Pp. 1-811,
pis. 1-16, figs. 1-107. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

SiVERTSEN, ErLING

1933. The Norwegian Expedition to the Galapagos Islands 1925, conducted
by Alf Wollebaek. VH. Littoral Crustacea Decapoda from the
Galapagos Islands, Medd. Zool. Mus., Oslo, Nr. 38, pp. 1-38, pis. 1-4.

Sverdrup, H. U., Johnson, M. W., and Fleming, R. H.

1942. The Oceans, their Physics, Chemistry, and General Biology. Pp. i-x,
1-1087, figs. 1-265, charts I-VII. Prentice-Hall, New York.

Vaughan, T. W.

1919. Fossil Corals from Central America, Cuba, and Porto Rico, with an
Account of the American Tertiary, Pleistocene, and Recent Coral Reefs.
Bull. 103, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 189-524, pis. 68-152.

Verrill, a. E.

1867. On the Geographic Distribution of Echinoderms on the Pacific Coast
of America. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 1, pt. 2, no. 3.

NO. 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA

629

31

n

JE

/

^CULPEPPER I.

I»N

OO

tWENMAN I.

(^AL;fi>AGOS ISLANDS

/

y

&AS,«

GDON. 1

V-^JJjBlNDUOE 1.

O TOWER r

rs

WW

Chart I

Galapagos Distribution of six Gulf of California Species, with hypothetical
southern Limit of Range of Each.

Cymopolia cortezi o, - - - Pilumnus xantusti x, - • - •

Cymopoliafragilis o, Microphrys platysoma y, • • •

Eurytium affine w, Leptodius occidentalis z

630

P^

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS
9I*W 90°W

VOL.5

h 1 IZE

I I l-B S

1

I'ti

vs

I I

^CUtPEPPEH I.

^VCENMAN I.

MARBOROUSH

^

ALBemKLe

"l POIHT

i r

GA1J6>AG0S ISLMDS

{b

ABINGDON I.

^'^jsfBtNDLOE I.

5jame5 r^

[SULivAn Mr

JERVIS Li;^ ^^j^,

vJto\)cer 1.

DUNMNl<J J^oEFATlGfleLEri)^^''"'" ''"'*^

BARRINGTON I.

c'harles I.j 3^^

CHATHAM I

05C

n/vT'Hooo I

-I l-M

I'M

rs

92°w

grw

?o°w

Chart II
Galapagos Distribution of two Peruvian Species, with hypothetical northern
Limit of Range of Each.

Mtcrophrys aculeatus o, Eupleurodon rathbunae x, . . .

(= Epialtus peruvianus)

NO. 11 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA 631

^it'W 91'W 90'W

"E

I . I " I-

"T=B

I ^CULPEPPER I.

^>X'EN

GAUMGOS ISLANDS

MAN I.

l-N

rs

5'.

BINGOON I.

\86°F .
\POINT

o

MARBOROUGH I:"

BWDLOE I
\

Dolphin

^

<3

TOWER I.

\CHATHAM I

rw

rs

B

\

CHARLES I.

•vUa

HOOD 1.

'T=BI

9a* W

9a"W

90*W

Chart III
Observed Direction of Ocean Currents, December 1934.

- • - > Drift of Velero III - . - . > Drift of Ecuadorian fishermen
y Diiit oi Dinamita

632

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Chart IV

Chart showing normal Course of principal ocean Currents in the Eastern
Tropical Pacific and possible Island stepping-stones for current-borne larval
Stages.

NO. 1 1

GARTH : DISTRIBL TIOX STUDIES OF BRACHYL RA

633

Annalen der Hydmarjphie usw 1931

90' w-Lg

Chart V
Water Temperature and nf)rmal current Displacement in August and September
(Southern Hemisphere Winter). (Temperature in degrees Centigrade).
Charts V, VI, and VII after Schott (1931).

634

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 3

G.Schott; Peru -Strom

Fig. 2.
J Febr. Marz

1

90' W-LQ

Chart VI
Water Temperature and nnrmnl current Displacement in February and March
1 Southern Hemisphere Summer).

NO. 1 1 GARTH : DISTRIBUTION STUDIES OF BRACHYURA

635

TafeIZO

Chart VII
Water Temperature and abnormal current Displacement in Year of Disturbance,
1891.

636

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 3

Chart VIII
Former Confluence of Atlantic and Pacific Oceans in Middle Oligocene.

xo. 1 1

GARTH : DISTRIRL TIOX STUDIES OF BRACHYLRA

637

Chart IX
Former Confluence of Atlantic and Pacific Oceans in Lower and Middle Miocene.

638

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOL. 5

Chart X

Former Confluence of Atlantic and Pacific Oceans in Upper Miocene-Lower
Pliocene.

(Charts Vlll, IX, and X reprinted by permission from 'Historical Geology of
the Antillean-Caribbean Region' by C. Schuchert, published by John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York.)

INDEX

Allan Hancock Foundation Publications of The University of Southern California,
Volume 5. Titles of papers and plate illustrations are in boldface.

Acanthonychinae, 376
Acanthonyx, 376, 621

petiverii, 376, 552, 609, 621
Acanthopus gibbesi, 512
Achelia, 294
Achelous, 76, 416

acuminatus, 73, 74

tuberculatus, 421
Acidops, 21, 474, 624

fimbriatus, 21, 425, 474, 475, 586,

624
Acontiinae, 241
Actaea, 431, 437, 623

angusta, 431, 433, 576, 613, 623

bifrons, 434

crosslandi, 431, 436, 443, 538, 623

dovii, 427, 431, 433, 435, 584, 623

rufopunctata nodosa, 434

seti^^era 431

sulc'!ita,'431, 434, 435, 580, 623
Aethra, 415, 622

scruposa scutata, 415, 438, 566, 622

scutata, 415, 622
Agrotinae, 235
Agrotis ypsilon, 235
Ammothea, 294

bi-ungriculata, 297

latifrons, 277, 295, 324
Ammotheidae, 294
Ammothella bi-unguiculata, 278, 297,

326

var. californica, 297

heterosetosa, 278, 299, 328

spinosissima, 300
Amphipyrinae, 237
Amyna insularum, 240

octo, 240
A New Genus and Species of Barnacle

from Ecuador, 227-232
Anicla, 237

infecta, 237
Anomalothir, 9, 368, 621

frontalis, 11, 368, 369

hoodensis, 9, 30, 368, 369, 389, 554,

621
Anomis professorum, 243
Anoplodactylus (phoxichilidium), 283

californicus, 277, 286, 290, 318

erectus, 277, 283, 287, 290, 316

petiolatus, 285

robustus, 277, 288, 320
Anthoecia onca, 240
Anticarsia gemmatilis, 242
Aratus pisonii, 616
Arctiidae, 233, 234
Ascorhynchus, 294
Atelecylidae, 424, 622

[641

Atergatis rotundatus, 430
Autographa oo, 241
Balanoglossus, 194, 196
Balanus, 227, 229

amphitrite, 227, 229

crenatus, 228
Biula, 255

propria, 255

(sic) propria, 258
Bolina confirmans, 258

umbrosa, 258
Brachygnatha, 58, 366
Brachyrhyncha, 416
Brachyura, 9, 53, 344, 352
Bulla, 255

albina, 256, 264

confirmans, 256, 257, 258, 264, 266

deducta, 256, 257, 258, 261, 262,

263, 264, 266

mexicana, 255, 256, 257, 258, 264,

266

morelosa, 255, 256, 257, 261, 266

propria, 255

schausi, 256, 257, 259, 261, 264, 266

similaris, 256, 261, 262, 263, 264,

266

var. californica, 257, 261, 262,
263

var. similaris, 257
Calappa, 360, 620

convexa, 360, 361, 550, 620

flammea, 360

saussurei, 360, 361, 619
Calappidae, 56, 360, 620
Calappinae, 360
Callipallenidae, 281

Callipallene californiensis, 277, 281, 314
Cancer grapsus, 504

minutus, 510

ursus, 389
Carpilius cinctimanus, 426
Carpilodes, 426, 427, 622

cinctimanus, 426, 427, 433, 574, 608,

622
Catocalinae, 241
Ceratoplax ciliata, 475
Chaetopterus variopedatus, 498, 594
Chasmocarcinus, 90, 92

cylindricus, 92

ferrugineus, 53, 92

latipes, 91, 92

longipes, 90, 92, 126
Chasmophora, 90

macrophthalma, 90
Chloridea cystiphora, 240

virescens, 240

]

642

INDEX

Chloridella, 139, 171

panamensis, 156
Chlorodius occidentalis, 446
Cirrhobolina, 255

deducta, 255

incandescens, 255, 263

mexicana, 263

var. vulpina, 263
Clorida, 139
Clythrocerus, 353, 620

laminatus, 353, 356, 526, 609, 620
Coenobita, 4
Coronida, 130, 137, 138, 171, 202

bradyi, 129, 130, 131, 132, 202, 203

sinuosa, 138

trachyura, 204
Coronidopsis, 137

bicuspis, 137
Coryomorpha, 285, 286
Cossus (?) multipunctata, 271
Creusia, 227 ,
Cronius, 419, 421, 422, 622

ruber, 422, 570, 609, 622
Crymodes, 239

( = Sidemia^Hadena)

devastator, 239
Crvptopodia hassleri, 73
Cycloes, 362, 620

bairdii, 362, 364, 550, 609, 620
Cyclois bairdii, 362
C3'cloxanthops, 445, 623

vittatus. 445, 446, 453, 584, 623
Cymopolia, 25, 499, 501, 624

cortezi, 499, 500, 501, 504, 596,

604, 624, 629

faxoni, 500

fragilis, 499, 500, 501, 502, 504, 596,

604, 624, 629

lucasii, 499, 500, 501, 600, 624

sica, 27

velerae, 25, 27, 48, 499, 501, 503,

596, 624

zacae, 27, 501, 502
Cyraopoliidae, 25, 499, 624
Cyrtoplax 88, 90

panamensis, 88, 124

schmitii, 90

spinidentata, 90

Valeriana, 90
Daira, 438, 623

americana, 438, 440, 590, 623
Daldorfia, 53, 67, 412, 413, 425, 622

garthi, 67, 108, 412, 415, 438, 536,

622

horrida, 70, 412, 413

semicircularis, 70, 412
Dardanus, 4
Dasygius, 374, 621

depressus, 375, 621

gibbosus, 374, 375, 376, 621
Diogenes, 4

Dioptidae, 234

Distribution Studies of Galapagos

Brachyura, 603-637
Domecia, 489, 496, 624

hispida, 489, 496, 588, 608, 624
Dorippidae, 352, 620
Drorniacea, 346
Dromidia, 346, 353, 620

antillensis, 347

larraburei, 346, 347, 348, 349, 362,

548, 609, 620

sarraburei, 346
Dromiidne, 346, 620
Dynomene, 349, 352, 620

Ursula, 349, 352, 358, 548, 620
Dynomenidae, 349, 620
Ebalia, 354, 620

hancocki, 354, 528, 609, 620
Ebaliinae, 354
Ectaethesius, 466, 616, 623

bifrons, 466, 467, 542, 623
Epialtus, 15

marginatus, 378

peruvianus, 15, 377, 378, 604, 619,

630
Epidromia delinquens, 242

zephyritis, 242, 250
Epipomponia multipunctata, 271, 274
Erebus odora, 243
Eriphia, 482, 486, 624

gonagra, 483, 486

granulosa, 343, 451, 482, 483, 486,

487, 586, 610, 624

hispida, 487

squamata, 482, 486, 487, 592, 624
Eriphides, 487, 616, 624

hispida, 471, 472, 487, 592, 624
Ethusa, 352, 620

lata, 352, 353, 546, 620

microphthalma, 352
Ethusina gracilipes, 342, 353
Euchirograpsus, 511, 625

americanus, 362, 511, 512, 596, 608,

625
Euphvlax, 423, 622

d'ovii, 423, 570, 622
Eupleurodon, 13, 15, 377, 378, 604, 621

peruvianus, 15, 604

rathbunae, 13, 34, 377, 378, 604,

610, 619, 621, 630

trifurcatus, 15, 378
Euprognatha, 372, 621

granulata, 372, 374, 532, 621
Eurycyde, 305

hispada, 307

longisetosa, 278, 305, 334
Eurytium, 456, 623

affine, 456, 592, 604, 606, 623, 629
Eurypanopeus, 455, 623

transversus, 455, 623

INDEX

643

Feltia annexa, 234, 235
Gecarcinus planatus, 616, 617
Geometridae, 233
Geograpsus, 506, 624

lividus, 506, 598, 608, 624
Glvptoxanthus, 15, 17, 38, 437, 623

hancocki, 15, 17, 36, 38, 415, 437,

438, 578, 623

labyrinthicus, 16, 17, 36, 38, 437,

438

meandricus, 17, 36, 38
Goneplacidae, 86
Gonodactylus, 130, 134, 136, 137, 138,

171, 204, 208, 209, 213, 219

acutirostrls, 221

bahiahondensis, 131, 133, 134, 209,

210, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 223,
224

chiragra, 133, 208, 221

var. platysoraa, 133
demani, 215

var. spinosus, 215
festae, 130, 133, 211, 218, 219, 220,
221, 222, 223, 224, 225
festae lalibertadensis, 131, 133, 134,

211, 223, 224

oerstedii, 130, 131, 132, 133, 136,

208, 209, 211, 212, 213, 214, 216,

217, 221

var. curacaoensis, 133

var. festae, 133, 217, 220

var. spinulosus, 133, 136, 221,

222

platvsoma, 133

stanschi, 131, 133, 134, 210, 215, 225

styliferus, 182
Gonodonta biarmata, 242
Graphiphora, 237
Grapsidae, 504, 624
Grapsinae, 504
Grapsus, 504, 624

grapsus, 504, 510, 598, 608, 624

lividus, 506, 507

transversus, 507
Guaia (Ilia) jurinei, 358
Gymnopleura, 344
Hadena, 239

Hapalocarcinus marsupialis, 134
Harrisonia, 238, 242

williamsi, 238, 248
Heliocontia margana, 241
Heliothinae, 240
Hemieuxoa, 237

rudens, 237
Hemisquilla, 130, 138, 171, 172, 181, 182

bif^elowi, 181

braziliensis, 133, 172, 181, 182, 183

stylifera, 130, 132, 133, 134, 172,

181, 182, 183

Herbstia, 380, 621

edwardsii, 352, 380, 381, 556, 621

pyriformis, 380, 383, 384, 552, 621
Hesperiidae, 233
Heteractaea, 81, 83

lunata, 83

peterseni, 81, 118
Heterocrypta, 71

colombiana, 71, 110

granulata, 72

macrobrachia, 72

occidentalis, 72
Hexapanopeus, 17, 79, 81, 454, 623

caribbaeus, 18, 19, 62

cartagoensis, 17, 40, 81, 454, 582,

623

costaricensis, 79, 81, 116, 455

orcutti, 19, 81

setipalpus, 19

sinaloensis, 19, 81
Hyas edwardsii, 380
Hyastemus caribbaeus, 62
Hymeniacidon synapium, 67
Hypoconcha, 348, 353, 620

arcuata, 349

panamensis, 348, 349, 548, 620
Inachinae, 366
Kraussia, 19, 21, 424, 425, 622

americana, 19, 42, 424, 425, 572,

622

intiger, 21
Lambrus, 412

exilipes, 409

triangulus, 410
Lambrus (Parthenolambrus) exilipes,
409
Laphygma, 239, 240

roseae, 239, 240, 246
Lepidasthenia, 196

digueti, 194
Leptodia debilis, 366

sagittaria, 366
Leptodius, 446, 623

cooksoni, 343, 354, 399, 446, 447,

448, 451, 453, 482, 580, 584, 609,

610, 612, 614, 615, 623

floridanus, 447, 612

occidentalis, 446, 447, 606, 607, 612,

623, 629

parvulus, 449

snodgrassi, 446, 447, 592, 623
Leucosiidae, 54, 354, 620
Leucosilia, 358, 620

jurinei, 358, 620

jurinii, 358
Liomera cocosana, 426
Lipaesthesius, 441, 616, 623

leeanus, 441, 576, 623

644

INDEX

Lissa, 384, 621

auriviiliusi, 384, 556, 621

bicarinata, 384

tuberosa, 385
Lithadia, 356, 620

cumingii, 356, 357, 550, 620

granulosa, 356
Littoral Brachyuran Fauna of the

Galapagos Archipelago, 341-602
Lophopanopeus, 453, 623

maculatus, 453, 454, 462, 582, 623
Lophoxanthus, 451, 616, 623

lameliipes, 446, 451, 453, 580, 623
Lycaenidae, 233
Lymantriidae, 234

Lysiosquilla, 130, 138, 170, 171, 180, 184,
185, 190, 196

acanthocarpus, 184

armata, 133, 180, 184

biminensis, 180, 184

brazieri, 201

decemspinosa, 130, 133, 184, 185,

189, 197

desaussurei, 130, 133, 186, 193, 194

digueti, 130, 134, 180, 184, 186, 194,

195

eiisebia, 180, 184

excavatrix, 180, 184

glabriscula, 180, 184

insignis, 184

latifrons, 134, 180, 184, 201

maculata, 129, 130, 132, 170, 184,

186, 187, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193
van sulcirostris, 132, 191, 192

maccullochae, 134

maiaguesensis, 171

mccullochae, 131, 180, 184, 186, 187,

197, 198, 201

multifasciata, 184

polydactvia, 130, 180, 184, 185, 187,

188, 189

plumata, 171

scabricauda, 133, 180, 184, 186, 187,

191, 192, 193, 194

spinosa, 184

vicina, 134
Macrocoeloma, 65

maccullochae, 65, 67, 106

trispinosum, 66, 106

trispinosum nodipes, 67
Majidae, 9, 58, 366, 613, 621
Majinae, 386
Maldivia, 22, 425, 495, 496, 608, 624

galapagensis, 22, 44, 495, 586, 608,

624

gardineri, 23, 24

symbiotica, 24
Manta birostris, 605

Matutinae, 364
Medaeus, 442, 445, 623

lobipes, 442, 443, 580, 623

rugosus, 441

spinimanus, 442

spinuiifer, 442, 443, 510, 576, 623
Melipotis famelica, 242

harrisoni, 241

indomita, 241

nigrescens, 241
Menippe, 470, 623

frontalis, 614

mercenaria, 614

obtusa, 470, 590, 614, 623
Mesorhoea, 414, 622

bellii, 414, 415, 564, 622

sexispinosa, 414
Micropanope, 456, 457, 459, 623

fraseri, 457, 462, 540, 623

granulimanus, 460

polita, 457, 459, 462, 510, 580, 623

truncatifrons, 457

xantusii, 456, 457, 459, 462, 465,

580, 623
Microphrys, 402, 405, 622

aculeatus, 402, 403, 405, 552, 604,

606, 610, 622, 630

antillcnsis, 405

branchialis, 404

platysoraa, 402, 405, 562, 604, 622,

629

triangulatus, 402, 405, 552, 609, 622
Microrynchus depressus, 375

gibbosus, 375
Milnia platysoma, 405
Mithraculus, 392

triangulatus, 403
Mithrax, 63, 387, 388

acuticornis, 388

bellii, 389, 609, 613

denticulatus, 395

nodosus, 392, 395, 609

pygmaeus, 391

sinensis, 64, 65

ursus, 343, 389
Mithrax (Mithraculus), 621

aerolata, 395

coryphe, 395

denticulatus, 388, 395, 621

nodosus, 343, 388, 392, 451, 562,

621
Mithrax (Mithrax), 621

bellii, 343, 382, 388, 389, 391, 558,

621

clarionensis, 63, 104

mexicanus, 388, 389

orcutti, 391

pygmaeus, 388, 391, 621

INDEX

645

sinensis, 104

spinipes, 387, 388, 389, 391, 556,

621

verrucosus, 389
Mocis incurvalis, 243, 250
Muricea miser, 495, 608
Mursia, 361, 362, 620

gaudichaudii, 361, 362, 364, 550,

609, 620
New Brachyuran Crabs from the Gala-
pagos Islands, 9-50
Noctuidae, 233
Notodontidae, 234
Notolopas, 61

brasiliensis, 62

mexicanus, 61, 62, 102

lamellatus, 62
Nymphalidae, 233
Nymphon, 278

hiemale, 280

meridionale, 280

pixellae, 277, 279, 312

solitarium, 279
Nymphonidae, 278
Nymphopsis, 300

duodorsospinosa, 278, 303, 332

spinosissima, 278, 300, 304, 330
Ocypoda gaudichaudii, 514
Ocypode, 514, 625

albicans, 614

gaudichaudii, 514, 515, 600, 614,

625

occidentalis, 515, 614
Ocypodidae, 514, 625
Ocypodinae, 514
Odontodactylus, 137
Oediplax, 87, 88

granulata, 88
Oethra scruposa van scutata, 415
Osachila, 56, 364, 620

antillensis, 364, 365, 614

galapagensis, 57, 58, 98, 364, 365,

366, 530, 613, 614, 620

lata, 58, 365, 366

levis, 58, 365, 366, 550, 620

sona, 56, 58, 98, 365, 614
Oxyrhyncha, 366
Oxystomata, 54, 352
Ozius, 476, 624

agassizii, 479, 482

perlatus, 352, 476, 477, 588, 624

reticulatus, 477

tenuidactylos, 479

tenuidactylus, 476, 479, 482, 588,

624

verreauxii, 476, 477, 588, 590, 624
Pachygrapsus, 507, 510, 624

crassipes, 504, 506, 510, 619

transversus, 507, 510, 600, 608, 624
Paguridae, 1

Pagurus, 1, 3,

buonomanus, 1, 3, 4
Palicus lucasii, 500
Pallene californiensis, 281

empusa, 282

laevis, 282
Panopeus affinis, 456

bradleyi, 619

tanneri, 459, 462

transversus, 455
Parapinnixa, 24, 497, 624

asiatica, 25

glasselli, 24, 46, 497, 594, 624

nitida, 25
Paraxanthias, 467, 623

insculptus, 467, 468, 470, 582, 623
Parthenope, 409, 412

guerini, 412

triangula, 412
Parthenope (Platylarabrus), 622

exilipes, 409,"410, 564, 622

pourtalesii, 409
Parthenope (Pseudolambrus), 622

excavata, 67, 412, 413

triangula, 409, 410, 564, 622
Parthenopidae, 67, 409, 622
Parthenopinae, 409
Pelamis platurus, 605
Pelia, 3S0, 621

pulchella, 380, 621
Percnon, 512, 514, 625

gibbesi, 512, 513, 514, 598, 608, 625
Pericera ovata, 402

triangulata, 401
Pericopidae, 234
Peridrom.a, 237

conwayi, 237

(Peridroma) conwayi, 234, 235,

237, 244

(Hemieuxoa) microstigma, 237

margaritosa, 234, 235, 237
Perigea, 238

concisa, 238

ruthae, 237, 238
Persephona, 358, 620

edwardsii, 358, 620
Phalaenidae, 233, 234, 235
Phalaeninae, 235
Phalaeninae (Agrotinae), 235
Philyrinae, 358
Phoxichilidiidae, 282
Phoxichilidium, 283
Phymodius laysani, 21
Pieridae, 233
Pilumnoides, 84

hassleri, 86

nudifrons, 86

perlatus, 86

rotundus, 84, 86, 120
Pilumnoides pusillus, 467

646

INDEX

Pilumnus, 21, 85, 350, 352, 445, 471, 624
beebii, 457, 459, 462, 465
crosslandi, 471, 472
pygmaeus, 471, 472, 474, 586, 624

SH}^!, 471

spinulifer, 443

xantusii, 471, 472, 487, 544, 584

604, 606, 624, 629
Pinnaxodes. 498, 624

chilensis, 498, 499, 594, 610, 624
Pinnixa, 497, 624

faxoni, 498

transversalis, 497, 498, 594, 624
Pinnotheridae, 24, 497, 624
Pinnothereliinae, 497
Pinnotherinae, 497
Pinnotheres chilensis, 498

transversalis, 497
Pisa aculeata, 402

spinipes, 338
Pisinae, 380
Pisoides, 380, 621

edwardsii, 380, 610, 621
Pitho, 386, 621

Iherminieri, 386

mirabilis, 387

qninquedentata, 386, 621

sexdentata, 386, 387, 621
Plagusia, 512, 515, 625

immaculata, 511, 512, 608, 625
Plagusiinae, 512
Planes, 510, 625

minutus, 510, 608, 625
Platylambrus, 409, 412
Platymera gaudichaudii, 361
Platypodia, 428, 429, 430, 622

gemmata, 428, 430, 584, 612, 614,

622

rotundata, 428, 430, 614, 622

spectabilis, 430, 614
Platysenta, 238

concisa, 238

ruthae, 237, 238, 246
Platyxanthus, 76, 78, 79

balboai, 76, 78, 114

cokeri, 78

orbignyi, 78
Plusiinae, 241
Podochela, 11, 58, 369, 621

angulata, 60

hemphillii, 13, 372

margaritaria, 13, 369, 371, 372, 510,

554, 621

schmitti, 11, 32, 369, 371, 372, 554,

621

vestita, 371

ziesenhennei, 58, 100
Podophthalminae, 423

Porcellana, 1, 5

hancocki, 1, 5

sigsbeiana, 6
Porcellanidae, 1, 5
Portunidae, 73, 416, 622
Portunus, 73, 75, 416

acuminatus, 74, 75, 76

angustus, 613

asper, 74, 75, 76

ordwayi, 75, 419

panamensis, 74, 75, 76

ruber, 422

transversus, 76
Portunus (Achelous), 622

acuminatus, 362

angustus, 416, 419, 421, 422, 423,

510, 568, 613, 622

brevimanus, 416

stanfordi, 416, 419, 420, 421, 422,

568, 622

tuberculatus, 416, 421, 422, 568, 622
Portunus (Portunus) acuminatus, 73,

74, 75, 112

asper, 74, 75
Prodenia, 239

dolichos, 234, 239

eridania, 234, 238

linea, 238
Prosopis, 264

glandulosa, 241
Pseuderiphia hispida, 487
Pseudolambrus, 409, 410, 412
Pseudorhombila, 86, 87, 88

octodentata, 88

quadridentata, 88

xanthiformis, 86, 122
Pseudosquilla, 130, 137, 138, 170, 171,
172, 180, 181, 184

bigelowi, 182

braziliensis, 172

cerisii, 170

ciliata, 170, 181, 183

dofleini, 134, 170

empusa, 171

ferussaci, 137, 170

lessonii, 130, 131, 134, 170, 173, 175

megalophthalma, 170

oculata, 130, 131, 132, 170, 171, 172,

173, 174

ornata, 170

oxyrhyncha, 170

pilaensis, 134, 170, 180

stylifera, 182

veleronis, 131, 134, 138, 170, 173,

176, 177, 180
Psorya, 242

"hadesia, 242, 250
Pycnogonidae, 307

Pycnogonids from Allan Hancock Ex-
peditions, 277-340

INDEX

647

Pycnogonum, 307

hancocki, 278, 308, 311, 336

indicum, 309

madagascarensis, 309

mucronatum, 309

panamum, 278, 310, 338
Pylopagurus, 1

quatemoci, 3

spinicarpus, 1
Pyralidae, 233
Pyrrhia, 238
Quadrella, 494, 624

nitida, 494, 495, 586, 608, 624
Randallia, 54, 359, 620

agaricias, 359, 550, 620

angelica, 54, 55, 56, 96

ornata, 55, 56
Ranilia, 345, 620

constricta, 345

fornicata, 345, 546, 620
Raninidae, 344, 620
Raninoldes, 344, 620

ecuadoiensis, 344, 345, 346, 524,

620
Raninops fornicata, 345
Rhodia pyriformis, 383
Rhodoecia, 238
Rochinia cornuta, 341

occidentalis, 342

vesicularis, 341
Roseae, 240
Sidemia, 239
Smyra, 242
Solenolambrus, 413, 622

arcuatus, 413, 414, 564, 622

bellii, 414

typicus, 413
Some New Species of Brachyuran

Crabs from Mexico and the Cen-
tral and South American Main-
land, 53-128
Sphenocarcinus, 379, 621

agassizi, 379, 552, 621

corrosus, 379
Sphingidae, 233

Squilla, 130, 132, 133, 135, 137, 139,
140, 141, 153, 171

aculeata, 130, 133, 144, 153, 158,

159

alba, 155

armata, 130, 132, 142, 150

biformis, 130, 132, 145, 165, 166

bigelowi, 130, 134, 143, 156, 157,

167

bradyi, 202

brasiliensis, 133, 167

dubia, 130, 132, 143, 155, 156

empusa, 133

fallax, 146, 147, 148, 149

fasciata, 134, 146, 147, 148, 149

gracilipes, 130, 140, 142, 151

hancocki, 131, 134, 144, 160, 161,

162, 163, 165, 168

hieroglypha, 153, 154

hieroglyphica, 134, 153

hjldebrandi, 131, 134, 142, 152

intermedia, 132

laevis, 134, 153, 154

lessoni, 175

marmorata, 175

miles, 134, 146, 147, 148, 149

oculata, 173

panamensis, 129, 130, 132, 133, 145

153, 156, 157, 159, 160, 162, 165,

166, 167, 168

parva, 130, 145, 168, 169

polita, 130, 133, 140, 146

quadridens, 133

rubrolineata, 155, 156

rugosa, 162, 163

scabricauda, 193

swetti, 131, 134, 140, 146, 147, 148

tiburonensis, 130, 134, 144, 160, 162,

164, 165, 167
Squillidae, 137
Stenocionops, 400, 402, 622

macdonaldi, 619

ovata, 400, 401, 402, 622

triangulata, 400, 401, 402, 560, 562,

619, 622
Stenor3'nchus, 366, 621

debilis, 366, 368, 510, 552, 609, 621

seticornis, 367
Stomatopoda, 137

Streptocaulus pulcherrimus, 132, 202
Strongylocentrotus gibbosus, 498, 499,
594, 610
Syneda deducta, 263

mexicana, 258, 263
van albina, 263

pavitensis, 263
Syntomidae, 234
Taliepus, 378, 621

marginatus, 378, 610, 612, 621
Tanystylidae, 291
Tanystj'lum, 291

californicum, 277, 291, 322
Teleophrys, 396, 400, 621

cristulipes, 395, 396, 400, 451, 562,

621

diana, 396

pococki, 396

tumidus, 396, 400, 619
Tetrabalanus, 227

polygenus, 227, 228, 230
TetracHta, 227
Tetraxanthus, 465, 466, 623

bidentatus, 465, 466

rathbunae, 465, 466, 586, 609, 623

rugosus, 466

648

INDEX

Thalamita, 134

roosevelti, 134
Thalamitinae, 416
The Genus Bulia Walker in Mexico

and Central America, 255-268
The Male Genitalia of Epipomponia

Multipunctata (Druce), 271-276
The Noctuoid Moths of the Galapagos

Islands from the Collections of the

Allan Hancock Foundation, 233-

252
Thermesia gemmatilis, 242
The Stomatopods of the West Coast of

America, 129-226
Thoe, 386, 621

erosa, 386, 621

panamensis, 386

sulcata, 386
Three New Anomuran Crabs from the

Gulf of California, 1-6
Thyrolambrus erosus, 53, 413
Trachea roseae, 239
Trachycarcinus corallinus, 342
Trapezia, 451, 467, 490, 491, 492, 494,
496, 624

cymodoce ferruginea, 399, 491, 494,

588, 608, 624

digitalis, 491, 493, 588, 608, 624

ferruginea, 491
Tubularia, 286

croecia, 285
Tyche, 406, 622

emarginata, 406, 407, 408

lamellifrons, 406, 407, 408, 534, 622

Uca, 515, 625

galapagensis, 515, 516, 517, 600,

625

helleri, 515, 517, 600, 625

macrodactyla, 516

macrodactylus, 619

panamensis, 513
Uhlias, 357, 620

ellipticus, 357, 358, 546, 620

limbatus, 357
Utetheisa, 234

galapagensis, 234
Varuninae, 511
Xanthias crosslandi, 436, 437

inornatus, 437

insculpta, 467, 470

politus, 459

serrulata, 457, 459
Xanthidae, 15, 76, 426, 622
Xantho lamelHpes, 451

tenuidactylos, 479

vittata, 445
Xanthodes bidentatus, 465, 466

insculpta, 467

xantusii, 457
Xanthodius lobatus, 448

occidentalis, 447

stimpsoni, 470
Zale sp. 234, 242, 243

viridans, 234, 243, 248

CONTENTS

Pages

1. Three New Anomuran Crabs from the Gulf of California, by

Steve A. Glassell 1- 6

2. New Brachyuran Crabs from the Galapagos Islands, by John

S. Garth. (Plates 1-10) 7- 50

3. Some New Species of Brachyuran Crabs from Mexico and the
Central and South American Mainland, by John S. Garth.

( Plates 1 1-26 ) 5 1-128

4. The Stomatopods of the West Coast of America, by Waldo L.

Schmitt (33 text figs.) 129-226

5 A New Genus and Species of Barnacle from Ecuador, by I. E.

Cornwall (Plate 27) 227-232

6. The Noctuoid Moths of the Galapagos Islands from the Collec-
tions of the Allan Hancock Foundation, by A. Glenn Richards,

Jr. ( Plates 28-31) 233-252

7. The Genus Bulla Walker in Mexico and Central America (Lepi-

doptera, Phalaenidae), by A. Glenn Richards. Jr. (Plates 32, 33) 253-268

8. The Male Genitalia of Epipomponia multipunctata (Druce)
(Lepidoptera, Epipyropidae), by A. Glenn Richards, Jr.

(Plate 34) 269-276

9. Pj'cnogonids from Allan Hancock Expeditions, by William A.

Hilton, (Plates 35-48) 277-340

10. Littoral Brachyuran Fauna of the Galapagos Archipelago, by

John S. Garth. (Plates 49-87) (1 text fig.) 341-602

11. Distribution Studies of Galapagos Brachyura, by John S. Garth.

( Charts 1-10 ) , 603-640

Index 641-648

(ol

Corrections

p. 366 for Leptodia read Leptopodia.

p. 375 for Microrynchus read Microrhynchus.

p. 405 for thy read they.

p. 426 for Crane, Zoologica, vol. 12 read Crane, Zoologica, vol. 22.

p. 476 for peraltus read perlatus.

p. 554 for Anamalothir read Anomalothir.

p. 621 for Stenorynchus debilis Smith read Stenorynchus debilis (Smith).

p. 624 for Grapsus grapsus Linn read Grapsus grapsus (Linn).

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOLUME 5 NUMBER 1

THREE NEW ANOMURAN CRABS FROM THE
GULF OF CALIFORNIA

by
STEVE A. GLASSELL

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE
NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM
SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1938

100% Rag

W— V

'///

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOLUME 5

NUMBER 2

I

NEW BRACHYURAN CRABS FROM THE
GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

(Plates 1-10)

by

JOHN S. GARTH

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1939

t

I

r

I

I

100% Rag

/-/ /;,

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

Volume 5 Number 3

SOME NEW SPECIES OF BRACHYURAN

CRABS FROM MEXICO AND THE CENTRAL

AND SOUTH AMERICAN MAINLAND

(Plates 11-26)

by

JOHN S. GARTH

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

I

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1940

I

¥

100% Rag

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOLUME 5 NUMBER 4

>

THE STOMATOPODS OF THE WEST COAST

OF AMERICA

Based on Collections Made by the Allan Hancock Expeditions, 1933-38

(33 Text Figures)

by
WALDO L. SCHMITT

CURATOR OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES
U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

e

!(.-.

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1940

100% Rag

C J /

c-

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOLUME 5

NUMBER 5

A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF BARNACLE

FROM ECUADOR

(Plate 27)

by
I. E. CORNWALL

HOPKINS MARINE STATION OF STANFORD UNIVERSITY

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1941

f

100% Rag

H

I ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOLUME S

NUMBERS 6, 7, 8

THE NOCTUOID MOTHS OF THE GALAPAGOS

ISLANDS FROM THE COLLECTIONS

OF THE ALLAN HANCOCK

FOUNDATION

(Plates 28-31)

THE GENUS BULIA WALKER IN MEXICO
AND CENTRAL AMERICA

(Lepidoptera, Phalaenidae)
(Plates 32, 33)

THE MALE GENITALIA OF EPIPOMPONIA
MULTIPUNCTATA (DRUCE)

(Lepidoptera, Epipyropidae)
(Plate 34)

by
A. GLENN RICHARDS, Jr.

ZOOLOGICAL LABORATORY
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA

I

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1941

'O

foci, it ' ^p.^

/('^A^^

o^^

100% Rag

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

VOLUME 5

NUMBER 9

PYCNOGONIDS FROM
ALLAN HANCOCK EXPEDITIONS

(Plates 35-48)

^S^^:ii!^^

by

WILLIAM A. HILTON

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY, POMONA COLLEGE

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES. CALIFORNIA

1942

ft

I

\>80>>

100% Rag

I.

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

Volume 5

Number 10

I

LITTORAL BRACHYURAN FAUNA
OF THE GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO

(Plates 49-87; 1 Text Figure)

JOHN S. GARTH

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1946

100% Hag

ALLAN HANCOCK PACIFIC EXPEDITIONS

Volume 5 Number 11

DISTRIBUTION STUDIES
OF GALAPAGOS BRACHYURA

(Charts 1-10)

by

JOHN S. GARTH

RESEARCH ASSOCIATE

ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA PRESS

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

1946

100% Rag

''/^

/